da DIRT ENDEN tae Oe ae HEN TE CE ‘4 Oe et RAS ho} DER VCH) ! + (RAA her eee te se ' nantais pa AU da as ts Cree oe) tata aa heart a4 teeny eR ee ee N LA à Ù vied arene DORE) 4 +0444 Peery tee de betae N \ a si oe ee | ey hy re 0 a een OO lhutodidest ile à om uae “u nr RAA BR KEINER vi + thee nas ET, : oy \ RER) hee Wy ere OR u EHER HEN TEURER I) 4 rh Ve + PERLE EN es ey PERS Or OR) TUN POP AL OT Pad ee a leae * 4 14 bit he APPL Ore beee Ir hehieew bee DAT AOL free EX eae ys ey ea a Lae (AOC) ava ‘ ERD Rhee Lee : + 1114411) 018 nr A EI Lu MA AMEN) SOL NA Eh RENT OO ON MM kart xa URN KERN) ea Ve LCR CRT brute 44 ‘ En Na Pa TE ; te re ae ngs Meets hee A + 4 pie (A “ ‘i rae 1000 CO ON A À sd ry he ives 111 > ne wa Para in AREAS i aes (x » DR WER ER REN ee een ER | eis Whe RAR Le EN A et ble def LOS RE DNS CCD EN 2 A) HL Ve Ed M 6 sen ER) E rider hie NOL ae RO PR A TON > v Y ieh 4 Date ted 08 he pe LL er ) k ie M'A Te TH rg AIR EEE FT tebe Bi da EL Lo DOs A PEN ANT ta Vay Lever SNA id + ad a te AE NE = = PAR QR UT Won NR TS DE =e 2. ory : d DE 14.89 à TPIS HDs 4 PER IE) RAT REN b 114 ACER bean: ai aye t HEMT Vea LAA LEA re i ee re Fein ‘ i + oY da ra Ci ead ae pe eww iy Sarda k pede Be vy WAH NR Fer PA MAR EN ROUTE 0) LER eK ny Fy} Be N 6 if tek eee 4 VALUE RUE AR IRA RA RN = RES ere, ‘. =e nd ES Wedd brad Goes anes + L A ” vn deh dl he Rage WR ea) i LERNT 07) ae ee | ed abe BD Pepe ae Le det + PT AR ENTE Se ORL Db Piped tebe bees RER PER SEEN ER nah Léa AR EIER, © 3 Ep naher As bee IR) u 2 UE À easy CET! x ¥ À i COUR 5 pr " Re À 4 > tet à . #2 4 hatred ? ; Wek da R wa n tnd à 442 ER QUI) FEE DRO eo ZUR ER 4 Daas ER Y TE fev ity N f } ' ÿ BL NR Av “aa tee yoo bs EEE + cs ur te EN [5 Ae bah À $ N bY ' RE bak ¥ Co mer) ey f Er Pie tee $é eek Fans 3 A RAR ON 14:44 34 d ¥ & ne ey Orr + OS UNSER) ù CAD h x 4 ou BREI TEN bd MEL Cer He Eu ee | ae N K rit DRE EC) “ 2) PER “4 ‘ fay : tyeest gare N LIE at N ons A ERW NE RR 1 CAHIER CE FAT a REN R EAN 4 A eee es RA y, 3a lach h LUA AS Ra dr Ds a oa i AL NL Ka 111 MES PRE ER wah ie CPU ie keel x KR + Vie be edad ee + 4033 Lu: Keen LA ES : = 2 k » er N er CET: seas à : FEN Y CNET DE Y ; RL) CHAT 2 beh nk EN me “un RR - » 4 Dam dogs COTE EN CORTE 4 ‘ aes M DÉCOR re ase ads ’ 34 ee LACET COQUE CORRE ? N vid 2 $4 +4 das (HER DEREK IE ‘ AO a hee CA #14 A GARE EICH ES + 4824 94 M re ti ORALE JE NUE SER if fi , 3 zy 33 Ua LUE EAE FRE EEE Did 4 sr 4 E are + Bad hie ET ; Bay teary Qu \ , rm TS : gid Ÿ re pe) : & “ . wanted Pas ve Vag a oO cd bea. . a4 U De 4 du idétiadés OR I CE D VEUT ar ro eddsda dad bet ethrn ls CL N re ee taupe ae a Soa a4 - ur ‘pad ‘ chek ay Sed dem 3% Ver ead do bea OAM oO Sed # à tae Ce ae tes Kaas“ ARH AD oe VD ES à 4 à EHE IR to .: “ Ye és N irate tye ies N ae er ke ewe A 8 N ER Ed ah DR ‘ Cm RT pe vu N Kb a en 4 + ÿ h da € UNSER à: Waa ted EI ER EE! CARRE ARE N ER ME * LCA PAU ENT ALLAN EST à ah eT De U NS à A RANCE “sr re y ti Sd 3° \ y LA AC * du + REC DEREN - oe = ‘ 4 i dé Wah, Labs ah ie Ve: oe nr he l at nn 4! à He 4 NE EEE eh Pa ee ene : shat FETES 2 ER RENTE AU ROPE PRIN papa a Pa a psbA DR : Al EURE a4 a { AUX A oar ee A Bauen CIRE = 6 2 aa DUR a8 ‘ ‘ nn RON LUN De 3458 fe aw: OIC REM VEO es RE Ÿ DRE: A LT av MELLE sia Lead va an} i 4 het à ait ’ i N wor N “a dt oe BEINE RR a x ; LP ag MP ee a ey | 4 Cone a x" Maite rir cae ee 5 ory : ake : ar EN f du! ata. a h ha ’ + à a À ‘ - LEE { Kr} #4 x 7 À H : he fs ¥ 5 Te ae u x ten DE mL 0 | | 0 SL a z > 2 D eh s 4 4 ar KA DE ara vs à Ets \ He ited 4 4 rar 4 : DORE ER" (ur DER) baw tee ee fonds ais ‘ ae #, Cy CRRA eR ee Oe we Pir eee) ie rt en 30 ddadiré À toe no Fe 0 PAK Ne ahaa 4 + * 4 VAE + i KE “ : " à + Û S en x PN ¥ H Lente 8 RE KG RE EN PUS A 4 N ae Vian ih fe N MA dat Ey ai Ws IR Rte te Br MEMOIRS INDIAN MUSEUM Vol. VII, 1918-1922. EDITED BY THE DIRECTOR OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SURVEY OF INDIA. / Y QUA Caleutta : PUBLISHED BY THE DIRECTOR, ZOOLOGICAL SURVEY OF INDIA. 1918-1922. ANSE No . 1.—A contribution towards the Revision of the Passalidae of the World. F.H. CONTENTS. GRAVELY . 2.—Observations on the Shells of the Family Doliidae. . 3.—On a collection of Oligochaeta from the lesser known parts of India and from (Published 19th December, 1918). (Published 28th July, 1919). Eastern Persia. J. STEPHENSON . 4.—Report on the Parasitic Nematodes in the collection of the Zoological Survey of India. (Published 27th April, 1920). H. A. Bayrıs and R. DAUBNEY (Published 22nd December, 1922). E. W. VREDENBURG Page ji 191 263 LIST OF PLATES. Plate I (Passalidae) = Plates II—VIII (Mollusca) Plates IX—XI (Oligochaeta) Follow page. 144 ar 7 a Al AA AU i ERRATA. [ee P. 3, line 24 from top of page, for homaloguous read homologous. P. 11, line 6 from top of page, for Mitorhinus read, Mitrorhinus. P. 13, line 12 from top of page, for Pseudacathinae read Pseudacanthinae. P. 56, line 15 from top of page, for eucadorensis read ecuadorensis. P. 66, line 15 from bottom of page, for euacadorensis read ecuadorensis. P. 70, in the description of text-fig. VIII, 3, for punctipectis read punctipectus, and text- fig. VIII, 5, for Eshscholtz read Eschscholtz. P. 71, line 6 from top of page, for Malagassalus read Malagasalus. P. 86, line 10 from top of page, for Epishenus read Ephisphenus. P. 88, in the description of text-figs. XI, 2 and XI, 3, for javanus read javensis, and text- fig. XI, 4, for lamellidens read lamellatus. P. 89, line 19 from bottom of page, for Acera us read Aceraïus. P. 92, line 21 from bottom of page and page 93, line 6 from bottom of page, for occulidens read. oculidens. P. 93, line 3 from bottom of page, for Trapezockilus read Trapezochilus. P. 108, line 15 from top of page and page 109, line 8 from top of page, for Brittain read Britain. P. 115, line 13 from top of page, for Bonatao read Banahao. P. 117, line 5 from top of page, for Vissale read Viscaya, line 6, for Banalao read Banahao; and line 15 for glabriventis read glabriventris. INDEX. [.V.B.—An asterisk (*) preceding a line denotes a new variety or subspecies; a dagger (f) indicates a new species; a double dagger (+) a new genus or subgenus; a double asterisk (**) a new family or subfamily ; synonyms are printed in italics.] Aceravinae Aceraius aequidens alutaceosternus assamensis borneanus comptonv germari grandis helferi himalayensis hirsutus illegalis kuwerts laevicollis laevimargo T lamellatus laniger manor moschleri oculidens peltostictus perakensis pilifer pumilio rectidens .. sodalis tavoyunus tricornis . virginalis wallacei Acuaria \ anthuris .. calcarata 19, MON 1, SO, WN, Wes Page 76, 121 76, 88 90, 93 89 90, 92 85 Si 109 76, 92, 93 89, 93 89 92 91, 93 Be 91 91, 93, 123 a6 91 88, 89, 92 91, 93 76 91, 93 16, 92, 93 102 310293 90, 93 108 92 102 89 91, 93 98 35 87 al ayy 321 321 Page Acuaria contorta 321 longeornata 321 phoenicopteri 321 spinifera .. 321 squamata 321 uncinata 321 Acuaria (Acuaria) anthuris . 319 Acuaria (Echinuria) jugadornata 39 321 leptoptili .. 319, 320, 321 Acuarlinae 319,321 Aelurus i 270 fulgens .. 270, 336 Allantonema 340 Alococerus 51 Amplicaecum 56 287 + varani + „. 281, 288 Analaches Ur, Br ll, M2 australiensis 98 bicavis 8 brachymetopus 8 dubius 8 infestus Cc laevigatus 8 laticauda 8 paraplesius 8 punctithorax ds. 8 Ancylostoma 265, 33D, 357 caninum 50 BR), BOLO ceylanicum 339, 336, 337 duodenale Bain, Soil malayanum 336 Ancylostomidae 335 Ancylostominae .. 835, 337 Angiostomoidea . 303 Anguillulidae 343 li Anisakinae Anisakis Anthropoides virgo Antilope cervicapra Aponeleides Aprocta Aproctonema entomophagum Arboricola torqueola Ardea cinerea manillensis Arrox agassizl .. Ascaridae Ascaridia columbae compar cristata perspicillum stroma Ascarinae Ascaris ardeae ardearum circularis helicina hexametra curva lumbricoides reticulata .. sulla suum triquetra . vitulorum vulpis Ascaroidea Askarinae Aspidodera Atractidae Atractis cruciata dactylura opeatura . Atractonema Aulacocyclinae .. Aulacocylus Index. .. 340, 341 © co H © bo Me) et D D bw ND bv © © BR bo ND by CO =I D © bo er) aq ISS) [8S 18S) TS) TSE) 8) LS) (en) fer) O0 fer) bo fer) D SS OO en & a © a ° 340 2,5, 9, 12, 13, 120, 125, 126 5, 13, 14, 17, 120, 123 Aulacocylus aruensis bicuspis ..* cavicornis. . celebensis deyrollei .. edentulus errans felderi glabriusculus mastersl .. parryl perlatus .. platypus .. pygmaeus rouxl teres tricuspis .. Aurelius dohrni .. Auritulus Balearica pavonina regulorum Barbus tor Basilianus andamanensis indicus sikkimensis Belascaris marginata masculior melis mystax vulpis Bradynema Branchiodrilus Branchiura sowerbyi .. Bucein cannele perdrix Buccinum dolium perdrix Page 18, 20 16 15 123 19, 20 if, Is, 19, 20 1819220 18, 20 17, 20 18, 20 se Lit, AD 17, 18, 20 16 16 ve 8 18, 19, 20 13, 14, 18, 19, 20 77, 103 104 13, 21 293 293 305, 306, 342 80, 86 80 . 194, 200 A 164 150, 162, 166 150, 162, 163, 167 16, Buccinum tessellatum Bungarus candidus fasciatus .. Bunostomum Caccabis chucar saxatilis .. Calidas Camallanidae fCamallanides fprashadi Camallanus americanus bungari confusus .. dumerilii .. Tkachugae microcephalus roseus seurati tripinosus undulatus aureus pallipes Capillaria columbae Capra falconeri .. Cassidaria Cassididae Cassius Caulifer Cephalobus butschli . Tseistanensis Ceracupes arrowl austeni fronticornis Cervus axis Cetejus acutangulus australiensis infans schenklingi sodalicus . 8.11,.91..102,103, 122 Index. Page 156, 163, 164, 166, 167 328 273, 314, 325, 330, 331 337 293 293 74 322 54 325 325, 326, 327 322, 323, 325, 326, 327, 328 .. 323, 324 328 325 ie 325 322, 323, 324, 325 323, 324, 325 325 325 325 325 336 . 269, 336 330 ily 337 .. 146, 148 146, 148, 149 51 1B, 117 341 ae 341 .. 341, 342 . 14,21, 120, 125, 126 21 21 21 337 8 77, 101 8 8 8 Chaetogaster bengalensis limnaei punjabensis spongillae Chamaeleon calcaratus vulgaris Cheilospirura Chelonia Chevreuxia Chilomazus borealis Chitra indica Chlamydonema felineum . Chondrocephalus fcordiger granulifrons purulensis fquinquecornutus Ciceronius antanarıvae Ciconia nigra Circus cineraceus Clemmys leprosa Cobboldina Cochlea rugosa striata s. olearia Caelopeltis monspessulana Colinus virginianus Coluber helena Comacupes basalis cavicornis cylindraceus felderi foveicollis mason minor stoliczkae Coniger Contracaecum Teugonium incurvum microcephalum rosarium . Tschizothoraeis 2, 10, 11, 15, 43, 44 8 10, MENU, A .. 45,46 11, 43, 44, 45. 70, 71 321 303- af 331 14, 120, 123 15, 16 15,16 14, 16 ah 18 15, 120, 123. 192016 123 15, 16 a 22H .. 281, 283 .. 284, 285 282, 283, 284 282 At 282: . 285, 286 AV Index. Page Page "Contracaecum spiculigerum a: 281 Dioctophymoidea > Fe 331 tricuspe .. Sn Au 284 Diplotrema Te 6 oe 226 Corvus corone .. oe be 315 Diplotriaena in At SUS, BIG, SLU Cosmocephalus .. Ae oe 321 trieuspis .. ws oo Bl, uly Coturnix communis ue 28 293 Diplotriaeninae .. + A 317 dactylisonans : aA sf 293 Dispharynx ats 27 = 321 Crocodilus acutus Ae a 289 Doliidae +. 0 a, IAG, Wir, Was americanus ae ot 289 Doliopsis BR ue 147, 179, 180 niloticus .. oe Ae 289 Dolium 145-151, 154, 155, 161, 162, 166, 167, porosus .. Les ne 288 MAL, 174, 175, 176, 178, 180, 184, 187 ‘Crocopus phoenicopterus .. = 292 ampullaceum 20 .. 156, 168 Crossocephalus .. vs a 303 antiquum 23 -. 181, 183 Cruzia uy ag Ail 309 arabicum an ag re, US) Cruzidae 309 bairdii elie ceo 90 147 Cucullanus vwiparus = 5 325 EASE ENON DL .. 181 Cylindrocaulus .. .. 14,21, 120, 125, 126 chinense 2. 173, 16 he felon ling 182185 bucerus Le ER IB Mit cinguliferum ee .. 1498 180 patalis .. DA a 9] costatum .. 149, 150, 156, 158, 163, 167, ‘Cynaelurus jubatus aie a 270 us, 169, 12, 18 Cyon dukhunensis es “= 336 a BAER u oy, 1g Cyphoproculus 49 costatum martinr Be .. 180, 182 Roue té ne crosseanum 146—149, 171, 180, 184, 185 4 cumingii .. ue iy 179 denticulatum AR Se 181 D deshayesi I: vs 179 Deletrocephalinae 56 931332 dolium .. ae a 169 Diaphanocephalus en 331, 332, 334 dunkeri .. os Ey 182 +minutus 331, 332, 333, 334, 335 Jasciatum 145, 146, 148, 149, 156, 160, willeyi .. a 73311332 161, 171, 180 Dichogaster SE Kr 937. 240. 257 Jimbriatum 149, 150, 156, 162, 163, 165, “to 167, 168, 169 SANS NE de 2% 258 : el os galea bo 1165, WG, Ge, lal, Az, Ay; N ee a N a 4 176, 178, 182, 184, 185 “bolaui malabaricus .. ae 257 hela palmicola a galea luteostomum .. Se LB, 1176) : ie, u hochstetteri I 55 178, EO crawl 7 ee N 258 - . Meath vibe japonicum 58 174, 176, 178 Didimoides = 5c) OOS . ee : lischkeanum ” 156, 160, 168 Didimus i =: N 72 : : losariense se 5 Jee), 1162 duplicatus Je de 74. nn - luteostoma las, 174, 175% Koss ee a fs # i maculatum 149, 150, 161-163, 165-173, idymus congoensis SL ee 8 £79) 182,2 18552186 a 8 magnificum 173, te) Ue, 110 curvilineatus a 8 martini .. oh ah 172 laevisternus 4e af 8 melanostoma 171, 174, 175, 176, 178, 182, - latipunctus 8 185 ruwenzoricus ose es 8 minjac .. 156, 162, 167, 168, 169 Dioctophymidae , is 331 modjokasriense la, 170, 192, 126 Index. Page Dolium muticum ; .. 180, 181 olearium . 165, ICE MT Thee, lalaı orbiculatum 181 ormarense a 172, 173, 180 perdix . 148, 149, 179, 182, 184, 185, 186 pomum 181 procellarum 182 pro-orbiculatum 181 ringens 181 stephaniophorum 181 subfasciatum 181 tenue 168 tessellatum 146, 148, as 150, 155, 156, 161-163, 165, 167-173, 179, 180, 184 testardi 179 townsendi 173, 180, 183 varicosum . 145, 186 varvegatum 156, 162, IAL, 173- 179, 182, 184, 185 verrillii 181185 zonatum .. 146, 147, 148, 171, 180 Dolium (Eudolium) arabicum 183 | einguliferum — 183 crosseanum es a 183 fasciatum a. 145,183, 185, 186 hochstetteri 183 muticum .. 183 ormarense ae a 182 stephaniophorum 183 subfasciatum A EN 183 tessellatum 149, 156, 182, 185, 186 verrillii a 183 zonatum . 183, 185, 187 Dolium (Malea) camurum 183 orbiculatum a: 183 pomum so MGB}, IL, CS, 187 pro-orbiculatum _ 183 ringens 183, 185, 187 Drawida 194, 200, 202 barwelli 202 *barwelli impertusus 200 bournei 202 pellucidus 902 Dujardinia 288 dujardini 288 helicina 288 Echinocephalus spinossisimus Echinuria jugadornata Emys orbicularis Epeus Ephydatia nan Epilaches puberilis . Epipertinax Epiphanus Epiphoroneus Epipleurothrix Episphenoïdes pectiniger quaestionis Episphenus comptoni Hache indicus moorei neelgherriensis pearson .. Eriocnemis burmeisteri dorsalis gigas ptox quadricornis Erionomus alterego palini planiceps . platypleura studti E ftrichostigmoides Ervopterus Ervosternus alterego Erythraeodrilus .. Eudichogaster ashworthi bengalensis ffalcifer .. indica Tkinneari 9, 100 78, 85, 121, 122 85, 86 85 86 85, 86 86 85 95 94 94 ace 106 . 103, 105 96, 97 4, 10, 69, 74 75, 76 74, 75 70, 75, 76 8 os 69 10, 70, 75, 76 22, 31 74 ae 75 .. 226, 227 194, 236, 246 . 246, 255 248 252 252 255 Index. vi Page Fudichogaster parvus 254 fprashadi A 250, 255, 257 fpusillus .. 253 ftrichochaetus 249 Eudolium POS IGS OT, Melis 278 181, 184 Eumelosomus 12 affinis 8 aloysii sabaudiae 8 Eumelus 51 nasutus 7 Eustrongylides ignotus . 226, 240 Eutyphoeus bengalensis Me 2 DEB. Dalat chittagongianus or .. 241, 245 incommodus 240 kempi 242 mohammedi 241 fturaensis .. EN 244 waltoni .. ee 243, 244, 245 F Falcaustra a ait 303, 309, 310 Towel Gé .. 305, 306, 307, 310 faleatas: AR .. 304, 310 lambdiensis so og) QUE HOD, BIO) fleptocephala AA .. 306, 310 slamensis ae .. 304, 310 Tstewarti .. 307, 308, 309, 310 Ttestudinis ae .. 304, 310 Falcaustra (Oxysoma) kachugae 304, 309, 310 Falco tinnunculus 315 Felis SE a 270 bengalensis 60 ACD; AO, GRA, SAO chaus . 269, 322 concolor .. 322 leo . as se co AOU, BRO pardus .. u. 209; 279; 322, 336 tigris ate .. 269, 270, 335, 336 uncia 3e ae 270 viverrina 269, 270, 322, 330, 335, 336 Ficula > ws ati 21874188 gracilis i 189 Filaria os ot so Ble, QUE abbreviata aa .. 314, 315 Filaria attenuata haje macrophallos fvarani Filariidae Filariinae Filarioidea Flaminius Flavius Florencioia Francolinus gularis Galeopithecus Galloperdix spadicea Gallus domesticus gallinaceus Galoncus permiciosus Garrulus glandarius Gastropoda Gavialis gangeticus Geoemydà trijuga Glossoscolecidae Glossoscolecinae Glyphidrilus papillatus Gnaphalocneminae Gnaphalocnemis .. burmeisteri monticulosus tridens Gnathostoma spinigerum Gnathostomidae Gnathostominae Gonatas albertisi . fcarolinensis cetioides .. differens .. germari major minimus .. fminor naviculator novaebrattanine Page 315 .. 314, 315 315, BUG, BI ee 316 po ales, ally) 314 314 70 Sl 309 290 big 303 .. 290, 300 293 293 336 315 50 SA 146 Sc Fe 317 .. 304, 310 258 Ae 258 .. 194, 258 258 76, 121 12, 76, 93 94 95 95 330 328 40 ae 329 12, 78, 80, 108, 122, 124 AD 109 108, 110, 111 8, 108, 110 oe 109 109, 111, 122 ae 109 108, 110, 122 108, 110, 111 108, 110, 111, 122 109 "Gonatas pumilio Index. Page 108, 110, 122 304 | schellongi TE), Ill, 12% ftenimbrensis 108, 109, 111 tridentatus Ag 109 ’Grus antigone . 293, 294 australasiana 278 communis Dts Boe paradisea 294 “Gyraulus convexiusculus 341 H Haemonchus 337 +cervinus det 337 contortus 33338 Hamanma 7 321 Hardella = 308 thurgi .. 307, 308 Heliscus 22, 26 Helodrilus 260 caliginosus trapezoides 260 parvus Ei 260 Heterakidae so KR), 20 Heterakinae ee 289 Heterakis 265, 289, 295, 297, 299, 300 bosia 55 PEO, POL hamulus .. oe 300 isolonche 289, 290, 291 longecaudata 265, 290, 291 maculosa . 292 papillosa .. 289, 290, 291, 300 vesicularis 289 Heterochilus 76, 86, 87 crinitus 87 occulitesselatus 87 wallacer 76, 87 Hieremys annandalei Histiocephalus 321 Histiophorus 284 gladius _, 2B, a Hoplochaetella CYL DBR), 220 9297 Tanomala 223 Humannia 321 Hydra 246 Hydrilla 197, 198, 199 _Hydrobioides nassa 146 Hylobates Hyperplesthenus glaber Ithagenes cruentus Kachuga lineata smithii Kalicephalus willeyi Kathlania Kathlanidae Kathleena arcuata Kaupioloides Kaupiolus trigonophorus Kiluluma Labiduris Labienus compergus dohrni gigas glaber gracilis impar finaequalis moluccanus ptox Tptoxoides trigonophorus Lampito mauritii Lasioperix Lemur brunneus Leptaulacides Leptaulacinae Leptaulax angustifrons anıbarbis anipunctus anna barbicauda L 3, . 289, 292 .. 304, 308 .. 807, 322 331 = 309 303, 309, 310 282 8, 10, 70103 77,103 8 332 Ko: i 303 77, 78, 79, 103, 122, 124 104, 105, 107 .. 104, 106 106, 107, 125 106 8, 107 =. 106 104, 105, 106, 107 106, 107, 125 .. 105, 107 .. 105, 107 .. 104, 106 992 51 302 Be i 112 12, 13, 111, 123, 124, 126 4,12, 111, 112, 123, 124 uh 116 113, 116, 119 la, 1G Tg 112, 114, 119 Index. Vili Page Leptaulax beccarit i io) bicolor .. 112, 113, 114, 119, 123 cyclotaenius IS IG TLS), 28} dentatus .. IDR TNS), TIS), 106 glaber bo IOI I) glabrwentris HUB. TG, Wiz himalayae ts > las, 1110 humerosus a oo IU. IN) klugi ae is se 72 MACASSATIENSIS an se 12, LLG novaeguineae SY ER 112 obtusidens ee 28 112 planus .. 0% 113, 118, 123 punctipectis De dE 73 roepstorfi .. ade 119 fsambawae .. 114, 118 timoriensis sion lute NS) ursulus .. se a 112 vicinus .. Fe so 119, IA Leptoptilus crumenifer Sn 35 319 dubius .. ime be 319 Limnaea ae ae = 195 acumınata Er 19541006 chlamys .. Sc as 195 gedrosiana rectilabrum a 195 Lophocephalus .. mS i 51 Lophophorus impeyanus .. .. 289, 290 Lophopodella jo USO ler Loris gracilis... os 36 300 lydekkerianus ei oe 300 Lucanus interruntus u 22515163 Lucilius ne 44 bee 51 Lumbricidae .. As me 260 M Macracis ar AR ie 303 Macrolininae MENT A IAI, We, 12, 125 Macrolinus 5 AE al TO, TE CO) 120212 123, 126 andamanensis By se 6805 83 batesi pu el ae 81, 83 crenatipennis se so Sle SB Tdepressus 80, 81, 83 duivenbodei 821831123 latipennis Br BDA Page: Macrolinus nicobaricus 83 Tobesus 80, 82, 83, 125 rotundifrons 80, 83. sikkimensis 80, 83 sulciperfectus 82,183, 123. urus oe Jo Cr on 113, 11995) waterhousei .. 83. weberi 83 Macrolobus er 51 fMalagasalus 0 ds}, GS Telypeatus 69, 70: studti be sie 69 Malea 148, 149, 178, 181, 184 pomum 181 ringens 181 Manlius hs ae Da 51 Mastochilus 56 U ths, Ts YO, Sr 100, 129 australasicus 99, 100, 103. capitalis . 9 obliquus . 98 pectinigera 98, 122: polyphyllus 100, 103, 107 quaestionis 99, 100, 103. subobliquus oc Be 9 Mastochilus (Analaches) australiensis .. 101, 103: puberilis .. 210199103 Mastochilus (Cetejus) grabowskii 1020 peltostictus 55 10, 108 sodalis’ 74102103 Mastochilus (Pharochilus) dilatatus 98, 103- nitidulus .. 98, 103. politus .. 99, 103 fpunctiger}4 99, 103. Megacephalon maleo a 290: Megalotis zerda . .. 269, 322. Megascolecidae .. .. 202, 226: Megascolecinae .. . 202, 226 Megascolex; 194. Megascolides 194 Tprashadi ae 202 Malursus ursinus . 270, 336. Mermis oh 340 Mermithidae .. 340, 341 Metastrongylidae 338 Microchaetinae .. 258 Micropleura 317 Micropleura vivipara **Micropleurinae Microthorax Milvus govinda .. Mitrorhinus Monhystera tMonhysterides .. Tpiscicola Moniligastridae .. Morosophus Motacilla alba o-o ee N ‘Naididae Nais | communis punjabensis Tgwaliorensis paraguayensis "paraguayensis aequalis pectinata raviensis .. tenuidentis ‘Naja tripudians .. Nandus marmoratus Nasoproculus bifidus Necator americanus suillus _Necatorinae Neleides antillarum Neleidinae Neleinae Neleuops rhodocanthopoides Neleus camerani cognettii .. festae Ninoides Ninus hondurae rosminiae nobilii Numida meleagris Nycticorax griseus . 273, 314, 332, 334 Index. Page 317, 318, 319 so Gilt, Guy) 51 275 10, 11, 51 343 342 .. 342, 343 200 51 315 195 a 196 << 166,187 = 198 “= I Us) oe 197 198 199 199 284 .. 7, 22, 30 7, 30 337 Ix Page O Ocnerodrilinae . 226, 258 Ocnerodrilus ae 5 258 Ocnerodrilus (Ocnerodrilus) occidentalis 258 occidentalis arizonae si 258 Octochaetinae .. 223, 226 Octochaetus 194, 228, 237 barkudensis 228 bishambari 237, 240 fermori 228 Tganeshae 238 Tmontanus 234 Tpachpaharensis 239 Tpaliensis 228 *paliensis riparius 231, 233 Tpallidus . 236, 240 Tprashadi 211, 233 surensis 232 Odontotaenius 29, 26 brevioripennis 28 Oeneus Lil Ogyges 22, 30 Oileoides 1029229230120 Tparvicornis 23, 24 subrecticornis He 2, ALS TOD) Oileus Er 22, 23, 25 guatemalensis . 57 heros i ridiculus .. 24, 25 rimator 25 sargi 25 Oligochaeta 191 Omegarius 78, 108 mmmus .. 108 pumilio 108 Ophidascaris 272, 283 filarıa 272, 287 nalae ae 273 Ophrygonius 75 75 86%, 1291 Taequalis 88, 89 aequidens 88, 89 birmanicus 76, 87, 88 eantorl 86, 88 convexifrons 86 dunsiriensis 86 inaequalis 87, 89 TOphrygonius javensis minor quadrifer . singapurae wallacei Oxtyx virginianus Index. Page 88, 89 89 de 86 76, 87, 89 87, 89 293 Oxyuridae 297, 302, 303 Oxyuris .. 302, 303 anthropopitheci His „302,303 compar 303 corollatus 303 coronata .. 303 Ozolaimus 303 P Paradoxurus hermaphroditus bondar 338 niger 338 Parapelopides 16, 93 Symmetricus 94 Parapertinax Bis 5. 5] Passalinae > 2, 19, 18, 23, TIAL DE Passalotaenius ae 22, 20 Passalus 10), 2G, GE yl, aye abortivus 53, 60, 67 affinis + À, 36), 56 angulatus 68 approximatus 70 assimilis . 38 australasicus 100 australis .. 107 barbatus .. 122.18 basalis 15 bicanthatus 16 bicornis 26 binominatus 64, 68 brasiliensis 49 cantori oh 86 Tcatherinae H31995.00 cayor LL cephalotus 37 compergus 105 convexus 55, 66 cornutus . 28 corticola 40, 41 42 CTUSSUS Passalus curtus .. cylindraceus dentatus dilatatus . edentulus .. erosus Tecuadorensis exaratus fronticornis furcilabris Tglaber glaberrimus goryi gracilis grandis guatemalensis heros heydeni hostilis impressicollis inaequalis incertus incisus interruptus interstitialis jansoni laevicollis languidus latifrons .. latupennis manouffi .. marginatus moluccanus monticulosus morbillosus morio mucronatus nanus nasutus naviculator neelgherriensis occipitalis opacupennis Topacus palini parastictus Page 53, 56, 66 Ne 14 . 112, 116 97, 98 Se 19 53, 64, 68 53, 56, 66 70 21 a 40 53, 64, 68 58, 67 42, 43 56, 66 89, 92 44, 53, 57, 66 Tf 35, 38 11 107 86, 87 57, 66 le 25 63, 68, 124 53, 58, 67, 124 60, 67 91 a 63 53, 54, 66 80, 82 36 71 an AAD, A 106 95 gl 53, 54, 65 53, 60, 67 52, 65 53, 62, 68 110 ate 86 7, 53, 61, 68 be 43 53, 63, 68 74 75 Passalus pentaphyllus pertyi pilifer planiceps planus platyrhinus politus jpolli polyphyllus Tprominens punctatissimus punctato-striatus punctifrons quadricollis quitensis recticlypeatus recticornis rhodocanthopoides robustus Trugosus .. sansibaricus sinualus .. spiniger fspinipes spinosus .. striato-punctatus teres timoriensis toriferus tridens tropicus unicorns Pavo cristatus muticus Paxilloides brasiliensis Paxillosomus alfarı borellii cameramı .. Paxillus brasiliensis camerani erenatus . leachii parvus Index. Page 49 53, 54, 66 RN 99 53, 62, 67 97, 100 57, 66 53, 62, 68 52, 53, 65 11 53, 61, 67 53, 55, 66, 125 56, 66 26 53, 65 50 52, 53, 65 51, ee Re 7, 48 3, 11, 44, 48, 60, 124 45, 49, 50 48, 50. : 45, 50, 51 45, 48, 49, 51, 124 7 Paxillus pentaphyllus robustus .. Pelamys chiliensis Pelopides burmeisteri dorsalis gravidus .. monticulosus schraderv .. simplex symmetricus tridens Pelopinae Pelops australis .. impressicollis triumphator Pentalobus barbatus .. cayor duplicatus fur klugi parastictus punctipectus sansibaricus Perdix cinerea Perichaeta stuarti Perionyx Talatus Tfossus himalayanus Tigatpuriensis m’intoshi millardi fminimus fpokhrianus *pokhrianus affinis fpullus frimatus .. sansibaricus fshillongensis fturaensis Pertinacides Pertinacinae Pertinax xl Page 45, 48, 49, 51 45, 50, 51, 52 Ar 289 10042 19, 95,121, 123 94, 95 94, 95, 121 10.93, 34, 95 95, 96 76 95 94, 95 95, 96, 121 76 76, 107 107 123 a 9 5, 10), (68), 712 73, 74 iat 74 74 72, 74 oe i ey He 70, 73, 74 10; 73, 74 1 = © 194, 204, bo Ww po bw by = ND ROME = we 207, 208, SG Se) D oe SS . 194, 204 Xl Pertinax pertyi Petrejinae Petrejoides Petrejus archidonae eurtus gracilis henrici peruvianus recticlypeatus spinosus .. Phalacrocorax fuseicollis javanicus Phanocles Pharochilus ve To, Ole Phasianus torquatus Phaulothorax Pheretima biserialis . elongata . hawayana heterochaeta lignicola .. posthuma Phlogoenas luzonica Phoronaesomus .. Phoroneinae Phoroneus jansomi quadricollis Phraortes Physaloptera alata cesticillata colubri digitata Physaloptera praeputialis Physalopterinae Pirula burdigalensis concinna .. decussata dussumieri fieus gracilis investigatoris 148, 149, Index. Page 54 7,51 22, 30 5l Or — 98, 103, 122 ko bo bo bt bw bd bb KO KO NO NI bo © D ND DD YH WWD oo oo — $x@) Ike) Ey RS) PRO), BI BUND pee we) cm > Ot Or Cr —_ = 321 178, 187, 188 188 Sc 188 .. 187, 189 187, 188, 189 187, 188, 189 ae 189 187, 188, 190 Pirula pamotanensis papyratia reticulata tessellata tricarinata Platyverres intermedius Plesthenus selon invitus lottanaa mandibularis quadricornis scutellopunctatus Pleurarvinae an Pleurarius brachyphyllus Pleurostylus Plotus melanogaster Polycanthopus Polydelphis a attennata hexametra oculata Tsewelli Pontodrilus bermudensis bermudensis ephippiger Pontoscolex corethrurus Mr 10010022002 302,6% Popilius 53, 124 yamazonicus 24, 27, 29 brevioripennis 24, 28, 29 cornutus . 28, 29, 124 granulifrons 55 Aal ALG Tguatemalae 24, 27, 29 marginatus 24, 27, 29: intergeneus 24, 27, 29» purulensis oe 46: recticornis 2, 20,29 28, 29 striato-punctatus tropicus . Porrocaecum augusticolle crassum depressum Tpristis Page cab u 188: 187, 188, 189. ES la, RASE TE) 3 OT IS!) 20 a 188 3, D, 13, 32, 33, 41, 51, 125 on .. D, 34, 42 12, 76, 77, 79, 96, 121, 123 96 96, 97 OT ee 9. . (Os Ts SVU 9 51, 76 5, 12, 51, 76, 78, 82, 84, 120, 121, 125, 126 ee .. D, 82, 84 ee US UN SU EN = [Soy 1S) SS) 1) KS) TRS) Se © Dow we Or © 50 24, 28, 29 . 275, 281, 283, 289: 275, 276, 277 275 219, .. 280, 281. Index. Page Porrocaecum reticulatum .. 278, 279, 289 serpentulus 277, 278, 280 Potamogeton .. oA ar 195 pectinatus en .. 196, 200 Pristina longiseta En 4 199 Pristis antiquorum à jé 281 perotteti .. : 280 Proculejoides 09, LO 22633, 43, 44, 47, 125 championi bie re 10 AT crassulus .. 7 granulipennis Ae 7 Proculejus 210522, 23, 3], 43, 47, 51, 125 champvoni se hs 47 nudicostis aA an 7 pubicostis ae ca 2 Bl quitensis .. 22, Dll, 55 SEMAGOI oc ar so EL, BY CRUG TL GE 31, 32 Proculinae so 2, 1%, 1183, 32, 124, 126 Procululus 1, 83, 4%, 1% inca ok ae 7 Proculus D. IO, 8%, ce, 22, 1% becker ff densipennis 7 goryl ae ao Fe 43 magister .. ae set i mandibularis er ar 7 mniszechi ss se (LO, 48 opacipennis sis ke 43 Prosoclitus 29, Sl, Dil quitensis .. a 1 51 Protomocoelus .. 12, 76, 78, 79, 107, 122, 124 australis .. a a: 107 solomonis oe Fos 107 schraderi a a 76 sternbergi he + 9 Pseudacanthinae 2, I, 18, 22, 124, 1126 Pseudacanthus .. Us 2%, 23), BO, AE bifidus .. de a) jalapensis D 8 0094530 solidus . aa so 2 BY ad nidodens a5 297 fpavonis .. 297, 298, 299 Pseudepisphenus 3, 78, 80, 111, 122, 123, 124 perplexus BS Pe TU Pseudo-heterakidae a Be 309 Psilomus Ptichopus angulatus borellii Ptychotrichus Publius me 10, 32, crassus spinipes Python molurus reticulatus Ratufa indiea Rhabdiasoidea Rhagonocerus Rhinoceros bicornis Rhipsaspis Rhodocanthopinae Rhodocanthopordes spiniger .. Rhodocanthopus .. biolleyi incertus DANSE TS Spinosus .. Rictularia plagiostoma Rietularıınae Rimor munitus .. ridiculus .. Rimoricus Rondonia Rusguniella Saxicola rubicola .. Scalmus : Schizothorax ee Sciurus indicus . pygerythrus tScolecophilus flumbricicola Semicyclus graye 33, 42, 51, 125 4 314 315 51 285, 266 Me 266 .. 338, 341 338, 339, 340 70: 72 XIV Sertorius agassizi Setaria Seuratia Severus Simia satyrus Solenocyclinae Solenocyclus antanarivae approximatus exaratus .. grayi morbillosus Sonsinia Soranus ts depressifrons imbellis intergeneus Spasalus Sphaerularia Spinicaudinae Spiroxyinae Spiroxys Tannulata contorta .. gangetica 'Spiruridae Spiruroidea Spongilla crateriformis ‘Spurius bicornis conradi dichotomus Stephanocephalus Streptocara Strongylidae Strongyloidea Strongyluris brevicaudata : campanula fchamaeleonis elegans icosiensis ornata paronal sonsinol Page 33 33, 34 317 321 5l ate 266 11..018,2:06,,.126 3:74,69, 70 ca ue 48 . 340, 341 297 328 ; 328 . 328, 329 a 328 . 328, 329 319 .. 7, 24, 26 10, 11, 51 321 331 7 331 294, 296, 297 297 .. 296, 297 294, 295, 296, 297 . 296, 297 297 297 297 .… 296, 297 | | Index. Page Strongyluris streptoesophageus 297 Stylaria lacustris > 200 Subulura .. 300, 302 curvata An 302 Tgalloperdieis 300, 301, 302 hallı 302 olympioi .. 302 sarasinorum 300 seurati 302 strongylina 302 Subulurinae .. 300, 302 Succinea He 341 Sus bengalensis .. .. 268, 330 Synesvus 51 Synhimantus 321 T Taeniocerus 14, 16, 172.320 bicanthatus 16,17 bicuspis 16, 17, 120 deyrollei .. 119) mastersi 18 platypus . UG), LE py :maeus LOT Tanqua 329 ; anomala .. 330 tiara 329 Tarquiniinae de oe 76 Tarquinius 3.4, 12, 18.18, SD 122 123, 124 paradoxus Wu! Tatius 5 78, 108 Testudo elongata 303, 304, 312, 314 forstenll .. 314 parallelus © 314 travancorica 310, 311, 314 Tetrao tetrix ‘293 lagopus 293 urogallus 293 Tetrarachus 51 Tetraracus centralis 7 nobilii 7 Thryptocerus ae 51 Tiberioides 10.18, 84, 121 austeni 85 Tiberioides borealis kuwerti Tiberius kuwerti Tomeutes pygerythrus Tonaudia Toxascaris leonina transfuga Toxeutotaenrus Tragopan satyra Tragulus javanicus Trapezochilus dorsalis nobilrs respectabilis Triaenurgus solidus Trichinellidae Trichinelloidea Trichocephalus affinis crenatus dispar Trichopleurus Trichostigmus glaber thoreyi ursulus Trichostrongylidae Trichostrongylinae Trichurinae Trichuris ovis suis trichiura . Trigaster Trigastrinae Trispiculascaris trispiculascaris Tristorthus papuanus puncticollis tricuspis .. en Trochalopterum medidionale Truquius oc = Trygon (Hypolophus) sephen Tubificidae 5 Turnix ne Typhlops braminus =: 330 51 75, 111, 112, 123 113 112 119,103 337 337 330 330 330 330 237 246 a 288 150417 XV Page U Uneinaria = ae 1 337 Undulifer oe ah 22, 23, 25 incisus .. = ». 24,25 Urocissa oceipitalis 319 Ursus malayanus 336 torquatus 270: V Valerius ar 51 Varanus 287, 315, 316. bengalensis 5 329: flavescens 315, 316, 329: nebulosus 315, 329 salvator .. .. 269, 287, 315, 329 Vatiniinae 51 Vatinius 51 Vellejus 103 compergus Ge a 105. Verres 3 sh 0%, 88, att, 20), Bill camerani as er 7 cavicollis 13, 34, 40, 41, 47 cavilabris 5S ae 8. corticola .. 13,-34, 41 furcilabris 24, 40, 41 intermedius 41, 42 sternbergianus ce Ae 8 sternipunctus 34, 40, 41 vernicatus aA a 8 Veturius 32, 33, 34, 35, 5l assimilis . 34, 38, 39: Tboliviae .. 34, 38, 3% cephalotus 37, 39 criniceps .. 34, 37, 39 heydeni 34, 38, 39: isthmicus BE ae 8 peruvianus 8 platyrhinus © oe 36, 39 punctatostriatus = Ae 8 similliimus 36, 39 sinuatocollis by 35 Tsinuatosulcatus so Be (Bin, Slo, Br sinuatus .. 36, 37, 39 fspinifer .. 34, 36, 39 yunicornis 34, 36, 39 XVI Vindex agnoscendus sculptilis .. fsynelytris Vipera russelli . Vitellinus Viverricula malaccensis Vulpes bengalensis leucopus . Vultur monachus Page LOI M13. 43, A UOTE AR A i 47 45, 47, 125 331 70 336 270 269, 270, 322, 336 336 275 Index. Wallago attu Xiphias gladius tZanclophorus Tannandalei Tkempi Zosteroth vw Page … 309, 310 310, 311, 312, 313 303, 312, 313 51 CALCUTTA: PRINTED BY SUPDT. GOVT. PRINTING, INDIA, 8, HASTINGS STREET. a HAE AN VE MEMOIRS INDIAN MUSEUM Vol. VII, No. 1. A Contribution towards the Revision of the Passalidae of the World. onian Insti ‚ns = If. U EN & YoN N By F. H. GRAVELY, D.Sc. Assistant Superintendent, Zoological Survey of India. 4, , \ °° F4 “ional Muse! / CALCUTTA PUBLISHED BY THE DIRECTOR, ZOOLOGICAL SURVEY OF INDIA. SUPERINTENDENT GOVERNMENT PRINTING, INDIA DECEMBER, 1918 Srice Seven Rupees. À Contribution towards the Revision of the Passalidae of the World. BY Foote GIV AWE ENG DSc. Assistant Superintendent, Zoological Survey of India. (With Plate I.) HEN preparing my “Account of the Oriental Passalidae” (1914c) the lack of a representative collection of American and African forms prevented me from considering the relationship to other groups, borne by the Indo-Australian groups to which the Oriental forms belong. Shortly after the publication of that paper, however, the Passalidae collected by Mynheer J.R.H. N. Van de Poll were offered for sale. These were bought by the Trustees of the Indian Museum, who thereby added a particularly fine set of Indo-Australian species to their collection, together with much material for comparison from America and Africa. My thanks are due to them for the encouragement which they have thus given me to extend my investigations, so that they may include a study of the classification of the whole family. I have further to thank Mr. G. J. Arrow for assistance in various forms, including the loan of specimens from the British Museum ; Mr. C. Holman-Hunt for material from the Malay Peninsula; M. R. Vitalis de Salvaza for material from French Indo-China; Mr. C. F. Baker for material from the Philippines; and M. Guy Babault and Mr. G. E. Bryant for material from various localities. Morphology of the Head. The study of a general collection of Passalidae, from parts of the world other than the Oriental Region, at once throws light on the question of the morphology of the anterior part of the head, a question which seemed most difficult before. It confirms as true for most species of Passalidae the suggestion, made on p. 337 of my “ Account of the Oriental Passalidae,” that “ the whole of the upper surface of the anterior part of the head between the supra-orbital ridges and in front of the frontal ridges is frons, the whole of the clypeus being doubled beneath this out of sight ;” but it shows that this is not true of all species, and that the groove which I supposed to represent the suture between the clypeus and frons is probably situated beyond the lateral extremities of the former plate. The most primitive surviving forms of Passalidae appear to be included in the genera Oileoides and Popilius, as these are defined below; and Ovleoides subrecticornis (see fig. 1, 1 on next page) may conveniently be taken as an example of them. In this species the clypeus is not hidden, but is exposed as an extensive transverse plate above the labrum. The labrum is attached by a well developed membrane, which extends beneath it to the lower posterior margin of the clypeus, and not to its anterior margin. B 2 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, Thus two parts of the clypeus may be recognised, namely, a dorsal free part and a ventral part closely opposed to the membrane uniting it to the labrum. The posterior part of the free surface of the ciypeus is sunk in the anterior margin of the frons, the two plates bemg, however, separated by a well marked suture ; and the posterior angles are united with the adjoining portions of the frons to form a pair of small tubercles. These tubercles are those to which the name “ outer tubercles” was given in my previous paper, a name which may conveniently be retained for them. Fıe. I. 1. Oileoides subrecticornis (Kuwert). Anterior part of head. The outlines of the plates of the upper 2. Chondrocephalus granulifrons (Bates). - surface indicated by continuous, and those of the lower surface by 3. Passalus affinis, Percheron. dotted, lines. 4. Passalus affinis, Percheron. Median section of upper and anterior parts of head. a.a.—anterior angles of head. f.v.s.—frontovertical suture. an.—cavity for insertion of antenna. ı.t.—inner tubercle. cl.f.—free surface of clypeus. lbr.—labrum. cl.o.—opposed surface of clypeus. e.t.—central tubercle. fr.—trons. fr. r. frontal ridge. lbr.m.—membrane between labrum and clypeus. o.t.—outer tubercle. s.or.—supraorbital ridge. v.t.—ventral tubercle. Having identified the clypeus in forms such as Ovleordes subrecticornis, in which no doubt with regard to it can arise, the fate of the free surface of this plate in other forms can readily be followed. In species belonging to the subfamily Pseudacanthinae (of this paper) the clypeus is always separated from the frons by a definite suture, though this varies greatly in shape and in some species the inner tubercles are situated so as to interfere somewhat with its continuity. In the Proculinae, in a few species of Passalinae, and perhaps also in the Aulacocyclinae, the clypeus has the same structure as in the Pseudacanthinae. but the suture is absent. In all other species the free surface of the clypeus is reduced to (at most) a narrow transverse band, situated below the anterior margin of the head, and terminated laterally by a pair of small downwardly directed tubercles, the ‘‘ ventral tubercles ” of my previous paper (1g14c, text fig. 1, p. 181). These “ ventral tubercles ”—really the anterior angles of the reduced free surface of the clypeus—are extremely persistent, and their presence or absence almost always enables one to determine whether the anterior margin of the head really conceals this surface of the clypeus or includes it. To see them clearly, however, it is often necessary to remove the labrum. The outer tubercles are normaliy situated immediately above or a little to the outer side of them ; but in some forms these tubercles tend to come nearer together and may 1918.] F. H. Gravety: Passalidae of the World. 3 be situated on the inner side of them. That they still mark the lateral extremities of the tree surface of the clypeus in these cases is shown by the fact that they are joined by the sides of the opposed surface of the clypeus. The accompanying diagrams (fig. i) will help to illustrate the various stages in the suppression of the clypeus. With them may be compared figs. v, 11-15 and vi, 6-11 on pp. 34 and 45, illustrating in a less diagrammatic fashion its suppression in Verres and Platyverres and in Paxillus respectively. The presence, in most American and African as well as Indo-Australian Passalidae, of definite frontal ridges and of central, inner and outer tubercles is sufficient indication of the morphological importance of these structures. The outer tubercles, as has just been shown, are formed in the more primitive species by a fusion of the frons and clypeus about the posterior angles of the latter. The central tubercle is normally situated at the angle formed by the union of the two frontal ridges which appear, from the evidence afforded by certain Indo-Australian species, to mark the position of part of the line separating the frons from the vertex. The inner tubercles appear to mark the point at which this line, usually quite imaginary for a short distance beyond this point, bends more or less backwards towards a suture a little to the inner side of the supraorbital ridges, in which it commonly ends (see Gravely, 1914¢, p. 184). This suture is easily seen in imperfectly hardened specimens of various groups, but is less distinct in those which have become thoroughly hard and black. The homologies of the tubercles found in genera such as Leptaulax and Tarquinius, in which more than one pair of tubercles is situated on the anterior margin of the head, with those found in genera with only one pair so situated, are more difficult to determine than appeared to be the case when Indo-Australian forms only were under consideration. A comparison of Tarquinius with Pseudepisphenus leaves little room for doubt that the more medially situated pair of tubercles in the former is homologuous with the pair of inner tubercles of the latter (see Gravely, 191 4c, pp. 328-329), and in the absence of any evidence to the contrary it would be natural to assume the same homologies for the tubercles of Leptaulax, and of genera from the Ethiopian Region with similarly arranged tubercles. But in the case of Ethiopian genera there is strong evidence in favour of different homologies. This is best illustrated by reference to the group characteristic of Madagascar, a group which is separated from the group found on the mainland of Africa by the possession of a pair of tubercles situated on the frons in the angle made by the fronto-vertical suture with the anterior margin of the head (see below pp. 68-69). The most primitive of the Malagasy genera appears to be a new one described below (pp. 69-70, fig. vill, 1) under the name Malagasalus. In this genus the free surface of the clypeus, though almost vertical, is fully exposed. The outer tubercles, with a pair of well developed inner tubercles close behind them, project above it and are separated by a space equal to scarcely as much as two-thirds of its breadth. In Solenocyclus, the next genus of the series, the inner tubercles are also well developed and are situated further back from the outer tubercles ; and an additional pair of marginal tubercles is present immediately above the ends of the clypeus. The outer tubercles, as pointed out above (p. 2), are formed in the first mstance about the posterior angles of the clypeus ; and their closer approximation one towards the other in forms such as Malagasalus leaves space in which the tendency towards tubercle-formation at this point can manifest itself over again. Presumably, therefore, B2 4 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Voz. VII, this additional pair of marginal tubercles is formed as a result of this tendency. Solenocyclus is too closely allied to Pentalobus and Erionomus to admit of any doubt as to the identity of the homologies of their cephalic tubercles. The cephalic tubercles of certain species of these however, bear the closest possible resemblance to those of the Indo-Australian genus Leptaulax ; and there does not appear to be any conclusive evidence to show whether the homologies of Leptaulax are the same as those of Tarquimus, as previously suggested, or may not really be the same as those of Hrionomus. In the former case the inner and outer pairs of marginal tubercles will be the true inner and outer tubercles respectively, and the rudimentary tubercles sometimes formed on the frontal ridges at the point where these bend forwards will be secondary structures. In the latter case these rudimentary tubercles will represent the true inner tubercles, the inner pair of marginal tubercles will be the true outer tubercles, and the outer pair of marginal tubercles will be secondary structures. It was suggested in my “ Account of the Oriental Passalidae ” (p. 330) that the Leptau- lacinae were of comparatively recent origin, and were still spreading from some distributional centre towards the middle of the Indo-Australian area, into the outlying parts of this area, suck as the Indian Peninsula and Ceylon. If this is so—as all available evidence regarding their distribution seems to indicate—it is most unlikely that they are at all closely related to any but Indo-Australian groups, a suggestion whose correctness is confirmed by the fact that the anterior lower tooth in the Leptaulacinae is of a form found only in Indo-Australian groups (see below, p. 9). Presumably, therefore, the origin of the Leptaulacinae is to be sought among Indo-Australian forms. But there is no definite evidence to show that they are in any way related to Tarquinius, the ouly known Indo- Australian Passalid to which they bear even a superficial resemblance. The fact, moreover, that in most Indo-Australian forms the outer tubercles tend to be separated by a distance which is less than the width of the clypeus, makes it easy to suppose that the evolution of the Leptaulacinae may have been on lines parallel to those of the evolution of Ethiopian forms. In view of this uncertainty as to the homologies of the cephalic tubercles in the Leptau- lacinae it seems best to continue to use the terms “imner” and “outer” tubercles in the connection in which they were used in my previous paper; but in addition to insert the word “ marginal,” when speaking of the Leptaulacinae, in order to show that in this case the terms are used in a descriptive sense which is not necessarily in accordance with morphology. Flightless Species. In several groups of American and Indo-Australian Passalidae there are species which have lost the habit of flight. This tends in all cases to produce certain modifications of structure :— 1. The union of the lateral and intermediate areas of the metasternum. 2. The union of the elytra in the middle line. 3. The shortening of the elytra and the rounding of all their contours. 4. The reduction of the wings, which appear to become thereby more efficient stridulating organs. 1918.] F. H. GRAVELY : Passalidae of the World. 5 Flightless species consequently tend to bear a strong resemblance to one another, especially as regards the general shape of the body, and Bates (1886, pp. 2-3) divided the American Passalidae into two sections on this character alone (see below, p. 6). The extent of the modifications differs greatly in different species, and the relation which they bear one to another is not always the same. Thus in American species the union of the elytra tends to precede the modification of the metasternum, while in Indo-Australian species the reverse is the case. Similarly, reduction of the dentition, which seems to be to some extent associated in American groups with loss of the habit of flight (see below, p- 9) is only found in Indo-Australian forms (where it reaches 1ts maximum development) among species which show no indication of this. In the Indian Pleurarvus brachyphyllus, in which the wings are fully developed, the union of the elytra is not indicated in the pupa and is imperfect or absent in the newly hatched adult. This appears to be the case in some other species also, and it seems likely that the elytra may remain separate throughout life in certain individuals. I have not seen pupae of any of the more highly modified species. Genitalia and Sexual Distinctions. Very little appears to be known of the genitalia of the Passalidae. Sharp and Muir (1912, pp. 579-580, pl. xliv, figs. 11-13a@) found two forms of male genitalia to exist, one in which “ the basal piece and the lateral lobes form one piece, either by consolidation or the suppression of the basal piece ” and one in which “ the tegmen consists of two distinct pieces, the basal piece and the lateral lobes.” The former they found in the genus Aubade the latter in all the other genera they examined ; but their observations were very restricted. I have been able to add to these observations to some extent; but the results were not such as to warrant any extensive investigation, since all the genitalia examined proved to be very much alike, except in the Aulacocyclinae. Here both the types described by Sharp and Muir occur, one in one group of the subfamily and the other in the other, showing that the difference they found in Aulacocyclus is not a distinctive character of the Aulacocyclinae as a whole, as suggested in my previous paper (p. 101). The only other positive result of my investigations was a curious fact which emerged in connection with species in which the central tubercle varies greatly in size. In these it was found that the specimens in which it was largest and best developed were females, and not males as would be expected by analogy with other groups. 2 3 Classification, etc., including notes on the structure of the mandibles. Although the Van de Poll collection is a remarkably fine one, it is by no means complete. There can, I think, be little doubt that a considerable number of described genera and species have no separate existence ; but the absence from the collection of such distinctive forms as Platyverres intermedius, and of other well-known species, affords sufficient proof that the names of the missing forms are not all to be lightly relegated to synonymy. The number of new species In so incomplete a collection, on the other hand, seems clearly to indicate that the Passalidae of the world as a whole are less fully known than are those of the Oriental Region dealt with in my previous paper. 6 Memovrs of the Indian Museum. Wor. MH: In order to prevent subsequent confusion I have redescribed, or have at least directed attention to the distinctive characters of, every species that I have seen, excepting only the- Oriental ones described in my previous paper; and I have figured a large proportion of them. This is made essential by the unsatisfactory condition of most of the existing descriptions, a condition which has united with the incompleteness of the collection before me to make the compilation of a satisfactory synonymy of the species very difficult, if not impossible. No attempt has been made to deal with the synonymy of species, the references given being in all cases to original descriptions or to others on which I may have. relied in making my determinations. The forms dealt with in my “ Account of the Oriental Passalidae ” naturally receive less detailed treatment than the others. The keys to the determination of genera published in that work are, however, repeated with such alterations as further study has shown to be desirable ; and, except in some of the smaller genera, keys have been given to the identi- fication of all species known to me, although in a few cases these are practically identical with those already published. The first serious attempts made to divide the Passalidae up into genera were those of Kaup in 1868-9 and 1871, respectively. In his “ Monographie der Passaliden,” published in the latter year, he set forth a remarkable conception of the Animal Kingdom, which led him to postulate a series of subdivisions into co-ordinated series of fives. Believing, as he did, that none of his five sub-families of Passalidae could contain more than five groups, that no. group could be composed of more than five genera, and no genus of more than five species, and believing that corresponding species, genera and groups were to be found respectively in all or almost all genera, groups and sub-families, his system of classification inevitably led to a considerable amount of wide separation of closely related genera and species. In 1886 Bates introduced a number of changes into Kaup’s classification of the American species. He brought together in one section all those in which the elytra are relatively short, and more or less protuberant in the middle of the base, and into another all the rest—.e., those in which the elytra are moderately long with broadly emarginate base—subdividing each of these sections primarily according to the lengths of the antennal lamellae. Unfortunately for this classification the shape of the elytra is correlated with the modification of the wings for stridulation and the loss of the power of flight, changes which not only appear to have taken place in some of the most highly specialized forms of several different American groups, but are also found among widely separated Indo-Australian genera (see below, p. 125); and. the lengths of the antennal lamellae rarely seem to have much phylogenetic importance, being more or less variable in a number of genera, perhaps in all (see also Gravely, 19146, pp. 180 and 182). Kuwert’s elaborate “‘ Passaliden dichotomisch bearbeitet ” is still more lacking in any sense of phylogenetic values, and disregards in addition the facts of geographical distribution. Zang and Arrow have done much useful work in the direction of clearing up various items of the confusion thus produced, and my “ Account of the Oriental Passalidae ” has, I hope, helped to reduce the classification of the forms with which it deals to order; but Kuwert’s remains the most recent monograph of the Passalidae of the world. In my “ Account of the Oriental Passalidae ” I have recorded all references known to me relating to Oriental genera. 1918.] F. H. Gravety: Passalidae of the World. 7 and species. The following appear to be the only forms not referred to either in Kuwert’s -work or there : — A.— AMERICAN Forms. Coniger, n. gen. with Rimor ridiculus, Kuwert, as type, Zang, 1905c, p. 232. Epiphoroneus, n. gen. with Passalus occipitalis, Eschscholtz, as type (Phoroneinae of Kuwert), Arrow, 1907, pp. 459-460. Eumelus nasutus, Arrow, 1907, p. 459. Nasoproculus, n. gen. with Passalus heros, Truqui, as type, Zang, 1905c, p. 226. es bifidus, Zang, 1905¢, p. 232,=Orleus heros, part, Kaup, nec Passalus heros, Truqui. Neleides antillarum, Arrow, 1907, p. 452. Neleus camerani, Pangella, 19055, pp. 9-11. 5, cognettii, Pangella, 19055, pp. 13-15. » festae, Rosmini, 1902, p. 8. Ninus hondurae var. rosminiae, Pangella, 1905a, pp. 11-12. „ nobili, Pangella, 19055, pp. 5-7. Paxillosomus alfari, Pangella, 1905a, pp. 9-11. borelliz, Pangella, 19055, pp. 3-4. camerani, Rosmini, 1902, pp. 4-5. Paxillus parvus, Casey, 1897, pp. 644-645. Petrejus archidonae, Arrow, 1907, p. 450. à henrici, Rosmini, 1902, pp. 6-7. = peruvianus, Arrow, 1907, pp. 456-457. » spinosus, Arrow, 1907, pp. 457. Proculejoides crassulus, Casey, 1897, pp. 642-643. A granulipenms, Zang, 1905a, pp. 229-231. Proculejus nudicostis,! Bates, 1886-1890, p. 383. Procululus, n. gen. with P. inca, n. sp. as type (Petrejinae of Kuwert), Zang, 19050, pp. 225-227. Proculus beckeri, Zang, 1905a, p. 315. ,, densipennis, Casey, 1914, p 374 „ mandrbularis, Casey, 1914, p. 374. 5, magister, Casey, 1897, pp. 641-642. Ptichopus borelliz, Rosmini, 1902, p. 10. Publius spinipes, Zang, 1905a, pp. 231-232. Rhodocanthopus biolleyi, Pangella, 1905a, pp. 3-4. Rimor munitus, Casey, 1897, pp. 643-644. Soranus depressifrons, Bates, 1886-1890, pp. 384-385. „ mbellis, Casey, 1897, pp. 645-646. Spurius conradi, Rosmini, 1902, p. 2. „ dichotomus, Zang, 1905a, pp. 227-229. Tetraracus centralis, Arrow, 1907, p. 458. x nobilii, Rosmini, 1902, pp. 5-6. Triaenurgus solidus, Arrow, 1907, pp. 452-453. Verres camerani, Pangella, 1905a, pp. 7-9, text fig. 1 Zang, who knew it from the description only, placed this species in the genus Proculejoides (1905a, p, 229). _According to Arrow this is incorrect (1907, p. 450). I have not seen a specimen, but the description shows it to have -the tridentate mandibles and hairiess elytra of the genus Pseudacanthus as this is defined below. 8 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Verres cavilabris, Casey, 1897, pp. 646-647. ,, sternbergianus, Zang, 1905a, p. 315. » vernicatus, Casey, pp. 647-648. Veturius isthnucus, Arrow, 1907, pp. 453-454. 3 peruvianus, Arrow, 1907, p. 455. 3 punctatostriatus, Arrow, 1907, pp. 454-455. B.—ETHIoPIAn Forms. Didymus congoensis, Arrow, 1907, p. 463. ae crassus, Arrow, 1907, p. 465. » Curvilineatus, Arrow, 1907, pp. 462-463. », laevisternus, Arrow, 1907, pp. 463-464. nH latipunctus, Zang, 1905a, pp. 315-316. 55 ruwenzoricus, Arrow, 1907, pp. 464-465. Erionomus platypleura, Arrow, 1907, p. 461. Eumelosomus affinis, Arrow, 1907, pp. 465-466. aloysii sabaudiae, Pangella, 1906, p. 1- C.—Inpo-AUSTRALIAN FoRMS. Analaches bicavis, Zang, 1905a, pp. 241-242. > brachymetopus,! Zang, 1905a, pp. 30-31. =A dubius, Heller, 1910, pp. 20-21. ss infestus, Heller, 1910, p. 20. ce laevigatus,? Zang. 19034, p. 339 ; and 1905a, pp. 29-30. 5 laticauda, Zang, 1905a, pp. 240-241. 33 paraplesius, Zang, 1905a, pp. 238-240. punctithoraz,” Zang, 1903a, p. 339 ; and 1905a, pp. 28-29. Aulacocyclus rouxi, Heller, 1916, pp. 352-35. Cetejus acutangulus, Heller, 1910, pp. 18-19. >» injans, Heller, 1910; p. 18. ,, schenklingi, Heller, 1910, pp. 19-20, text-fig. B. „ sodalicus, Zang, 19065, p. 25. Episphenoides pectiniger, Heller, 1910, pp. 17-18, text-fig. A. Gonatas cetioides, Zang, 1905a, p. 316. Hyperplesthenus glaber, Gravely, 1913, pp. 106-107, text-fig. 2A. [ VoL. VII, Kaupioloides, n. gen. with Kaupiolus trigonophorus, Zang as type, Gravely, 1913, pp. 103-105, text- inex, I Kaupiolus trigonophorus, Zang, 1905a, p. 316. Labienus (2?) gracilis, Heller, 1910, pp. 16-17. 1 Subsequently transferred to the genus Cerejus (Zang, 19054, p. 238, footnote). ? Originally named Epilaches owing to Kuwert’s confusion of the two generic names (Zang, 1905a, p. 24) ; subseque:itly transferred to the genus Cetejus (Zang, 1905a, p. 238, footnote). 1918.] F. H. GRAvVELY : Passelidae of the World. 9 Mastochilus capitalis,} Blackburn, 1900, pp. 209-210. subobliquus, Tryon, 1892. Pelops triumphator, Zang, 19045, pp. 182-184. Plesthenus mandibularis, Heller, 1900, p. 11, pl. fig. 5. : scutellopunctatus, Zang, 1903a, p. 339. Protomocoelus sternbergi, Zang, 1905a, pp. 236-238. Tristorthus papuanus, Heller, 1910, p. 15, pl. figs. 15-154. Tristorthus puncticollis, Heller, 1916, p. 353. In view of the striking correlation which has been shown to exist, in certain Indo- Australian Passalidae, between classification and distribution (Gravely, 19145), it is natural, when seeking for sound principles on which to base the classification of the familv as a whole, to consider first whether it may not be possible on purely morphological grounds to regard the American and Ethiopian Passalidae respectively as series independent both of one another and of Indo-Australian forms. It will be remembered that among the Indo-Australian Passalidae the Aulacocyelinae stand by themselves, widely separated from all other forms (Gravely, 1914¢, pp. 191-192). They are also widely separated from American and Ethiopian forms and need not be further considered in this connection. In all other Indo-Australian Passalidae, except certain highly asymmetrical ones with reduced dentition, the lowest terminal tooth is directed inwards and is situated beside the anterior lower tooth, which is broadly triangular as seen from above and tends to be flattened above and below. In American and Ethiopian forms, on the other hand, none of which are asymmetrical, either the terminal teeth are situated in a line one above another; or the anterior lower tooth (on the right side at least) is more columnar and tends to be flattened in front and behind, or may be concave behind much as it the Aulacocyclinae, or both characters may be present. These characters are more marked in some species than in others, but in greater or less degree they are of universal application ; and they are associated with various other, often more striking, differences of more limited application. The reduction of the dentition takes place mainly in highly specialized genera of the Indo- Australian and American series, genera whose relationships are, as a rule, clearly indicated by other characters. Among the former it is confined to the more highly asymmetrical genera, and among the latter it is found chiefly in genera composed wholely or in part of flightless species. It is easy to follow the manner in which the reduction is carried out in the former ; but in the latter it is often more difficult, the reduction being more abrupt. In the Indo- Australian series it is always due to the fusion of the anterior lower tooth with the lowest terminal tooth (see Gravely, 1914¢, text-fig. 7, p. 314). In the American and Ethiopian series, with the possible exception of the genus Proculus, it seems always to be due to the fusion of the two lowest terminal teeth, though this is apt to be accompanied by a dorsoventral flattening of the anterior lower tooth, which thus loses its distinctive shape. The reduction of the dentition in the American and Ethiopian series may most conveniently be illustrated by reference to the genera of the Proculejoides group of Passalinae t Mastochilus capitalis, Blackburn=Episphenoides quzestienis, Kuwert. See Zang, 1905c. p. 222. 10 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, (fig. ii, 1-3). Im Chondrocephalus the dentition is normal, though the right anterior lower tooth is less distinctly columnar than usual. In Vindex the dentition is reduced, but the double origin of the lower of the two remaining terminal teeth may often be seen, especially in the right mandible of unworn specimens of V. agnoscendus. The anterior lower tooth of the left side is more conical in this genus, with dorso-ventral rather than antero-lateral compression, though that of the left side is still much broader than that of the right: and there is a more or less indistinct tubercle at the base of this tooth on both mandibles. In Proculejoides all trace of the double nature of the two remaining terminal teeth is lost, the anterior lower teeth of the two sides become still more alike, and the tubercles at their base become more conspicuous. Ofthe genera with modified dentition in other families, Proculejus has teeth exactly like those of Proculejoides, and the only species of Publius known to me has teeth not unlike those of Vindex, but has no trace on either side of the third terminal tooth and has more markedly | 2 if asymmetrical anterior lower teeth. The teeth of Proculus, the most striking of all these genera, are, D however, more puzzling. Superficially they usually resemble those of Proculejoides ; but between what \ 2 A, would be the anterior lower tooth in that genus and the large tubercle at its base there is ordinarily a scar, lef: by the breaking away ofa columnar tooth which seems only to persist in imperfectiy hardened \ x Y specimens. This columnar tooth (see fig. 11, 4) has the form of the type of anterior lower tooth charac- teristic of the American series ; and it 1s impossible to be sure whether the tooth in front of it forms the 4 5 n most anterior part of a single but highly complex anterior lower tooth, or ıs a lowest terminal tooth, Fie: II. reduced in size and situated behind and on the inner 1. Chondrocephalus granulifrons (Bates). side of the middle and upper terminal teeth as in the 2. Vindex agnoscendus (Percheron). 3. Proculejoides championi (Bates). Indo-Australian series. 4. Proculus mniszechi, Kaup. The parts of the mandibles in front of and excluding the movable tooth, illustrating modi- fications in the dentition of American Passalidae. The more typical American and Ethiopian forms can be distinguished from each other by the presence of one or more pairs, respectively, of marginal tubercles between the anterior angles of the head ; but this distinction does not at first sight appear to be of universal application, since at least two genera, Mitrorhinus and Stephanocephalus, which have been accepted as American, have the additional tubercles characteristic of African genera. Zang, moreover, notes records of the American genus “ Passalus ” (= Popilius of the present paper) from the Congo, Senegal and Madagascar; and in the Van de Poll collection several specimens of Pentalobus sansibaricus bear the record “ Bolivia ”; while of two specimens of a new species of Brionomus, described below under the name L. trichostigmoides, one bears 1918. ] F. H. GRAVELY : Passalidae of the World. 11 the record “ Dar-es-Salaam ” and the other “ S. Catherina, $. O. Brazil (Staudinger).” If these records are correct, and the species to which they refer really do occur both in America and in Africa or Madagascar, the occurrence in America of genera belonging to the group typical of Africa would be very natural. But in the absence of direct personal evidence by a collector I find it easier to believe them to be due to mistakes in labelling, numerous though they are. The position of Mitorhinus and Stephanocephalus therefore requires special consideration. Judging from Kaup’s figure (1871, pl. vi, fig. 3) Pussalus punctifrons, Dejean, the type of the genus Mitrorhinus, would seem to be from America and to belong in all probability, to the genus Passalus as this is defined below; but Kaup identifies the species with Percheron’s Passalus cayor, a species the type of which is recorded as coming either from Senegal or from Brazil. As Percheron’s figure (1835, pl. v, fig. 2) shows this to be an insect of the African type, the former is doubtless the correct locality. There can, I think, be little doubt that cayor belongs in reality to the African genus Pentalobus ; and I suspect that both Kaup and Kuwert have coafused prolongations of the anterior angles of the head with the tubercles on the inner side of these angles characteristic of African forms. Probably this has also been the case with the genus Stephanocephalus, the only species figured, Percheron’s Passalus hostilis (1841, pl. Ixxvu, fig. 4), whose locality was not known to its author, being in all probability African, although Kaup and Kuwert have applied the name to an American species, and have placed other American species in the same genus with it. For the present, then, the form of the anterior margin of the head may be regarded as separating American from Ethiopian groups ; but further evidence on the point is much to be desired, especially as the aberrant genus Ptichopus is to some extent transitional between the two.! Another character by which the American and Ethiopian groups may be separated is afforded by the posterior plate of the prosternum. In the former this 1s usually more or less narrowed behind, and is often pointed ; whereas in the latter it is always more or less parallel sided and broadly truncate. This plate has the African character in most species of the American genus Paxillus, but I know of no other exceptions to the rule, although the distinction is not equally well marked in all species. The Ethiopian genera fall conveniently into a single subfamily Solenocyclinae. The American genera, on the other hand, fall into three groups, each in my opinion of sufficient size and distinctness for recognition as a separate sub-family. The first of these, to which the name Pseudacanthinae may be given, is distinguished chiefly by the presence of a well marked clypeo-frontal suture. Traces of this suture are found also in the species described below under the name Chondrocephalus quinquecornutus, and it is more or less complete in Vindex agnoscendus. The former of these species may be regarded as in this character transitional between the two most primitive genera ot the Pseudacanthinae and Passalinae respectively ; and the latter agrees in every other character with the Passaline genus Vindex and not with any Pseudacanthine genus. In spite of these exceptions the presence of the suture in question remains the most distinctive single 1 See also below, p. 13, footnote !. 12 Memoırs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, character running through the Pseudacanthinae. The second American sub-family may be called the Proculinae. It includes forms in which the outer tubercles are rudimentary or absent ; the clypeus is almost always exposed, though never separated from the frons by a distinct suture. The third and last American sub-family, the Passalinae, includes forms in which the outer tubercles are well developed and usually very widely separated, the clypeus being hidden in almost all species. The classification of the Indo-Australian Passalidae was recently revised (Gravely, 1914C, pp. 191-204, 316-318 and 328-330). They fall into two distinct sections, of which one forms the sub-family Aulacocyclinae. The results of my previous work on the classification of the other section have been summarized as follows (1914c, pp. 336-337):— “ The second section has been sub-divided into the Pleurarvus, Aceraius, Macrolinus, Kaupioloides, Protomocoelus, Hyperplesthenus, Gnaphalocnemis, Plesthenus, Gonatas, Tarquinius and Leptaulax groups. Of these groups the first three and the last two appear to be of most importance, and have been provisionally ranked as subfamilies, the remainder being put together into a single subfamily which takes its name from the genus Gnaphalocnemis. Their rank cannot be finally settled without reference to American 2 and African species.’ The number of subfamilies thus recognized is undoubtedly too great in comparison with the classification of American and African forms outlined above, and may advantageously be reduced to two. One of these, the Leptaulacinae, remains as defined in my previous paper. The second, which may be called the Macrolininae, includes all the rest. The above enumerated subfamilies of Passalidae may now be defined thus :— / The distal ends of the anterior coxae projecting beyond the surface of the intercoxal portion of the prosternum, which is entirely hidden except in aberrant Chinese and Japanese forms, where it is exceptionally strongly keeled; the usual paired cephalic tubercles absent, the middle lower tooth 1 almost always fixed U 2 an .. Aulacocyclinae, p. 13. The distal ends of the anterior coxae about on a level with the general surface of the intercoxal portion of the prosternum, which is visible between them ; at least one pair of the usual paired cephalic tubercles present in most species ; the middle \, lower tooth always jointed on to the mandible .. = de o0 2. The anterior lower tooth more or less columnar, at least on the right side, being compressed before and behind or even concave behind ; or all three terminal teeth directed forwards, and arranged in a line one above another ; or the dentition 5 incomplete ; the head always symmetrieal (American and 3 African forms) ve aS 36 Le os ae Bo "he anterior lower tooth conical, compressed above and below ; the lowest terminal tooth directed inwards and set a little behind the other two; the head often asymmetrical—always V so in forms with reduced dentition (Indo-Australian forms) .. as ce 6. 1918.] F. H. GravELY: Passalidae of the World. 13 No secondary tubercles or angular processes present on the anterior margin of the head (or behind the elypeus when this is exposed) between the outer tubercles and anterior angles ; the posterior plate of the prosternum almost always much narrowed, often pointed, behind (American forms) Be 5 5 4. At least one pair of secondary tubercles or angular processes present on the anterior margin of the head between the outer tubercles and the anterior angles ; the posterior plate of the prosternum more or less nelle sided, broadly truncate behind (African forms) . ae : .. Solenocyclinae, p. 68. ( The clypeus exposed and separated from the frons ie a distinct 4 suture ; .. Pseudacathinae, p. 22. The clypeus Hase with the fone aa re len m oo Le 5. The outer tubercles obsolete or absent, the clypeus almost always exposed’ Be Se da .. Proculinae, p. 32. The outer tubercles distinct, the clvpeus rarely exposed .. Passalinae, p. 43. of tubercles,* though these may be compound in structure ; the antennae rarely with less than four well developed lamellae ; never with both these characters as .. Macrolininae, p. 76. The anterior margin of the head always with two pairs of | The anterior margin of the head rarely with more than one pair simple tubercles; the antennae always with three well developed lamellae only .. 0 3 .. Leptaulacinae, p. 111. Subfamily AULACOCYCLINAE. Three of the genera defined in my previous account of this subfamily (1914c, pp. 192-3) appear, in the light of further material, to be unnecessary. Two of these—Caulifer and Auritulus—are monospecific, and may advantageously be merged in Aulacocyclus and Cylindrocaulus, respectively. The third, Tristorthus, may also be merged in Aulacocyclus. The best known species of Tristorthus is T. tricuspis, Kaup, from New Caledonia, a Species shown by its short antennal lamellae to be most nearly allied to the Australian species of Aulacocyclus. With this are associated firstly, two other New Caledonian species, apparently distinguished largely by differences in size, and in my opinion doubtfully 1 The processes especially characteristic of the Solenocyclinae are situated immediately above the ventral tubercles, Others may also, however, be present, and in all Malagasy forms a pair is more or less distinctly developed immediately on the inner side of the fronto-vertical suture. The most primitive Malagasy genus, Malagasalus, lacks the former pair of processes, and the above definition is applicable only by reason of its possession of the latter. The African and Malagasy groups are composed, broadly speaking, of parallel series of genera separated largely by the presence or absence of the latter pair of processes. I do not know of any African genus paralleling Malagasalus ; but if one exists the above definition can hardly be expected to apply to it. See also above, pp. 10-11. 2 Except in one species of Vindex (below, pp. 43 & 47); imperfectly fused in one species of Chondrocephalus (below pp. 43-45, fig. vi, 1). See also above p. 11. 3 The clypeus is completely hidden only in the genus Platyverres, though in the transitional species Verres corticola it is hardly apparent. In both these species the inner tubercles are situated on the anterior margin of the head and may readily be mistaken for outer tubercles, though a comparison with other species of Verres, and especially with V. cavicollis, at once settles their true homology. The heads of the species in question are shown in fig v, p. 34. 4 Only in the genus Tarquinius, which has six well developed antennal lamellae. 14 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. (Vor. VER. distinct ; secondly, a species which Zang (1905¢, p. 226) has shown not to be the Malaysian species for which Kuwert took it, but probably also a form of fricuspis; and thirdly, a species felderi, Stoliczka, from Amboina and Ceram, with a simply pointed central tubercle: and long antennal leaflets like those of the Moluccan species of Aulacocyclus. The genus Tristorthus is thus seen to consist only of a New Caledonian species (or group of species) and a Moluccan species, allied respectively to different groups of the genus Aulacocyclus, in which I therefore propose to place them. The genera of Aulacocyclinae may now be redefined thus :— The middle lower tooth fixed ; the aedagus composed of two consecutive pieces, the tegmen and median lobe ;! the central tubercle always present near the middle of the upper surface of the head .. 50 of ae 58 3: Se 2. 1< The middle lower tooth moveable ; the aedagus composed of three consecutive pieces, the tegmen being composed ofa basal piece and lateral lobes ; the central tubercle absent or occupy- ing the whole of the antero-median part of the upper surface of the head .. = à = Le 52 ae 4. The mentum with a strong median el a .. Comacupes, p. 14. 2} The mentum not keeled .. an af | ifs x 3. The scars on the pronotum large, more or less ramified or S-shaped; the central tubercle broad and low, never pedunculate (Oriental forms only) .. 00 .. Taemocerus, p. 16. The scars on the pronotum not very large, crescentic or circular ; the central tubercle taller, usually pedunculate (mostly not Oriental) a: 58 ate de .. Aulacocyclus, p. 17. The central tubercle present, often very strongly elevated. | apex fused with the anterior margin of the head; the a separate aes fs ae a .. Ceracupes, p. 21 The central tubercle absent ; the elytra united .. .. Cylindrocaulus, p. 21. Genus COMACUPES, Kaup, 1871, p. 17. Type, Passalus cylindraceus, Perty, 1831, p. 36, fig. 3. Comacupes cylindraceus (Perty). Passalus cylindraceus, Perty, 1831, p. 36, fig. 3 Comacupes cylindraceus, Gravely, 1914c, p. 207, text-fig. 2, pl. xi, figs. 5-6a. Specimens from the Malay Peninsula (Pahang), Singapore, North Nias (many from Hilr Madjedja and one from G. Madjeja), Middle Nias (Dyma and Kalim Bungo), Sumatra (Bedagei interior, ca. 600 ft.), Java and Borneo (Mt. Marapok). Mr. C. Holman-Hunt has sent me for examination a specimen from Rawang in the Malay Peninsula. Length 24°5-27°5 mm. 1 These names for parts of the male genital tube are those adopted by Sharp and Muir (1912, pp. 481-483 and 484-485). 1918.] F. H. GRAvELY : Passalidae of the World. 15 Comacupes masoni, Stoliczka. Comacupes masont, Stoliczka, 1873, pp. 151-2. Comacupes masoni, Gravely, 1914c, p. 207, pl. xi, figs. 4-4a. One specimen from an altitude of about 600 ft. in the interior of Bedagei, Sumatra, and three without locality label. They all resemble the Sumatran specimen referred to in footuote 2 of p. 269 of my “ Account of the Oriental Passalidae.” Without further specimens from the Malay Peninsula, however, it is impossible to say whether the Malay and Sumatran races of the species are distinct. Length 29-30 mm. Comacupes stoliczkae, Gravely. Comacupes stoliczkae, Gravely, 1914c, p. 206, pl. xi, figs. 3-3a. Two specimens from Djember, Besoek, Java; two from Mt. Marapol- Borneo ; and two without locality label. M. Babault has sent a specimen 24:5 mm. long from Medan, Sumatra, for identification. Length 23:7-25'0 mm. Comacupes basalis (Smith). Passalus basalis, Smith, 1852, p. 18, pl. 1, fig. 5. Five specimens from Mindoro and other parts of the Philippine Islands. Length 33°7-36°3 mm. Comacupes cavicornis, Kaup. Aulacocyclus cavicornis + laevicornis, Kaup, 1868a, p. 6. Comacupes cavicornis, Kaup, 1871, p. 19. Comacupes cavicornis, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 204-205, pl. xi, figs. 1-20. Several specimens from Singapore, Java (Tjibodas, Telaga Bodas in Garoet, Preanger) and Borneo (Pontianak). Length 24-5-26-0 mm. These additional specimens show that the local races described in my ‘‘ Account of the Oriental Passalidae ’’ (pp. 204-206) are not constant, and must be treated as one. The species of Comacupes may be identified thus :— The mesosternum strongly punctured all over; the abdominal sterna with at least a few hair-bearing punctures in fresh bo 1 Specimens... ee bi 56 56 The mesosternum unpunctured except at the sides, the abdomen unpunctured and hairless 50 56 .. C. fovercollis, Kuwert. The lower margin of the overhanging portion of the central \ tubercle short, or ascending obliquely to meet the upper margin, which is always horizontal; the tubercle usually truncate or concave anteriorly, not sharply pointed, narrower, keeled or rounded above .. = 56 30 ae ac 3. The lower margin of the overhanging portion of the central tubercle usually rather long, always horizontal, the anterior part of the upper margin descending obliquely to meet it in a more or less acute angle ; the upper surface usually more or \ x Jess distinctly grooved longitudinally, or excavate ae a ae 4, Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, The central tubercle not strongly elevated, truncate or concave in front, very variable | The whole anterior end of the central tubercle raised well above Q . cylindraceus, p. 14. the supraorbital ridges, not truncate or concave in front C. mason, p. 15. The central tubercle marked above with, at most, a more or less 4‘ distinct longitudinal groove dE a 2 5% es 5. The central tubercle strongly excavate above = C. cavicornis, p. 15. 5 The central tubercle broad above, pedunculate C. basalis, p. 15. | The central tubercle narrow, not pedunculate C. stoliczkae, p. 15. senus TAENIOCERUS, Kaup, 1871, p. 20. Type, Passalus bicanthatus, Percheron, 1841, pp. 41-2, pl. Ixxix. fig. 5. Taeniocerus bicanthatus (Percheron). Passalus bicanthatus, Percheron, 1841, pp. 41-42, pl. Ixxix, fig. 5. Taeniocerus bicanthatus, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 208-209, pl. x1, figs. 7-75. One specimen said, probably erroneously, to come from Ceylon ; others from Penang, Singapore, Bintam Island, and Borneo (a number of specimens from Mt. Marapok in Dent Province, northern spurs of Mt. Kina-Balu, Labuan and Pontianak). Mr. C. Holman-Hunt has sent a specimen from Rawang, Malay Peninsula, for examination. Length 26-0-29:5 mm. Taeniocerus platypus, Kaup. Aulacocyclus platypus, Kaup, 1868a, p. 5. Taeniocerus platypus, Kaup, 1871, p. 21. Numerous specimens from Sumatra (Bedagei Interior, ca. 600 ft.), Java (Boeloe Lawang in Pasoeroean) and Borneo (Mt. Kina-Balu). M. Babault has presented us with specimens. from Medan, Sumatra. Length 16-3-19:5 mm. Taeniocerus pygmaeus, Kaup. Aulacocyclus pygmaeus, Kaup, 1868a, p. 5. Taeniocerus pygmaeus, Kaup, 1871, p. 20. Taeniocerus pygmaeus, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 209-210, pl. x1, figs. 8-84. One specimen each from the Malay Peninsula and Sumatra (Bedagei Interior, ca. 600 ft.) and several from Borneo (two from Mt. Marapok, Dent Province). Mr. C. Holman-Hunt has sent specimens from Kuala Kansar, Malay Peninsula, for examination. Length 14-2- 15°9 mm. Taeniocerus bicuspis, Kaup. Aulacocyclus bicuspis, Kaup, 1858a, ». 5. Taeniocerus bicuspis, Kaup, 1871. pp. 21-22. Taeniocerus bicuspis, Gravely, 1914e, pp. 210-211, pl. xi, figs. 9-9a. Four specimens trom Tukvat, Darjiling District, and one from “ India.” Length 18-5— 21-1 mm. 1918.] F. H. GRAVELY : Passalidae oj the World. 17 The species of Taeniocerus may be identified thus :— The upper surface of the central tubercle about twice as long as broad, flat, punctured, bordered by a very distinct horse-shoe- shaped ridge which is open in front .. ae .. T. bicanthatus, p. 15. 1< The upper surface of the central tubercle relatively broader as a rule, less flattened, unpunctured. the marginal ridge often in- distinct or absent across the middle-line behind as well as in front fe 22 pe se A at 3a DR ( The anterior tibiae very broad Ms oc -. IL. platypus, p. 16. 2 : ne =] The anterior tibiae slenderer Oo The anterior margin of the canthus meeting the side of the head at a considerable distance behind the anterior angle; the 5 external angle of the canthus obtuse = -. T. pygmaeus, p. 16. The anterior margin of the canthus meeting the side of the head | at a very short distance behind the anterior angle ; the external angle of the canthus sharper a -. T. bicuspis, p. 16. Genus AULACOCYCLUS, Kaup. 18684, p. 4. Incl. Taemocerus [part] +Caulifer, Kaup, 1871 + Tristorthus, Kuwert. 1806, p. 220. Type. Passalus edentulus, MacLeay, . 826, p. 430. Aulacocyclus glabriusculus, Kuwert. Aulacocyclus glabriusculus, Kuwert, 1897, pp. 280 and 282. A number of specimens from Aru Island. Length 25:4-27-3 mm. The antennal lamellae are long and slender; the central tubercle, which closely resem- bles that of A. edentulus (fig. i, 7), is erect at base, oblique or almost horizontal above, where it is medially grooved, the apex scarcely or not at all bent downwards. The elytral grooves are shallow, and are scarcely punctured either above or below. Aulacocyelus perlatus, Kaup. Fig. IIL, 1, p. 18. Aulacocyclus perlatus, Kaup, 1868a, p. 7. Four specimens from New Guinea, three of them being from Stephansort, Astrolabe Bay. Length 19:5-21'6 mm. The antennal lamellae are long and slender, as in the preceding species. The central tubercle is decumbent, and more or less distinctly bent downwards at the apex. All the grooves of the elytra are strongly punctured. Aulacocyclus parryi, Kaup. Aulacocyclus parryi, Kaup, 1868a, p. 8. Represented by specimens from Ceram, Halmaheira (Dodinga), Ternate and Singapore. Length 23-2-25°3 mm. The antennae and elytra resemble those of the preceding species. The central tubercle resembles that of A. glabriusculus and A. edentulus, but is melined to be slightly thickened on the under side just at the apex, giving it a somewhat more hooked appearance. 18 Memoırs of the Indian Museum. [ Vor. :VII, Aulacocyelus aruensis, Kuwert. Fig. III, 2. Aulacocyclus aruensis, Kuwert, 1897, p. 282. Two specimens from each of the following localities :—New Guinea, Jobi, Aru, Ceram. Length 21-25 mm. The antennae and elytra resemble those of the two preceding species. The central tubercle somewhat resembles that of A. deyrollei, but is stouter and less elevated in front, and has the apex perhaps a little more distinctly overhanging than is usual in that species. Aulacocyclus felderi (Stoliczka). tier UL, Sh, Comacupes felderi, Stoliczka, 1873, p. 152, footnote. Comacupes felderi, Arrow, 1907, p. 447. One specimen from Amboina, and one from Honitetoe, West Seran! (? Ceram). Length 21 mm. This species ditfers from all others that are known in having the central tubercle ungrooved, erect, laterally compressed and simply pointed. The antennal lamellae are long Se A oe Fie. III. The central tubercle and supraorbital ridge of species of Aulacocyclus, from the left side x 4. 1. A. perlatus, Kaup. 5. A. tricuspis, Kaup. 2. A. aruensis, Kuwert. 6. A. erruns, Blackburn. 3. A. felderi (Stoliezka). 7. A. edentulus (MacLeay). 4. A. mastersi, MacLeay. 8. A. teres (Percheron). and slender. The elytral grooves are scarcely punctured either above or at the sides, but are decidedly stronger than in A. glabriusculus. Aulacocyclus mastersi, MacLeay. Fig. III, 4. Aulacocyclus mastersi, MacLeay, 1871, p. 174. Taeniocerus mastersi, Kuwerc, 1897, p. 275. Several specimens from Queensland (Port Denison and Clarence River), N. S. Wales (Richmond River) and Victoria. Length 21:7-27-5 mm. The antennal lamellae are somewhat stout but moderately long. The central tubercle is laterally compressed and comparatively low. It is somewhat variable, and may be scarcely more elevated than in T'aeniocerus bicuspis ; usually, however, it is somewhat higher and the apex may even be faintly overhanging. The fine puncturing on the head is usually in- conspicuous or absent. All the elytral grooves, except perhaps the first pair, are very tinely punctured ; none of them are very deep. * = Exp. Martin III 92.” Concerning the distribution of this species see Arrow, 1907, p. 447. 1918.] F. H. GRaveLy : Passalidae of the World. 19 Aulacocyclus deyrollei, Kaup. Aulacocyclus deyrollei, Kaup, 18684, pp. 7-8. Taeniocerus deyrollei, Kuwert, 1897, p. 275. One specimen 25:5 mm. long, in the Indian Museum collection. I have also examined specimens in the British Museum. A. deyrollei differs from A. masters: only in the much greater breadth of the central tubercle and in the more conspicuous puncturing of the anterior part of the head. Aulacocycius tricuspis, Kaup. Fig. IIL, 5. Aulacocyclus tricuspis, Kaup, 1868a, p. 7. Several specimens from New Caledonia and one from Woodlark Island. Length 22-2 5 mm. This species is easily recognised by the tridentate form of the central tubercle. which resembles that of Comapcupes cavicornis, except that it is always broadest between the paired dorsal denticles. The antennal lamellae are much shorter than in A. deyrollei. The punctures in the grooves of the elytra are almost uniformly coarse. Aulacocyclus errans, Blackburn. Fic. III, 6. Aulacocyclus collaris, Blackburn, 1896, p. 233. Both sexes of this species appear to occur in two forms distinguishable from each other only by their size. Large form.—Several specimens from Queensland. Mr. H. Schroder has presented us with specimens from the New England District of New South Wales. Length 27-30 mm. Small form.—Numerous specimens from Queensland, including four from Cooktown, three from the Melvor River and one from Cardwell. Length 19:6-23-0 mm. The antennal lamellae are somewhat shorter than in A. deyrollei. The central tubercle rises almost vertically and is then bent over forwards, the antero-ventral surface gradually and the postero-dorsal abruptly, the dorsal surface being straight and more or less horizontal. The anterior enlargements of the pronotal marginal grooves are somewhat more pronounced than in other species of the genus. The grooves of the elytra are even more coarsely punctured than in A. tricuspis. Aulacocyelus edentulus (MacLeay). Fig. III, 7. Passalus edentulus, MacLeay, 1826, p. 439. A number of specimens from Queensland (Brisbane), New South Wales (Sidney) and Victoria. Length 23-30 mm. The central tubercle is more strongly elevated than in :{. errans and less abruptly bent forwards. The anterior enlargements of the pronotal marginal groove are not very pronounced. The elytral grooves are less strongly punctured, especially dorsally. Aulacocyclus teres (Percheron). Fig. III, 8. Passalus teres, Percheron, 1841, pp. 39-40. A number of specimens from Queensland, New South Wales and Victoria (Melbourne). Length 30'8-40:0 mm. D 2 20 Memovrs of the Indian Museum. (Wer, WUE, A. teres is much larger than A. edentulus ; its central tubercle is even more elevated, and is somewhat more abruptly bent forwards—scarcely as abruptly, however, as in A. collaris. The elytral grooves are very shallow and are obscurely punctured at the sides only. The above-mentioned species of Aulucocyclus may be separated thus :— The antennal lamellae long and slender ; ee and Moluccan species ee ue : ; oc er 2. 1< The antennal lamellae shorter, at most note long a | slender ; Australian and New Caledonian species (? also from Woodlark island) de es Br a an 6. | The central tubercle grooved above, its apex more or less 9 overhanging .. 38 a ae ; 5% aM 3. The central tubercle not grooved above, its apex erect. es compressed and simply pointed 56 se PAT Ciden pale The grooves of the elytra shallow and scarcely punctured .. A. glabriusculus, p. 17. The grooves of the elytra deeper and more or less strongly punctured... I De Re 53 ae a 4. The central tubercle depressed, with slender overhanging apex A. perlatus, p. 17. 42 The central tubercle less depressed, with stouter or scarcely overhanging apex # de A a de an 5. or less hook-like si os 21. .. A. parryr, p. 17 The apex of the central tubercle short and stout, scarcely overhanging .. 3E a ats .. A. aruensıs, D. 18. 5 The central tubercle very short, its apex scarcely or not over- =I 6) hanging : oe “ie oo The central tubercle more strongly elevated, with overhanging apex Be a sie ee a Ba an 8. The central tubercle laterally compressed ; the anterior part of the head not conspicuously punctured ti A. mastersi, p. 18. | The central tubercle very broad ; the anterior part of the ren somewhat strongly punctured ae Be .. A. deyroller, p. 19. ) The apex of the central tubercle well developed, usually more ( The central tubercle pointed at apex as seen from above, with 8 a pair of small tubercles bes:de the mid-dorsal groove behind A. tricuspis, p. 19. The central tubercle normal, bifid at apex as seen from above ahs ne 9. The central tubercle moderately elevated and somewhat abruptly | bent forwards ; the elytral grooves very coarsely punctured .. A. errans, p. 19. 9) The central tubercle more strongly elevated and less abruptly | bent forwards ; the elytral grooves not very strongly punctured 50 are 10. ( The central tubercle gradua'ly curved forwards; the elytral aK erooves strongly impressed and distinctly punctured .. A. edentulus, p. 19. | The central tubercle somewhat abruptly bent forwards ; the | elytral grooves shallow and indistinctly punctured do Zale IAB; JD. 19 1918.] F. H. GRAVELY : Passalidae of the World. 2] Genus CERACUPES, Kaup, 1871, p. 16. Type, Passalus fronticornis, Westwood, 1842, pp. 124-125. Ceracupes fronticornis (Westwood). Passalus fronticornis, Westwood, 1842, pp. 124-125. Ceracupes fronticornis, Gravely, 1914c, p. 212, pl. xi, fig. 12. Three specimens from 5,000-7.000 ft., Ruby Mines District of Upper Burma ; two from Renong, Siam, and several without recorded locality. M. Vitalis de Salvaza has sent for examination a specimen from ca. 4,000 ft., Chapa, near Lao Kay, Ht. Tonkin ; and Mr. J. Coggin Brown has presented us with a specimen from Loi Tawng Kyaw, Tawng Peng State, N. Shan States, Upper Burma, 5,500-7,000 ft.; and one from Man Pat, Mongmit State, 5.200 ft., Ruby Mines District, Upper Burma. Length 20-23 mm. This species is less distinct from C. austeni and C. arrowi than I supposed when drawing up the key to the species (1914c, p. 319), the shape of the central tubercle being very variable. The distinction given in that key between C. austen: and the present species appears to hold good, though the distal bifurcation of the central tubercle of the latter is sometimes very weak. The most distinctive difference between C. arrow: and the present ‚species is found in the elytra, whose grooves are deeply impressed and coarsely punctured in the latter, but shallow and less strongly punctured in the former. The species of Ceracupes may be identified thus :— The grooves of the elytra, and their punctures, somewhat Î shallow RR aa a: ae .. CO. arrowı, Heller. to The grooves of the elytra, and their punctures, very deep The apex of the horn formed by the fusion of the central tubercle with the anterior maraın of the head more or less distinetly bifid ae Le 56 .. | Cs fronticornis, p. 21. The apex of this horn acute 5 as .. OC. austen, Stoliczka. Genus CYLINDROCAULUS, Fairmaire, 1880, p. 164. Incl. Auritulus, Zang, 1905. Type, Cylindrocaulus bucerus, Fairmaire, 1880, p. 164. The species of this genus may be identified thus :— The front coxae almost contiguous; the canthus extending about half way across the eye; the supra-orbital tubercles flattened, expanded at the apex, truncate 36 .. C. paialis (Lewis). The front coxae widely separated ; the canthus extending sall the way across the eye ; the supra-orbital tubercles slender | andpointed .. te > 58 .. ©. bucerus, Fairmaire. 22 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vou. VII, Subfamily PSEUDACANTHINAE. The most extensive genus of this subfamily, and one of the most primitive, appears to. be Popilius, a genus which, as limited by previous authors, has proved most difficult to define satisfactorily. None of the characters hitherto used for this purpose appear really to have more than specific value. Especially variable and untrustworthy, in many cases even as a specific character, is the shape and size of the central tubercle. Some of the most definite characters are found in the clypeus, but even these do not as a rule afford satisfactory generic distinctions. It seems necessary, therefore, to smk the names Heliscus (=Soranus), Odontotaenius (= Passalus, auct. nec Fabricius) and Passalotaenius as synonyms of Popilius. Similarly Conger, Rimor and Rimoricus may be sunk as synonyms of Oileus. And both Popilius and Orleus must be redefined. The plastic and primitive genus Popilius forms a starting point to which the remaining genera of American Passalidae may be traced back, the more primitive species of all the remaining subfamilies having the clypeus similarly exposed, although there is usually no clypeofrontal suture, and the more highly specialized having it hidden. In the subfamily Pseudacanthinae itself three separate lines of evolution may be recognized. In one, which includes a new genus Ovrleoides, and the genera Oùleus and Undulifer, the sides of the metasternum are broadly hairy. In another, which is represented only by the genus Spurius, the central tubercle is absent. In the third the elytra are united and the wings are of use for stridulation but not for flight. The more primitive members of the third group have the three terminal teeth of the mandibles distinct as in Popilius. I have only seen three such species ; these belong to the genera Pseudacanthus, Triaenurgus and Nasoproculus, in none of which are the sides of the elytra hairy. It will be convenient to unite these three genera, and with them should probably go the genera Ogyges, Prosochtus and Truquius, which have hairless elytra — unfortunately their mandibles have not been described. Petrejoides should perhaps come here also, but Kuwert’s definition is inconclusive, and I have nothing else to go by. The name may equally well be synonymous with Proculejus or even with Proculejoides. The genera Proculejus,! Prosochtus, and Eriopterus should likewise, in all probability, be united into one genus Proculejus, differing from Pseudacanthus in having only two teeth at the apex of the mandible instead of three and in having hairy sided elytra. The reduction in the number of teeth on the mandible probably takes place by the union of the two lowest terminal teeth. The anterior lower tooth appears broad and bidentate in this genus on both mandibles, instead of bidentate on the left and unidentate on the right as. in allied forms of the preceding genus. The genera of Pseudacanthinae may be defined thus :— The elytra separate, their vertical anterior part hghtly concave = ye 2. 1) The elytra united along the middle line, their vertical anterior part lightly convex at Bie = 54 oe oe 6. 1Except P. quitensis, Kaup (see below p. 51). 1918.1 F. H. GRAVELY : Passalidae of the World. 23 The sides of the metasternum broadly hairy and punctured throughout .. : ie 2 3 Bh ae 3. 24 The hair-bearing punctures of the metasternum confined to the lateral areas and extreme anterior parts of the anterior or intermediate areas 3 | The clypeus transversely trapezoidaı . a .. Otleoides, p. 23. | The clypeus transversely linear, straight or undulating ao = Na 4. ( The clypeus straight or lightly concave in the middle line .. Oileus, p. 25. 4 The elypeus strongly convex in the middle and on either side, strongly produced backwards at the two points uniting the three curves thus formed .. ae ER .. Undulifer, p. 25. Al The central tubercle absent ae Mr -. Spurvus, p. 26. 4 The central tubercle present Popilius, 5. 26. The mandibles tridentate at apex, Ae left one w ith a Parle bifid tooth between the apex and the movable tooth, the right one with a unidentate tooth in this position (fie. iv, 13, 6 p. 24) ; the sides of the elytra hairless 3 Pseudacanthus, p. 30. The mandibles bidentate at apex, both of them with a broadly bifid tooth between the apex and the moveable tooth (fie. iv, 16. p. 24); the sides of the elytra hairv 3 -. Proculejus, p. 3l. Genus OILEOIDES, n. gen. Metasternum with a broad band of hair-bearing punctures on each side; clypeus expanded as in the more primitive species of Popilius. Otherwise like Popilius. Type, O. parvicornis, n. sp. Oileoides parvicornis, n. sp. Rio IV, tp Two specimens from the Cauca Valley, Columbia. Length 27-28-5 mm. The antennae have moderately long lamellae. The labrum is punctured and hairy, with distinctly concave anterior margin and convex sides, the latter somewhat convergent behind. Both mandibles have well developed upper, terminal and anterior lower teeth. The last-mentioned tooth is simple on the right side ; on the ieft it is double, sometimes with the anterior of the two parts into which it is (vertically) divided itself divided to a less extent horizontally. The mentum is smooth in the middle, hairy and punctured laterally ; its scars are not very strongly marked. The clypeus is extensive and flat like that of Spurius bicornis and dichotomus ; itis lightly procurved as in the latter species. The frontal ridges are obsolete, and the central tubercle, though situated on the crest of a straight transverse ungrooved ridge formed by the union of the two parietal ridges, is very small. Between the central tubercle and the obsolete frontal ridges is a triangular area which is somewhat dull and strongly roughened, all the rest of the surtace of the head ‘being smooth and glossy. 24 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. (Vor. VII The pronotum is transverse. The anterior margin is practically straight, the sides lightly and the posterior margin more distinctly convex. The scars are a little uneven, but are not definitely punctured. The prosternum is pointed behind. The scutellum is smooth or distinctly but sparsely punctured. In the specimen in which the scutellum is unpunctured there is a strongly marked median groove; in the other this groove is much broken. The mesothoracic episterna are glossy and coarsely punctured all over, except in the posterior angles, which are matt and have less distinct or no punctures but may be more or less rugose. The mesosternum is more or less smooth and glossy all over—less so at the sides than in the middle. Nae Seo Vs N Tic. IV. Pseudacanthinæ ; specific characters in the upper surface of the head x 4. 1. Otleoides parvicornis, Gravely. 9. Popilvus guatemalae, Gravely. 2. Oileus ridiculus (Kuwert). 10. Popilius tropicus (Percheron). 3. Unduhfer incisus (Truqui). 11. Popilius brevioripennis (Kuwert). 4. Spurius dichotomus, Zang. 12. Pseudacanthus solidus (Arrow) 5. Popilius recticornis (Burmeister). 13. Psexdacanthus bifidus (Zang). 6. Popilius marginatus (Percheron). 14. Pseudacanthus jalapensis, Bates. 7. Popilius amazonicus, Gravely. 15. Proculejus sartori, Kaup. 8. Popilius intergeneus (Bates). 16. Proculejus pubicostis, Bates. The lateral areas of the metasternum are narrow. These, the anterior intermediate areas, and the outer margins of the posterior intermediate areas are punctured and hairy. The rest of the plate is smooth, hairless and glossy, as are also the posterior coxae and the abdominal sterna. The grooves of the elytra are somewhat strongly punctured, especially laterally, but the punctures are small and round. The middle and hind tibiae are without spines except at the apex. Oileoides subrecticornis (Kuwert). Soranus subrecticornis, Kuwert, 1897, p. 296. Three specimens from the Cauca Valley, Columbia. Length 22-24 mm. O. subrecticornis differs from O. parvicornis in its somewhat smaller size, its shorter antennal lamellae, its straighter clypeus, its somewhat more strongly developed central 1918.] F. H. GRAveLy : Passalidae of the World. 25 tuberele and frontal ridges, which may be united and never have a roughened area between them, and its prothorax which is strongly punctured in and close round the scars. Genus OILEUS, Kaup, 1869, p. 3. Incl. Coniger, Zang, 1905 ce; Rimor, Kaup, 1871 ; Rimoricus, Kuwert, 1897. Type, Passalus rimator, Truqui, 1857, p. 266 (see Arrow, 1907, pp. 447-449.) Species of this genus appear to be much larger than are those of the last, and further have always, so far as is known, a large decumbent central tubercle with free apex, instead of a feebly developed one, as well as a linear instead of an expanded clypeus. Oileus ridiculus (Kuwert). ie, JOY, Ae Rimoricus ridiculus, Kuwert, 1897, p. 287. Three specimens from Guatemala. Length 34-35 mm. The lamellae of the antennae are extremely short, being equal to not more than two of the immediately preceding joints in length; the pronotum is punctured in and around the scars ; the scutellum is roughened all over with obsolete punctures; the mesosternal scars are hairy; and the grooves of the elytra are very finely punctured. In one specimen the mesosternum is coarsely punctured. Oileus sargi (Kaup). Rimor sargii, Kaup, 1871, pp. 119-120. One specimen from Guatemala. Length 30 mm. The antennal lamellae are very long, being as long as about four of the immediately preceding joints ; the pronotum is unpunctured ; the scutellum is strongly punctured in the middle ; and the mesosternal scars are not hairy. Oileus rimator (Truqui). Passalus rimator, Truqui, 1857, p. 266. One specimen from Omilteme, Guerrero, 8,000 ft., lent by the British Museum. Length 378 mm. This species is closely allied to O. sargi, from which it differs in having the clypeus lightly biconvex, the anterior margin of the pronotum biconcave and the mesosternal scars hairy. | Genus UNDULIFER, Kaup, 1869, p. 6. Type, Passalus incisus, Truqui, 1857, pp. 266-267. Undulifer incisus (Truqui). Fig. IV, 8. Passalus incisus, Truqui, 1857, pp. 266-267. One specimen from Cordova, Mexico, presented by the British Museum. Length 20 mm. Undulifer incisus is closely related to Oileus ridiculus and sargi. The antennae of the single specimen before me are broken, but from the one remaining lamella I conclude that E 26 Memoırs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, the lamellae were very long and slender as in the Jatter of these species. The clypeus has the form characteristic of the genus. The central tubercle is narrower and less separated from the surface of the head than in O. ridiculus and O. sargi. The pronotum is more extensively punctured round the scars than in either of these species. The mesothoracic episterna are polished throughout. The meso- and metasterna are extensively covered with hair-bearing punctures, especially laterally. The grooves of the elytra are quite as strongly punctured as in O. ridiculus. Genus SPURIUS, Kaup, 1871, p. 75. Type, Passalus bicornis, Truqui, 1857, p. 317. | Spurius bicornis (Truqui). Passalus bicornis, Truqui, 1857, p. 317. One specimen from Mexico and two from Guatemala. Length 17°5-18°0 mm. Spurius dichotomus, Zang. Fig. IV, 4, p. 24. Spurius dichotomus Zang, 1905a, pp. 227-229. One specimen from Guatemala, and one unlabelled preparation of the head and appendages. Length 21 mm. This species may readily be distinguished from the preceding by its somewhat larger size ; by the smaller size of the conical processes representing the parietal ridges, which are oblique instead of transverse ; and by the shape of the clypeus, which is procurved instead of straight. Genus POPILIUS, Kaup, 1871, p. 75. Incl. Heliscus, Zang, 1905 (=Soranus, Kaup, 1871, preoccupied) ; Odontotaenius, Kuwert, 1896 (=Passalus, auct. nec Fabricius, see Zang, 19056, pp. 224-225); Passalotaenius, Kuwert, 1896. Type, Passalus marginatus, Percheron, 1835, pp. 89-90, pl. vu, fig. 1. Popilius recticornis (Burmeister). Fig. IV, 5, p. 24. Passalus recticornis, Burmeister, 1847, pp. 508-509. Four specimens from Mexico. Length 18-20 mm. P. recticornis is the smallest species of its genus known to me. The antennal lamellae are short. The clypeus is strongly procurved. The frontal ridges are obsolete, but the central tubercle, which is directed forward, is very strongly developed, the apex being free. Apart from some of these characters, and the smoothness of the metasternum characteristic of the genus, P. recticornis closely resembles the above described species of the genus Ouileoides. The mesothoracic episterna are, however, less extensively punctured and uniformly glossy, and the prosternum is truncate behind. The punctures round the scars on the pronotum are usually more numerous even than in O. subrecticornis. | 1918.] F. H. Gravety: Passalidae of the World. 27 Popilius marginatus (Percheron). Fig. IV, 6, p. 24. Passalus marginatus, Percheron, 1835, pp. 89-90, pl. vu, fig. 1. Three specimens from Farinas, Bolivia. Length 21-22 mm. Popilius marginatus is of about the same size as Oileoides subrecticornis or a little smaller, but it has longer antennal lamellae, its straight clypeus is less extensive antero-posteriorly and consequently less flat, there is a strong median keel or pair of keels between the small central tubercle and the obsolete frontal ridges, the pronotum is more thickly punctured above the scars and its median groove is complete, the scutellum is strongly punctured at least near the middle line in front. The metasternum resembles that of P. recticornis and other species of Popilius ; it may have a few punctures in the posterior intermediate areas. The abdominal sterna are punctured in the angles of the scars. In other respects P. marginatus resembles O. subrecticornis. Popilius amazonicus, n. sp. Hi MINE Wa py 24 One specimen from the Amazon, Peru. Length 20 mm. P. amazonicus resembles P. marginatus in general appearance, but the tubercles and ridges of the head resemble rather those of P. intergeneus, the pronotum is very sparsely punctured near the scars, the pointed posterior extremity of the prosternum is very slender, and the scars of the abdominal sterna are more extensively punctured. Popilius intergeneus (Bates). Fig. IV, 8, p. 24. Soranus (?) intergeneus, Bates, 1886, p. 21. Numerous specimens from Guatemala. I am indebted to Mr. Arrow for their identi- fication by comparison with Bates’ type. Length 20‘0-21°5 mm. This species is intermediate in size between the two preceding. From P. marginatus it differs in having the antennal lamellae short, the anterior margin of the clypeus slightly convex and often indented in the middle line, the frontal ridges stronger and on an average more directly united with the central tubercle, the pronotum punctured in the anterior angles as well as above the scars, the prosternum truncate instead of pointed behind, the mesothoracic episterna uniformly glossy except for an unpunctured matt oval patch a little below and in front of the unpunctured posterior angles, the scars of the abdominal sterna more extensively punctured and the grooves of the elytra more strongly punctured. Popilius guatemalae n. sp. Hig. IV, 9, p. 24. One specimen from Guatemala. Length 28'353 mm. This species differs from P. intergeneus in its much larger size, straight margined clypeus, smaller and more arcuate frontal ridges, grooved parietal ridges, incomplete pronotal median groove, much less extensively punctured pronotum (the punctures being confined to the neighbourhood of the scars), pointed posterior end of prosternum, almost E2 28 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. (Vor. VII, unpunctured scutellum (the punctures being confined to a pair of longitudinal lines), normal ‘mesothoracic episterna with matt and indistinctly punctured posterior angles, smoother abdominal sterna, and more finely punctured elytral grooves. Popilius tropicus (Percheron). Fig. IV, 10, p. 24. Passalus tropicus, Percheron, 1835, pp. 97-99, pl. vii, fig. 4. Five specimens from Mexico, and one without locality record. Length 25(4)-28(9) mm. Kaup recognizes three varieties of this species, based on the sculpture of the upper ‚surface of the head, and quotes Truqui to the effect that the central tubercle is very variable. One of the specimens before me has a much more strongly developed central tubercle than ‘the others. It is a female and all the others are males!. The clypeus appears always to be distinctly recurved, and I doubt whether the frontal ridges, which are often absent, are ever very strongly developed. They are straighter than in P. guatemalae. The parietal ridges are not grooved, and the scutellum may be irregularly punctured. In other respects this species resembles P. guatemalae- Popilius brevioripennis (Kuwert). Fig. IV, 11, p. 24. Odontotcenius brevioripennis, Kuwert, 1897, p. 290. One specimen from Mexico, distinctly smaller than the type (23 instead of 26 mm. long) and with numerous punctures above the scars. The number of these punctures is, however, very variable in the closely allied species, P. striatopunctatus, and the difference in size is within the usual limits of variability. The specimen of P. brevioripennis differs from the single female specimen of P. tropicus before me in having longer antennal lamellae, a strong median convexity of the anterior margin of the clypeus, a slightly trunctate posterior prosternal plate, mesothoracic episterna like those of P. intergeneus, and more strongly punctured elytral grooves. Popilius striato-punctatus (Percheron). u Passalus striato-punctatus, Percheron, 1835, pp. 101-102, pl. vi, fig. Numerous specimens from Mexico, one from British Honduras and two from Nicaragua. ‘Length 25-28 mm. The size of the central tubercle is variable ; it is smaller in males than in females, but the difference is not a sharp one. P. striatopunctatus differs from T. brevioripennis in its larger size, its more strongly developed central tubercle and slightly less indistinet frontal ridges. The posterior end of the prosternum is variable. Popilius cornutus (Fabricius). Passalus cornutus, Fabricius, 1801, p. 256. Numerous specimens from Florida, two from Mexico and one from each of the following places :—New York, Illinois, Delaware (Wilmington), Ohio and Haiti. Length 29-37 mm. 1 In one the genitalia were found to be damaged, and I was unable to determine the sex with certainty- 1918.] F. H. Gravety: Passalidae of the World. 2s The central tubercle is very variable in shape and size, and is larger in females than in males. P. cornutus differs from P. striatopunctatus in its larger size, somewhat shorter antennal lamellae, evenly arched anterior margin of clypeus, pedunculate and larger central tubercie, unpunctured pronotum, prosternum usually more broadly truncate behind. mesothoracic episterna with a broad matt band parallel to but not in contact with the lower margin, unpunctured posterior intermediate areas of metasternum, and more finely punctured elytral grooves. The above species of Popilius may be distinguished from one another thus :— bo ( The clypeus more or less broadly flattened and trapezoidal 1< The clypeus transversely linear or distinctly prominent in the =~! middle line = À The central tubercle elongate, with free forwardly directed apex P. recticornis, p. 26. The central tubercle small, its apex not free sis Klo 5% IN 3. / The antennal lamellae long, equal to about four of the 5 immediately preceding joints in length as a “he = 4. The antennal lamellae short, equal to about two of the immediately preceding joints in length is st oe sé 5, The frontal ridges short and curved, together forming almost a semi-circle .. La sé 00 .. P. marginatus, p. 27. 4 : ‘ - RE: The frontal ridges long and approximately straight, meeting in a slightly obtuse angle .. Ae + .. P. amazonıcus, p. 27. The central tubercle situated in, or a little in front of, the middle of the head; the frontal ridges well developed, long and approximately straight, meeting in an obtuse angle .. P. intergeneus, p. 27. The central tubercle situated a little behind the middle of the head ; the frontal ridges weaker or absent 52 wis 5% a 6. 5 [ The clypeus straight ; the frontal ridges forming a semi-circle in | front of the central tubercle ; the parietal ridges grooved .. P. quatemalae. p. 27. 6) The clypeus lightly recurved; the frontal ridges absent, or extending straight to the obsolete frontal tubercles from either side of the base of the central tubercle at about a | right-angle to each other ; the parietal ridges keeled The clypeus linear, parallel-sided, lightly recurved ; the central + P. tropicus, p. 28. tubercle sometimes with free apex, but never pedunculate | The clypeus with at least the posterior margin straight; or \ the central tubercle pedunculate : 5% 50 Da 0% 8. { The anterior margin of the clypeus with a strongly developed median convexity, the central tubercle not pedunculate ra Ye Be 9. 8) The anterior margin of the clypeus at most lightly convex medially, the central tubercle pedunculate so .. P. cornutus, p. 28. ( The central tubercle of moderate size, its apex scarcely free .. P. brevioripennis, p- 28. 9+ The central tubercle large in both sexes (especially the female), ( its apex entirely free CE ai oo .. P. striato-punctatus, p. 28. 30 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. (Wom, Wile Genus PSEUDACANTHUS, Kaup, 1869, p. 9. Incl. Nasoproculus, Zang, 1905¢.;% Ogyges, Kaup, 1871 ;? Petrejoides, Kuwert, 1806 : Triaenurgus, Bates, 1886; ? Truquius, Bates, 1886. Type, Passalus mexicanus Truqui, 1857, pp. 315-316. Pseudacanthus bifidus (Zang). Fig. IV, 13, p. 24. Nasoproculus bifidus, Zang, 1905c, p. 232. Six specimens from Mexico. Length 37-41 mm. The antennal lamellae are long, being equal to three or four of the immediately preced- ing joints. The anterior margin of the labrum is deeply cleft ; the sides of the labrum are straight and parallel. The clypeus is strongly arched on either side of a still stronger median concavity. The central tubercle resembles that of the genus Ovleus in general form. There are no frontal tubercles or ridges. The parietal ridges are obsolete. The pronotum is unpunctured ; its median groove is very strong, but does not quite reach the anterior margin. The scutellum is strongly punctured on either side of the middle line. The mesothoracic episterna are punctured above and near the anterior margin only ; they are glossy, except for a matt oval patch behind the lower margin and a matt streak in the posterior angle. The mesosternum is glossy except in the scars, which are matt; it is unpunctured. The metasternum is hairless, and is unpunctured except in the posterior intermediate areas; the lateral areas are linear and smooth. The abdominal sterna are smooth. The grooves on the elytra are finely punctured laterally. Pseudacanthus solidus (Arrow). Fig. IV, 12, p. 24. Triaenurgus solidus, Arrow, 1907, pp. 452-453. Described from a (damaged) cotype, 39 mm. long, from Chuipache, Quezaltenango, Guatemala, lent by the British Museum. The anterior margin of the labrum is lightly concave. The clypeus is straight, and bears a pair of small tubercles, each situated about half way from the middle line to the tubercle in which it terminates laterally. The parietal ridges, though somewhat small, are quite. distinct. There are two or three punctures in or near the scars on each side of the pronotum. The matt areas of the mesothoracic episterna are even more restricted than in P. bifidus. The mesosternum is punctured and hairy laterally behind. The lateral areas of the metasternum are broad ; both these areas, and the intermediate areas in front of and behind the usual group of coarse hairless punctures on the posterior intermediate areas, are covered with hair-bearing punctures. The abdominal sterna are smooth. In other respects this species resembles P. bifidus. Pseudacanthus jalapensis, Bates. Fig. IV, 14, p. 24. Pseudacanthus jalapensis, Bates, 1886, p. 9, pl. 1, figs. 10-10a. One specimen from Oajaca, S. Mexico. Also a cotype from Jalapa lent by the British- Museum. Length 22:0-23:5 mm. 1918.] F. H. GrAvELY : Passalidae of the World. 31 P. jalapensis is very much smaller than either of the preceding species of the genus, and its antennal lamellae are much shorter in proportion than in those species. The clypeus is very lightly concave (practically straight) and has no tubercles except at its lateral extremities. A pair of small frontal tubercles is situated a little behind it, each about a third -of the way from the end to the middle line. The frontal and parietal ridges are obsolete. The central tubercle is very large and resembles in form that of the two preceding species. The pronotum resembles that of P. solidus. The scutellum is strongly punctured near the middle line, especially behind. The mesothoracic episterna have one or two matt areas close to the lower margin, the rest of the surface being glossy ; they are punctured above and along the anterior margin. The mesosternum is polished except along the lateral margins where it is dull. The metasternum has hair-bearing punctures only beside the middle coxae ; the lateral areas are linear and somewhat rough; the general surface is glossy and unpunctured. The abdominal sterna are slightly roughened in the broad outermost parts of ‘the scars only. The elytra are somewhat coarsely punctured in the grooves. Genus PROCULEJUS, Kaup 18685, p. 13. Incl. ? Eriopterus, Kuwert, 1806 ; ? Prosochtus, Bates, 1886. Type, Proculejus truquui, Kaup, 18685, pp. 16-17. Proculejus pubicostis, Bates. Fig. IV, 16, p. 24. Proculejus pubicostis, Bates, 1886, p. 5, pl. 1, figs. 4-4a. Two specimens from Mexico, 30-31 mm. long. The antennal lamellae are moderately long, being about equal to three ofthe immediately ‚preceding joints in length. The labrum is parallel-sided, and is strongly concave in front. The clypeus is very lightly convex (practically straight) ; it bears an obscure tubercle at either end, and just behind and on the inner side of these tubercles is a pair of small frontal tubercles, which the obsolete frontal ridges do not clearly reach. The central tubercle is very large, it is massive and rounded at the base, but the long forwardly directed apex is somewhat slender. The parietal ridges are obsolete. The pronotum bears only a few fine hair-bearing punctures below the scars; the strongly impressed median groove scarcely reaches the anterior margin. The scutellum is strongly punctured on either side of the middle line, especially behind. The mesothoracic episterna are punctured above and in front ; they are glossy except for an extensive matt band, which extends downwards from a little above the posterior angle of each towards the ventral angle. The mesosternum is polished except in the scars, which are deep and narrow. The metasternum resembles that of Pseudacanthus jalapensis. The abdominal sterna are smooth. The elytra are ‘somewhat coarsely punctured above, very coarsely punctured at the sides; the last three ribs above the margin are finely punctured and hairy. 32 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, Proculejus sartori, Kaup. Fig. IV, 15, p. 24. Proculejus Sartor, Kaup, 18685, p. 17. One specimen without locality record. Length 12:5 mm. The labrum is concave in front, but not so strongly as in P. pubicostis. The clypeus is straight or lightly concave, and is united with the well developed frontal tubercles a little distance from each end. The frontal tubercles are united by well developed frontal ridges to the central tubercle, which is situated a little in front of the middle of the head; this tubercle is small and upwardly directed, and has no free apex. The scutellum is sparsely and somewhat finely punctured, especially in front. The mesothoracie episterna are punctured except in the posterior angles, and are glossy except for an oval patch behind the lower margin. In all other respects this species resembles the last, except that the mesosternal scars are shallower and that the elytral grooves are if anything even more coarsely punctured. Proculejus truquii, Kaup. Proculejus Truquii, Kaup, 18686, pp. 16-17. One specimen from Mexico, 31 mm. long. Proculejus truquii is much broader in proportion to its length than is either of the two preceding members of the genus. The head is ornamented much as in P. sartori, but the frontal area is somewhat narrower and the central tubercle is situated more in the middle. The pronotum resembles that of the two preceding species. The scutellum bears a few obscure punctures. The grooves of the elytra are very much broader and more coarsely punctured than in either of the preceding species, being about as wide as the ribs at the sides, and about half as wide above, the punctures in each groove being much broader than the spaces between them. In all other respects P. truquii resembles P. sartori. Subfamily PROCULINAE. Almost all members of this subfamily have the clypeus exposed as in the Pseudacanthinae ; but it is fused with the frons instead of separated from it by a distinct suture. Faint traces of this suture, as of the outer tubercles, may perhaps be recognized in the genus Arrox, which is probably the most primitive genus of the family. From this genus the extensive genus Veturius may easily be derived ; and this appears to have given rise to two divergent lines of descent, culminating respectively in the flightless genera Platyverres and Proculus. The former, in which the clypeus is completely hidden, is connected to Veturius through the genus Verres, in which all stages of the disappearance of the clypeus may be traced (compare fig. v, 11-15, p. 34). The latter, in which the specialized features associated with flightless species! reach their highest development, has the clypeus exposed, and is connected to Veturius by the genus Publius, a genus which only differs from species of Veturius with the two lowest terminal teeth fused by its fused elytra and reduced wings. 1 See above pp. 4-5. 1918.] F. H. GRAVELY : Passalidae of the World. 33- The genus Procululus, Zang (19054, pp. 225-227, type, P. inca) is probably allied to Publius and Proculus, though in no other genus of Proculinae are the lateral areas of the metasternum known to be hairless—a character suggesting possible affinities with Proculejoides, in the subfamily Passalinae. It resembles Publius in having normal antennae, and Proculus in having egg-shaped elytra. The mandibles appear to resemble those of the last named genus. The genera of Proculinae known to me may be defined thus :— | The elytra separate, their vertical anterior part lightly con- 1 cave oe ss ae 00 a 5.0 .. 2. | The elytra united along the middle line, their vertical anterior part more or less distinetly convex . ae a 56 coul 4. from above ; the clypeus always exposed and more or less horizontal; the anterior margin of the pronotum usually © biconcave a si a nr The anterior lower tooth of the left mandible trıdentate as seen trom above ; the clypeus steeper, or hidden and rudimentary ; 1) the anterior margin of the pronotum straight, or lightly | The anterior lower tooth of the left mandible bidentate as seen biconvex Le AF a a so GS, ip 20, Rudimentary outer tubercles present ; the anterior margin of the pronotum straight De vr os ALON, Dee The outer tubercles absent; the anterior margin of the pronotum more or less sinuous or with a stronely sinuous marginal groove is ae 58 -. Veturius, p. 35. The clypeus entirely hidden; the mandibles tridentate distally = Br Ss .. Platyverres, p. 41. | The clypeus broadly exposed ; the mandibles usually bidentate distally = + de = = 38 Be 5. The lamellae of the antennae of moderate length ; the anterior lower tooth of the left mandible broader than that of the right ; the sides of the elytra approximately straight and parallel ; the metasternum with distinct lateral areas .. Publius, p.42. The lamellae of the antennae abnormally long and slender. the three together being narrower than any one of them is long ; the mandibles symmetrical ; the sides of the elytra strongly rounded ; the metasternum without distinct lateral areas Proculus, p. 42. Genus ARROX, Zang, 1905), p. 155. —Sertorius, Kaup, 1871, preoccupied. Type, Sertorius agassiz, Kaup, 1871, p. 114. 34 Memovrs oj the Indian Museum. [Vor.. VII, Arrox agassizi (Kaup). Fig. V, 1. Sertorius Agassizi, Kaup, 1871, p. 114. One specimen from Nicaragua, 30 mm. long. Both mandibles have three well developed terminal teeth ; the anterior lower tooth of the right side is more or less columnar, that of the left is broadly bidentate as seen from above, but the anterior denticle is itself divided into two horizontally. The upper surface of the head though glossy is irregular, not smooth TG ave Proculinae ; specific characte s in the head and prothorax x 4. c.A., clypeus angles ; I.T., inner tubercles ; 0.T., outer tubercles. 1. Arrox agassizi (Kaup). 9. Veturius boliviae, Gravely. 2. Publius crassus (Smith). 10. Veturius heydeni, Kaup. 3. Veturius sinuatosulcatus, Gravely. 11. Verres furcilabris (Eschscholtz). 4. Veturius spinifer, Gravely. 12. Verres sternipunctitus, Kuwert. 5. Veturius sinuatosulcatus Grav ly. 13. Verres cavicollis, Bates. €. Veturvus unicornis, Gravely. 14. Verres cortecola (Truqui). 7. Veturius criniceps, Kuwert. 15. Platyverres intermedius (Kaup). 8. Veturius assimilis (Weber). as in species of the allied genera Veturius and Verres ; and the clypeus is somewhat convex above. On either side of the clypeus is a rudimentary outer tubercle, but there is no ridge between these tubercles and the larger inner tubercles. The pronotum has a very few coarse punctures only in the slightly enlarged anterior extremities of the narrow marginal groove ; Its median groove scarcely reaches the anterior margin. The scutellum is thickly punctured on either side of a smooth middle line. The mesothoracic episterna are glossy and closely covered with strong coarse punctures above, matt and more faintly and sparsely oe Qt 1918. F. H. GRAVELY : Passalidae of the World. punctured and hairy below. The mesosternum is dull, unpunctured and hairless all over. The metasternum is punctured and hairy in the lateral and anterior intermediate areas only ; the lateral areas are slightly broadened behind. The abdominal sterna are smooth and glossy, except the first pair of scars which are somewhat rough. The elytra are sparsely hairy between the shoulders; their grooves are somewhat strongly punctured: The middie tibiae each have a small spine before the end. Genus VETURIUS, Kaup, 1871, p. rio. Incl. Pleurostylus, Kaup, 1871 (see Arrow, 1907, pp. 449-450). Type. Passalus heydeni, Kaup, 18686, p. 27. Veturius sinuatosulcatus, n. sp. Fig. V, 3 & 5. One specimen from Chaco, 40 mm. long. The labrum is hghtly concave in front, lightly convex at the sides. The mandibles (which are somewhat worn) appear to have been very like those of Arrox agassizi, but the two lowest terminal teeth have been fused, probably at the base only, and somewhat widely separated from the uppermost terminal tooth, especially on the left side. The head is smooth, with a strongly elevated central tubercle flanked by straight and somewhat forwardly directed parietal ridges. The central tubercle unites in front with a slender, finely pointed, V-shaped ridge or pair of ridges from which the obsolete frontal ridges arise at an obtuse angle to each other. The inner tubercles are well developed, but the frontal ridges do not reach them. The sides of the pronotum are strongly concave, but are overhung by the strongly convex upper borders of the marginal grooves. The anterior margin is practically straight, but is bordered by a strongly sinuous marginal groove which, though much narrowed near the middle line, is scarcely broken. The pronotum is highly convex behind the median curve of this groove, which is enlarged on either side of the convexity. At the sides the groove is broad behind as well as in front, not narrow behind as in V. sinuatocollis, Kuwert. The median groove is deeply impressed and practically complete. The scutellum is coarsely punctured in the anterior angles and on either side of all but the extreme posterior part of the middle line, bands meeting in the posterior angle to form an {-shaped figure being left unpunctured. The mesothoracic episterna are glossy and punctured above and along the anterior margin, matt and unpunctured behind. The mesosternum bears matt bands in the middle line and along the sides, meeting in a broad matt area in the anterior angle to form an 7 -shaped figure. Between these bands it is glossy. Ibis unpunctured and hairless throughout. The metasternum is punctured and hairy only in the anterior parts of the anterior intermediate areas and in the lateral areas ; the lateral areas are moderately broad behind. The abdominal sterna are glossy. The grooves of the elytra are distinctly punctured, especially laterally ; the shoulders are without hair. There is a strong spine a little beyond the middle of the middle and hind tibiae. F2 36 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, Veturius spinifer, n. sp. Fig. V, 4, p. 34. ? Veturius sinuatus, Kuwert, 1898, p. 172 (nec Eschscholtz). One specimen from Columbia ; two from Venezuela ; and three from Santa Catherina, S. E. Brazil. I have selected one of the Brazilian specimens as the type of the species. Length 42-45 mm. Veturius spinifer agrees closely with Kuwert’s description of V. sinuatus, but lacks the hairy shoulders of Eschscholtz’s species. It 1s closely allied to V. sinuatosulcatus but differs in having more distinct frontal ridges, which proceed almost direct from the central to the inner tubercles at about a right angle to one another ; in having anormal pronotum with practically straight sides, sinuous anterior margin, marginal groove broadly incomplete and not enlarged in front, and no anterior median convexity ; in having the scutellum somewhat less regularly punctured; and in having the mesosternum more or less matt all over. There are (? always) some hair-bearing punctures in the anterior angle of the mesosternum. The anterior intermediate areas of the metasternum are almost covered with hair-bearing punctures. The two lowest terminal teeth are smaller than the upper one and are fused at the base, but free distally. Veturius platyrhinus (Hope). Passalus platyrhinus, Hope, 1845, p. 28. Veturius platyrhinus, Kaup, 1871, pp. 111-112. Three specimens from Chiriqui, Panama, and one from Brazil. Length 48 mm. This species differs from the last only in its larger size, and in the absence of spines from the middle and hind tibiae. Veturius unicornis, n. sp. Fig. V, 6, p. 34. Two specimens from the Peruvian Amazon and one from the Upper Amazon. Length Sr > The two lowest terminal teeth of both mandibles are completely fused. The inner tubercles and frontal ridges, as well as the outer tubercles, are entirely absent; the central tubercle is distinct, but is less strongly elevated than in the three preceding species. The anterior margin of the pronotum is almost straight, and the marginal groove is narrow throughout. The scutellum is almost or quite unpunctured. The mesosternum is glossy except for a narrow band along each side and across the middle behind the anterior angle. The hairy portions of the anterior intermediate areas of the metasternum are very restricted. The grooves of the elytra are somewhat more distinctly punctured than in any of the three preceding species. In other respects this species resembles V. spinifer. Veturius simillimus, Kuwert. Veturius simillimus, Kuwert, 1898, p. 167. Eight specimens from Bahia, Brazil, 35-40 mm. long. The mandibles resemble those of V. wnicornis. The head resembles that of V. spinifer, or may be somewhat more slender, in which case the frontal ridges meet in a more acute 1918.] F. H. GRAVELY : Passalidue of the World. 37 angle. A well-marked tubercle is sometimes present between the frontal tubercles. The -scutellum is strongly punctured, except over a more or less well developed posterior median band and in the lateral angles. The whole of the mesothoracic episterna are punctured ; in the matt areas the punctures bear hairs, but not elsewhere. The mesosternum bears a pair of glossy patches in an 1-shaped matt figure as in V. sinuatosulcatus ; these patches bear a number of hair-bearing punctures, which become thicker on the matt surface anterior and lateral to them, but the median matt band is hairless and unpunctured. The metasternum is almost as extensively smooth as in V. wmicornis. In all other respects V. simillimus resembles V. spinifer. Veturius cephalotus (Saint-Fargeau and Serville). Passalus cephalotus, Saint-Fargeau and Serville, 1825, p. 20 (nec Kuwert). One specimen from Cayenne, one from Surinam, and five from the Peruvian Amazon. Length 35-40 mm. Veturius cephalotus was first described from Cayenne, and our specimen from that locality bears a label showing that it was identified by Kaup. The species in our collection which most closely resembles Kuwert’s V. cephalotus appears to me to be V. sinuatus, and one of these has been determined as V. cephalotus by Kaup, who regarded the two as identical. Kuwert’s V. sinuatus is probably the species described above as V. Bu fer although this lacks the hairy shoulders of the true sinuatus of Eschscholtz. V. cephalotus differs from V. simillimus chiefly in the absence of the spines above the ends of the middle and hind tibiae, and in the uniformly punctured and hairy anterior intermediate areas of the metasternum. In addition, the two lowest terminal teeth are usually distinct at the apex on the right mandible and sometimes also on the left ; the marginal grooves of the pronotum are inclined to be narrower in the anterior angles and more strongly punctured behind them; and the median matt band of the mesosternum is inclined to be broader, and the hair-bearing punctures to be more definitely concentrated into marginal bands. Veturius sinuatus (Eschscholtz). Passalus sinuatus, Eschscholtz, 1829, pp. 25-26. ?Veturius cephalotus (nec sinuatus), Kuweit 1898, p. 168. Seven specimens from Brazil, including one from Rio Grande do Sul, one from Bahia, and two from Blumenau. Length 37-44 mm. V. sinuatus is closely allied to V. cephalotus, but the two lowest terminal teeth, though fused at the base, are distinct distally on both mandibles; the frontal ridges are often obsolete ; the matt posterior angles of the mesothoracic episterna are hairless and unpunctured ; the metasternum resembles that of V. simillimus ; and the elytra have a tuft -of hair on the shoulders. Veturius criniceps, Kuwert ie WS Uo [Oa eee Veturius eriniceps, Kuwert, 1898, p. 170. Two specimens from Chiriqui, Panama, 32 mm. long. The head differs from that of V. simillimus in having the central tubercle less elevated -and set further forward, with the result that the frontal ridges meet in a very obtuse angle. 38 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Vor Wu The mesosternum bears matt bands arranged as in V. sinuatosulcaius, but has in addition a band of hair-bearing punctures on either side of the whole length of the middle-line. The anterior lateral and intermediate areas of the metasternum are entirely covered with hair-bearing punctures. The elytra have a tuft of hair on the shoulders; they are less glossy than in other species, although the head and pronotum are normal in this respect. The middle but not the hind tibiae have a spine before the end. Otherwise V. criniceps resembles the much larger V. simillimus in structure. Veturius assimilis (Weber). Rio. Vers pao Passalus assimilis, Weber, 1801, p. 81. One specimen from Rio de Janeiro, 26 mm. long. The mandibles resemble those of V. simillimus and V. eriniceps, but the head is much narrower than in these species, and the central tubercle is set much further back than in the latter, being if anything somewhat further from the inner tubercles than these are from each other. The frontal ridges are absent except close to the central tubercle, where they are directed straight towards the inner tubercles. The scutellum is strongly punctured on either side of a broad median band. The mesosternum resembles that of V. simillimus, but has fewer punctures. The grooves of the elytra are very strongly punctured. The middle and posterior tibiae have no spines before the end. In other respects this species resembles V. simillimus. Veturius boliviae n. sp. His M9 psa Five specimens from Chaco, Bolivia, 31-34 mm. long. Veturius boliviae is very like V. cephalotus, but is smaller, has three well developed terminal teeth on both mandibles, has very few punctures on the scutellum and the matt parts of the mesothoracic episterna, has hair-bearing punctures on either side of the middle line of the mesosternum as well as in front and at the sides and sometimes diffused over other parts, the middle line being matt narrowly or not at all, and has more or less impunctate grooves on the elvtra. Veturius heydeni, Kaup. Fig. V, 10, p. 34. Passalus Heydenii, Kaup, 18685, p. 27. ? Nec. Veturius heydeni, Kuwert, 1898, p. 169. One specimen from Mexico, 33 mm. long and very broad in proportion ; determined by Kaup. The frontal ridges and inner tubercles of this species are obsolete, and the short parietal ridges are dwarfed by the large central tubercle. In other respects the structure of this species resembles that of V. boliviae, except that the marginal grooves of the pronotum are narrower, that there is scarcely any hair near the middle line of the mesosternum and none between this and the marginal bands, which alone are matt, and that the elytra are more distinctly punctured. 1918.] F. H. GRAVELY : Passalidae of the World. The abovementioned species of Veturius may be recognized thus :— The mesosternum hairless and unpunctured except, as a rule, in the anterior angle af ae se The mesosternum with hair-bearing punctures behind or at the side , as well as in front | | The anterior margin of the pronotum practically straight, ale the anterior marginal groove sinuous; this groove almost complete across the middle line, where the pronotum is some- what strongly convex immediately behind it : The pronotum normal, its anterior margin sinuous with widely broken marginal groove N. Le se The frontal ridges and inner tubercles present ; the two lowest terminal teeth of both mandibles fused at base only The fronta' ridges and inner tubercles absent ; the two lowest _ terminal teeth of both mandibles completely fused ( The middle tibiae with spines above their ends The middle tibiae without spines above their ends .. The two lowest terminal teeth of both mandibles Ganley fused (spines present above the ends of the middle tibiae ; the 5 elytra hairless at the shoulders) : nie The two lowest terminal teeth fused at base one in unworn specimens, on the right and usually also on the left mandible The two lowest terminal teeth of the left mandible completely fused (no spines above the ends of the middle tibiae ; the elytra hairless at the shoulders) The two lowest terminal teeth distinct at apex in unworn speci- \ mens on both mandibles. BR ( The elytra with a tuft of hair on each shoulder 7% The elytra without any such tufts, (the middle tibiae without \ spines above the end) à à = The central tubercle normally | at least as far from the inner tubercles as these are from one another ; the elytra | normal ; the middle tibiae without spines above the end The central tubercle set unusually far forwards, being nearer to the inner tubercles than they are to each other ; the elytra less glossy tha the head and thorax ; the middle las with spines above the end Bs 2 The central tubercle situated at least as far from the mner tubercles as these are from one another ; the obsolete frontal ridges meeting in an acute angle ate The central tubercle situated nearer to the inner note than these are to each other ; the frontal ridges meeting in an obtuse angle er = N 5 The central tubercle normal, not free at apex ; “he frontal] ridges moderately distinct : A The central tubercle slender, with free apex ; the frontal ridges | cbsolete 10 V. sinuatosulcatus, p. 35. 7 — . unicornis, p. 36. V. spinifer, p. 36. V. platyrhinus, p. 36. = 7. simillimus, p. 36. -— . cephalotus, p. 37. V. sinuatus, p. 37. = 7. criniceps, p. 37. V. assimilis, p. 38. SI 7. boliviae, p. 38. V. heydent, p. 38. 39 bo OL 40 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. AO PRES Genus VERRES, Kaup, 1871, p. 114. Type, Passalus corticola, Truqui, 1857, p. 310. Verres furcilabris (Eschscholtz). RO MES SE Passalus furcilabris, Eschscholtz, 1829, p. 25. Three specimens, of which two are from Para, Brazil. Length 40-44 mm. The anterior margin of the labrum is very deeply incised. The mandibles each have three well developed terminal teeth. The central tubercle is massive, the inner tubercles and parietal ridges are obsolete. The median groove of the pronotum is practically complete. The marginal grooves are abruptly terminated and deeply impressed near the anterior angles. The scutellum is more or less densely punctured, except in the middle line and the anterior angles. The mesothoracic episterna are glossy and densely punctured, except in the posterior angles, which are extensively matt. The mesosternum is unpunctured and hairless (except in the anterior angle); it may be wholly matt or partially glossy. The metasternum is covered with hair-bearing punctures only in the anterior parts of the anterior intermediate areas and in the lateral areas, but there are some larger hairless punctures near the posterior margin. The abdominal sterna are smooth. The elytra are hairless; their grooves are strongly punctured, especially laterally. The- middle and hind tibiae are without spines before the end. Verres sternipunctatus, Kuwert. Fig. V, 12, p. 34 Verres sternipunctus, Kuwert, 1898, p. 174. Three specimens from Nicaragua, 33-38 mm. long. I am doubtful whether this species is really distinct from V. #ageni, Kaup; if not, the name hageni must stand. The labrum is less deeply incised than in the preceding species, and the parietal ridges are distinct. The scutellum may be entirely covered with punctures. The mesosternum is entirely matt, with a few hair-bearing punctures on either side of the middle line and along the outer margins. The anterior intermediate areas of the metasternum are entirely covered with hair-bearing punctures. The grooves of the elytra are less strongly punctured | than in the preceding species. which this one resembles in characters not mentioned. Verres cavicollis, Bates. Fig. V, 13, p. 34. Verres cavicollis, Bates, 1886, p. 24, pl. 1, figs. 20-20a, nec. Kuwert (see Arrow, 1907, p. 455). One specimen from Guatemala, 37 mm. long. The labrum is deeply incised, as in V. furcilabris, and is very strongly depressed behind the incision. The mandibles resemble those of other members of the genus. The inner tubercles are well developed, and the part of the head in front of them is short and almost vertical. The central tubercle has a slender free apex, and the parietal ridges, though small, are complete. The median groove of the pronotum does not nearly reach the anterior- 1918.] F. H. Gravzıy: Passalidae of the World. 41 margin. The marginal grooves are rudimentary, except in the anterior angles where they form a pair of large circular pits punctured on the inner side. The scutellum is almost entirely covered with punctures. The mesothoracic episterna resemble those of other members of the genus. The mesosternum is matt and is entirely covered with hair-bearing punctures except near the middle line behind. The metasternum is covered with hair-bearing punctures, except the central area and the inner parts of the posterior intermediate areas, which bear a number of hairless punctures behind. The abdominal sterna are smooth. The elytra and legs resemble those of V. sternipunctatus. Verres corticola, (Truqui). Fig. V, 14, p. 24. Passalus corticola, Truqui, 1857, p. 310. Numerous specimens from Guatemala and one trom Mexico. Length 31-36 mm. The labrum is slightly concave in front. The mandibles resemble those ot other members of the genus. The central tubercle is fused with the pair of short parietal ridges to form a massive protuberance, in front of which the more or less distinct frontal ridges extend towards the inner tubercles at a somewhat obtuse angle to one another. The inner tubercles are distinct as in V. cavicollis, but are situated on the anterior margin of the head with only the angles of the clypeus visible in front of, or rather below, them. The angles of the clypeus are somewhat more widely separated than the inner tubercles, and a pair of rudimentary outer tubercles may perhaps be recognized in a pair of more or less tumid areas connecting them. The addition to fig. v, 14, illustrates these tubercles and the clypeus angle on the left side, being drawn on a larger scale than the main figure, and from amore anterior position. The prothorax and mesothorax resemble those of V. furcilabris, except that the scutellum is more sparsely punctured. The metasternum and elytra resemble those of V. sternipunctatus. The abdominal sterna and legs resemble those of other members of the gerus. The above mentioned species of Verres may be recognized as follows :— ho The clypeus extensive, oblique ; the inner tubercles obsolete 14 The clypeus smaller, almost vertical, or rudimentary ; the inner tubercles distinct .. ae a as of wy de The labrum very deeply cleft ; the parietal ridges obsolete . V. furcilabris, p. 40. The labrum less deeply cleft ; the parietal ridges short but distinct Se 5 : oy | The labrum very deeply cleft ; the clypeus distinct; the apex | = 7. sternipunctatus, p. 40. of the central tubercle free; à pair of large circular pits in the anterior angles of the pronotum .. ce .. V.cavicollis, p. 40. The labrum not deeply cleft; the clypeus hidden and rudimentary ; the apex of the central tubercle not free ; the pronotum normal... - 2: .- V. corticola, p. 41. Genus PLATYVERRES, Bates, 1886, p. 9. Type, Verres intermedius, Kaup, 1871, p. 115. -42 Memoirs ot the Indian. Museum. Vor; VIE Platyverres intermedius (Kaup). Fig. V, 15, p. 34. Verres intermedius, Kaup, 1871, p. 115. One specimen (with worn mandibles) from Omilteme, Guerrero, lent by the British Museum. Length 42-5 mm. Platyverres intermedius is closely allied to Verres corticola. The labrum is, however, somewhat more deeply excavate ; the clypeus is entirely hidden even at the angles ; the frontal ridges are broadly arched and are more or less confluent half way between the central tubercle and the anterior margin of the head ; the anterior ends of the marginal grooves of the prothorax are less deeply impressed ; the lateral areas of the metasternum, though punctured and hairy, are narrow throughout ; the elytra are united and are more coarsely punctured in the grooves. Genus PUBLIUS, Kaup, 1871, p. 7o. ? Incl. Procululus, Zang, 19054. Type, Passalus crassus, Smith, 1852, p. 14. Publius crassus (Smith). Fig. V, 2, p. 34. Passalus crassus, Smith, 1852, p. 14. One specimen from Bogota, Columbia, 43-5 mm. long. The antennal lamellae are short, being equal to about two of the immediately preceding joints in length. The labrum is broader behind than in front ; its anterior margin is lightly concave, its sides are lightly convex. Both mandibles are bidentate distally ; the left one has a broad bifid tooth between these teeth and the moveable tooth; the right one has a simple conical tooth in this position. The frontal ridges are obsolete ; the frontal tubercles are broad and short and somewhat rounded ; the central tubercle has a slender but not very long free apex, which is less depressed than that of Proculejus pubicostis. The pronotum is unpunctured, and its scars are indistinct ; its median groove does not nearly reach the anterior margin. The scutellum bears a few large punctures near the middle line in front. The mesothoracic episterna are extensively matt and unpunctured in the posterior angles, being glossy and punctured elsewhere. The mesosternum is glossy, except in the scars, which become very large and almost meet in the middle line in front. The metasternum is glossy, unpunctured and hairless except beside the middle coxae and in the linear lateral areas. The abdominal sterna are smooth. The grooves on the elytra are very faintly punctured. Genus PROCULUS, Kaup, 18680, p. 8. Incl. Cyphoproculus, Kuwert, 1896. Type, Passalus goryi, Melly. 1833, pl. Ii 1918.] F. H. Gravety: Passalidae of the World. 43 Proculus goryi (Melly). Passalus goryi, Melly, 1833, pl. lvi. Two specimens from Vera Paz, Guatemala, 67-72 mm. in length. Proculus gory: may readily be distinguished from the other two species before me by the obsolete upper tooth of the mandibles, normally flattened mentum, and glossy elytra. Proculus opacipennis (Thomson). Passalus opacipennis, Thomson, 1857, pp. 420-421, pl. xxi, fig. 4. Three specimens from Ecuador and two from Guatemala, 51-56 mm. in length. Proculus opacipennis has a long and slightly curved upper tooth on each mandible, a normally flattened mentum, and matt elytra. Proculus mniszechi, Kaup, 1868. Proculus mniszechi, Kaup, 18685, pp. 11-13. Eight specimens from Guatemala (mostly from Vera Paz), one from Ecuador, and one from San Pedro Sula, Honduras. They vary from 53-69 mm. in length. Proculus mniszech has an acute and well developed upper tooth on each mandible, glossy elytra, and a mentum with the inner margin of the forwardly directed lateral processes turned almost at right angles to the rest of the plate in a ventral direction to form a pair of smoothly rounded lobes. Subfamily PASSALINAE. The subfamily Passalinae as represented in the collection before me includes five clearly defined genera, and a large assemblage of species separated from one another by various combinations and modifications of characters so graded as thoroughly to obscure their true relationships one to another. In the first three genera the clypeus is always exposed and the antennae always have three lamellae. The first of them, Chondrocephalus, only differs from the primitive- Pseudacanthine genus Popilius in having no suture between the clypeus and the frons and no hair on the lateral areas of the metasternum. C. quinquecornutus is to some extent transitional between the two genera, having definite traces of the suture; but as these are not very distinct and as the lateral areas of the metasternum are hairless it seems to me to make, on the whole, a better Chondroceynalus than Popilius. The second genus, Vindex, contains one species, V. agnoscendus, in which the clypeo-frontal suture is distinct throughout as in the Pseudacanthinae; and but for its flattened form and separate elytra with hairless sides this species might have been held to indicate the relationship of its genus to Proculejus instead of to Chondrocephalus ; for Vindex possesses the main peculiarities of the dentition characteristic of Proculejus (see above, p. 10). One species of Vindex, described below for the first time, has the elytra united as they are in the next genus Proculejoides. But whereas this species retains the flattened form characteristic of other species of Vinder, Proculejoides has assumed the more massive form ordinarily assumed by flightless species of all groups. G2 44 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. IVor. VIL The fourth genus, Paxillus, is distinguished from all others by having more than three well developed lamellae on each antenna. In some species the clypeus is exposed and in others it is hidden ; but all are closely related to one another and as they are not very numerous all the genera which have been established for them may conveniently be united into one. It is probable that a considerable proportion of the species that have been described are invalid (see Arrow, 1907, p. 443). The remaining species, though undoubtedly numerous, probably require proportionally still more drastic reduction of their numbers. It seems to be impossible to separate them into groups having the same value as the genera mentioned above. Consequently I propose to regard almost all of them as constituting a single large and plastic genus Passalus. The only exception is the genus Ptichopus, the last and in some respects the most highly specialized genus of the subfamily. It may readily be recognized from all others by the remarkable structure of its mandibles. The genera of Passalinae known to me may be separated thus :— ( The clypeus clearly exposed; the antennae with not more than three well developed lamellae 14 ie BS a 2. : The clypeus hidden! ; or, the antennae with more than three | well developed lamellae .. ise % Er de Be 4. ne The dentition normal ; the clypeus more or less horizontal Chondrocephalus, p. 44. = The dentition reduced ; the clypeus more or less vertical .. a ae 3. Much flattened insects with the inner and outer tubercles | almost in a straight line on the upper part of the anterior > margin of the head, and projecting forwards above the clypeus Vindex, p. 46. | Robust insects with the cephalic tubercles normally situated Proculejoides, p. 47. ‘ The antennae with more than three well developed lamellae ; | the clypeus exposed or hidden ARE .. Paxillus, p. 48. 4) The antennae with not more than three well developed | lamellae ; the clypeus hidden’ AR Me er He “is 5. The dentition normal 8 Ge Le .. Passalus, p. 51. The upper terminal tooth very large and acute, directed > forwards; the middle one ıudımentary or absent; the lowest one very small, directed inwards Ae .. Ptichopus, p. 68. Genus CHONDROCEPHALUS, Kuwert, 1896, p. 221. Type, Popilius granulifrons, Bates, 1886, p. 12, pl. 1, figs. 13-134. Chondrocephalus quinquecornutus, n. sp. ie WAL, Al, Two complete specimens from Guatemala and one dissected head. Length 17 mm. The lamellae of the antennae are moderately long and slender. The anterior lower tooth of the left mandible is broad and more or less distinctly bidentate, that of the right ' Exposed to some extent in Passalus guatemalensis ; see below, p. 57. 1918. | F. H. GRAVELY : Pussalidae of the World. 45 mandible slender and scarcely ıf at all bidentate. The anterior margin of the labrum is straight, the sides all lightly convex. The parietal ridges are somewhat short. The central tubercle is laterally compressed ; its base extends forwards to the point at which the frontal ridges diverge towards the stout conical inner tubercles, from which tubercles they bend abruptly outwards to end in the similar outer tubercles—a character in which this species differs from C. granulum, Kuwert, to which it appears to be more nearly related than to any other species yet described. The transverse course of the ends of the frontal ridges, combined with the more irregular (though glossy) surface of the whole area in front of the inner and outer tubercles combine in some specimens to give this area an appearance of being definitely cut off from the rest of the head, as is the clypeus from the frons in the genus Popilius. The anterior margin of the elypeus is more or less distinctly notched. eg | Fie. VI. Passalinæ (except Passalus) ; specifie characters in the upper surface of the head X 4. 1. Chondrocephaius quinquecornutus, Gravely. 7. Paxillus brasiliensis (St. Farg. and Serv.). 2. Chondrocephalus cordiger, Gravely. 8. Paxillus pentaphyllus (Beauvois). 3. Chondrocephalus purulenis (Bates). 9. Paxillus leachri, MacLeay. 4. Chondrocephalus granulifrons (Bates). 10. Paxıllus robustus (Percheron). 5, Vindex synelytris, Gravely. 11. Paxillus crenetus, MacLeay. 6. Paxillus camerani (Rosmini). The angles of the pronotum are rounded, the posterior more so than the anterior. The sides and marginal grooves of the pronotum are coarsely and irregularly punctured ; there are no distinct scars. The scutellum bears a few punctures near the middle. The mesothoracic episterna are glossy throughout, and are coarsely but somewhat sparsely punctured except in the posterior angles, which are smooth. The mesosternum is smooth and glossy, except the lateral margins which are matt. The metasternum is hairless ; its lateral areas are narrow and slightly roughened throughout ; there are a few large punctures on the posterior borders of the intermediate areas. The abdominal sterna are glossy. All the grooves of the elytra are coarsely punctured. The middle and posterior tibiae are armed with about two spines each before the apex. Chondrocephalus cordiger, n. sp. Fig. VI, 2. One specimen from Guatemala, 18-3 mm. long. The antennae, mandibles and labrum resemble those of C. quinquecornutus. The parietal ridges are somewhat longer than in that species. The frontal ridges extend straight from the anterior extension of the central tubercle to the small outer tubercles. Not far from the central tubercle they are united by a curved groove, immediately beyond which is a pair of almost obsolete inner tubercles. The somewhat heart-shaped area enclosed between this groove and the frontal ridges 1s smooth and glossy, like the surface of the 46 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. No. WANT. head without and behind the ridges ; in front of this groove and between the ridges it is matt. The marginal grooves of the pronotum are more finely and evenly punctured than in P. quinquecornutus. The coarse punctures on the sides of the pronotum are less numerous than in that species, and a pair of punctured scars are evident ; there are a few coarse punctures on the dorsal surface as weli as at the sides. The scutellum is without punctures. The mesothoracic episterna, mesosternum and abdominal sterna resemble those of P. quinquecornutus ; the metasternum is more extensively punctured in the posterior intermediate areas. The punctures in the grooves of the elytra, and the spines on the middle and posterior tibiae, are not quite so pronounced as in that species. Chondrocephalus purulensis (Bates). Fig. VI, 3, p. 45. Popilius purulensis, Bates, 1886, p. 13. One specimen from Guatemala, 22°8 mm. long. The anterior margin of the labrum is slightly concave, and the sides are slightly convergent behind. There are no inner tubercles. The frontal ridges, which are flattened above, are straight and meet in a more obtuse angle than in either of the preceding species ; they and the clypeus are glossy, the whole of the triangular area bounded by them being matt. In other respects the head resembles that of C. cordiger, as do also the antennae and mandibles. The pronotum resembles that of C. cordiger in form, but the scars are more pronounced and there are no coarse punctures on the general surface, either at the sides or nearer the middle. The scutellum bears a group of punctures on either side of the middle line ; in other respects the mesothorax resembles that of the two preceding species. The metasternum bears a few punctures in the inner angles only of the posterior intermediate areas. The abdominal sterna, elytra and legs resemble those of C. cordiger. Chondrocephalus granulifrons (Bates). Fig. VI, 4, p. 45. Popilius granulifrons, Bates, 1886, p. 12. Numerous specimens from Guatemala, 26-2-32-2 mm. long. C. granulifrons differs from C. purulensis in having the frontal ridges (which meet in a right angle) less flattened above, with the inner tubercles more or less imperfectly developed and sometimes united. The small area behind and between the inner tubercles is glossy, that between the inner and outer tubercles matt, and the clypeus more or less rough and glossy. The puncturing on the scutellum is variable. The spines on the middle and hind tibiae are stronger. Genus VINDEX, Kaup, 1871, p. 78. Type, Passalus agnoscendus, Percheron, 1841, p. 22, pl. xxviii, fig. 2. 1918.]. F. H. Gravety : Passalidae of the World. 47 Vindex agnoscendus (Percheron). Passalus agnoscendus, Percheron, 1841, p. 22, pl. Ixxviii, fig. 2. Seven specimens from Mexico, 20-22:4 mm. long. This species may readily be recognized from either of the other two members of the genus known to me by its free elytra, with coarsely, but not transversely punctured lateral grooves. It is also characterized by the presence of a distinct trace of the lowest terminal tooth of the right mandible, and of a distinct clypeofrontal suture. The inner tubercles are situated upon this suture as in certain species of Pseudacanthus and Proculejus, and the suture is most readily seen between them, where it replaces the ridge found in this position in other species. Vindex sculptilis, Bates. Vindex sculptilis, Bates, 1886, p. 13. Numerous specimens from Guatemala, 20:3-23°0 mm. long. In this species there is no definite trace of the lowest terminal tooth on either mandible, and there is no clypeofrontal suture. The elytra are free, and the punctures in their lateral grooves are very large and transverse. Vindex synelytris, n. sp. Hig. VI, 5, p. 45. Three specimens from Guatemala, 23°8—25°0 mm. long. The head and mandibles resemble those of V. sculptilis. The elytra are united in the middle line, though their form is unmodified and the wings are well developed ; the lateral grooves are coarsely but not transversely punctured ; their dorsal grooves are more finely punctured than in either of the other two species. Genus PROCULEJOIDES, Kuwert, 1806, p. 221. Type, Proculejus champion, Bates, 1886, pp. 5-6, pl. i, figs. 5-54. Proculejoides championi (Bates). Proculejus champion, Bates, 1886, pp. 5-6, pl. 1, figs. 5-5a. Numerous specimens from Guatemala, which show that the species is very variable in size (length 23-5-32°0 mm.), and that the ridges bounding the frontal area are variable, both as to form and distinctness. | The mandibles closely resemble those of Proculejus. The clypeus, though exposed, is bent downwards as in Verres cavicollis and is far from conspicuous, not even being prominent laterally as in that species. Both outer and inner tubercles are distinct, but the frontal ridges are obsolete in front of the latter. The prothorax resembles that of Chondrocephalus granulifrons except for its greater convexity. The scutellum is not distinctly punctured. The mesothoracic episterna and mesosternum resemble those of C. granulifrons except for a ventral matt patch on each of the former, The 48 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. _ [Voz. VII; metasternum is unpunctured and has smooth hairless narrow lateral areas. The abdominal sterna are glossy. The outermost grooves of the elytra are very indistinctly punctured ; the dorsal grooves are unpunctured. The middle tibiae each bear two, and. the posterior one, strong spine before the apex. Genus PAXILLUS, Macleay, 1819, p. 105. Incl. Paxilloides, Kuwert, 1896 ; Paxillosomus, Kuwert, 1896 ; Spasalus, Kaup, 1868. Type, Paxillus leachri, MacLeay, 1819, p. 106 (Paris edition, p. 20). Paxillus camerani (Rosmini). Fig. VI, 6, p. 45. Paxillosomus camerani, Rosmini, 1902, pp. 4-5. One specimen from the Upper Amazon ; 16 mm. long. The anterior margin of the labrum is straight; the sides are lightly convex. The last five joints of the antennae are lamellate, the middle lamella being distinctly the longest, though this scarcely exceeds the one immediately preceding it by as much as does the corresponding lamella of P. pentaphyllus. The mandibles each have three distinct terminal teeth, of which the middle one is perhaps slightly nearer to the one below it than to the one above it. The left anterior lower tooth is broader than the right and is probably bidentate when unworn as in other species. The central tubercle and parietal ridges are small. The frontal ridges extend from the central tubercle at a very obtuse angle to each other towards the outer tubercles, their course being slightly curved. The inner tubercles are distinct and are nearer to the outer than to the central tubercle. The outer tubercles, which are bluntly conical, are little larger than the inner ; they do not overhang the angles of the clypeus, which project horizontally in front of them, terminating the lightly concave anterior margin of the clypeus. The area between the frontal ridges is punctured in front of the inner tubercles, and smooth behind them. The pronotum is coarsely punctured laterally except (? always) in the neighbourhood of the scars. The sides and anterior margin of the pronotum are straight, with the angles between them slightly prominent. The posterior margin and angles are rounded; the latter are densely covered beneath with long yellowish hair. The marginal groove is fine ; the median groove is almost complete. The posterior plate of the prosternum is broadly truncate behind, being little narrower behind than in front. There are a few indistinct scattered punctures on the scutellum. The mesothoracic episterna are glossy above, and matt, except beside the anterior margin, below ; they are punctured except in the posterior angles. The mesosternum is glossy, with deep punctured scars. The lateral areas of the metasternum are narrow throughout, rugose, and very finely hairy ; a row of punctures extends along the inner side of the posterior intermediate areas. The abdominal sterna are polished except in the scars, which are matt. The elytra are densely and somewhat extensively hairy at and below the shoulders; their lateral grooves are coarsely, their dorsal grooves more finely, punctured. 1918.] F. H. GRAVELY : Passalidae of the World. 49 Paxillus brasiliensis (Saint-Fargeau and Serville). Tie, WAL, Te jae 44), Passalus brasiliensis, Saint-Fargeau and Serville, 1825, p. 21. Paxilloides brasihiensis, Kuwert, 1898, p. 181. Three specimens from Bolivia, one from Bogota, one from Yucatan and two without locality labels. Length 18-21 mm. I follow Kuwert with regard to this determination ; the original description (quoted by Guérin, 1828, p. 90) being altogether inconclusive. The anterior margin of the labrum is lightly concave as a rule. The ends of the five: antennal lamellae form a straight line when furled, the middle lamella being scarcely if at all longer than the penultimate one. The anterior margin of the clypeus may be lightly concave, or may be lightly convex close to (but on either side of) the middle line, where in this case it is faintly notched. The frontal ridges arise at right angles to one another and are practically straight ; the extent of the transverse anterior punctured area between them is variable. The posterior angles of the pronotum bear only a small patch of short hair beneath. The mososternal scars may be smooth or rugulose, glossy or matt .- The lateral areas of the metasternum are hairless. The strength of the puncturing of the dorsal grooves of the elytra is somewhat variable. The shoulders of the elytra are somewhat hairy, but are not densely covered with long pile as in the preceding species. In: other respects the present species resembles the last. Paxillus pentaphyllus (Beauvois). Fig. VI, 8, p. 45. Passalus pentaphyllus, Beauvois, 1805, p. 2, pl. i, fig. 2. One specimen from Mosquito 26°3 mm. long. The anterior margin of the labrum is somewhat more strongly convex than in the- preceding species. The antennae resemble those of P. cameram, but the ends of their lamellae when furled form a somewhat more strongly curved line. The outer tubercles. are long and slender, and are directed forwards above the angles of the clypeus which, however, are exposed beneath them. The area between the outer tubercles is glossy and unpunctured. In other respects this species resembles the preceding one, except that the posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum are more extensively and very coarsely punctured. Paxillus leachii, Macleay. Fig. VI, 9, p. 45. Paxillus leachii, MacLeay, 1819, p. 106 (Paris edition, p. 20). Many specimens from Guatemala, Iquitas (Upper Amazon), Bahia, Rio de Janeiro, Para, Esperito-Santo (Brazil), Bolivia, Nicaragua, British Honduras, Mexico, and Montevideo. Length 16°0-21-5 mm. This species differs from the last only in having the anterior margin of the labrum less strongly concave, in having the ends of the antennal lamellae in a straight line when the antennae are furled, in having coarse punctures. between the outer tubercles of the head, H 50 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, in having the lower side of the prothorax still less hairy, and in having the posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum more finely punctured. Paxillus robustus (Percheron). Fig. VI, 10, p. 45. Passalus robustus, Percheron, 1835, pp. 35-36, pl. in, fig. 1 Several specimens from different localities in Brazil (Santa-Catherina, Bahia, Rio de Janeiro and Esperito-Santo). Length 132-180 mm. This species and the next are less stronglv flattened than any of the preceding members of the genus; they have the posterior plate of the prosternum strongly tapered behind and have the clypeus entirely hidden ; the outer tubercles are variable in size, but are prebably always somewhat long and slender in unworn specimens, and the frontal ridges are obsolete between them and the inner tubercles, though well developed between the inner tubercles and central tubercle. The anterior angles of the head are sometimes rather strongly produced and acute. The sides of the pronotum are more extensively, and the grooves of the elytra more coarsely punctured than in P. leachi, which this species resembles in other respects, except that the shoulders of the elytra are entirely hairless. The tibiae of the intermediate (and to a less extent the hind) legs often bear several strong spines on the outer side, especially in small specimens. Paxillus crenatus, MacLeav. Fig. VI, 11, p. 45. Paxillus crenatus, MacLeay, 1819, p. 10; (Paris edition, p. 20). Several specimens from the Upper Amazon, Guadaloupe, Surinam and Mosquito. Length 17'0-19:5 mm. This species differs from the last only in having the frontal ridges broadly arcuate, instead of meeting abruptly, in having the anterior extremities of the marginal grooves of the pronotum broader and deeper, and in having the metasternum and elytra somewhat less strongly punctured. The above mentioned species of Paxillus may be recognized from one another, as follows :- J) tern flattened insects, with the clypeus more or less exposed de | More robust insects, with the clypeus entirely hidden %, ‘ The outer tubercles short and blunt, not directed forwards above the clypeus = I = 20 er Se 3. J The outer tubercles long and slender in unworn specimens, | directed forwards above the angles of the clypeus which \ they tend to obscure .. : or aie se i aE The frontal ridges meeting in a nde obtuse angle ; the posterior angles of the pronotum, and the shoulders af the | elytra, densely covered beneath with long yellowish hair P. camerani, p. 48. ®\ The frontal ridges meeting in a right angle ; the posterior angles of the pronotum, and the shoulders of the elytra, less hairy i beneath ie Le se 36 .. P. brasihensis, p. 49. 1918. | F. H. Gravety: Passalidae of the World. 51 The ends of the antennal lamellae in a strongly curved line when furled ; the anterior margin of the head unpunctured P. pentaphyllus. p. 49. The ends of the antennal lamellae in a straight line when furled ; | | the anterior margin of the head coarsely punctured between the outer tubercles as a a .. BP.leachn, p. 49. ( The frontal ridges straight, arising at right angles to each N other es me Is oe .. P. robusius, p. 50: The frontal ridges together forming a crescent .. D PScrenatüs, ps OU: Genus PASSALUS, Fabricius, 1792, p. 240. — Neleus nec Passalus, Kaup, etc. (see Zang, 1905¢, pp. 224 and 226). Incl. *Epiphanus+ Eumelus+ Lucilius+ Mitrorhinus!+"Neleides+*Ninus (=Scalmus, Zang) + "Pertinax+"Petrejus+"Phoroneus (=Macrolobus, Zang) + Rhagonocerus+*Rhodocan- thopus + Siephanocephalus! + *Vatinius (=Zosterothrix, Zang), Kaup. Also *Apone- leides+ Cassius+ Epipertinax+*Flavius (=Lasioperix, Zang), + Lophocephalus+ Manlius + Microthorax (=Phaulothorax, Zang) + *Morosophus+*Neleuops + Ninoides + Oeneus + Parapertinax + *Pertinacides + Phanocles (=Psilomus, Zang) + *Phoronaeosomus + Polyacanthopus+*Ptychotrichus (—EÆEpipleurothrix, Zang) +Severus+Synesius+*Tetr- aracus+ Thryptocerus (= Alococerus, Zang) + Toxeutotaenius+*Trichopieurus+ Valerius, Kuwert. Also *Æpiphoroneus, Arrow. Type, Lucanus interruptus, Linnaeus, 1767, p. 560.” It seems probable, and has been assumed in the above synonymy, that all genera belonging to Kuwert’s subfamilies Rhodocanthopinae, Neleidinae, Pertinacinae, Pleurariinae (except Pleurarius which belongs to the Indo-Australian Series), Phoronaeinae, Petrejinae, Vatiniinae and Neleinae should be included in this complex and heterogeneous genus ; but I have been able to confirm this by reference to specimens only in the case of the genera marked with an asterisk (*). The genus Prosochtus, Bates, has been omitted because I think, judging from Bates’ description, which is all that Kuwert also had to go upon, that Bates was probably right in regarding the species for which he founded it as closely allied to the genus Proculejus. One of Kaup’s species of Proculejus, P. quitensis, was rightly removed by Kuwert to one of his subfamilies here included in the genus Passalus ; but the genus Prosoclitus, in which he placed it, is probably allied to if not identical with Proculejus, not Passalus. P. quitensis differs from all other species of Passalus known to me in having the elytra united ; but, if this character is to be regarded as in itself sufficient to warrant the separation of the species possessing it into special genera, new genera will be required for one of the four described species of Vindex, and for each of two species that otherwise fall into two widely separated divisions of the genus Macrolinus. This multiplication of small genera seems to me undesirable, although I have found it convenient to retain the already existing small flightless genera Platyverres and Publius, instead. of uniting them 1 See above, pp. 10-11. 2 This is the reference usually given, but is not the earliest description. See below, p. 63, footnote. H 2 52 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Dom WI, with Verres and Veturius respectively, as would have been mere consistent. Proculejus quitensis consequently becomes Passalus quitensis. In spite of the complex manner in which various specific characters are intermingled the species of Passalus can be arranged in a series leading up from forms with the margin of the head between the outer tubercles straight or faintly notched in the middle line, the inner and outer tubercles usually more or less widely separated, and the lateral areas of the metasternum usually narrow, smooth and hairless, to forms with the margin of the head abruptly emarginate in the middle line, the inner and outer tubercles in contact with one another, together forming an oblique edge, and the lateral areas of the metasternum broad, punctured and hairy. The following descriptions have been placed in this order. Passalus nanus (Kuwert). Rhodocanthopus nanus, Kuwert, 1898, p. 139. One or two specimens from each of the following localities—Guatemala, Ecuador, and the Cauca Valley in Columbia. Length 15-3-17-7 mm. This species is very like Paxillus robustus, but its antennae have only three well developed lamellae, its frontal ridges are apt to be more denticulate (especially in Columbian specimens), its eyes are smaller and less prominent, its pronotum and elytra are much more coarsely punctured, the punctures in the lateral grooves of the elytra being more or less distinctly transverse, and its intermediate and hind tibiae are still more strongly spined. The epipleura are unpunctured and hairless as in Paxillus robustus. Passalus rugosus, n. sp. Fig. VIL, 1. Three specimens from the Cauca Valley, Columbia. Length 21:0-21:8 mm. The central tubercle is relatively nearer to the anterior margin of the head than in P. nanus, the frontal ridges consequently diverging in a more obtuse angle. The sides of the pronotum are very coarsely punctured, but there are no coarse punctures nearer the middle as in C. nanus, nor are there any on the central area of the metasternum as in that species. The grooves of the elytra are even more strongly punctured than in C. nanus, the punctures in the lateral grooves being distinctly transverse. The epipleura are punctured and hairy. In other respects this species resembles P. nanus. Passalus punctato-striatus, Percheron. Fig. VII, 2. Passalus punctato striatus, Percheron, 1835, pp. 78-79, pl. vi, fie. 1. A large number of specimens from Guatemala and Mexico, some of the latter being from Oaxaca; a few from San Salvador, Honduras (San Pedro Sula), Nicaragua, Columbia and Surinam. Length 20:3-28-3 mm., relative breadth extremely variable ; the distance between the inner and outer tubercles, and other characters, also variable to some extent. This species differs from the last only in having the frontal area slightly larger, the pronotum and the grooves of the elytra less coarsely punctured, the epipleura unpunctured 1918.] F. H. GRAVELY : Passalidae of the World. 53 and hairless, and the middle and hind tibiae usually unspined or nearly so.! The difference is most marked as regards the punctures in the dorsal grooves of the elytra, those in the pair of grooves nearest the suture being almost impunctate in most specimens of the present species. I Fic. VII. Passalus spp. ; specific characters in the upper surface of the head x 4. 1. P. rugosus, Gravely. 13. P. interstitialis, Eschscholtz. 2. P. punctato-striatus, Percheron. 14. P. spinipes, Gravely. 3. P. rhodocanthopoides (Kuwert). 15. P. abortivus, Percheron. 4. P. morio, Percheron. x 16. P. mucronatus, Burmeister. 5. P. latifrons, Percheron. 17. P. quadricollis Eschscholtz. 6. P_ pertyi (Kaup). 18. P. occipitalis, Eschscholtz. 7. P. quitensis (Kaup). 19. P. nasutus, Percheron. 8. P. catherinae, Gravely. 20. P. polli, Gravely. 9. P. eucadorensis, Gravely. 21. P. punctatissymus, Eschscholtz. 10. P. curtus (Kaup). 22. P. opacus, Gravely 11. P. prominens, Gravely. 23. P. glaber, Gravely. 12. P. guatemalensis (Kaup). 24. P. erosus, Truqui. Passalus rhodocanthopoides (Kuwert). Ties WAUL 3% Neleuops rhodocanthopoides, Kuwert, 1898, pp. 142-143. Several specimens from Peru (Cumbasa and the Amazon region). Length 24-25 mm. A somewhat flatter insect than the preceding, with the inner tubercles situated almost vertically behind the outer tubercles but separated from them by a well marked concavity. The posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum are coarsely punctured, 1 One of the Mexican specimens has numerous small spines on these tibiae, and the Columbian specimen has them numerous and very strong. The latter specimen has the elytra more coarsely punctured than any other that I have seen and may prove to belong to a different species. 54 Memovrs of the Indian Museum. Vor. Vie the lateral areas are hairy and punctured, as are also the epipleura and the shoulders and anterior half of the lower margin of the elytra. In other respects this species resembles the preceding one. Passalus morio, Percheron. Fig. VIL, 4, p. 53. Passalus morio, Percheron, 1835, pp. 83-84, pl. vi, fig. 4. Sixteen specimens from Brazil (Espirito-Santo, Bahia, Blumenau, Rio). Length 10-2775 mm. This species is somewhat more convex than either of the two preceding. The length of the antennal lamellae is somewhat variable. The head is very like that of P. rhodocanthopoides, but the outer tubercles are very obtuse, the anterior margin is somewhat thickened, the frontal area behind this thickening is flat with no special depression between the inner and outer tubercles, and the inner tubercles are situated much nearer together than the outer. The punctures on the pronotum are usually confined to the scars and marginal grooves, but may be absent from the former or may extend beyond them. The mesosternal scars are represented only by triangular matt areas which are not sunk below the level of the surrounding surface. The posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum are as a rule strongly punctured ; the lateral areas are more or less linear, smooth or slightly roughened, with or without hair-bearing punctures. The epipleura are hairless and unpunctured, the puncturing of the elytra in this and other respects resembling that of P. punctato-striatus. The armature. of the middle and hind tibiae is variable, never as strong as in P. rugosus. Passalus latifrons, Percheron. Fig. VII, 5, p. 53. Passalus latifrons, Percheron, 1841, pp. 32-33, pl. Ixxix, fig. 1. Three specimens from Surinam, length 30:6-32-1 mm. P. latifrons is very like P. morio, and will perhaps prove to be no more than a local race of it. The outer tubercles are more prominent and consequently less obtuse ; the inner tubercles are less distinct ; the frontal ridges diverge at a more obtuse angle and extend more distinctly beyond the latter towards the former. The anterior angles of the pronotum are produced forwards to form a somewhat obscure but distinctly acute projection. The punctures in the pronotal scars and on the posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum are few in number in all our specimens, and the lateral areas of the metasternum are smooth and hairless. The mesosternal scars are entirely absent. Passalus pertyi (Kaup). Fig. VII, 6, p. 53. Pertinax pertyi, Kaup, 1869, p. 22. Two specimens without locality labels. Length 39:0-41:5 mm. The frontal area is smaller in all directions than in P. latifrons and more densely punctured in front. The inner tubercles are obsolete and the frontal ridges do not reach the outer tubercles. The anterior angles of the pronotum are strongly rounded. ‘The 1918. ] F. H. Gravety: Passalidae of the World. 55 posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum are more extensively punctured than in P. latifrons, which the present species resembles ın other respects. Passalus convexus, Schönherr. Passalus convexus, Schönherr, 1817, p. 333, and appendix pp. 142-143. Ten specimens from Cumbase (Peru), Tejuca, Upper Amazon, and Amazonas. Length 38-0-43:7 mm. This species, like the last, is closely allied to Passalus latifrons, from which it differs only in its larger size, in not having the frontal ridges continued beyond the inner tubercles, in having less prominent outer tubercles, and in having the anterior angles of the pronotum ‘more or less rounded. Passalus quitensis (Kaup). Fig. VII, 7, p. 53. Proculejus quitensis, Kaup, 1871, pp. 63-64. Described from a cotype from Quito, lent by the British Museum. Length 32 mm. In addition to its rounded pronotum and fused and rounded elytra Passalus quitensis differs from P. convexus in having the inner tubercles directly behind and much nearer to the outer tubercles, in having curved instead of straight frontal ridges, in having well developed mesosternal scars, and in having the posterior intermediate areas of the metas- ternum strongly and extensively punctured. Passalus affinis, Percheron. Passalus affinis, Percheron, 1835, pp. 72-73, pl. v, fig. 5. Several specimens from Cuba, three from St. Domingo and one from Haiti. Length -37°5-42;0 mm. Relative breadth very variable. The frontal area resembles that of P. quitensis, but is more closely and extensively punctured in front, while the inner and outer tubercles are contiguous, together forming a pair of more or less oblique ridges on the anterior margin of the head, as in P. interruptus, etc. The mesosternal scars are well developed; the posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum are coarsely and extensively punctured. The lateral areas of the -metasternum, the epipleura and the shoulders of the elytra are punctured and hairy. In other respects this species resembles P. convexus. Passalus catharinae, n. sp. Fig. VIL, 8, p. 53. One specimen from Santa Catharina and one from Chaco. Length 31-33 mm. The head is very like that of P. affinıs, but the frontal ridges and all the tubercles are more strongly elevated, the broad and rectangular or obtuse apex of the central tubercle slightly overhanging the frontal area, which is more or less sparsely punctured. There are a few strong punctures above the pronotal scars. The posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum bear a few coalescent punctures along the inner margin ; the lateral areas are linear, hairless and unpunctured. The elytra resemble those of P. affinis except that the dorsal ridges are less and the lateral more coarsely punctured, the three grooves 56 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, nearest the suture being unpunctured, the fourth containing more or less obsolete punctures, the fifth and sixth containing strong round punctures, and the seventh, eighth and ninth containing larger and more or less transverse punctures. In other respects this species resembles P. affinis. Passalus recticlypeatus (Kuwert). Petrejus recticlypeatus, Kuwert, 1898, p. 202. Four specimens, without locality record. Length 23-3-24:7 mm. This species is very like the preceding one, but is smaller and has the apex of the central tubercle acute, free and directed forwards above the finely roughened but unpunctured frontal area, the inner tubercles being obsolete or absent. The posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum are almost or quite unpunctured ; the lateral areas are more or less rugose and bear a few fine hairs. The lateral grooves of the elytra, though much more strongly punctured than the dorsal, are less strongly punctured than in Passalus catherinae, which this species resembles in other respects. Passalus eucadorensis, n. sp. Fig. VII, 9, p. 53. One specimen from Ecuador, 20:4 mm. long. In this species the cephalic tubercles and ridges resemble those of P. catherinae, except that the central tubercle is weaker ; otherwise the insect resembles P. recticlypeatus, except that the anterior margin of the head is slightly prominent in the middle line, and that the metasternum and elytra are entirely hairless. Passalus curtus (Kaup). Fig. VII, 10, p. 53. Petrejus curtus, Kaup, 1869, p. 38. One specimen from the Cauca Valley, 23:3 mm. long. The free apex of the central tubercle is longer than in P. recticlypeatus, but the frontal ridges are less strongly elevated and become obsolete in front. The frontal area is irregularly marked with coarse punctures. The sides of the pronotum and the posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum are somewhat more extensively punctured. The mesosternal scars and the lateral areas of the metasternum are finely punctured and hairy. The epipleura are without, and the shoulders of the elytra almost without, hair-bearing punctures. The puncturing of the dorsal grooves of the elytra is about as coarse as that of the lateral grooves. In other respects this species resembles P. recticlypeatus. Passalus gracilis (Kaup). Petrejus gracilis, Kaup, 1869, p. 38. One specimen from Columbia, 16-5 mm. long. A much smaller species than the preceding, with more flattened central tubercle, Pas conical forwardly directed parietal ridges, somewhat more distinct frontal ridges, smooth 1918.] F. H. GraveLy : Passalidae of the World. 57 unpunctured frontal area, hairless mesosternal scars, metasternal lateral areas and elytra shoulders, and less coarsely punctured dorsal grooves on the elytra. Passalus prominens, n. sp. Innes, WANT, al io, 58: One specimen from the Peruvian Amazon, 22 mm. long, and somewhat convex. The anterior margin of the head is shghtly prominent as in P. eucadorensis, forming an obtuse angle in the middle line ; but the frontal area is larger, being quite half as long as it is wide in front, and its general surface is smooth and somewhat sparsely marked with large punctures instead of being finely roughened all over. The central tubercle is laterally compressed, with an antero-posteriorly obtuse apex situated behind the junction of the frontal ridges. The frontal tubercles are obsolete. in other respects this species resembles P. gracilis, except that the anterior angles of the pronotum are more acute and the posterior angles (like the hind part of the posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum) are somewhat densely punctured, the anterior ends of the marginal grooves being densely punctured and strongly enlarged. Passalus guatemalensis (Kaup). Inne, WIT, NZ 106 GB, Oileus guatemalensıs, Kaup, 1869, p. 6. Three specimens from Nicaragua, 19'6-20'3 mm. long. Passalus guatemalensis differs from all other species of Passalus known to me in having a vertical and more or less conspicuously exposed clypeus. It should perhaps be regarded as the type of a distinct genus allied to Vindex, but such a course would hardly be justi- fiable at present. P. quatemalensis is a somewhat flatter insect than the last, with a more or less punctured obtuse-angled frontal area, the frontal tubercles being situated about half way between the less prominent central and more prominent outer tubercles. The margin of the head between the outer tubercles is straight, with or without a median notch. The sides of the pronotum are somewhat rounded, and the anterior angles are not acute; the median groove 1s complete, and the anterior ends of the marginal grooves are scarcely enlarged or punctured ; the scars are transverse and punctured, with a longitudinal band of punctures. above them. In other respects this species resembles P. prominens, except that the punctures on the posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum are more widely dispersed. Passalus incertus, Percheron. Passalus incertus, Percheron, 1841, pp. 27-28, pl. Ixxviii, fig. 4. Six specimens from the Cauca Valley, and one from Venezuela. Length 19°4-24°3 mm. A slender and somewhat flattened insect, differing from the last only in having the clypeus entirely hidden, the median notch of the anterior margin of the head sometimes I 58 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Vom WILL, very pronounced, the frontal area more or less rugose but unpunctured, the frontal ridges strongly arched, the inner and outer tubercles nearer together, the anterior ends of the marginal grooves of the pronotum more strongly dilated and punctured, the sides of the pronotum more extensively punctured in small and less in large specimens, the posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum less strongly and extensively punctured, the grooves of the elytra somewhat more strongly punctured, and the shoulders and epipleura punctured and hairy. The spines on the middle tibiae are variable in number ; in none of our specimens are they very strong. Passalus interstitialis, Eschscholtz. Fig. VII, 13, p. 53. Passalus interstitialis, Eschscholtz, 1829, pp. 18-19. One or more (often numerous) specimens from each of the following localities :— Mexico, Guatemala, Honduras (San Pedro Sula), Panama (Chiriqui), Cuba, Surinam, Peru (Cumbase and Amazon), Brazil (Amazonas, Pernambuco, Bahia, Rio and Blumenau), Bolivia (Cordico and Farinas) and Paraguay. Length 24 34 mm. The anterior margin of the head is much more extensively notched in the middle line than in the preceding species, and the notch is bounded by a pair of very prominent tubercles. These tubercles are fully as strong as the outer tubercles, which are somewhat small and are more or less obscured by the inner tubercles, the latter being very long and projecting from a point contiguous to and a little behind and on the outer side of them. From the inner tubercles the imperfectly denticulate frontal ridges extend in a straight line backwards and inwards to meet in a right or slightly obtuse angle. The anterior part ot the frontal area is more or less punctured. The pronotum resembles that of the preceding species in shape and is more or less extensively punctured at the sides, but the anterior ends of the marginal grooves are not expanded. The mesothorax is normal. The posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum are closely and coarsely punctured ; the lateral areas are moderately broad and are covered with hair-bearing punctures. The dorsal grooves of the elytra are strongly but finely punctured, the lateral grooves are coarsely punctured. The epipleura shoulders and anterior half or two-thirds of the outermost rib of the elytra are thickly covered with hair-bearing punctures. The middle tibiae are armed with one stout spine. Passalus glaberrimus, Eschscholtz. Passalus glaberrimus, Eschscholtz, 1829, p. 20. Four speeimens, of which three are from Brazil (Blumenau and Rio), and one bears no record. Length 20 mm. Passalus glaberrimus is very like P. incertus, but has the anterior margin of the head more definitely notched than is usual in that species, the sides of the pronotum usually more extensively punctured, the anterior angles of the pronotum somewhat more acute and the elytra devoid of hair-bearing punctures. 1918.] F. H. Gravety: Passalidae of the World. 59 Passalus spinosus (Kuwert). Rhodocanthopus incertus, Kuwert, 1898, p. 140. Two specimens from Chiriqui, Panama, 20:3 mm. long. A somewhat more robust insect than the preceding. The frontal ridges are straight and meet in a right angle ; the inner tubercles are situated about half way from the central to the outer tubercles and there is a pair of small secondary tubercles between them and the latter ; the anterior margin of the head is broadly notched in the middle ; the anterior part of the frontal area is moderately strongly punctured. The pronotum resembles that of P. incertus in shape, but is only punctured in and close to the scars and in the marginal grooves, whose anterior ends are smaller. The mesothorax resembles that of P. incertus. The metasternum differs from that of P. incertus only in having the lateral areas somewhat broader and less smooth behind. The elytra are hairless ; their four dorsal grooves are about as strongly punctured as in P. incertus ; the next four are marked with very large transverse punctures, the transverse ridges between which tend to become obsolete behind. In the two remaining grooves these ridges are obsolete throughout, and at the extreme posterior end the longitudinal ridges become obsolete also, the remaining surface being matt. The middle and hind tibiae are armed with three or four strong spines. Passalus spinipes, n. sp. Fig. VII, 14, p. 53. One specimen from Nicaragua, 22:7 mm. long. This species is closely allied to P. spinosus, but the inner tubercles and the secondary tubercles in front of them are less pronounced, the sides of the pronotum bear a longitudinal band of punctures above the scars, the posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum are less extensively punctured, the lateral areas are extremely narrow throughout, the punctures in the grooves of the elytra are finer, those in the lateral grooves though moderately coarse not being transverse. Passalus spiniger (Bates). Rhodocanthopus spiniger, Bates, 1886, pp. 15-16, pl. 1, figs. 16-16a. One specimen from Columbia, 22 mm. long. This species is very like the last two, but the anterior margin of the head is less broadly and perhaps more sharply notched, the frontal area is scarcely as long or as distinetly punctured, there are no secondary tubercles between the inner and outer tubercles, the sides of the pronotum are more coarsely and extensively punctured, the lateral areas of the metasternum are intermediate between the two in width, and the puncturing of the grooves of the elytra is somewhat coarser than in P. spinosus above and less coarse (scarcely if at all transverse) at the sides, all the transverse ridges being distinct and broadly elevated as in P. spinvpes. ‘60 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Von, WAUL, Passalus abortivus, Percheron. Ines, WAUL, 215, 10, 83. Passalus abortivus, Percheron, 1835, pp. 87-89, pl. vi. fig. 7. Three specimens from the Amazon, of which at least two are from Peru. Length 28:0-28°3 mm. long. One specimen with deformed antennae. This species differs from all other species of Passalus known to me in sometimes having a distinct lamella in front of the three ordinarily found on the antennae of species of this genus. This lamella, however, is not fully developed as are the additional lamellae found in the genus Pazillus, but is either much slenderer than those following it as well as only about half their length, or is quite short and inconspicuous.! The anterior margin of the head bears a pair of small but well developed tubercles on either side of the median notch, which is consequently much more pronounced than is ever the case in Paxillus. The cephalic tubercles and ridges closely resemble those of Passalus spiniger. The pronotum resembles that of P. spiniger in shape, but is unpunctured except in the scars and marginal grooves. An oval patch a little below the middle of the mesothoracic episterna, the mesosternal scars, the lateral areas of the metasternum, and the lower parts of the shoulders of the elytra (but not the epipleura) are covered with hair-bearing punctures. The posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum are coarsely punctured behind and on the inner side. The elytra are strongly and uniformly punctured. The middle and hind tibiae bear from one to three spines which are stronger on the former than on the latter. Passalus jansoni (Bates). Phoroneus jansoni, Bates, 1886, p. 18, pl. i, figs. 17-17a. One specimen from Nicaragua, 32 mm. long. This species is very like the last, but the triconcave margin of the head between the outer tubercles is thickened and lightly convex as a whole; the frontal area and the pronotum (even in the scars and anteriorly weak marginal grooves) are unpunctured ; the mesothoracic episterna, the mesosternal scars, the metasternum and the elytra are hairless, the second and third being entirely unpunctured, and the last being punctured in the lateral grooves only ; and there are no very distinct spines on the middle and hind tibiae. Passalus mucronatus, Burmeister. Fig. VII, 16, p. 53. Passalus mucronatus, Burmeister, 1847, pp. 488-489. One specimen from Columbia and one from Guatemala. Length 24 mm. : The head and pronotum resemble those of the preceding species in outline, but the central tubercle is much elongated with free decumbent apex, the frontal ridges are feebly developed, the anterior margin of the head is not thickened, and the sides of the pronotum, including the scars and anteriorly enlarged marginal grooves, are strongly punctured. The + In one of our two specimens in which the antennae are not deformed it is slender and about half the length of the others ; in the other it is scarcely if at all different from the enlargement often found in the same position in other ‘species. 1918.] F. H. GRAVELY : Passalidae of the World. 61 mesothorax is normal. There are a number of coarse punctures on the posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum, the lateral areas being linear, smooth and hairless. The anterior intermediate areas of the metasternum, and the shoulders of the elytra with the anterior parts of the epipleura, are covered with hair-bearing punctures, the shoulders of the elytra being densely hairy. All the grooves of the elytra are distinetly punctured, the lateral scarcely more strongly than the dorsal. The middle and hind tibiae are without distinct spines. Passalus quadricollis, Eschscholtz. Fig. VIL, 17, p. 53. Passalus quadricollis, Eschscholtz, 1892, pp. 21-22. Phoroneus quadricollis, Kaup, 1871, p. 102. Two specimens from Brazil, one of them in the collection of M. Guy Babault of Paris. Length 33 mm. The central tubercle is set further back than in P. mucronatus and the free apex extends forwards horizontally at right angies to the massive base by which it is raised high above the large and coarsely rugose frontal area. The frontal ridges and inner tubercles are more strongly developed than in P. mucronatus. The pronotum resembles that of P. mucronatus, except that the punctures are confined to the scars and marginal grooves, those in the former being of very large size. The mesosternal scars are matt, but are not depressed. The inner angles of the posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum are marked with very large and more or less coalescent punctures ; the anterior intermediate and lateral areas of the metasternum and the shoulders of the elytra are covered with hair-bearing punctures. The grooves of the elytra are marked with shallow punctures which are very broad in the lateral grooves. The middle tibiae bear a stout spine on the outer side. Passalus occipitalis, Eschscholtz, 1829. Fig. VIL, 18, p. 53. Passalus occipitalis, Eschscholtz, 1829, p. 21. One specimen 33 mm. long. Locality not recorded. This species is closely related to the last, but the massive central tubercle is set still further back and has no free horizontal apex. The frontal ridges diverge at about a right angle and then bend forwards and run parallel to one another as far as the inner tubercles, which are situated not very far behind the outer. The anterior margin of the head, though straight as a whole, is a little irregular ; it is not distinctly notched in our specimen ;! the whole anterior part of the frontal area is thickly covered with large punctures. The whole of the thorax resembles that of P. quadricollis, except that the mesothoracic scars are to some extent depressed, and the punctures in the inner anges of the posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum are much smaller. The elytra are punctured as in that species in the lateral grooves, more finely or not at all in the dorsal ones. The legs resemble those of that species. 1 See also, however, Arrow, 1907, pp. 459-460. 62 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, Passalus nasutus, Percheron. Bje-aVI21955p253: Passalus nasutvs, Percheron, 1835, pp. 90-91, pl. vi, fig. 8. One specimen from Parana, 24°4 mm. long. This species resembles the preceding, but is much smaller ; the central tubercle is conical, free distally and directed forwards and a little upwards; the pronotum has less acute anterior angles and somewhat more numerous punctures in the scars ; the epipleura and shoulders of the elytra are densely covered with hair-bearing punctures; the grooves of the elytra are punctured much as in P. quadricollis. Passalus polli, n. sp. Fig. VII, 20, p. 53. One specimen from Joinville, 34-5 mm. long. Passalus polli is much larger than P. nasutus and has a smaller central tubercle situated somewhat further forwards, whose apex is scarcely free. The frontal ridges are small and extend almost directly outwards, then arching slightly forwards to end in the inner tubercles, which are equidistant from the central and outer tubercles; the whole surface of the head in front of the inner tubercles is rugose and glossy. The anterior ends of the marginal grooves are somewhat curved but scarcely expanded. The mesosternal scars are depressed and covered with moderately large, indistinct, coalescent punctures. The posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum are closely covered with coarse punctures; the lateral areas are very broad, especially behind, and are covered with hair-bearmg punctures. The puncturing of the grooves of the elytra resembles that of P. quadricollis, but is somewhat deeper laterally; the shoulders, epipleura and anterior half of the mb immediately above each of the thickened lateral margins are covered with hair-bearing punctures. The middle and hind tibiae are each armed with one stout spine. Passalus toriferus, Hschscholtz. Passalus toriferus, Eschscholtz, 1829, pp. 17-18. Three specimens from Brazil, one from Yucatan, and one said (no doubt incorrectly) to come from 8. Australia. Length 28-34 mm. This species differs from the last only in having the anterior part of the head less rugose (the frontal area sometimes punctured), the inner tubercles situated close behind and slightly on the outer side of the outer tubercles, the sides of the pronotum strongly and coarsely punctured at least near the scars, and the extreme anterior part of the eighth groove of the elytra hairy, The central tubercle is very variable and may be distinctly or not at all free distally. Passalus punctatissimus, Eschscholtz. Ms WANE, Ally jd. 58: Passalus punctatissimus, Eschscholtz, 1829, pp. 19-20. A number of specimens from the Peruvian and Upper Amazon, two from Rio and one from Blumenau. Length 26-5-30:0 mm. Also one specimen 34:2 mm. long, said to 1918.] F. H. Gravety: Passalidae of the World. 63 come from Queensland. This specimen has hairy mesosternal scars and may belong to a distinct species. Passulus punctatissimus differs from P. toriferus chiefly in having all the cephalic tubercles longer and more acute, and in not having the eighth groove of the elytra hairy in front. The frontal area may be partially or not at all punctured. The anterior ends of the marginal grooves of the pronotum are not expanded but may be somewhat curved. The pronotum is sometimes wider in front than behind, with acutely produced anterior angles! The outermost rib of the elytra is sometimes hairy throughout instead of only in its anterior half? The last two variations may perhaps indicate a tendency for the species to split up into various local races, but more material is needed to settle this. Passalus unicornis, Saint-Fargeau and Serville. Passalus unicornis, Saint-Fargeau and Serville, 1825, p. 20. Six specimens from Guadaloupe, 38:5—42°0 mm. long. The central tubercle is extremely long and slender, much more so than in the preceding species, but the other cephalic tubercles are much less prominent and more obtuse than in that species. The pronotum is unpunctured, except in the uniformly narrow marginal grooves, and in and close to the scars. The epipleura, shoulders, tips, and eighth and tenth (usually also the ninth to a less extent) ribs of the elytra are covered with hair-bearing punctures. Passalus opacus, n. sp. Fig. VII, 22, p. 53. One specimen from Farinas, Bolivia, 39:5 mm. long. The whole surface of this insect is dull as in P. languidus (Kuwert, 1898, p. 275), from which it differs in having all the grooves of the elytra much more strongly punctured. Apart from its dulled surface P. opacus differs from P. unicornis in having the head more rugose with a much shorter central tubercle, the sides of the pronotum more extensively punctured, the marginal grooves of the pronotum very broad in front of the scars, the mesosternal scars indistinct, no hair on the ribs of the elytra above or behind the extreme anterior part of the tenth, and all the grooves of the elytra much more coarsely punctured, the punctures in the lateral grooves being transverse. Passalus interruptus (Linnaeus). Lucanus interruptus, Linnaeus, 1767, p. 560.3 One or more (often numerous) specimens from each of the following localities :—Texas, Mexico Guatemala (including one specimen from Escuintla), Honduras (San Pedro Sula), Nicaragua, Panama (Chiriqui), Columbia, Venezuela (Caracas), Guiana (Demerara, 2 ‚Surinam, Cayenne), Peruvian Amazon, Upper Amazon, Brazil (Amazonas, Pernambuco, 1 This is most marked in the series from the Upper Amazon. ? This is so in the two specimens from the Peruvian Amazon. ® This is the reference usually given, but Linnaeus himself described the species at greater length in 1764 (p. 33) ‘and refers there to yet earlier descriptions. I have been unable to consult thes: and cannot say in which or by -whom the name interruptus was first introduced. 64 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, Bahia, Petropolis, Rio de Janeiro, Santa Catharina, Blumenau) and Bolivia (Farinas and. S. Antonia). Length 17-51 mm. This appears to be a very common, widely distributed and variable species. Large specimens may be as much as three times as long as small ones, are much more robust- looking, have the sides of the pronotum unpunctured except in the scars and marginal: grooves instead of extensively punctured, have the dorsal grooves of the elytra smooth instead of distinctly punctured and have the lateral grooves moderately strongly instead of very coarsely punctured.! The mesosternal scars are usually deep, narrow and smooth as in P. wucorms, but may be larger and more irregular, with or without a few hair-bearing punctures, or the whole of the sides of the mesosternum may be densely covered with hair-bearing punctures. The hair on the elytra is usually distributed as in P. opacus, but may be more extensive as in P. unicornis. P. interruptus differs from P. opacus in having the surface of the body glossy and the punctures in the grooves of the elytra much less coarse, the lateral ones not being transverse. In these characters it resembles P. unicornis, trom which it differs in having a. much shorter central tubercle. Passalus glaber, n. sp. Ho WAU 23}, jos D3}, One specimen without locality record. Length 37 mm. This species is very like the last, but has only a few hair-bearing punctures on the elytra, these being confined to the lower parts of the shoulders immediately in front of the epipleura ; it has the mesosternal scars replaced by broad matt areas which are not sunk below the general level of the plate ; and it has the metasternum somewhat less extensively punctured. Passalus binominatus, Percheron. Passalus binominatus, Percheron, 1841, pp. 23-24. One specimen from Santa Catharina, 32 mm. long. The secondary tubercles on the anterior margin of the head are less widely separated, and although the frontal ridges are lightly arched the frontal area is more nearly triangular than semicircular. The central tubercle is obtuse and has no free forwardly directed apex.. There are no coarse punctures on the general surface of the pronotum. The mesosternal scars are entirely absent. There are only a few coarse punctures on the inner side of the posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum. In all other respects this species resembles. P. glaber. Passalus erosus, Truqui. Fig. VII, 24, p. 53. Passalus erosus, Truqui, 1857, p. 268. One specimen doubtfully recorded from Brazil, and one said (doubtless incorrectly) to have come from India. Length 35-36 mm. 1 The punctures in the lateral grooves are really of about the same size in all specimens ; consequently they are pro— portionaliy larger and look much coarser in small than in big ones. 1918.] F. H. Gravety: Passalidae of the World. 65: This species differs from the last only in the form of the frontal area, which is slightly longer in proportion to its width and is more or less distinctly grooved in continuation of the median notch on the anterior margin. The species of Passalus known to me may be distinguished from one another thus :— The punctures in the grooves of the elytra extremely coarse, transverse laterally ; the anterior margin of the head straight between the outer tubercles ; the lateral areas of the metas- ternum hairless (small insects only) IA The punctures in the grooves of the elytra less coarse, not transverse laterally ; or, the anterior margin of the head strongly notched in the middle ; or, the lateral areas of the bo | metasternum hairy ur os 2. as OB ae 3. The epipleura hairless de Le Be TE Io MOTI, 405 We 2} The epipleura hairy 3 a 56 2122721005153 992 The anterior margin of the head straight or simply notched in the middle, without secondary tubercles; the frontal area large, with the central tubercle about half as far from the anterior margin as the outer tubercles are from each other, and with the frontal ridges usually straight and } diverging at about a right angle ; the central tubercle small, 2 without free apex; the outer tubercles prominent, the inner tubercles usually situated very near them, always nearer to them than to the central tubercle ; the lateral areas of the metasternum, and the epipleura and shoulders of the elytra, hairless 50 = 00 .. P. punclato-striatus, p. 52. Not as above .. Mr Se of Ee a 4. The anterior margin of the head straight between the outer tubercles ; the clypeus entirely hidden; the central tubercle smal’ with no trace of free apex ; the inner tubercles usually much less widely separated than the outer, and when 4 distinct always situated a considerable distance behind them ; the frontal ridges straight, not arched, meeting in a distinct though sometimes more or less obtuse angle; the epipleura usually hairless, when hairy the lateral areas of the metasternum always hairy also SE on ae sis Se 5. Not as above .. as Br ae of aXe ste 9. ( The inner and outer tubercles equally widely separated, the | fomer situated at a considerable distance behind the latter ; 2 the epipleura densely hairy ue 30 .. P. rhodocanthopoides, p. 53. Not asabove .. si es SE 55 45 56 6. { The anterior margin of the head usually somewhat thickened ; the outer tubercles obsolete, obtuse; the frontal ridges ending in the inner tubercles, which are very pronounced : and are situated about half way between the central and | outer tubercles aa on > P. morio, p. 54. Not as above oe BG se ei Tex 66 Memoirs oj the Indian Museum. ( The anterior angles of the pronotum produced to form a pair 1) of small but distinctly acute forwardly-directed processes The anterior angles of the pronotum not so produced JE. | Vou. latijrons, p. 54. The frontal area small, coarsely and closely punctured in front P. pertyi, p. 54. | tm frontal area large, smooth or rugose with a few large punctures in front The elytra fused, their vertical anterior part lightly convex The elytra separate, their vertical anterior part not convex The anterior margin of the head straight between the outer tubercles or very faintly notched in the middle ; the lateral a areas of the metasternum hairy | The anterior margin of the head strongly notched or provided with secondary tubercles between the outer tubercles; or the lateral areas of the metasternum hairless . The frontal area about three times as wide as long, broadly rounded and not angular behind ; the anterior margin of the head straight or lightly convex between the outer tubercles 11l< The frontal area about twice as wide as long, or angular behind ; the anterior margin of the head usually notched or provided with secondary tubercles between the outer tubercles the frontal ridges strong 12 The central tubercle with long and ae free apex; the frontal ridges weak The epipleura hairy, the apex of the central tubercle more or 13 less free The epipleura hairless ; the apex of the central tubercle not free __( The apex of the central tubercle scarcely free, somewhat blunt I The apex of the central tubercle distinctly free, sharper The lateral areas of the metasternum hairy The lateral areas of the metasternum hairless - The anterior margin of the head convex between the outer tubercles, but without median notch or secondary tubercles. . Not as above The clypeus to some extent exposed as a more or less vertical (slightly overhanging) oe between the frons and the labrum The clypeus entirely hidden The lateral areas of the metasternum hairless ; the epipleura hairy throughout ; the central tubercle without free apex.. Not-as above... | The central tubercle without very long and slender free apex ; Ie. IP, 12, ae) IP, mi ht vy © converus, p. DD. quitensis, p. 55. affinis, p. 55. euacadorens.s, p. 56. catherinae, p. 55. . recticlypeatus, p. 56. . curtus, p. 56. . gracilis, p. 56. . prominens, p. 57. i . quatemalensis, p. 57. 7 incertus, P. IT. WIDE, 10. 11. 16. 15. 15. 14. ie 18. 19 1918.] directed forwards above The the somewhat smaller outer tubercles, close behind the outer inner tubercles large, side of which they are situated; a pair of well developed and somewhat widely separated secondary tubercles present between the outer tubercles; the frontal ridges straight, meeting in a right or slightly obtuse angle ; the lateral areas of the anterior parts of the sides of the elytra densely hairy metasternum, and the epipleura, shoulders and Not as above ke + : “ The central tubercle small, without free apex, normal; the anterior margin of the head not thickened ; the lateral areas of the metasternum hairless Not as above The middle and hind tibiae armed with at most one small spine Le : The middle and hind tibiae more extensively armed ( The pronotum punctured only in the marginal grooves and \ in and immediately above the scars 5° ; The sides of the pronotum with an extensive band of a OS ——— En Se | punctures above the scars = \ The grooves of the elytra somewhat finely punctured (ms grooves of the elytra very coarsely punctured inner and outer tubercles clearly separate ; the former never more distant from one another than the latter, sometimes more or less obsolete ae The inner and outer tubercles situated close together, ate together a pair of small oblique ridges on the anterior margin of the head, with the former tubercles somewhat more distant from one another than the latter N The epipleura hairless, or the central tubercle with free apex 5+ The epipleura denselv hairy; the central tubercle without un free apex © si The central tubercle without free apex, normal . The central tubercle with free apex, or more or less columnar The lateral areas of the metasternum hairy ; a more or less rudimentary fourth lamella often recognizable on the 26 a antennae : oc ( The lateral areas of the metasternum hairless Ae The frontal area fully twice as broad as long; the central | tubercle decumbent throughout, with long slender free apex : the lateral areas of the metasternum hairless .. ive | The frontal area less than twice as broad as long ; the lateral areas of the metasternum more or less hairy .. BA The central tubercle strongly elevated at base, massive, with small decumbent forwardly directed free apex oe ( The central tubercle not having this form Si = 28 29 . interstitialis, p. F. H. GRAVELY : Passalidae vf the World. 58, . glaberrèsius, p. 58. . Spinosus, p. 59. . Spimipes, p. 59. . spiniger, p. 59. . polli, p. 62. . abortivus, p. 60. . jansoni, p. 60. . mucronatus, p. 60. . quadricollis, p. 61. 67 20. © bl — bo or 31. 26. 68 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. IMoc avi The central tubercle erect, more or less columnar, broadly 0 rounded above : ue .. P. oceipitalis, p. 61. The central tubercle de throughout, oath slender free apex ys id eh Er TIrRsmasutuss 962% \ The epipleura densely hairy ue ie re mM ve 32. | The epipleura hairless un Le an ie 2% 2e 36. nn general surface glossy ; the punctures in the lateral grooves of the elytra coarse but scarcely transverse in 5 7. En 33. The general surface quite dull; the punctures in the ne grooves of the elytra very coarse, more or less transverse . P. opacus, p. 69. tubercle without free apex eR se .. BD. toriferus, p. 62. The frontal area more than twice as broad as long ; or the central tubercle with free apex a Le We oe 4e 34. an The central tubercle with long and slender free apex Se ae 2% 35. The central tubercle not extensively free Fe .. P. interruptus, p. 63. “The eighth ribs of the elytra hairless and unpunctured throughout .. P. punctatissimus, p. 62. The eighth ribs of the anne Sakura and He ec in front a a ae ws =. Ba unicornis, p. 63: The frontal area more than twice as broad as long on Ey glaber pas: 36 The frontal area less than twice as broad as long 38 Nie Ae 37. | The frontal area less than twice as broad as long ; the central \ i frontal area not grooved in continuation of the median concavity between the secondary tubercles on the anterior margin es 3% 56 ie .. P. binominatus, p. 64. ST\ The frontal area grooved medially in front, in continuation with the concavity between the secondary tubercles on the anterior margin 3% de 5s 56) Jes GROSWS, {D> Ot. Genus PTICHOPUS, Kaup, 1869, p. 27. Type, Passalus angulatus, Percheron, 1835, pp. 84-86, pl. vi, fig. 5. Ptichopus angulatus (Percheron). Passalus angulatus, Percheron, 1835, pp. 84-86, pl. vi, fig. 5 Several specimens from Mexico, Guatemala, Honduras (San Pedro Sula), and Nicaragua. Length 24-35 mm. ‘These specimens show the species to be a somewhat variable one, even in the characters used by Kuwert to distinguish others from it; and the validity of species thus distinguished seems very doubtful. The generic definition, therefore will probably suffice for the identification of the present form, which is very unlike any other Passalid known to me. Subfamily SOLENOCYCLINAE. The characteristics of this subfamily have been discussed and defined above (pp. 10-1 &)}e Specimens from Madagascar are characterized by the presence of a pair of more or less pronounced marginal tubercles immediately on the inner side of the fronto-vertical 1918.] F. H. GrAvELY : Passalidae of the World. 69 suture, no tubercles being developed in this position in specimens from Africa. Kuwert has, it is true, described from Madagascar one species of each of his otherwise purely African genera Hrionomus and Didimoides ; but it remains to be seen whether he was right. In the case of the former genus the sentence “ Der ganze Clypeus in der Breite der ganzen ‘Oberlippe scharf vorgezogen ” suggests, for instance, that studi may belong in reality to the new genus Malagasalus, established below to receive the only species of Solenocyclinae known to me in which the clypeus is exposed, and the pair of marginal tubercles most characteristic of the family as a whole—i.e., those immediately above the lateral extremities of the clypeus—are entirely absent. None of the Malagasy genera hitherto described contain very many species ; and the differences between them may advantageously I think be regarded as specific rather than generic. I propose, therefore, to unite all of them under the name Solenocyclus. Some of the African genera appear to be decidedly larger ; but in spite of this I am unable to find satisfactory characters by which to define more than two. I propose, therefore, to unite under the name Pentalobus, Kaup, all species with hairy sides to the metasternum and a more or less distinct tubercle or pair of tubercles or excavation in the middle of the anterior margin of the head ; and to unite under the name Erionomus» Kaup, all species in which the sides of the metasternum are hairless and the middle of the anterior margin of the head is straight. The genera of Solenocyclinae may now be defined as follows :— | A more or less distinct pair of marginal tubercles present imme- diately on the inner side of the fronto-vertical sutures (Mala- bo | gasy forms) a TE Tubercles not present in this position (African forms) À ( The clypeus exposed aS de = .. Malagasalus, p. 69. m The clypeus hidden 5 ve ar .. Solenocyclus, p. 70. The sides of the metasternum hairless ; the anterior margin of the head more or less distinctly notched in the middle line, 3 or with a median tubercle SE = .. Pentalobus, p. 72. The sides of the metasternum hairy ; the anterior margin of the head without any median notch or tubercle .. Erionomus, p. 74. Genus MALAGASALUS, n. gen. Type, Malagasalus clypeatus, n. sp. The clypeus exposed ; a pair of marginal tubercles present immediately on the inner side of the fronto-vertical sutures ; the sides of the metasternum hairless. Malagasalus clypeatus, n. sp. Fig. VIIL, 1, p. 70. Two specimens from Fenerive, Madagascar. Length 34 mm. The antennae each have three well developed lamellae. The labrum is concave in front, convex at the sides, slightly narrower behind than in front. The central tubercle is strongly elevated above the short parietal ridges, but 1s somewhat obtuse. The frontal ridges diverge from it in an angle of about 90° ; they extend to the strongly developed 70 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Vor. VI, inner tubercles, which are directed obliquely upwards and are in contact anteriorly with the still larger, but more forwardly directed outer tubercles. The outer tubercles are separated by a distance which is less than the width of the labrum ; they are equidistant from each other and from the tubercles on the inner side of the fronto-vertical suture, which are almost equally large. The clypeus is exposed, but is directed almost vertically downwards. The pronotum is slightly wider behind than in front, and its anterior angles are obtuse. Its anterior margin is straight, and its posterior margin lightly convex. The marginal groove is somewhat widely incomplete in front, and is strongly punctured. The median groove is strong and complete. The scars are punctured, and there may be a few punctures in the anterior angles. The surface of the prothorax is closely punctured and hairy. but the hair is not very long. The mesosternum is smooth and glossy, with large and deeply impressed roughened scars. The anterior intermediate areas of the metasternum are somewhat coarsely and sparsely, and the lateral areas more finely and dense.y punctured and hairy, the latter being, however, to some extent roughened and hairless behind. A somewhat extensive patch of close, coarse, hairless punctures is present beside the posterior margin of the posterior intermediate areas, and a band of finer hair-bearing punctures extends from behind this patch outwards along the posterior margin to the posterior angles. The elytra are hairless, with the lateral grooves strongly and the dorsal somewhat more weakly punctured. 0°85 9290 TE ©. SUT Yor Py BIN 40 os e Fie. VIM. Solenocyclinæ ; specific characters in the upper surface of the head x 4. 1. Malagasalus elypeatus, Gravely. 4. Eriomomus trichostigmoides, Gravely. 2. Solenocyclus exaratus (Klug). 5. Erionomus planiceps (Eshscholtz). 3. Pentalobus punctupectis (Kaup). Genus SOLENOCYCLUS, Kaup, 1868a, p. 10. Incl. Oiceronius+Semicyclus, Kaup, 1871. Also Flaminus+ Vitellinus, Kuwert. Type, Passalus exaratus, Klug, 1832, p. 173. Solenocyclus approximatus (Klug). Passalus approximatus, Klug, 1832, p. 174. Passalus approximatus, Percheron, 1841, pp. 16-17, pl. Ixxvii, fig. 5. Six specimens from Madagascar, five of them being from Fenerive. Length 26°5-29:0- mm. The clypeus is hidden. The inner tubercles are smaller than in Malagasalus clypeatus,. and are situated at a greater distance behind the outer tubercles, which are larger. 1918.] F. H. Gravety: Passalidae of the World. hl Between the outer tubercles is a pair of small and more or less closely approximated (sometimes fused) secondary marginal tubercles, and another such tubercle is situated immediately on the outer side of each. The tubercles situated immediately on the inner side of the fronto-vertical suture are somewhat larger than the two pairs of marginal tubercles last referred to, and are widely separated from them, but they are less pronounced than in Malagassalus clypeatus. Coarse punctures are scattered all along the sides of the pronotum. The metasternum is practically hairless. In all other respects the present species resembles the preceding one. Solenocyclus morbillosus (Klug). Passalus morbillosus, Klug, 1832, p. 175. Passalus morbillosus, Percheron, 1841, pp. 18-19, pl. Ixxvii, fig. 6. Eleven specimens from Madagascar, eight being from Fenerive and one (marked “ Ciceronvus antanarivae, Kuw.’’) from ‘ Antanarivo ” (?=Antananarivo). Also two from Andakana, belonging to M. Guy Babault. Length 20°5-240 mm. A smaller but more robust insect than the last. The pair of secondary marginal tubercles situated next to the outer side of the true outer tubercles is distinctly larger than the pair situated close to the fronto-vertical suture, and is situated much nearer to the latter than to the former, which are much larger than either. The margin is often notched medially, and the notch may be bounded by an additional pair of minute secondary tubercles. The frontal ridges diverge at right angles from the low central tubercle and extend direct to the inner tubercles where they bend more or less abruptly and extend parallel to one another, or slightly converging, to the outer tubercles. The general surface of the head is smooth and glossy. The pronotum is strongly punctured at the sides, and as a rule more or less all over the dorsal surface also. The median groove is strong and complete ; the marginal groove is somewhat widely incomplete in front. The mesosternum is more or less coarsely rugose, especially near the lateral sutures ; the scars are ill-defined or absent. The metasternum and abdominal sterna resemble those of S. approximatus. The grooves of the elytra are almost uniformly punctured. Solenocyclus exaratus (Klug). Fig. VIII, 2. Passalus exaratus, Klug, 1832, p. 173. Passalus manouffi, Percheron, 1835, p. 62, pl. iv, fig. 7. A number of specimens, mostly from Fenerive. Length 28-32 mm. The outer tubercles, and the three pairs of secondary tubercles on the anterior margin of the head, are all of about equal size and about equidistant from each other, except that the secondary tubercles between the outer tubercles are sometimes weaker than the rest. The central tubercle is very large, with a forwardly directed free apex; the whole surface of the head in front of it is coarsely rugose ; the inner tubercles are minute, and are situated close to the base of the central tubercle, and the frontal ridges are absent in front of them. The pronotum is without strong punctures, except in the lateral parts of the marginal groove and in and beside the scars. Both the marginal and the median grooves are 72 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Nora complete. In other respects this species resembles the preceding one, except that the: lateral grooves of the elytra are somewhat more coarsely punctured. Solenocyclus grayi (Kaup). Semicyclus grayi, Kaup, 1871, p. 28. Five specimens from Madagascar, including two from Andakana sent for identification. by M. Guy Babault. Length 305-360 mm. The head is smooth and glossy except close behind the anterior margin, where there: are a few large and more or less coalescent punctures. The outer tubercles, though obtuse, are distinctly larger than in S. exa atus, and there are no secondary tubercles between them. The free apex of the central tubercle is much larger than in S. exaratus, and there is no trace of frontal ridges or inner tubercles. There are a few punctures in the scars and marginal groove of the pronotum,, the pronotum being otherwise unpunctured. The median groove is not very deeply impressed, and neither it nor the marginal groove are complete in front. Along the lateral margins of the mesosternum there extends a band of hair-bearing punctures, on the inner side of which the scars are more or less clearly recognizable. The anterior intermediate and lateral areas of the metasternum, and the posterior border of the: posterior intermediate areas, are covered with somewhat fine hair-bearing punctures ; there are no coarse punctures anywhere on the metasternum. The elytra are somewhat hairy at the shoulders. The puncturing of their grooves is more or less obsolete, at least dorsally. Genus PENTALOBUS, Kaup, 1868a, p. 17. Incl. Didimus, Kaup, 1871. Also Didimordes+ Eumelosomus, Kuwert, 1896. Type, Passalus barbatus, Fabricius, 1801, p. 256. Pentalobus klugi (Kaup). Leptaulax klugii, Kaup, 1868a, p. 12. Two specimens from Barombi, Cameroons Interior ; one from Abetefi, Ashanti ; one: from Franceville, French Congo ; and several from Gaboon. Length 22°0-25°5 mm. Each antenna bears three short lamellae. The anterior margin of the head bears five more or less equidistant tubercles. The central and inner tubercles are moderately elevated, and the frontal ridges distinct throughout. The surface of the head is punctured sparsely behind the central tubercle, and somewhat more densely in front. The sides. of the pronotum are very broadly and coarsely punctured; the median groove of the pronotum is complete; the marginal groove is incomplete in front. The mesosternum is usually more or less matt with somewhat obscure scars. The anterior intermediate: areas of the metasternum are more or less distinctly punctured ; the lateral areas are very sharply defined throughout and are enlarged behind ; the posterior intermediate areas are smooth and glossy. The abdominal sterna are densely and extensively punctured. The lateral grooves of the elytra are transversely punctured. 1918.] F. H. Gravety: Passalidae of the World. 73 Pentalobus sansibaricus (Harold). Passalus sansibaricus, Harold, 1880, pp. 262-263. Five specimens from Zanzibar, one from Abyssinia, one from Abetefi, one from Rhombomp (Sierra Leone), a number from Dar-es-Salaam, and six said to come from Bolivia. Length 16°5-27°5 mm. P. sansibaricus differs from P. klugi only in having the antennal lamellae somewhat longer, in having the upper surface of the head thickly punctured more or less all over, in having the mesosternum smooth and polished, with well defined scars, and in having the posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum coarsely punctured. The central plate of the metasternum is lightly and sparsely punctured in small specimens. Pentalobus punctipectus (Kaup). ne, MID, 33, 10. 10 Leptaulax punciipectus. Kaup, 1868a, p. 11. One specimen from Gaboon. Length 18 mm. This species differs from small specimens of the last in having a median pair of secondary marginal tubercles instead of a single median tubercle, and in having the central plate of the metasternum less sparsely covered with stronger punctures. Pentalobus barbatus (Fabricius). Passalus barbatus, Fabricius, 1801, p. 256. A large number of specimens from Abetefi, Ashanti; also a few from Amu, Ashanti ; Gaboon ; Old Calabar ; Aquapim, Guinea; Barombi, Cameroons ; and Angola ; all 23-29 mm. long. Also one specimen from. East Africa, 20 mm. long, and two from Franceville, French Congo, 17-19 mm. long, between which and the larger forms I am unable to find any structural difference. This species differs from P. punctipectis in having five antennal lamellae, all of them very long and slender ; and in having the central area of the metasternum unpunctured. Pentalobus parastictus (Imhoff). Passalus parastictus, Imhoff, 1843, pp. 171-172. One specimen from Aquapim, Guinea, and one from Barombi, Cameroons Interior. Length 21-24 mm. The punctures on the head are somewhat shallow, and the anterior margin of the head is lightly exavate medially, but has no median tubercles. The punctures on the central area of the metasternum are more or less concentrated beside the posterior margin. The transverse punctures of the lateral grooves of the elytra are more or less obsolete in the two outermost of these grooves, and all the grooves except the fifth and sixth tend to unite in a matt depression behind. In other respects this species resembles P. punctipectis. ja 74 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Voz. VII, Pentalobus fur (Kuwert). Didimus duplicatus ab. fur, Kuwert, 1898, p. 307. Three specimens from Abetefi, Ashanti. Length 21-23 mm. It is possible that this form, which Kuwert regarded as an aberration of P. duplicatus (Har.) may be no more than a variety of P. parastictus. It differs from the latter only in being without punctures in the posterior angles of the pronotum, in having the punctured area on the central area of the metasternum less strongly marked, in having the punctures of the seventh and eighth grooves of the elytra weaker and less distinctly transverse, and in having the posterior angles of the elytra polished instead of matt. These are much the same characters as those by which Kuwert distinguishes this form from the form which he regards as the typical dupiicatus, a species which I have not seen. The above-mentioned species of Pentalobus may be distinguished as follows :— ( The anterior margin of the head with a strong median tubercle Le ae 2 "| The anterior margin of the head medially concave Le a Bic 3. The posterior intermediate areas of the metasternun unpunc- 2) tured A ER ne er TENNIS Os Te Ü the posterior intermediate areas strongly punctured .. P. sansibaricus, p. 73. ( The anterior margin of the head with a strong median concavity bounded by a pair of strong secondary tubercles . de a de 4. The anterior margin of the head with a faint median concavity not bounded by definite tubercles .. : at a aM 5. Antennae each with three moderately stout leslie a) ae punetypectis, pelos Antennae each with five long and slender lamellae bo IRS Hao pate: Elytral grooves 7-8 strongly marked with transverse punctures, | the posterior angles of the elytra matt De .. BD. parastichus, pP. 13. Elytral grooves 7-8 more faintly punctured, the posterior angles of the elytra glossy a ae Bo Ea UT D (es Genus, ERIONOMUS, Kaup, 1868a, pp. 16-17. Incl. Calidas+ Epeus+ Eriosternus, Kuwert, 1896. Type, Passalus planiceps, Eschscholtz, 1829, pp. 22-23. Erionomus palini (Percheron). Passalus palinii, Percheron 1844, pp. 8-9, pl. exxxv, fig. 1. A number of specimens from Abetefi, Ashanti, and two from Gaboon. Length 34'5-38°0 mm. This species superficially resembles Pentalobus barbatus. The antennae have, however, only four lamellae ; the anterior margin of the head is approximately straight in the middle ; the puncturing of the sides of the prothorax is somewhat less extensive ; the lateral areas of the metasternum are hairy; and the punctures of the lateral grooves of the elytra, though very strong, are not transverse. 1918.] F. H. GrAvELY : Passalidae of the World. 75 Erionomus trichostigmoides n. sp. Fig. VIII, 4, p. 70. Two specimens, one from Dar-es-Salaam, and one said to come from Santa Catharina in $. E. Brazil. Length 27°5-29'5 mm. This species bears a close superficial resemblance to species of the Oriental genus Trichostigmus from which, however, it may readily be distinguished by the structure of the mandib'es, and of the lateral areas of the metasternum, which resemble those of its African allies. The antennal lamellae are extremely short. The surface of the head is polished and somewhat rugulose ; the frontal area is fully as broad as long, and the inner tubercles are somewhat indistinct. The pronotum is without strong punctures ; its grooves resemble those found in other members of the genus. The mesosternum is punctured and hairy in front, and roughened and hairy behind, with a small smooth and hairless area in the middle. The metasternum is punctured and hairy, except in the central and posterior parts of the central area. The punctures in the grooves of the elytra are more or less obsolete, but the eighth. to tenth ribs are covered with small hair-bearing punctures. Erionomus alterego (Kuwert). Eriosternus alterego. Kuwert, 1898, p. 138. Two specimens from Abetefi, Ashanti. Length 29-31 mm. The antennal lamellae are very short. The anterior margin of the head bears a more or less distinct median pair of marginal tubercles, the outer tubercles are somewhat small, and the secondary tubercles on the outer side of them are broadly truncate. The pronotum resembles that of E. trichostigmordes, except that the marginal grooves are more strongly punctured. The smooth and hairless central areas of the mesosternum and metasternum. are much larger, though the punctures on the latter plate are stronger where they occur. The elytra are hairless except at the shoulders ; their dorsal grooves are scarcely, their lateral grooves distinctly but not transversely, punctured. Erionomus planiceps (Eschscholtz). Inne, WLU, 6, jos U; Passalus planiceps, Eschscholtz, 1829, pp. 22-23. Three specimens from Guinea and two from Abetefi, Ashanti. Length 38°0-41°5 mm. In this species the outer tubercles are directed upwards instead of forwards, and appear in consequence to be situated a little behind the anterior margin of the head, beneath. which, however, dissection shows the true clypeus to be hidden as usual. The marginal grooves of the pronotum are not strongly punctured. The posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum bear a posterior marginal band of fine close punctures, the rest of these areas being smooth much as in Æ. alterego, which the present species also resembles in all other respects. The above-mentioned species of Erionomus may be distinguished as follows :— Each antenna with three short stout lamellae me ae a ar DAL 1b, Each antenna with four long slender lamellae de a1) palin, pala. 76 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Voz. VII, ( The sides of the etytra covered throughout with hair-bearing 9 punctures... = ER or: .. E. trichostigmoides, p. 75. The sides of the elytra hairless except at the shoulders 7 bie Se 3 ( The outer tubercles situated as usual on the anterior margin of the head and directed forwards "= ae .. Æ. alterego, p. 75. 3) The outer tubercles situated shehtly behind the anterior margin \ ol the head and directed upwards .. me .. Æ. planiceps, p. 75. Sub-family MACROLININAE. As defined above (pp. 12-13) this sub-family includes the Macrolininae, Pleurariinae Aceraiinae, Gnaphaloeneminae and Tarquintinae of my “ Account of the Oriental Passalidae.” When that account was written only the Indian and Burmese genera and species were adequately represented in the Indian Museum collection. Before it was published I was able to revise to some extent, in the light of a hurried study of the collections in London, Berlin and Hamburg, my ideas regarding the forms from further east; but the arrangement of these forms there suggested is, I believe, capable of considerabe improvement, as indicated in the present paper. The symmetrical genus Macrolinus has here been placed next to the genus Pleurarius, which seems to replace it in the Indian Peninsula, 7.e., before, instead of after, all Oriental genera containing asymmetrical! species. Kuwert’s Heferochilus wallace: has been removed from the genus Aceraius to the genus Ophrygonius, where it has been put next to O. birmanicus and O. singapurae, which it resembles much more closely than it does any species of Aceraius. To permit of this change the genera Ophrygonius and Aceraius have been redefined, greater importance being attached to the character of the mandibles than to that of the elytra ; with the result that Aceraius minor and aequidens of my previous paper have also to be transferred to Ophrygonius. The remaining species of Aceraius can then be arranged in a single series leading up from forms allied to minor and aequidens to grandis and occulidens, which appear to be the most highly specialized members of the genus. Parapelopides, Trapezochilus, Gnaphalocnemis, Pelopides! and Plesthenus? are entirely Oriental or Celebean. They resemble the Oriental forms dealt with above in that, 1 Kuwert placed two species, schraderi and gravidus, in this genus (1898, p. 322). Zang, who had not seen either of them (1905 a, p. 316) pointed out the improbability of their being congeneric (1905 b, p. 227), and suggested that the former should be regarded as the type of the genus, presumably on account of its probable relationship with the remaining genus of Kuwert’s group Pelopinae. The material in the Van de Poll collection tends to confirm my opinion (1914 c, p. 201, footnote 2) that schraderi actually belongs to the genus Protomocoelus ; if,therefore, this species is to be regarded as the type of the genus Pelopides this name, having priority over Protomocoelus, will probably have to replace it: but there is little hope of settling the identity of schraderi with certainty without reference to Kuwert’s type. Ido not think, however, that Zang’s suggestion should be accepted ; for Kuwert, in his first definition of Pelopides (1896, p. 229), gives only Mindanao as its locality, and this is the locality of gravidus, not ot schraderi. Moreover gravidus was known to him before schraderi, as it alone is mentioned in his 1891 list, being placed there in the genus Pelops (= Protomocoelus). P. gravidus and not schraderi should therefore, I think, be regarded as the type. It is represented in the Van de Poll collection by specimens which appear to have been named by Kuwert himself, and there seems to be no longer any doubt as to its identity. 2 Boisduval’s lottinii, and Kaup’s quadricornis are, it is true, recorded from “ New Holland.” But itis quite ‚uncertain whether lottinii is a Plesthenus at all (Kaup, 1868 a, p. 26, and 1871, p. 40; Blackburn, 1900, pp. 207-208) ; 1918.] F. H. GRAvELY : Passalidae of the World. 77 whenever asymmetry occurs in the mandibles, the dentition is reduced chiefly on the right side. The distinctive characters of the first four of these genera do not appear to me to have more than specific significance, and I propose to unite them under the name Pelopides. The fifth genus, Plesthenus, seems to be distinct. It is possible (see below, p. 121) that these genera may have been derived from Tiberioides, but as this is by no means certain I have not placed Tiberivides beside them, but have left it next to the symmetrical species of Episphenus. Pharochilus, Episphenoides, Mastochilus, Analaches and Cetejus may likewise be united, the scars on the mentum, with the aid of which they have hitherto been defined, being variable and not sharply distinctive. The somewhat large genus resulting from this union is, however, composed of four more or less distinct groups of species, for which four of the above names may be retained in a subgeneric capacity. Thus Pharochilus may be -defined so as to include only large Australian species with extremely short antennal lamellae and more or less extensive matt lateral borders to the mentum. And Æpisphenoides may advantageously, I think, be re-united with the very few known species of Mastochilus, and may then be defined so as to include the remaining large symmetrical species. Analaches and Cetejus are very difficult to separate from Mastochilus on structural grounds, but contain species of a much smaller size, many of which are distinctly asymmetrical. Analaches contains somewhat larger and flatter species than Cetejus with distinctly longer antennal lamellae. According to Heller, who has examined Zang's ‘material (1910, pp. 14 and 21), the upper edge of the left mandible is toothed near the base, -and this is in agreement with my observations on the few species before me. This tooth is sometimes, however, situated so near to the base as to be hidden beneath the anterior -angles of the head. This is so, for instance, in Stoliczka’s australiensis, which Heller places in the genus Cetejus, in spite of its flattened form and long antennal lamellae, but which dissection shows to be an Analaches. Mastochilus (s. lat.) appears to represent the simpler stock from which the remaining genera, all more highly specialized, have been derived. All these other genera are found mainly in the islands east of Celebes, and whenever their dentition is reduced this occurs most markedly on the left side, instead of on the right as in Oriental groups (see pl. I). Kaupnoloides, Hyperplesthenus, Aurelius, Labienus and Kaupiolus all have symmetrical mandibles with complete dentition. In the most highly specialized species the elytra are united, and in all of them the intermediate and lateral areas of the metasternum are fused, -a fusion which is closely associated with the union of the elytra, tending to follow it in the - other groups of Passalidae in which it occurs. Probably, therefore, these genera are losing, if they have not already lost, the power (or at least the habit), of flight, the wings doubtless becoming more efficient stridulatory structures at the same time. None of these genera are very large, and they may advantageously be united under the name Labienus. and in Kaup’s original description of quadricornis (loc. cit.) the only locality referred to is that of the type of Jottinii, a locality which he has quoted in his monograph, perhaps inadvertently, as that of quadricornis. Even if the type of quadricornis should prove, on re-examination, to be labelled ‘ New Holland ” I should still doubt the validity of the record, in view of the extreme improbability of any such highly specialized species, with Oriental rather than Papuan - affinities, occurring there. 78 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Vom. WILL. Protomocoelus resembles Labienus in having the lateral and intermediate areas of the metasternum fused, though so far as I know the elytra are never united ; but it has the dentition reduced, especially on the left side. It is probably allied to the asymmetrical forms of Mastochilus through the more primitive species of Labienus (t.e., trigonophorus and inaequalis) but does not appear to be allied to the higher forms of the latter genus. Gonatas, with which the imperfectly separated Omegarius (? and Tatius of which I have not seen a specimen) may be united, also tends to have the dentition reduced, especially on the left side Pseudepisphenus and Tarquinius form the last line of descent from Mastochilus (s. lat.). They are so unlike superficially that it seems best to retain both genera in the absence of other forms throwing light upon them. Concerning their relationship see Gravely, 19140, PP. 328-320. The genera of Macrolininae may now be redefined thus :— The supra-orbital and supra-oceipital ridges discontinuous ; Insects always symmetrical; the mentum always with primary but without secondary scars sf .. Macrolinus, p. 80. 1% The supra-orbital and supra-occipital ridges continuous, the latter sometimes produced outwards behind the former in asymmetrical species without scars of any kind on the mentum ee ar ar 5 og ae ae 2. The mentum without scars; the outer side of the mandibles angulate at the base or not at all ae oe N: a He om The mentum with scars; or, the outer side of the mandibles angulate opposite the anterior lower tooth ne or ne ae ie Only three lamellae recognizable when the antenna is furled ; the | mentum strongly grooved in the middle line from front to back Pleurarius, p. 84. 34 More than three lamellae recognizable when the antenna is furled ; the mentum at most with an incomplete median groove anteriorly 7 ge 5 1; D Er 4.. { The inner tubercles separated by a space 3-} as iene as that ji separating the outer tubercles se 88 .. Tiberioides, p. 84. . The inner tubercles separated by a space 2-1 times as long as | that separating the outer tubereles a Ren PAT à À h Br The left outer tubercle acute and little or no larger than the right ; or, much larger and curved inwards, with its extremity rounded rather than truncate and never angular on the outer side in front. The dentition complete in symmetrical species; the lowest terminal tooth always present on both sides; the right anterior lower tooth smaller than the left in the more EN highly asymmetrical species. The sides of the elytra hairless. Episphenus, p. 85. The left outer tubercle larger than the right, directed more or less inwards, truncate distally, the outer angle of truncation dis- tinct, forming a more or less forwardly directed apex to the tu- bercle ; or, the sides of the elytra hairy. The dentition complete, or both the lowest terminal and anterior lower teeth reduced =” aon nO 1918.] F. H. GRAVELY : Passalidae of the World. 79 The dentition complete in unworn specimens on both mandibles ; the mandibles in most species symmetrical ; the elytra often hairless except at the shoulders ate Ophrygonius, p. 86. 6< The lowest terminal and anterior lower teeth of the right mandible absent, or represented only by very minute denticles ; the anterior lower tooth of the left mandible very large ; the elytra more or less extensively hairy at the sides Aceraius, p. 89. The dentition of the left mandible not more reduced than that of the right and the right outer tubercle at least as large as the left ; the mentum without primary scars; the secondary scars very large, more or less completely cutting of the median from the lateral pieces, usually more or less linear ; the lateral and intermediate areas of the metasternum never fused se =i ae 22 Ke an > 8. Not as above ; the dentition of the right mandible never more reduced than that of the left Ke ae Er x Er 9, | The anterior margin of the labrum with a (frequently indistinct) tooth near the middle; all the elytral grooves deeply impressed throughout, at least the lateral ones strongly { punctured ; the pronotal scars hairless; at least one of the outer tubercles more or less complex, or truncate with an additional tubercle between itself and the anterior angle of 8 the same side of the head (Oriental forms) oe .. Pelopides, p. 93. The anterior margin of the labrum not toothed ; some at least of the elytral grooves feebly impressed and more or less obsolete behind, none of them at all strongly punctured ; the | pronotal scars more or less hairy ; the outer tubercles acute | or truncate, but never complex or associated with secondary tubercles (Celebean forms) Plesthenus, p. 96. The mentum with well developed primary scars; the lateral and intermediate areas of the metasternum distinct .. Mastochilus, p. 97. 3 : À : The mentum without definite primary scars ; or, the lateral and | intermediate areas of the metasternum fused a a ea 10. The lateral and intermediate areas of the metasternum fused .. AN En il; wf The lateral and intermediate areas of the metasternum not fused de ar ah 12. The dentition of both mandibles complete, normal; mandibles more or less symmetrical tie ys .. Labienus, p. 103. The dentition of both mandibles reduced—especially that of th left one ; the anterior lower tooth (when present) widely separated from the middle lower tooth, and partially fused with the lowest terminal tooth We a .. Protomococlus, p. 107. 1 The fusion is less obvious than in the American forms where it occurs, as the greater part at least of the posterior -intermediate areas are hairless and either smooth or coarsely punctured, while the areas on the outer side and in front of “them are very hairy and densely but somewhat finely punctured. 80 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Wom, NL. [ The mandibles angulate on the outer side close to the base or not at all; at most a weak groove extending from this angle ® to the upper margin ae Ss = .. Gonatas, p. 108. ~\ The mandibles angulate on the outer side about opposite the anterior lower tooth; a strong groove extending from this angle to the dorsal margin se a bs si a 13. - The inner tubercles situated behind the anterior margin of the head ; the outer tubercles asymmetrical ie .. Pseudepisphenus, p. 111. 134 The inner tubercles situated on the anterior margin of the head, giving the insect a Leptaulax-like appearance; the outer tubercles symmetrical... 28 aS .. Larqunius, p. 111. Genus MACROLINUS, Kaup, 1868a, p. 18. Type, Passalus latipennis, Percheron, 1841, pp. 8-9, pl. Ixxin, fig. 3. Macrolinus andamanensis (Stoliczka). Basilianus andamanensis, Stoliczka, 1873. pp. 160-161. Macrolinus andamanensis, Gravely 1914c, p. 242. pl. xin, figs. 41-41a. Ten specimens from the Andamans, where Mr. Kemp recently collected two at Port Blair. Length 32-8-36°5 mm. Macrolinus sikkimensis (Stoliczka). Basilianus sikkimensis, Stoliczka, 1873c, pp. 161-162. Macrolinus sikkimensis, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 243-244, pl. xin, figs. 42-424. Nine specimens from the Darjiling District (Tukvar, also specimens recently collected by myself at Pashok, ca. 2,000 ft.), Assam (Margharita) and the Naga Hills, 2,000-5,000 ft. >, 5 THE, IDG Macrolinus spp. ; specific characters in the upper surface of the head x 4. 1. M. obesus, Gravely. 2. M. depressus, Gravely. M. Vitalis de Salvaza has submitted for examination a specimen from Xieng Khaoung, Tonkin, belonging to the sub-species tavoyanus, Gravely. Length 27'3-32:0 mm. Macrolinus rotundifrons, Kaup. Macrolinus rotundifrons, Kaup, 1874, pp. 44-45. Macrolinus rotundifrons, Gravely, 1914¢, pp. 244-245, pl. xin, fig. 43. Four specimens from Ceylon, one being from Belihul-Oya. Length 27:0-28-5 mm. Macrolinus obesus, n. sp. Fig. IX, 1. 4 Four specimens from Ceylon, three being from Belihul-Oya. Length 29:4-33:4 mm. The antennal lamellae are very short and stout, even more so than in M. rotundifrons, the first three being scarcely twice as long as thick, and scarcely more than half as long as the last three. The ridges and tubercles of the head resemble those of M. rotundifrons, but the general surface is less extensively punctured and rugose. 1918.] F, H. GraveLy : Passalidae of the World. 81 The pronotum is at most sparsely punctured in the anterior angles and in and near the scars. The marginal grooves are widely discontinuous in front and somewhat less widely behind; they are very narrow and are unpunctured except at their anterior ends, which are slightly enlarged and directed a little backwards from the anterior margm. The median groove is very fine, and is incomplete in front. The sides and angles are lightly rounded. The scutellum is smooth and glossy. The mesothoracic epimera are smooth and glossy antero-dorsally, punctured and glossy below and behind this, then unpunctured and matt, and finally smooth and glossy along the oblique ventral margin. The mesosternum is glossy throughout, but is sometimes indistinctly punctured in the more or less rudimentary scars. The intermediate and lateral areas of the metasternum are fused and are densely punctured. They are hairy except on the greater part of the space corresponding to the posterior intermediate areas, where the punctures are specially coarse. The abdominal scars are strongly and extensively, but somewhat finely, punctured. The elytra are united ; they are lightly convex between the shoulders, short in proportion to their length and lightly convex at the sides, being distinctly broader behind than in front ; the grooves. are strongly and uniformly punctured, about as strongly as are the lateral grooves of M. rotundifrons or the dorsal ones of M. crenatipennis. Macrolinus batesi, Kuwert. Macrolinus batesi, Kuwert, 1898, p. 187. Four specimens from Perak, Malay Peninsula, and large numbers from Mana-Riang, Renau, Palembang, Sumatra, 3,000 ft. and from Bng. Proepoe, Pad. Bovenland (=interior of Padang), Sumatra, ca. 1,600 ft.. Mr. Holman-Hunt has sent specimens for examination from the Selangor-Pahang boundary, ca. 3,000 ft., Malay Peninsula ; and M. Guy Babault from Medan, Sumatra. Length 25-30 mm. In my “ Account of the Oriental Passalidae ” AZ. batesi was regarded as identical with M. latipennis. The specimens which I now refer to the former are distinguished by the relative shortness of the second antennal lamella, whose apex does not fall in line with the apices of the first and third lamellae when the antennae are furled; by the small unpunctured frontal area ; by the more or less distinctly shouldered outer tubercles ; by the large inner tubercles with strongly concave instead of straight or convex connecting ridge ; by the narrow marginal grooves of the pronotum, which are hairless except below the scars; by the matt but entirely unpunctured mesosternal scars; and by the coarser puncturing of the lateral grooves of the elytra. Macrolinus depressus, n. sp. Fig. IX, 2. One specimen from Java, 33 mm. long. Closely allied to M. batesi, but larger and proportionally flatter. The outer tubercles are strongly shouldered. The pronotum is un- punctured except in the small round hairless scars, and between these and the posterior M 89 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. . - |Vor. VII, halves of the sides, where it is densely hairy. The posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum and the dorsal grooves of the elytra are unpunctured. Macrolinus latipennis (Percheron). Passalus latipennis, Perche on, 1841, pp. 8-9, pl. Ixxin, fig. 3. Macrolinus latipennis, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 245-246, pl. xin, figs. 45-46. One specimen from P.Oelak Tanding ; two from Hili Madjedja, N. Nias ; one each from Bedagei Interior, ca. 600 ft. and Bng. Proepoe, Padang Interior, 1,600 ft., Sumatra ; one from Tengger Mountain and several from Buitenzorg, Java; two from Mt. Marapok, Dent Province, Borneo ; and one from Mt. Kina-Balu, Borneo, as well as a few without definite locality records. Length 22-5-25:2 mm. Macrolinus sulciperfectus, Kuwert. Macrolinus sulciperfectus, Kuwert, 1898, p. 184. One specimen from Toli-Toli, N. Celebes, 26-7 mm. long. Macrolinus duivenbodei, Kaup. Macrolinus dwivenbodei, Kaup, 1868 a, p. 19: 1871, p. 43, pl. iv, fie. 6. Four specimens from Celebes, three being from Menado and one from Loewoe. Length 26-28 mm. The first two antennal lamellae are more or less distinctly shorter than the remaining four; but all six lamellae are slenderer than in the Ceylonese species waterhouser & rotundifrons associated by Kaup (1871) in this respect with the present species. Macrolinus urus, Heller. Macrolinus urus, Heller, 1898, pp. 23-24. pl. i, fig. 26. Numerous specimens from Bua-Kraeng, 5,000 ft., S. Celebes. Length 35°4-41°5 mm. The first three antennal lamellae are much shorter than the last three. Although the elytra are united in most specimens’ the lateral and intermediate areas of the metasternum are distinct. This is also the case in Pleurarius brachyphyllus, from the Indian Peninsula,” a species in which the elytra are concave between the shoulders and the wings show little or no trace of reduction. The elytra of the present species are convex between the shoulders and the wings or always reduced, being intermediate in form between those of Pleurarius brachyphyllus and those of Macrolinus obesus. The key given to the identification of the different species of Macrolinus, on pp. 323-24 of my ° Account oi the Oriental Passalidae ” requires considerable modification for the species which I have now seen for the first time to be included in their proper places, It may be emended as follows :— The frontal ridges complete and well developed, the mner to tubercles more or less distinct The inner tubercles, and the anterior part or whole of the frontal ridges, obsolete ; species confined to Celebes “8 BE mA 113, 1 In several they are separate, and show no signs of ever having been united. * See Gravely, 1915, p. 496. 1918.] F. H. GRAVELY : Passalidae of the World. The six antennal lamellae stout and as a rule not very long, the first three usually. very short ; species from the Indian Empire, Indo-China, (?) Siam and Ceylon " The six antennal lamellae long and slender ; species from the Malay Peninsula, Sunda Islands, Philippines and Celebes margin of the head throughout its whole length by a more or less concave surface; species from the Indian Empire, Indo-China and (?) Siam .. Bs Pr The ridge joining the inner tubercles closely approximated to the anterior margin of the head either in the middle or throughout ; species from Ceylon .. = ‘ie “ The lateral grooves of the elytra. narrow, their punctures normal an : fs tes ae: 4 The lateral grooves of: mi elytra. broad, their punctures | The ridge joining the inner tubercles separated from the anterior | transversely linear : ie ie The outer tubercles slender in profile, truncate ; the ridge | joining the inner tubercles concave | The outer tubercles stouter and distinctly bifid in ae she ridge joiming the inner tubercles straight ; The ridge between the inner tubercles straight throughout almost its whole lensth ; the anterior angles of the pronotum unpunctured ; the antennal lamellae somewhat long The ridge between the inner tubercles convex, evenly curved throughout ; the anterior angles of the pronotum strongly | punctured ; the antennal lamellae short \ The lateral grooves of the elytra almost as broad as the intervening ridges, their punctures very coarse indeed The lateral grooves of the elytra much narrower than the intervening ridges : 53 = Sr The elytra separate, parallel-sided, with finely punctured grooves xg a The elytra united, more ovate, with coarsely punctured grooves The frontal area small and unpunctured ; the inner tubercles large and connected by a strongly concave ridge ; the marginal grooves of the pronotum hairless in the anterior angles The frontal area large and punctured all over ; the inner tubercles small, and connected by a ridge which is straight as a whole and situated immediately above the anterior margin of the head, and may have a more or less angular median convexity ; the marginäl grooves of the pronotum hairless only in their anterior terminal enlargements ( The anterior angles of the pronotum strongly and ince punctured ; the pronotal scars with a few small hairs The anterior angles of the pronotum with not more than one or two punctures ; the pronotal scars thickly hairy M. sikkimensis, p. 80. M. nicobaricus, Gravely. M. andamanensis, p. 80. M. waterhousei, Kaup. M. crenatipennis, Kuwert. M. rotundifrons, p. 80. M. obesus, p. 80. M. batesi, p. 81. M. depressus, p. 81. M2 83 OU 108 1e 84 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, The third lamella of the antennae not distinctly shorter than the fourth ; the median groove of the pronotum obsolete .. he Fie 12. 114 The third lamella of the antennae distinctly shorter than the fourth; the median groove of the pronotum distinct, complete ore ar a se . M. sulciperfectus, p. 82. The tip of the second lamella not reaching the line joining the tips of the first and third lamellae when the antenna is 12 turled Bis ne se ues .. M. weberi, Kaup. The tips of all six lamellae arranged in a straight line when the antenna 1s furled oP ae oe .. WM. latipennis, p. 82. / The apex of the central tubercle acute, directed forwards, somewhat overhanging .. if ne .. M. duivenbodei, p. 82. The apex of the central tubercle approximately rectangular in profile, directed upwards, not overhanging ae M urus, p. 82, Genus PLEURARIUS, Kaup, i868), p. 1. Type, Pleurarius pilipes, Kaup, 18685, pp. 1-2. Pleurarius brachyphyllus, Stoliczka. Pleurarius brachyphyllus, Stoliczka, 1873, pp. 152-153. This species is not represented in the Van de Poll collection. Since compiling the list of localities in my “ Account of the Oriental Passalidae ” I have collected specimens in Cochin at Kavalai, ca. 1,300-3,000 ft., and between miles 10 and 14 on the State Forest Tramway, 0-300 ft. M. Guy Babault has presented specimens from near Mahé on the Malabar Coast, and from Kodaikanal in the Palni Hills ; he has also sent for examination specimens from Wallardi in Travancore and from the Coorg region. It is doubtful whether P. pilipes, the only other species of the genus described, is really distinct from P. brachyphyllus, although the former is supposed to come from Sumatra and not from India (see Gravely, 1914¢, p. 320). Genus TIBERIOIDES, Gravely, 1913, p. 405. Type, Tiherius kuwerti, Arrow, 1906, p. 446. Tiberioides kuwerti (Arrow). lel IE Tiberius kuwerti, Arrow, 1906, p. 446. Tiberioides kuwerti, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 215-216, pl. xi, fig. 14. Two specimens from Darjiling and one from N. Manipur, 3,000-9,000 ft. Length 38°5-39°5 mm. RE 1918, F. H. Gravety: Passalidae of the World. 85 Tiberioides borealis (Arrow). Fig. X. Chilomazus borealis, Arrow, 1906, pp. 467-468. One specimen from N. Manipur, 3,000-9,000 ft. Length 38 mm. Fie. X. Tiberioides borealis, Arrow, mentum X 8. The species of Tiberioides may be identified thus :— “The lateral grooves of the elytra broad, their punctures trans- versely linear Ke = a .. I. kuwerti, p. 84. The lateral grooves of the elytra narrow, their punctures normal on N na aie te .. . 2. The median part of the mentum without depressions or ridges T. austeni, Gravely. The median part of the mentum with a low convexity flanked by broad shallow depressions close to the middle of the anterior margin, with a strong transverse ridge behind it .. T. borealis, p. 85. Genus EPISPHENUS, Kaup, 1871, p. 45. Type, Episphenus moorei, Kaup, 1871, p. 45. Episphenus moorei, Kaup. Pls af, Episphenus moorei, Kaup, 1871, p. 45. Episphenus moore: + pearson, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 217-218, pl. xi, figs. 16-17. Eight specimens from Ceylon (Belihul-Oya and Colombo) and, one said to be from the Himalayas. Length 30:7-34°2 mm. Episphenus comptoni (Kaup). Pie Aceraius Comptom, Kaup, 18682, p. 28. Episphenus compton + var. flachı, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 218-219, pl. xi, figs. 18-19a. Eleven specimens from Ceylon, including four from Belihul-Oya and one recently collected by Mr. Kemp on Horton Plains. Length 29-3-42°0 mm. 86 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Voz. VII; Episphenus neelgherriensis (Percheron). IP; I. Passalus neelgherriensis, Percheron, 1841, p. 4, pl. Ixxvii, fig. 1. Episphenus neelgherriensis, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 222-223, pl. xi, figs. 21-21a. Five specimens from India, one being from Cochin and one from the Madras Presidency. Also specimens presented by Mr. T. Bainbrigge Fletcher from the Nilgiris (Ootacamund), Mysore (Bababudin Hills, 4,500 ft.) and Coorg (Mercara, Santi Koppa and Pollibeta) ; by M. Guy Babault from Wallardi in Travancore and from the neighbourhood of Trichinopoli and Mahé ; and by myself from Cochin (Kavalai, ca. 1,300-3,000). Length 23:3-28:5 mm.. Epishenus indicus (Stoliczka), 1873, pp. 159-160. Pie Basilianus indicus, Stoliczka, 1873, pp. 159-160. Episphenus indicus, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 220-222, pl. xi, figs. 20-200. Hight specimens, one from the Madras Presidency, one from Mercara, Coorg, and six said to be from Assam. Also specimens presented by M. Guy Babault from Wallardi in Travancore, and from near Mahé on the Malabar Coast; by Mr. T. Bainbrigge Fletcher from Santi Koppa in Coorg ; and by myself from IEavelaı, 1,300-3,000 ft., in Cochin.. Length 27-2-36-2 mm. | The species of Episphenus may be identified thus :— The anterior margin of the head symmetrical, the nor margin of the mentum not depressed or grooved .. E. moorei, p. 85. 14 The anterior margin of the head more or less asymmetrical ; the anterior margin of the mentum more or less depressed or grooved ac a 30 ne ae oa 59 2. The anterior margin of the head not very strongly asymmetrical | as a rule; the anterior margin of the mentum strongly grooved on either side of a strong median tubercle (occasion- ally paired) .. 5 = Le .. E. comptont, p. 85. [m anterior margin of the head strongly asymmetrical ; the mentum without any strongly marked tuberele ie a 5 D. The anterior angles of the head not prominent .. .. E. neelgherriensis, p. 86. 3 The anterior angles of the head more or less prominent .. E. indicus, p. 86. Genus OPHRYGONIUS, Zang, 19044, pp. 697-700. Incl. Heterochilus, Kuwert, 1896 (preoccupied)—Rhipsaspis, Zang, 1905. Type, Ophrygonius quadrifer, Zang, loc. cit.=Passalus inaequalus, Burmeister, 1847, p. 468. | Ophrygonius cantori (Percheron). Passalus cantori, Percheron, 1844, pp. 3-4, pl. exxxiv, fig. 2 Ophrygonius cantori, +subspp. convexifrons and dunsiriensis, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 224-295, pl. xi, figs. 22-220. Numerous Himalayan specimens, including three from Tukvar ; one specimen from. N. Manipur, 3,000-9,000 ft. ; and one from the Ruby Mines District of Upper Burma, 5,000-7,000 ft. Specimens have been presented by M. Guy Babault from Kulu (Kandi. 1918.] F. H. GRAVELY : Passalidae of the World. 87 and Mandi); by Mr. C. Beeson from Kumaon (Ramgarh, 6,000 ft., under bark of dead oak); by Dr. B. L. Chaudhuri and myself from the Darjiling District (Senchal, ca. 8,000 ft., and Pashok 5,500 ft.) ; by Mr. 8S. W. Kemp from the Khasi Hills (Shillong 6,400 ft., and Maflong, 5,900 ft.) ; and by M. Vitalis de Salvaza from Tonkin (Lao Kay). One specimen labelled “ Darjeeling ” in the Van de Poll collection is only 28-5 mm. long. All the remaining Himalayan specimens are 30 mm. long or over. The Manipur specimen is 30 mm. long; all the remaining specimens found east of the Darjiling District are 29 mm. long or under. Although, therefore, occasional specimens may transgress the normal limits of the race characteristic of their locality, the validity of difference in size as a distinction between O. cantori, s. str., and its sub-species convexifrons is confirmed. The form of mentum, on the other hand, described as distinctive of the sub-species dunsiriensis, does not appear to be a good character, and although specimens from the Dunsiri valley range from 28 to as much as 31 mm. in length I think that they can best be regarded as belonging to the sub-species convexifrons. Ophrygonius birmanicus, Gravely. Ophrygonius birmanicus, Gravely, 1914e, p. 226. text-fig. 3A. One specimen from the Ruby Mines District of Upper Burma. Another has been presented by Mr. J. Coggin Brown from Man Lom, Homang, N. Tawngpeng, N. Shan States, Upper Burma, 4,500-5,500 ft. ; and others by M. Vitalis de Salvaza from Chapa, Ht. Tonkin, Length 29-33°5 mm. Ophrygonius singapurae, Gravely. Ophrygonius singapurae, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 226-227, text-fig. 3B. One specimen from Laos, and two from Mt. Marapok, Dent Province, British North Borneo. Length 30°5-32°2 mm. In fresh specimens the anterior lower teeth each have their apices produced into a sharp and slender point. The left outer tubercle is distinctly thicker at the base than in the preceding species, but may point more definitely inwards than in the type specimen. Ophrygonius wallacei (Kuwert). Heterochilus Wallacei + crinitus + oculitesselatus, Kuwert, 1898, p. 334. Aceraius wallacei, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 228-229, pl. xu, figs. 26-266. One specimen from Singapore and a number from Borneo (Mts. Kinabalu and Dispo Length 33:5-38:0 mm. The anterior lower tooth on each side is much broader than the lowest terminal. Both are small on the right mandible, but are perfectly distinct in fresh specimens. Ophrygonius inaequalis (Burmeister). Be Passalus inaequalis, Burmeister, 1847, p. 468. Ophrygonrus inaequalis, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 227-228, pl. xu, figs. 24-24a. A number of specimens from Mt..Marapok, Dent Province, British North Borneo : and one from Mt. Kinabalu. Length 23-27 mm. The punctures in the lateral grooves of the elytra are variable, and 1 no longer think it at all likely that oroleius, Smith, will have to be recognized as a distinct variety. 88 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, Ophrygonius aequalis, n. sp. Is RÜE, IL, A number of specimens from Chapa, Tonkin, have been sent by M. Vitalis de Salvaza. They vary from 27:3-31°6 mm. in length, and differ from O. minor only in their larger size, in having only four antennal lamellae pubescent, in having the upper tooth of both mandibles well developed, in having the left outer tubercle still more nearly identical in eo a RR Fic. XI. 1. Ophrygonius aequalis, Gravely, part of 3. Ophrygonius javanus, Gravely, left mandible upper surface of head x 4. from without, highly magnified. 2. Ophrygonius javanus, Gravely, part of 4. Aceraius lamellidens, Gravely, left mandible upper surface of head x 4. from without, highly magnified. size and form with the right, in having the frontal area shorter and distinctly transverse, and in having the punctures on the sides of the pronotum densely clustered in and confined to the scars, instead of very thinly scattered over a slightly more extended area. Ophrygonius javensis, n. sp. Fig. XI, 2-3. One specimen from Boeloe Lawang, Pasoeroean, Java. Length 26 mm. Closely allied to O. minor, from which it differs only in having somewhat better developed upper teeth, and in having the punctures and hair on the elytra confined to the ninth and extreme hinder end of the seventh ribs, instead of over the whole of these two ribs. Ophrygonius aequidens (Gravely). Aceraius aequidens, Gravely, 1914c, p. 240, text-fig. 4E., p. 234. Six specimens from Mt. Kinabalu. Length 27-31 mm. The species of Ophrygonius as re-defined in the present paper may be recognized as. follows :— The antennal Jamellae short and stout ; the anterior marginal depressions of the mentum quite small; the sides of the elytra hairy .. NR ue as .. OÖ. cantori, p. 86. The antennal lamellae long and slender; or, the anterior marginal depressions of the mentum very large ; or, the sides of the elytra hairy a sig 0 56 a5 50 ae The antennal lamellae long and slender a: 56 ac 00 3. © { The antennal lamellae short and stout as ae Go 5. The tips of the first two lamellae not falling in line with those of the last four when the antenna is furled ; the anterior marginal depressions of the mentum quite small ; the sides 3 ot the elytra hairless ER an 2 .. O.birmanicus, p. 87. The tips of all six lamellae forming a straight line when the antenna is furled ; or the sides of the elytra hairless. The anterior marginal depressions of the mentum usually large a oc 4. 1918.] F. H. GRAVELY : Passalidae of the World. 89 The tips of all six lamellae forming a straight line when the antenna is furled ; the anterior marginal depressions of the mentum always large and separate ; the sides of the elytra | hairless oh crs = ae .. O. singapurae, p. 87. *\ The tips of the first two lamellae not falling in line with those of the other four when the antenna is furled; the anterior | marginal depressions of the mentum very variable, often fused or rudimentary ; the sides of the elytra densely hairy in front O. wallacei, p. 87. The anterior marginal depressions of the mentum very large : the sides of the elytra hairless we PE .. O. inaequalis, p. 87. “ } The anterior marginal depressions of the mentum more or less rudimentary ; the sides of the elytra hairy ae SE De ce 6. The upper tooth of both mandibles well developed, more or less rectangular ; the frontal area markedly transverse .. O. aequalis, p. 88. | more obtuse ; the frontal area about as long as broad The anterior lower tooth of the left mandible very large, much co larger than that of the right mandible 1 The anterior lower tooth of the left mandible scarcely larger than that of the right a 5. .. O. aequidens, p. 88. The upper tooth of the left mandible obtuse but moderately large ; the seventh ribs of the elytra almost unpunctured .. QO. javensis, p. 88. : The upper tooth of the left mandible minute ; the seventh ribs of ( | | The upper tooth of both mandibles rudimentary or at least f | the elytra sparsely punctured and hairy throughout .. O. minor (Gravely). Genus ACERAIUS, Kaup, 1868a, pp. 26-27. Type, Passalus grandis, Burmeister, 1847, p. 463. Aceraius lamellatus n. sp. Mr. Holman-Hunt has submitted two specimens from the Malay Peninsula (Ulu Gombak), and Mr. Bryant two from Penang, one of each of which has been presented to the Indian Museum collection. Length 23 mm. This species appears to be allied to various species of the genus Ophrygonius on the oue hand, and to the genus Acerarus on the other. The antenna! lamellae and mentum resemble those of Ophrygomus singapurae, the former being exceptionally large for so small an insect. The mandibles are of the Aceraius type, and resemble those of A. helferi except that the convexity of the posterior part of the upper margin is pressed further back from the small upper tooth. In other respects this species resembles Ophrygonius minor, except that the eighth ribs of the elytra are punctured instead of (or as well as) the seventh. Aceraius helferi, Kuwert. JPL, IE, Aceraius helferi, Kuwert, 1898, pp. 346-347. Acermus helferi + tavoyanus + assamensis + himalayensis, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 236-238, pl. xii, figs. 36-39a. One specimen from Burma and four from Siam, three of the latter being from Renong. M. Vitalis de Salvaza has presented a fine series of this species from Tonkin (Chapa and Xieng Khouang), and has sent for examination specimens from Ban Tink and Lao N 90 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Voz. VIT, Kay in the same country, and from Cambodia. Mr. J. Coggin Brown has presented specimens from Loi Tawng Kyaw 5,500-7,000 ft., Man Lom, Hamang 4,500-5,500 ft., and between Man Lom and Man Hpat, 4,500-5,500 ft., all in Tawnpeng in the Northern Shan States, Upper Burma. Mr. Holman-Hunt has sent for examination a specimen said to come from the Malay Peninsula (Ulu Gombak) and M. Guy Babault one said to come from Sumatra (Médan). Length 29:3-37:2 mm. I have already pointed out (19146, p. 292 footnote) that À. tavoyanus, from Southern Tenasserim, is not really distinct from A. helferi from further north. The series trom Tonkin shows in addition that A. assamensis, and A. himalayensis are no more than imperfectly separated local races of the same form. Specimens from northerly localities (see pl. 1, ‘“ Aceraxus, other spp.) ordinarily have much squarer and less slender left outer tubercles than have specimens from further south. But the shape of this tubercle is not altogether constant in specimens from a single locality ; and the gradation of the southern form into the northern seems to be so complete as to render impossible the separation of the species even into two definite races. Aceraius alutaceosternus, Kuwert. Aceraius alutaceosternus, Kuwert, 1898, pp. 347-348. Aceraius alutaceosternus, Gravely, 1914c, p. 236, text-fig. 4E, pl. xi, figs. 34-34a. One specimen from Perak and one from Borneo. Mr. C. Holman-Hunt has presented a specimen from Bukit Kutu in the Malay Peninsula. Length 35-4—39:5 mm. The shape of the left outer tubercle of this species is the same as that of the most extreme form found among southern specimens of the preceding, of which it is little more than a local race. The size of the posterior convexity of the upper margin of the left mandible, and the faint median groove on the anterior part of the mentum, appear, however, to afford constant distinctive characters by which it may be recognized. Aceraius borneanus, Kaup. Aceraius borneanus, Kaup, 1871, p. 52. Aceraius borneanus, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 238-239, pl. xi, figs. 25-25b. One specimen from the Malay Peninsula (Pahang), four from Sumatra (three being from the interior of Bedagei on the east coast, ca. 600 ft.), many from North Nias (Hili Madjedja and G. Madjeja), five from Middle Nias (Dyma and Kalim Bungo), one from Java, and many from Borneo (Doesonlanden, Brunei, and Mts. Marapok and Kinabalu). Mr. C. Holman-Hunt has presented a specimen from Ulu Gombak, Malay Peninsula. Length 23°0-29°2 mm. This species appears to be somewhat rare in the Malay Peninsula and Java, but to be abundant in Sumatra and Borneo. Aceraius pilifer (Percheron). Passalus pilifer, Percheron, 1835, pp. 23-24, pl. 11, fig. 2. Aceraius pilifer, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 235-236, pl. xii, fig. 35. Numerous specimens from the following places in Java: Tjı Bodas, ca. 4,000 ft. ; Pengalengan, 4,000 ft. ; Mt. Tjikorai, 4,000 ft.; Mt. Gede, 4,coo ft.: Telaga Bodas 1918. | F. H. GRAVELY : Passalidae of the World. OI Garoet Preanger, 4,000-5,000 ft. ;: G. Tjı Salimar, W. Preanger, ca. 3,000 ft. ; Boeloe Lawang Res. Pasoeroean. Length 27-32 mm. This species appears to be very common in Java, where it probably replaces the preceding one. It seems to be rare in Sumatra and Borneo. It has not been recorded from the Malay Peninsula. Aceraius perakensis, Kuwert. Aceraius perakensis, Kuwert, 1898, p. 308. Aceraius perakensis + laevimargo, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 229 and 235. A number of specimens from Mt. Kinabalu. M. Guy Babault has presented a specimen from near Dolok-Baros, Médan, Sumatra. Length 34-40 mm. A. laevimargo, Zang, appears to be identical with the species which I previously separated as A. perakensis. Aceraius tricornis, Zang. Aceraius tricornis + kuwerti, Zang, 1903a, p. 339. Aceraius tricornis + kuwerti, Gravely, 1914c, p. 235, text-tig. 4 B, pl. xi, fig. 31. Two specimens from Mt. Maropok, and a number from Mt. Kinabalu. Length 46°0- 525 mm. The characters by which A. tricornis is separated from A. kuwerti prove to be variable, and the second name must fall. Aceraius laniger, Zang. Aceraius laniger, Zang, 1905a, pp. 191-192. Aceraius laniger, Gravely, 1914c, p. 234. Three specimens from Borneo, two being from Mt. Kinabalu. Length 54°0-56°5 mm. The characters distinguishing this species from the last, small though they are, do not appear to vary. Aceraius moschleri, Kuwert. Aceraius möschleri, Kuwert, 1898, p. 344. Aceraius möschleri, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 229-230, pl. xu, fig. 33. Four specimens from Mt. Kinabalu in Borneo. Length 35-37 mm. Aceraius illegalis, Kuwert. Acerarus illegalis, Kuwert, 1898, p. 345. Aceraius illegalis, Gravely, 1914c, p. 230, pl. xii, figs. 32-32a. Nine specimens from Borneo (Mts. Kinabalu and Marapok). Length 40-43 mm. Aceraius laevicollis (Illiger). Passalus laevicoliis, Uliger, 1800, p. 103. Aceraius laevicollis, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 230-231, pl. xii, figs. 27-27a. Many specimens from the Malay Peninsula (Singapore, Larut, Penang, Perak) ; Sumatra (Bedagei Interior, ca. 600 ft. ; Tandjong-Djati, Ranau, Palembang, ca. 2,000 ft.; 8. E. Serdang, E. Coast, ca. 1,000 ft.); N. Nias (Hili Madjedja and G. Madjeja) ; Middle Nias N 2 92 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, (Dyma) ; Java; Borneo (Mts. Marapok and Kinabalu, British N. Borneo, Riam Kanan and Pengaron, Martapoera) ; Bali; and S. Celebes (Tjamba). Length 30'7-37'3 mm. Aceraius grandis (Burmeister). ell, Jt, Passalus grandis, Burmeister, 1847, p. 463. Aceraius grandis + var. rectidens + subsp. hirsutus, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 231-233, pl. xu, figs. 28-30. Specimens of the typical form from Sumatra (Mana-Riang, Renau, Palembang. 2.000- 3,000 ft.; Bng. Proepoe, interior of Padung, ca. 1,600 ft. ; also specimens presented by M. Guy Babault from Médan) ; North Nias (Hil Madjedja and G. Madjeja) ; Middle Nias (Kalim Bungo and Dyma); Java (G. Tji Salimar, W. Preanger, +3,000 ft. ; Kawie Mountains, Pasoeroean ; Tji Bodas, ca. 4,000 ft.) and Borneo (Mt. Kinabalu and Brunei). Length 40-55 mm. Specimens of subspecies hirsutus, Kuwert, from Nepal; Darjiling District (Tukvar); Assam (Margherita ; Chandkhira, Sylhet) ; Upper Burma (Cachin Cauri) ; Laos ; Tonkin (Xieng Khouang, Hoabink, Chapa and Napé—all presented by M. Vitalis de Salvaza, who has also submitted one from Ban Tink for examination) and 8. Palawan. Length 36°8- 49°0 mm. The examination of the above recorded specimens has shown that southern specimens must all be regarded as belonging to a single race. Neither of the names rec'idens and addendus (see Gravely, 1914¢, p. 322 footnote) need, therefore, be retained. Aceraius occulidens, Zang. Aceraius occulidens, Zang, 1905a, pp. 190-191. Aceraius occrhdens, Gravely, 1914c, p. 234, text-fig. 4A. Specimens from the Malay Peninsula have been presented by Mr. Holman-Hunt, who has also submitted one for examination from Gap, 2,700-3,000 ft., on the Selangor-Pahang boundary. Length 45°5 mm. The species of Aceraius, as re-defined in this paper, may be identified as follows :— The upper tooth of the left mandible simple, set in a hollow in front of a convexity of the upper margin, from which it is distinctly separated at base ar ae ae aS 36 2. 14 The upper margin without a convexity behind and distinct from the upper tooth ; this margin concave or straight, or else uniformly convex the whole way from the tip of the upper tooth backwards ; or, the upper tooth bifid a 55 The six antennal lamellae exceptionally long and slender . A. lamellatus, p. 89. | 24 The antennal lamellae short and stout, the first two more or less rudimentary he 4e 50 30 The posterior pars oi the tenth and the whole of the eighth ribs j of the elytra unpunctured 3e an Je 56 . Le ? The seventh to tenth ribs of the elytra (inclusive) punctured throughout .. 52 ER Br . A. borneanus, p. 90. 1918.] “The convexity of the upper moderately high; the mentum with no trace of a median groove margin of the left mandible The convexity ae the upper margin a the left: tr very pronounced ; the mentum with a fine groove in front “ The anterior angles of the head more or less obtuse, never prominent 36 = The anterior angles of the nee sharper, more or je as prominent - en most 32 mm. long ; ile shorter in least 34 mm. long, usually much longer En At most 40 mm. long; the right outer tubercle distinct and more or less sharply pointed in unworn specimens, the antennal lamellae and other characters very variable At least 43 mm. long; the oe outer tubercle more obtuse or absent ae a: The right outer tubercle more or less leer the tenth ribs of the elytra hairless and unpunctured throughout 5 The right outer tubercle distinct ; the tenth ribs of the elytra punctured and hairy anteriorly The right outer tubercle usually shorter, truncate or rounded ; sometimes, however, divided into two separate tubercles of which the outer one or both may be more or less long and acute ‘ The anterior à of the ed eaveoly, ones the tip the right outer tubercle not bent outwards de 10 The anterior angles of the head distinctly prominent ; the tip of the right outer tubercle bent more or less abruptly outwards se se 5c At most 38 mm. long ; the anterior angles of the head scarcely more prominent chan’ in A. illegalis, somewhat variable Specimens no larger than A. laevicollis with the left anterior angle of the head produced into a long slender inwardly curved process ; larger ones (which may be as much as 55 mm. in length) largest closely resembling A. laevicollis in form with the angles more moderately prominent, the The canthus without any upwardly directed tubercle A small and stout erect tubercle arising trom the dorsal surface | The right outer tubercle simple, acute and eh long | of the canthus immediately in front of the eye Ale Ale A. Ar 4 Jal AR Ar. A. A. A. F. H. Gravety: Passalidae of the World. . helferi, p. 89. alutaceosternus, p. 90. pilifer, p. 90. perakensis, p. 91. tricornis, p. 91. laniger, p. 91. moschleri, p. 91. illegalis, p. 91. laevicollis, p. 91. grandis, p. 92. occulidens, p. 92. Genus PELOPIDES, Kuwert. 1896, p. 220. Incl. @naphalocnemis, Heller, 1900 (= Also Trapezockilus, Zang, 1995 (= Zang, 19044. Type, Pelopides gravidus,! Kuwert, 1398, p. 322. 1 See above, p. 76, footnote 1. Eriocnemis, Kaup, 1868, preoccupied). Phraortes, Kuwert, 1896, preoccupied) + Parapelopides , 93 10. Il. 94 Memoirs of the indian Museum. [Voz. VII, Pelopides symmetricus (Zang). PPT Parapelopides symmetricus, Zang, 1904a, pp. 695-697, figs. 1-2. Parapelopides symmetricus, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 246-247, text-figs. 6A-B. Two specimens from Mt. Marapok, and a number from Mt. Kinabalu. Length 37'0- 42°7 mm. Pelopides gravidus Kuwert. Fig. XII. Pelopides gravidus, Kuwert, 1898, p. 322. Five specimens, apparently cotypes, from Davao, Mindanao. Length 43-46 mm. P. gravidus is to some extent transitional between P. symmetricus and P. simplex. The anterior lower tooth of the right mandible is distinct when unworn, but is smaller than in P symmetricus. The head has both the outer tubercles broad as in P. symmetricus, Fig. XII. Pelopides gravidus, Kuwert ; head from above x 4. but the inner portion of the right one is distinctiy more prominent than that of the left, while the left one is flanked by a very deep and the right by a shallower concavity. The elytra are very like those of P. monticulosus. In all other respects P. gravidus resembles P. symmetricus. Pelopides dorsalis (Kaup). IPM, IL. Eriocnemis dorsalis, Kaup, 1871, p. 41. Trapezochilus nobilis,’ + respectabilis, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 247-248, text-fig. 5 C-E., pl. xii, fig. 48. Six specimens from Perak and one from Sumatra ; also four from Médan (nr. Dolok- Baros , Sumatra, presented by M. Guy Babault. Length 3275-4000 mm. The smaller specimens have the grooves of the elytra more strongly punctured than the larger ones. Pelopides burmeisteri (Kaup). Eriocnemis Burmeister’, Kaup, 1868a, p. 22. Gnaphalocnemis burmeisteri, Gravely, 1914c, p. 249, pl. xi, fig. 49. A number of specimens from Sumatra (Mana-Riang and Tandjong-Djati, Renau, Palembang; Bandar, Palembang; Bng. Proepoe, interior of Padang; Kandg. Ampat, Padang Benedenl; also two from Médan, presented by M. Guy Babault) ; two from Java (one being from Tji Solak, Wynkoop’s Bay) and six from Borneo (one being from Sintang and three from Sarawak). Length 38-49 mm. ‘ 1 Sec also Gravely, 1914c, p. 297 (T. dorsalis). 1918. | F. H. GRAVELY : Passalidae of the World. 95 Pelopides monticulosus (Smith). Passalus monticulsus, Smith, 1852, p. 6, pl. 1, fig. 1. Gnaphalocnemis monticulosus, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 249-250, pl. xiii, fie. 49a. Three specimens from Sumatra (two being from Bedagei Interior, ca. 600 ft.), and a number from Borneo (Mts. Kinabalu and Marapok). Length 30-45 mm. Pelopides tridens (Wiedemann). Biel. Passalus tridens, Wiedemann, 1823, pp. 109-110. Gnaphalocnemis tridens, Gravely, 1914c, p. 250, pl. xii, figs. 50-50a. Nine specimens from Sumatra (Bedagei Interior, ca. 600 ft.; Gng. Talang, Padang Interior ; Mt. Singalang) ; many from Java (Telaga Bodas, Garoet, 4,000-5,000 ft. ; G. Tji Salimar, ca. 3,000 ft. ; Tji Bodas, Gng. Gede, ca. 4,000 ft., all in Preanger ; also Buitenzorg and Tjandiroto) ; and one said to come from the Key Islands (near New Guinea). Length 46-56 mm. The species of Pelopides may be identified as follows :— The anterior lower tooth of the right mandible small hut distinct bo 1 | in unworn specimens | The anterior lower tooth of the right mandible absent BE 32 st 3. { The outer tubercles at least approximately symmetrical ; the anterior lower tooth of the right mandible larger .. P. symmetricus, p. 94. | The inner angle of the right outer tubercle produced forwards and inwards beyond that of the left ; the former acute, the latter obtuse ; the anterior lower tooth of the right mandible smaller en dt Be ag .. P. gravidus, p. 94. 2 The left outer tubercle consisting of a single, somewhat slender, obliquely truncate process ; the right one, of a similar but broader and slightly bifid mner process together with smaller pointed outer and middle processes .. 55 .. P. simplex, (Gravely). Both tubereles consisting of two or three denticles more or less fused together, the tubercle as a whole being very broad on the right or on both sides > a 3% er ase 4. (The right and left outer tubercles of equal size, though not always of identical form .. Ss oo Pons als Apt Or The right outer tubercle much broader than the left Grooves 5-7 of the elytra more or less broad ; each containing a polished flattened band, which is marked by a single row of punctures, and defined on either side by a more or less dis- tinct roughened line with which the punctures may be to some extent confluent .. Ets ed 5% de ie 6. | The lateral grooves of the elytra all narrow, simply punctured P. burmeisteri, p. 94. 96 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. (Vor. VII, Grooves 5-7 of elytra somewhat variable in width ; the posterior part of groove 8 rarely wider than the anterior part, never as wide as groove 7 ; insects at most about 45 mm. long .. P. monticulosus, p. 95. Grooves 5-7 of elytra always very broad ; the posterior part (and sometimes the whole) of groove 8 like them ; insects at least about 45 mm. long as oH Tee imidenss pn 92. Genus PLESTHENUS, Kaup, 1871, p. 40. Type, Eriocnemis quadricornis, Kaup, 1868a, p. 26. Of the four species referred by Kuwert (1898, pp. 324-5) to the genus Plesthenus one, lottini, Boisduval, probably belongs to an Australian genus,’ the other three being Celebean (see above, p. 76, footnote 2). Of these three 2nuitus, Kuwert, is the most distinct. This species is represented in the Van de Poll collection by perhaps three specimens. Each of them is, however, distinguished by some definite character from the others ; and at least two localities are represented by the three specimens, one of which bears no locality record. It is impossible, therefore, to be certain at present whether the three specimens belong to three separate species or not ; and it will probably be best to describe all under the one specific name, referring at the same time to the individual differences. The other two species, quadricorms, Kaup, and gelon, Schaufuss, are together represented by eleven specimens from five localities, two in the north of the island and three in the south. The southern specimens are distinctly larger than the northern, and they have an acuminate or very obliquely truncate right outer tubercle, the left outer tubercle being more or less obsolete ; in the northern specimens, on the other hand, the right outer tubercle tends to be more abruptly truncate, and the left outer tubercle to be more strongly developed, in some instances much more so. Here again it seems impossible to determine with certainty how many species are represented in the material before me, the differences between different forms being in this case undoubtedly correlated with locality. I propose, therefore, to treat all as a single species quadricornis, recognizing ge'on as a more or less distinct southern race. The races seem to be distinguished more definitely by size than by structure. I am unable to identify any of the specimens before me with either of the species described since Kuwert’s work was published (see above p. 9), but it is possible, I think, that these may prove to be no more than varietal forms of P. quadricornis. Plesthenus invitus, Kuwert. PIME Plesthenus invitus, Kuwert, 1898, p. 325. Three specimens, one of which is from Tondano, Minahassa and another from Menado. Both the specimens whose localities are recorded are 45°5 mm. long ; the other specimen is much bigger, being 53 mm. long. This species differs from Pelopides burmeisteri, monticulosus and tridens only in the. generic character smentioned above (p. 79), in having the left anterior lower tooth wholly distinct from the lowest terminal tooth instead of partially fused with it, and in the weaker 1 Presumably Mustochilus. 1918.] F. H. GRAVELY : Passalidae of the World. 97 and more crescentic scars on the mentum. The outer tubercles of the head are practically symmetrical, the right one being slightly broader than the left, at least in the Tondano- specimen. In this specimen the space between the inner and outer tubercles is surrounded by fine but distinct ridges. of which the lateral and posterior are straight, and the anterior procurved. In the large specimen the lateral ridges are absent, the anterior one is procurved and the posterior one recurved ; and in the Menado specimen even the anterior and posterior ridges are indistinct. Plesthenus quadricornis, Kaup. eae AL. Eriocnemis quadricornis, Kaup, 1868a, p. 26. Plesthenus quadricornis, 1871, p. 40, pl. iv, fig. 4. Four specimens of the northern race, quadricornis, s. str. {(see above, p. 96), from Toli-Toli and three from Menado, both in Northern Celebes. One specimen of the southern race, gelon (Schaufuss, 1885, pp. 187-188), from Samanga, one from Patunuang, and two- from Macassar, al in Southern Celebes. Length of the northern race 49-53 mm. Length of the southern race 55-60 mm. P. quadricornis differs from P. wmvitus only in having the right outer tubercle somewhat longer, and sometimes more obliquely truncate or even acuminate, and in having the left outer tubercle smaller and acuminate or obsolete. In the Toli-Toli specimens the left outer tubercle is an acutely pointed process, scarcely shorter than the inner side of the somewhat obliquely truncate right outer tubercle. In the Menado specimens it 1s much shorter, the apex being rectangular or even obtuse. This is the case in the specimens from Samanga and Patunuang also ; but in these the right outer tubercle is somewhat slenderer and more obliquely truncate ; in size, moreover, these specimens resemble those from Macassar and not the preceding. In the Macassar specimens the left outer tubercle is. scarcely recognizable, and the right outer tubercle is acuminate. The two above described species of Plesthenus may be identified thus :— The outer tubercles approximately symmetrical, both of them truncate ern oe a6 Ge -. P.ınvius, p. 96. The outer tubercles asymmetrical, the right one much larger than the left and truncate, except when the latter is obsolete, in which case it may be acuminate; the left one never truncate 50 So 56 | .. P. quadricornis, p. 97. Genus MASTOCHILUS, Kaup, 18684, pp. 19-20, corrected 1868b, p. 31. Type, Passalus polyphyllus, MacLeay, 1826, p. 430. This genus, as pointed out above (p. 77), may be divided into four more or less distinct sub-genera :— The mentum laterally with a narrow depressed matt border, or more extensively matt ; large Australian forms with very 1 short antennal lamellae ; always symmetrical .. .. Pharochilus,! p. 98. The mentum uniformly glossy in fresh specimens ; the antennal lamellae much longer ; or not Australian = ae na sis 2. 1 Kaup, 1868a, pp. 20-21. Type, Passalus dilatatus, Dalman. 98 Memovrs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, Robust. symmetrical insects at least 34 mm. long ; almost all Australian! .. ee se oe .. Mastochilus, s. str., p. 100. Smaller insects—never more than 33 mm. long; almost all from New Guinea and the neighbouring islands ;? often bo asymmetrical .. + se sy ae a ne 3. The upper margin of the left mandible strongly angulate ; the antennal lamellae longer and the body more flattened .. Analaches,? p. 101. 34 The upper margin of the left mandible, behind the upper tooth, not or scarcely angulate ; the antennal lamellae shorter and the body more robust of sa at .. Cetejus,* p. 102. Mastochilus (Pharochilus) dilatatus (Schönherr). Passalus dilatatus, Schoherr, 1817, p. 334, appendix, p. 144. A few specimens from Queensland (Cardwell) and New South Wales (Richmond River and Sidney). Length 31-36 mm. The inner tubercles are large, somewhat as in M. quaestionis, but they are widely separated, the frontal area being always strongly transverse, and not elevated. The general texture of the upper surface of the head resembles that of M. australasicus. The more or less confluent and transverse grooves on the mentum are deeply crescentic, being almost equidistant from the anterior and posterior margins near the middle line; and the punctured lateral parts of the mentum have a narrow matt border on the outer side. The elytra resemble those of M. quaestionis and M. australasicus, except that the punctures are somewhat transverse, especially towards the posterior end, where the ridges between them are apt to be more or less obsolete. Mastochilus (Pharochilus) nitidulus, Macleay. IE Mastochilus nitidulus, MacLeay, 1871, p. 175. Pharochilus nitidulus, Kuwert, 1898, p. 333. Two specimens from New England, New South Wales, presented by Mr. H. Schrader. Length 41 mm. The lateral lobes of the mentum resemble those of M. dilatatus. The median part of the mentum resembles that of M. politus, which species this one resembles in all other respects. 1 The only exception known is M. pectinigera (Heller) from New Guinea (length 39:5 mm). Concerning the position of obliquus, Kirsch, see Heller, 1910, pp. 17-18. ? The only exception known is Analaches australiensis, which is apparently found both in Australia and New Guinea (length 25:5-30:0 mm). ; ® Kuwert, 1896, p. 230 Type, Epilaches puberilis, Kuwert, 1898, p. 337 (see Zang, 1905a, p. 238, footnote ; also p. 24). ; 4 Kaup, 1871, p. 53. Type, Aceraius virginalis, Kaup, 1868b, p. 5. 1918.] F. H. Gravety: Passahdae of the World. 99 Mastochilus (Pharochilus) politus (Burmeister). Fig. XIIL 1. Passalus politus, Burmeister, 1847, pp. 465-466. A number of specimens from Queensland and Victoria, and two from Tasmania (Brighton). Also three presented by Mr. H. Schrader, two being from Tingha and one from the Clarence River, both in New South Wales. Length 305-370 mm. The upper surface of the head resembles that of M. dilatatus, except that there is a secondary tubercle developed on the upper side of the base of each of the outer tubercles, which consequently appear very high and obliquely truncate in side view. The ridge Fie. XIII. Mastochilus spp., specific characters in the upper surface of the head x 4. 1. M. (Pharochilus) politus (Burmeister). 4. M. (Analaches) australiensis (Stoliczka). 2. M. (Pharochilus) punctiger, Gravely. 5. M. (Cetejus) grabowskii (Kuwert). 3. M. (s. str.) quaestionis (Kuwert). 6. M. (Cetejus) peltostictus (Kaup). bounding posteriorly the crescentic groove on the mentum is usually more pronounced, and the lateral matt border is very broad and extends round in front on to the inner side of the punctured area. The punctures in the lateral grooves of the elytra, though sometimes irregular, and inclined to be more or less transverse behind, as a rule resemble those ot M. quaestionis and australasicus more closely than they do those of M. dilatatus. Mastochilus (Pharochilus) punctiger, n. sp. Fig. XIII, 2. Two specimens from New South Wales. Length 33 mm. The small triangular frontal area is bounded laterally by high frontal ridges and inner tubercles, somewhat as is M. quaestionis, but is not itself elevated. The ridges joining the inner tubercles to each other and to the outer tubercles are absent, a broad transverse flattened rugose band extending between the supraorbital ridges from the inner tubercles to the anterior margin of the head ; behind this band the head is smooth and glossy. The mentum is somewhat coarsely and sparsely punctured between the scars, with a more or less triangular, extensive (but sometimes indistinct) depression in front. Its lateral parts are more closely and finely punctured on the inner side, obliquely striate with a more or less smooth matt border on the outer. The median groove of the pronotum is deeply impressed, but may be incomplete in front ; the marginal grooves are coarsely punctured in their anterior extremities, which bend slightly inwards; the remainder of them is very finely punctured, as are also the pronotal scars. The general surface of the pronotum is unpunctured. The scutellum 02 100 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, ‘bears a number of scattered punctures, especially in front. The mesosternum is matt, with a coarsely punctured A-shaped area in front. It is without scars. The posterior ‘intermediate areas of the metasternum are closely and coarsely punctured, with the exception of a band bordering the somewhat narrow and rugose lateral areas. The elytra resemble those of M. australasicus. Mastochilus (s. str.) quaestionis (Kuwert). Je UNE, 8 [Ds SL Episphenoides quaestionis, Kuwert, 1898, p. 327. A number of specimens from New South Wales, several being from the Richmond River. Length 44-51 mm. Easily distinguished from all other known species by its large inner tubercles, which ‚are situated very close to one another and to the central tubercle, the whole of the small triangular concave frontal area being strongly elevated. The small central part of the mentum is usually marked with a pair of more or less confluent shallow transverse grooves a little behind, and a small depression in the middle of, the anterior margin ; but either or both of these may be faint or absent ; or one may be so strongly developed as to obliterate the other ; strong ridges, however, are never present. The lateral parts of the mentum, in front of the primary scars, are glossy, punctured and hairy throughout. The pronotum has no median groove ; its scars are punctured. he elytra are more coarsely punctured at the sides than above. Mastochilus (s. str.) australasicus (Percheron). PISE Passalus australasicus, Percheron, 1841, pp. 67, pl. Ixxvu, fig. 2. A number of specimens from Queensland, New South Wales (Richmond River) and Victoria (Melbourne) ; also a series said to come from Dodinga in Halmaheira ;! also ‘specimens presented by Mr. H. Schrader from Tingha and New England, New South Wales. Length 37-48 mm. The small inner tubercles are situated nearly half as far from the outer tubercles as the latter are from each other, and almost directly behind them. The ridge uniting the inner tubercles is often absent. When present it may lie close in front of the frontal ridges, or some distance in front of them. The frontal area, which may thus be almost non-existent -or of considerable size, is smooth and glossy ; the area between it and the anterior margin of the head is very rough. The pronotum, mentum and elytra resemble those of M. quaestionis. Mastochilus (s. str.) polyphyllus (MacLeay). Passalus polyphyllus, MacLeay, 1826, p. 439. Several specimens from Queensland and New South Wales (Sidney) ; also one said to come from Dodinga in Halmaheira. Length 34-40 mm. The central and inner tubercles are more widely separated than in the preceding species ; and the frontal ridges, instead of running direct between the two, diverge either from an — 1 Probably part of a series from Australia which has been wrongly labelled. 1918.] F. H. GRAvVELY : Passalidae of the World. 101 anterior prolongation of the central tubercle or at very acute angle, and curve first outwards and then a little forwards, with the result that the frontal area appears markedly transverse. The ridge joining the inner tubercles together is present, but there are no ridges in front of these tubercles. The mentum is glossy throughout, and bears a small but deeply impressed V- or U-shaped groove in the middle in front ; only the lateral parts are punctured. The pronotum resembles that of P. punctiger, the median groove being very strongly developed. The dorsal grooves of the elytra are imperfectly, the lateral ones strongly but not very coarsely, punctured. Mastochilus (Analaches) australiensis (Stoliczka). Ihe, MODULE 44, jo, OY), Cetejus australiensis, Stoliczka, 1873, pp. 157-158 (continuation of footnote to p. 156). A number of specimens from Queensland, one from New South Wales and one from New Guinea (Stephansort, Astrolabe Bay). Length 25:5-30:°0 mm. The smallest and flattest species known from Australia, also the only one with asymmetrical outer tubercles All six antennal lamellae are extremely long and slender. The upper tooth of both mandibles is obsolete, and the denticle behind it, though well developed, is more or less hidden beneath the ends of the supra-orbital ridges; from this denticle a slight ridge extends downwards to the outer angle of the mandible, which is produced into an acute and outwardly (almost forwardly) directed tooth. The outer tubercles are very large, the left one slightly more so than the right; the gap between them is semi-circular. The inner tubercles are situated at their base ; the frontal area is about twice as broad as long. The general surface of the upper: side of the head is more or less strongly punctured. The secondary scars on the mentum are transverse and matt; with the middle of the anterior margin they enclose more or less completely a small triangular glossy area. The pronotum is more or less sparsely covered at the sides with large punctures, which tend to concentrate in and around the scars. Its marginal grooves are punctured throughout and are scarcely bent wards at their anterior ends. The median groove is more or less obsolete. The dorsal grooves of the elytra are finely punctured ; the lateral ones are much broader than the ridges between them, and the transverse ridges between their enlarged matt punctures are more or less obsolete. Mastochilus (Analaches) puberilis (Kuwert). Epilaches pubarilis, Kuwert, 1898, p. 337.1 One specimen from Milne Bay, British New Guinea, and one presented by the British Museum, also from New Guinea. Length 31-33 mm. The mandibles are not angulate externally, and the denticle near the base of the upper margin is not covered by the anterior angles of the head. The outer tubercles resemble those of M. australiensis, but the inner ones are situated a considerable distance behind them. The frontal area is smaller and more triangular. The pronotum is somewhat indistinctly punctured in the scars and marginal grooves ; except for this it is unpunctured ; the median groove may be somewhat stronger. The dorsal grooves of the elytra are 1 First mentioned in Kuwert’s 1891 list, where the name is spelt puberilis as above. 102 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, unpunctured ; the lateral ones are strongly punctured. In other respects this species. resembles M. australiensis. Mastochilus (Cetejus) grabowskii (Kuwert). Fig. XIII, 5, p. 99. Cetejus grabowski, Kuwert, 1898, p. 330. Three specimens from Humboldt Bay, New Guinea.t Length 28-5-29:0 mm. A stouter insect than M. australiensis or M. puberilis, with shorter antennal lamellae. The mandibles are not angulate externally, and there is no denticle exposed on the upper margin behind the rudimentary upper tooth. The upper surface of the head resembles that of M. puberilis, except that the outer tubercles are more outwardly directed, that the. central and inner tubercles are more widely separated, and that the frontal ridges are more. or less incomplete between them. The secondary scars on the mentum are represented by a more or less broken transverse groove a little behind the anterior margin. The scars, anterior angles, and marginal grooves of the pronotum are coarsely punctured ; the median groove is very strong. All the grooves of the elytra are somewhat coarsely punctured. Mastochilus (Cetejus) sodalis (Kaup). Aceraius sodalis, Kaup. 1868a, pp. 29-30 : and 18685, p. 5. A number of specimens from Ternate and Batjan, one of the latter being from Labuan ; also one irom Taruna, Gt. Sangir, 2,000 ft. Length 24-0-25-8 mm. This species closely resembles the last, but is smaller and therefore less perceptibly asymmetrical ; it has a somewhat shorter frontal area, and has the groove formed by the- secondary scars on the mentum deep and unbroken. Mastochilus (Cetejus) peltostictus (Kaup). Fig. XIII, 6, p- 995 also pl. I. Aceraius peltostictus, Kaup, 18685. pp. 5-6. Two specimens from Ceram and many from New Guinea, one of the latter being from. Stephansort. Length 22-5-26-3. The outer tubercles are strongly asymmetrical, the left one being slightly longer than the right, broad and truncate instead of slender and pointed, and more inwardly directed. The groove representing the secondary scars on the mentum is more strongly arched away from the anterior margin than in M. sodalis, and the grooves of the elytra are more finely punctured, especially the dorsal ones. In other respects M. peltostictus resembles M. sodalrs. 1 The two specimens which I recorded from Stephansort (1914c, p. 334), though compared with named specimens in. Berlin, do not agree with Kuwert’s description of the present species, and are apparently M. peltostictus, Kaup. 1918.] F. H. Gravety: Passalidae of the World. 103 The above-mentioned species of Mastochilus may be grouped into four sub-genera as indicated above (pp. 97-98), and may be distinguished from one another thus :— I. Sub-genus PHAROCHILUS, Kaup. The median part of the mentum with at most two or three punctures .. : : : - = + 2. The median part of the mentum ray een eee out ae à er .. M. punctiger, p. 99. lateral lobes of the mentum En a more or less narrow = matt border on the outer side af er = = = 3. The lateral lobes of the mentum fonts matt on the outer | side Be 55 D The outer tubercles much shorter, not simply truncate 5, IN ae 6. Both outer tubercles composed of two blunt denticles ; the scars of the pronotum without punctures or hair De .. LL. impar (Kuwert).! 6< The inner denticle of the right outer tubercle more or less obsolete ; the scars of the pronotum with hair-bearing punc- | tures X: I fs 2%, de Se Er To 1 See Gravely, 1913, for figures of these species, 1918. | F. H. Gravety: Passalidae of the World. 107 The antennal lamellae normal en or .. L. gracilis, Heller.! 7 The first two antennal lamellae very short, the remaining four exceptionally long + 7 x: .. L. ptoxoides, p.105. The first two antennal lamellae very short, the remaining four 8 exceptionally long a 55 ig .. L. ptox, p. 105. The antennal lamellae normal a ae ae ae aS oh ( The elytra separate ; insects of moderate size Ne .. L. compergus, p. 105. ( The elytra united ; insects of large size a % = = 10. The outer tubercles much narrower than the space between them, each bemg composed of two more or less distinct blunt processes only; the posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum smooth ae Ss .. L. moluccanus, p. 106. 10% The outer tubercles at least as broad as the space between them, each including an additional blunt process on the inner side of, and some distance from, the two found in Z. moluc- censis ; the posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum coarsely punctured BA 9.0 Re .. L. gigas, p. 106. Genus PROTOMOCOELUS, Zang, 1905), p. 154. =Pelops, Kaup, 1871, preoccupied. Type, Passalus australis, Boisduval, 1835, pp. 246-247, pl. vi, fig. 21. Protomocoelus australis (Boisduval). TA, Il: Passalus australis, Boisduval, 1835, pp. 246-247, pl. vi, fig. 21. Pelops australis, Kaup, 1871, p. 38. Five specimens from the Solomon Islands (including one from San Cristoval and one from Bougainville), three from New Brittain, many from New Guinea (Milne Bay) Stephansort and Isola Yule), and several from Waigeu, Aru (Wamma Dobbo and Ureiuning) and Ceram. Also one specimen said to come from Australia. Length 30-47 mm. The Solomon Islands specimens (except the one from Bougainville, which is only 35 mm. long), and the specimen labelled Australia, are much the largest, none of the others exceeding 37 mm. in length. Apart from the Bougainville specimen the smallest of the Solomon Islands specimens is 41 mm. long. I am unable, however, to find any constant structural difference between the Solomon Islands specimens and the others, and am consequently unable to recognize P. solomonis (Kaup) as distinct. P. australis is somewhat variable, and the validity of Kuwert’s species may be doubted.” Protomocoelus australis is probably allied more closely to Labienus inaequalis than to any other species yet described. It differs from it, however, in the structure of the mandibles (see above, pp. 78 and 79) ; in the broader and often more widely separated, but very variable. 1 See Gravely, 1913, for figures of this species, 2 Passalus impressicollis, Boheman 1858, p. 40, cannot belong, as supposed by Kuwert, to the present genus, for its outer tubercles are equal and obtuse instead of unequal and acute. It comes from Sydney, and not from Menado as stated by Kuwert ; it is said by Boheman to be allied to Wastochilus polyphyllus, and doubtless belongs to the same genus. P2 108 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. - [Vor. VII, scars on the mentum ; in having the frontal ridges more or less obsolete behind instead of in front of the inner tubercles ; in the deep concavity between the outer tubercle and the anterior end of the supraorbital ridge of the left or of both sides of the head ; in having the right outer tubercle about as long as the left although more slender ; in having no distinct median groove on the pronotum ; in usually having punctures on the posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum ; and in having the dorsal grooves of the elytra as distinctly punctured as the lateral ones. The elytra are not united in either species. Genus GONATAS, Kaup, 1871, p. 50. ‘ Incl. Omegarius+ ? Tatius, Kuwert, 1896, p. 229. Type, Passalus naviculator, Percheron, 1844, pp. 1-2, pl. exxxiv, fig. 1. Gonatas minimus (Kuwert). Tell, I, Omegarius minimus, Kuwert, 1898, p. 313. Omegarius minimus, Gravely, 1913, pp. 110-111, text-fig. 3A. Three specimens from New Brittain, of which two are from Herbertshöhe ; one said to be from Australia and one without locality record. Length 20-25 mm. Gonatas pumilio, Kaup. Aceraius pumilio, Kaup, 18685, p. 6. Gonatas pumilio, Kaup, 1871, p. 50. Omegarius pumilio, Gravely, 1913, p. 112, text-fig. 3B. Several specimens from New Guinea (Torres Straits, Fly River, Kapaur), Waigeu Amboina (Leitimor), and Ceram (Honitetoe in the western, 'Wahaai in the northern, and Fie. XVI. Gonatas spp. ; mentum x 8. 1. G. cetioides, Zang. 3. G. carolinensis, Gravely. 2. G. tenimbrensis, Gravely. 4. G. minor, Gravely. 5. G. naviculator (Percheron). Roemasosal-Pasania in the central parts of the island). Also one specimen said to come from the Sulu Islands. Length 18°5-23'0 mm. Gonatas cetioides, Zang. Fig. XVI, 1. Gonatas cetioides, Zang, 1905a, p. 316. One specimen from Herbertshöhe, New Brittain. Length 25 mm. The antennae resemble those of G. minimus, the mandibles those of @. pumilio. The posterior margin of the mentum is very lightly curved as in both species. but the lateral 1918.] F. H. Gravety: Passalidae of the World. 109 forwardly directed parts of the scars are much more, and the other parts less, deeply impressed than in either. The lateral areas of the metasternum are somewhat smoother and the prenotum and elytra somewhat more convex than in either. Gonatas schellongi, Kuwert. le Gonatas schellongi, Kuwert, 1898, p. 314. Numerous specimens from New Guinea (Stephansort, Milne Bay, Humboldt Bay, Torres Straits), Kei Islands, and New Brittain (Herbertshöhe). Length 28-32 mm. The antennal lamellae are longer than in the two preceding species, and the posterior margin of the mentum is more strongly curved, the scars consequently forming a W- rather than a w-shaped figure. The left mandible is as broad as the right and scarcely if at all longer ; its anterior lower tooth is less distinct than in G. minimus, but more distinct than in other species of the genus. The form of the outer tubercles varies slightly, and G. tridentatus, Kuwert, is unlikely, I think, to prove distinct ; G. differens, albertisi, major and novaebrittanniae will perhaps also prove to be identical with the present species. The lateral areas of the metasternum are punctured and hairy. The dorsal grooves of the elytra are less distinctly punctured than are the lateral ones. Gonatas germari, Kaup. Aceraius germari, Kaup, 1868a, pp. 30-31. Gonatas germari, Kaup, 1871, p. 51. Gonatas germari, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 250-251, pl. xin, fies. 47-47a. Numerous specimens from Ternate and Batjan (Labuan), five from Halmaheira (Dodinga) and Great Banda, one from Morty Island near Halmaheira, one from the Kei Islands, and one said to be from Australia. Also one from New Guinea (Dorey) and four from Buru (Wakollo in the central part of the island, and [lat on the east coast) all of much larger size. Length, excluding the Dorey and Buru specimens, 23:5-26:5 mm. ; length of Dorey specimens 29:0 mm. ; length of Buru specimens 31-0-32°5 mm. The antennae and mentum resemble those of @. schellongi. The left mandible is distinctly longer than the right, and its anterior lower tooth is more or less obsolete. The lateral areas of the metasternum are punctured and more or less hairy. The difference between the distinctness of the punctures in the dorsal and lateral grooves of the elytra is less great than in G. schellongi. Gonatas tenimbrensis, n. sp. Fig. XVI, 2. Five specimens from Tenimber (or Timor Laut), four being from Jandema. Length 25°5-27°0. Closely allied to the preceding species, from which it differs only in having still less or no trace of the left anterior lower tooth, in having antennae with shorter lamellae like those of G. minimus and G. cetioides, and in having the lateral areas of the metasternum unpunctured and hairless. The scars on the mentum are deeply impressed throughout. | I} 110 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII. Gonatas carolinensis, n. sp. Fig. XVI, 3, p. 108. Three specimens from the Caroline Islands. Length 22°4-23:2 mm. This species differs from the last only in its smaller size, slightly longer antennal lamellae, and more even mentum, the scars being less deeply impressed, especially medially. Gonatas minor, n. sp. Fig. XVI, 4, p. 108. Four specimens from Mefor (“‘ Mafor ”) and one from Run (“ Roon ”) Islands. Length 21°3-22°2. The antennae are very long as in G. germari. The difference in length between the right and left mandibles is somewhat greater in G. minor and in the next species than in any other. The mentum resembles that of G. germari ; its scars are less deeply impressed than in G. tenimbrensis, but more deeply impressed than in G. carolinensis. The lateral areas of the metasternum are smooth and hairless. In other respects the present species resembles G. germari and G. naviculator. Gonatas naviculator (Percheron). Fig. XVI, 5, p. 108; pl. T. Passalus naviculator, Percheron, 1844, pp. 1-2, pl. exxxiv, fig. 1. Gonatas naviculator, Kaup, 1871, pp. 50-51. Numerous specimens from Saparua Island, several from Ceram (Kairatoe in the Western and Roemasosal-Pasama in the central part of the island) and Buano, one from Nusa-Laut, and one said to come from New Guinea. Length 23-0-28:5 mm. G. naviculator can be distinguished from all other species of the genus known to me by the strongly and as a rule abruptly curved posterior margin of the mentum, though this character is not always so clearly marked in specimens from the mainland of Ceram as in those from the neighbouring islands. The antennal lamellae are comparatively short and stout as in G. tenimbrensis, etc. The mandibles resemble those of G. minor. The outer tubercles are somewhat slenderer than in @. germari, which the present species resembles in other respects. The above-mentioned species of Gonatas may be identified thus :— The posterior margin of the mentum very lightly curved : the scars more or less w-shaped 1 a x = ve 2. The posterior margin of the mentum more strongly curved ; the scars more or less W-shaped 7 Sn un oe SR 4. The dentition of both mandibles complete and well developed G. minimus, p. 108. 24 The anterior lower tooth of the left mandible rudimentary or absent ‘Che antennal lamellae very slender ; the scars on the mentum distinctly w-shaped en 3 34 The antennal lamellae stouter ; the scars on the mentum intermediate between the » and W form, very deeply impressed laterally G. pumilio, p. 108. G. cetioides, p. 108. 1918.] F. H. Gravety: Passalidae of the World. 111 dible of about the same size as the right + .. G. schellongi, p. 109. The left anterior lower tooth more or less rudimentary ; the left mandible more or less distinctly longer and slenderer The left anterior lower tooth small but distinct; the left man- 4 than the right we i i 66 52 5 5. The posterior margin of the mentum moderately strongly arched Ir a oe > x 6. The posterior margin of ine mentum very strongly ea the antennal lamellae somewhat short and stout ; the Talea areas of the metasternum somewhat rough and hairy .. G. naviculator, p. 110. 5 The lateral areas of the metasternum more or less rough and hairy ; the antennal lamellae very long and slender .. G. germari, p. 109. The lateral areas of the metasternum smooth and hairless a ae a Ue The antennal lamellae somewhat short and stout ; the scars on the mentum very deeply impressed a .. G. tenmbrensis, p. 109. The antennal lamellae longer and slenderer ; the scars on the mentum less deeply impressed ds Me 7 ei a 8. The left mandible and the antennal lameilae moderately long and slender; the scars on the mentum very lightly im- pressed, especially near the middle line à G. carolinensis, p. 110. The left mandible and the antennal lamellae net Tone and slenderer ; the scars on the mentum normal 56 Cie WOT 19, IND, Genus PSEUDEPISPHENUS, Gravely, 10140, p. 327. Type, Pseudepisphenus perplexus, Gravely, 1914¢, pp. 327-328, text-fig. 8, A-B. Pseudepisphenus perplexus, Gravely. Pil, lls Pseudepisphenus perplexus, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 327-328, text-fig. 8, A-B. One specimen from Snow Mts., 4,000-6,000 ft., Dutch New Guinea, presented by the British Museum. Length 29:5 mm. Genus TARQUINIUS, Kuwert, 1896, p. 227. Type, Tarquinius paradoxus, Kuwert, 1898, p. 279 ; Gravely, 1914c, pp. 178 & 327, text- dig. 8, ©.-D. (see pl. I). Subfamily LEPTAULACINAE. The genera of Leptaulacinae may be separated thus :— The sides of the elytra hairy ap oe .. Trichostigmus, p. 112. The sides of the elytra hairless 35 > .. Leptaulaz, p. 112. 112 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, Genus TRICHOSTIGMUS, Kaup, 1871, p. 31. Trichostigmus ursulus, (Schautuss). Leptaulax ursulus, Schaufuss, 1885, p. 187. A number of specimens from 8. Celebes (Lompa-Battau, 3,000 ft., and Tjamba). Length 16-0-19°5 mm. Trichostigmus ursulus resembles Leptaulax bicolor, except in the generic character and in having the sides of the pronotum more sparsely punctured in the neighbourhood of the scars and not at all in the anterior angles. Trichostigmus thoreyi, Kaup. Trichostigmus thoreyi, Kaup, 1868a, pp. 13-14. A single specimen presented by Mr. C. F. Baker from Imugin, N. Viscaya, Phillipines. Length 16-7 mm. T. thoreyi differs from the preceding and only other known species of the genus only in the structure of the pronotum. The species of Trichostigmus may be distinguished thus :— ( The pronotum with a few punctures in the anterior angles, its marginal grooves broad and deep and coarsely punctured T. thoreyi, p. 112. The pronotum unpunctured except near the scars, its | marginal grooves very fine ae oe so 1 Sons, ap NID, Genus LEPTAULAX, Kaup, 18682, p. 11. Incl. Leptaulacides, Zang, 19054, p. 106, footnote 1. Type, Passalus dentatus, Fabricius, 1792, p. 241. The account of this genus which I published in 1914 was based ete on the examination of specimens from Continental Asia. I had, it istrue, received a few specimens from the Archipelago; and I was able to make a hurried examination of the named collection in Berlin. But I had had no opportunity of examining a large and representative collection at leisure, an opportunity which has now been afforded by the obtaining of the Van de Poll collection for the Indian Museum. The careful examination of this additional material convinces me that the drastic reduction in the number of species, advocated in my previous paper, was fully justified except in the case of L. barbicauda, Zang ; and, indeed, that a few further reductions must be made. Thus L. obtusidens proves to be a synonym of L. bicolor ; and L. novaeguineae, together with the names regarded as synonyms with it, are almost certainly synonyms of the same species, or partly of the same species and partly of L. dentatus. I have seen nothing in the collection that can be distinguished as L. macassariensis ; but a specimen labelled with this name, and associated with specimens both of L. bicolor and L. dentatus, proves to belong to the former species. I am still inclined to think, judging from Schautuss’s description, that the type may prove to be of a distinct species, the puncturing of the head being apparently much coarser than in L. bicolor, and the convexity 1918.] F. H. GRAvVELY : Passalidae of the World. 113 of the body much greater than in L. cyclotaenius, the only other species known to me from Celebes with which it can possibly be identified. But for the present it seems best to drop the name macassariensis, raising the Bornean anibarbis to specific rank. The variation of L. cyclotaenius in size, form, and head-puncturing proves to be much greater than I previously supposed, especially in Malaysian specimens ; and the distinction between the Malaysian and continental races breaks down. The name himalayae therefore becomes a synonym only. L. anipunctus is very near L. cyclotaenius and may prove to be identical with it. For the present it seems best to regard it as a variety of that species. I am no longer able to regard the varieties vicinus and glabriventris, of L. bicolor and dentatus respectively, as distinct. The three species L. bicolor, L. cyclotaenius and L. dentatus are so variable as to require very special care in their discrimination. The first and third can always be told apart by the structure of their parietal ridges, which extend outwards to the supraorbital ridges in the former, and end abruptly not far from the central tubercle in the latter. In L. cyclotaenius these ridges are variable ; but the puncturing of the lateral grooves of the elytra is much more distinctly scalariform than is ever the case in L. bicolor (this is usually, but not always, so in L. dentatus also); and the central area of the metasternum is almost invariably punctured either irregularly or over a more or less V-shaped area, punctures being absent or confined to a single symmetrically placed pair in L. dentatus. In the rare cases where the general appearance of the specimen resembles that of L. cyclotaenius, and the central area of the metasternum is entirely without punctures— I have only seen one such, and very few in which these punctures were not at least moderately numerous, all of these being from Sumatra or the Malay Peninsula—one can only base one’s identification on the somewhat indefinite and variable characters afforded by the shape of the frontal ridges and the puncturing of the head. Leptaulax planus (Illiger). Passalus planus, Uliger, 1800, p. 104. Leptaulax planus, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 260-261 and 310, pl. xiii, fig. 58. One specimen from Siam, nine from the Malay Peninsula (four of them from Perak, and one from Larut), many from Sumatra (Bedagei Interior, ca. 600 ft. ; Tandjong Morawa; Serdang ; S. E. Serdang, ca. 1,000 ft.; Png. Pandjang, Padung Interior, ca. 2,000 ft., Tandjong-Djati, Ranau, Palembang, ca. 2,000 ft.) and Borneo (Sarawak; Brunei ; Doesonlanden ; Martapura ; Mt. Marapok, Dent Province; Mt. Kina-Balu) and one from Celebes (Tondano, Minahassa). M. Guy Babault has sent specimens for examination from Medan, Sumatra. Length 12-3-14-0 mm. Leptaulax glaber (Kirsch). Trichostigmus glaber, Kirsch, 18775, pp. 139-149. Leptaulax glaber, Gravely, 1905c, p. 307. One specimen from Batjan and four from New Guinea (Humboldt Bay, Mt. Arfak and Takar). Length 14:0-15°8 mm. But for the reddish-brown colouration commonly found on the anterior parts of the elytra, this species might easily be confused, with small and much flattened specimens of the- Q 114 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, Polynesian form of L. bicolor. The specimens before me, however, show the extent of this colouration to be extremely variable ; for in one of the Humboldt Bay species it covers about a half and in the other about a third of the whole area, while in a third specimen from New Guinea it is confined to a somewhat indistinct patch between the shoulders and in the fourth it is entirely absent. The chief characteristics of the species, apart from colour, are its extreme flatness, the fineness of the marginal grooves of the pronotum, and the almost entire absence of punctures from the pronotum and metasternum. The frontal ridges extend outwards and slightly forwards, to end somewhat abruptly at a considerable distance behind the outer marginal tubercles. Leptaulax sambawae, n. sp. Four specimens from B. Aroe Hassa, Sambawa, 2,000-5,000 ft., and two from Poera, Allor Islands, 3,000-4,000 ft. Length 24-27 mm. This species differs from L. bicolor only in having the pronotum somewhat less distinctly rectangular in shape, and entirely unpunctured except somewhat indistinctly in the scars and still more indistinctly in the marginal grooves ; in having the punctures on the posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum more or less obsolete ; and in having the elytra distinctly wider behind than in front with their lateral grooves much less strongly punctured. The abdominal sterna are polished and are entirely unpunctured in two specimens, the terminal segment being marked in others with hair-bearing punctures. Leptaulax barbicauda (Zang). Leptaulacides barbicauda, Zang, 1905a, pp. 164-165. Several specimens from the Malay Peninsula, (Gap, ca. 3,000 ft., Selangor-Pahang boundary) submitted by Mr. C. Holman Hunt. Length 27-30 mm. This species is transitional between L. sambawae and L. bicolor, and 1s so near the latter most variable species that I have some hesitation in regarding it as distinct. It is, however, distinctly bigger, with large and strongly rectangular pronotum, the general appearance of the insect consequently resembling that of L. dentatus. The puncturing of the pronotum and metasternum is weaker than is usually the case in L. bicolor, tending to resemble rather that found in L. sambawae ; there are always, however, a few punctures in the anterior angles of the pronotum, and the punctures in the pronotal scars and on the posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum are somewhat stronger. Leptaulax bicolor (Fabricius). Passalus bicolor, Fabricius, 1801, p. 256. Leptaulax bicolor + var. vicinus, Gravely, 1905c, pp. 257-259 and 307-309. Numerous specimens, including one or more from each of the following localities :— Ceylon (Belihul-Oya) ; Parambikulam, Cochin State, 1,700-3,200 ft. (collected by myself) ; Santi Koppa, N. Coorg (presented by Mr. T. Bainbrigge Fletcher); Tukvar, Darjeeling District ; Pashok, Darjeeling District, 2,000 ft. (collected by myself) ; Margherita, Assam ; Port Blair, Andamans (collected by Mr. 8. W. Kemp); Tonkin (Nape, Thadua, Chapa, Hoabink, and Xieng Khouang, submitted by M. Vitalis de Salvaza ; and Cape Fouquet, submitted by M. Guy Babault); Siam; Perak, Malay Peninsula; Gap, 3,000 ft., 1918.] F. H. Gravety: Passalidae of the World. 115 Selangor-Pahang boundary, Malay Peninsula (one specimen sent for examination by Mr. C. Holman-Hunt) ; Hili Madjedja and G. Madjedja, North Nias ; Kalim Bungo, Middle Nias , Sumatra (Bedagei Interior, ca 600 ft. ; Beloe Lawang, Pasoeroean ; Mana Riang, Palembang, 2,000-3,000 ft.; Tandjong-Djati, Ranau, Palembang, ca. 2,000 ft.; Kandg. Ampat, Lower Padang; Bng. Proepoe, Pad. Bovenland, ca. 1,600 ft.; Engano Island, Benkoelen : also specimens from Medan, submitted by M. Guy Babault) ; Java (Bogor— Buitenzorg; Tji Bodas, Gng. Gede, ca. 4,000 ft. ; Telega Bodas, Garoet, Preanger, 4,000- 5,000 ft.; Mt. Tjikorai, 4,000 ft., Sukabumi, 2,000 ft., and Pengalengan, 4,000 ft., W. Java; G. Tji Salimar, ca. 3,000 ft., W. Preanger ; Tji Solak, Wunkoops Bay; Mt. Tengger, 4,000 ft., E. Java; Malang); Borneo (Mt. Marapok ; Mt. Kinabalu ; Sarawak ; Pontianak ; Doesonlanden ; 1° S., 115° E.; Banguey Island) ; Philippine Isiands (Davao: also specimens presented by Mr. C. F. Baker from Imugin, N. Viscaya ; Mt. Makiling, Luzon ; Zamboanga, Mindanao ; Mt. Bonatao and Los Banos) ; Talaut Islands (Salıbabu) ; Celebes (Lompa-Battau, 3,000 ft., Tjamba and Bantimoeroeng in the south ; Menado ; Loka, Bonthain) ; Halmaheira (Gilo); Morty; Ternate ; Batjan (Labuan); Wakollo, Central Buru ; Ilat, Buru East Coast ; Mysol ; Kei Islands ; New Guinea (Humboldt Bay ; Kapaur ; Dore ; Run). Length 12-24 mm. In the large and representative collection now before me I find it impossible to subdivide the species satisfactorily into groups distinguished hy the amount of puncturing on the abdominal sterna. There is, however, a marked though imperfect correlation of the extent of this puncturing with the localities from which the specimens come, specimens with smooth sterna being characteristic of Ceylon, the Andamans and Nicobars, the Philippines, and the Archipelago east of the Sunda Islands. In specimens from Java the abdominal sterna are as a rule less extensively punctured than in specimens from Sumatra and Borneo ; but specimens with absolutely unpunctured abdominal sterna do occur in Borneo and in small islands near Sumatra, if not actually on the mainland. The form of the mesosternal scars is also variable. Normally they are rounded on the inner side, and are not very large ; but in specimens from the archipelago east of Borneo the inner side is usually straight, extending much further backwards. Such forms also occur further west, though more rarely. Celebes specimens appear to occupy a somewhat intermediate position. In very small specimens. from the Archipelago east of Celebes, which are usually extremely flat ike L. planus, the frontal ridges resemble more or less closely those of L. glaber, ending behind the anterior margin of the head and usually between its inner and outer tubercles ; and the marginal tubercles of often closely approximated. When a series of specimens is examined, however, this character also proves to be somewhat indefinite, and I am no longer able to regard L. obtusidens, Kuwert, as distinct. The size of the punctures in the lateral grooves of the elytra 1s very variable both in L. bicolor and in L. dentatus. As a rule it is much smaller in the former than in the latter, but the difference in the case of extreme specimens is very small. There is never any difficulty, however, in distinguishing the two species from each other, by the structure of the parietal ridges, which extend to the supra-orbital ridges in L. bicolor, but end abruptly about half way between the central tubercle and the supra-orbital ridges in Z. dentatus. Q 2 116 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. (Vor. VII, Leptaulax anibarbis, Kuwert. Leptaulax anibarbis, Kuwert, p. 293. Leptaulax macassariensis, subsp. anibarbis, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 256 and 305-306, pl. xiii, fig. 54. One specimen from Mt. Kinabalu. Length 22-2 mm, Leptaulax cyclotaenius, Kuwert. Leptaulax angustifrons + cyclotaenius + himalayae, Kuwert, 1898, pp. 285-286, Leptaulax anıpunctus, Zang, 1905a, pp. 234-235. Leptaulax cyclotaenius + anipunctus, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 255-257, pl. xi, figs. 53 and 55. A number of specimens of the typical form from the following localities :—Margherita, Assam; Xieng Khouang, Tenkin and Cambodia (presented by M. Vitalis de Salvaza) ; Perak, Malay Peninsula (also specimens from Gap, 2,700-3,000 ft., Selangor-Pahang Boundary, and foothills of Gunong Hitam, Selangor, Malay Peninsula, submitted by Mr. C. Holman-Hunt); Sumatra (Kandg. Ampat, Lower Padang; Gunung-Agung, Palembang, 5,000 ft. ; S. E. Serdang, ca. 1,000 ft. ; Engano Island, Benkulen Residency ; also specimens from Medan, Sumatra, submitted by W. Guy Babault) ; Borneo (Mts. Kinabalu and Marapok) ; and North Celebes (Tondano, Minahassa ; Toli-Toli). Also several specimens of the variety anipunctus, Zang, from Chapa and Lao Kay, ‘Tonkin, and from Cambodia, presented by Mr. Vitalis de Salvaza. Length 11-7-20°5 mm. The varietal form anvpunctus differs from the typical form only in having the pronotum somewhat sparsely, though extensively, punctured in the anterior angles and round about the scars, instead of densely punctured at the sides from end to end ; and in having the posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum somewhat weakly punctured on the inner side only. The structure of the head is very variable. The parietal ridges are usually long as in L. bicolor in small specimens, and short as L. dentatus in larger ones. The latter usually have the surface of the head densely punctured and the frontal area longer than broad ; the former usually have the surface of the head more or less unpunctured and the frontal area broader than long. Very small specimens are usually extremely flat like L. planus, larger ones being somewhat stouter ; this is the case in L. bicolor also. Leptaulax dentatus (Fabricius). Passalus dentatus, Fabricius, 1792, p. 241. Leptaulax dentatus + var. glabriventris, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 252-255, pl. xiii, figs. 52-52d, Numerous specimens from the following localities :—Madras; Nepal; Darjiling District (Tukvar, Van de Poll collection ; Singla, presented by H. E. Lord Carmichael ; and Kalimpong, presented by myself); Tonkin (Lao Kay, Vientiane, Hoabink, Napé), Laos (Kham-Keut) and Cambodia (Kompong Kedey) submitted by M. R. Vitalis de Salvaza ; Renong, Siam; Karen Hills, Burma, 4,000 ft.; Andamans (Port Blair, presented by Mr. 8. W. Kemp); Penang; Perak, Malay Peninsula; Carey Island (presented by Mr. C. Holman-Hunt); Hili Madjedja, N. Nias; Kalim Bungo, Middle Nias ; Sumatra (Médan, submitted by M. Guy Babault ; Tanjond-Djati, ca. 2,000 ft. and Mana-Riang, 2,000-3,000 ft., Renau, Palembang; 8S. EH. Serdang, E. Coast, ca. 1,000 ft.; Bedagei 1918.] F. H. GRAVELY : Passalidae of the World, 117 Interior, East Coast, ca. 600 ft.; Kandg. Ampat, Lower Padang) ; Java (Malang ; Tengger Mt., 4,000 ft. ; Tjicopo; Boeloe Lawang, Pasoeroean ; Senggoro, southern Pasoeroean ; Central Java, 1,500 ft.); Bali; Borneo (Mts. Kinabalu and Marapok ; Doesonlanden ; Martapura, S. E. Borneo) ; Philippines (Mindoro ; 8. Palawan; Balabac: also specimens presented by Mr. C. F. Baker from Imugin, N. Vissale; Mt. Makiling and Limay, Luzon ; Thgan, Mindanao ; Mt. Banalao ; and Los Banos) ; Taruna, Great Sangir ; Celebes (Tondano ; and Tangari, Minahassa, Menado and Toli-Toli in the north ; Bonthain, Bua-Kraeng 5,000 ft., Tjamba and Bantimurang in the south) ; Sapit, Lombok, 2,000 ft. ; Buru (North Coast ; Kajeli; That, East Coast; Wae Kibo; Tifu Bay); Hitu, Amboina; Ceram (Wahaai ; Rumasosal-Pasania ; Kairatoe) Buano; Nus Laut. Also a specimen said to come from British Honduras, and others from the following localities which I have been unable to trace :—Sula Besi (Doherty); Labunarang, Andonara (Doherty) ; Pach. (Mouhot) ; Mat. (Wallace). Length 17-5-32:7 mm. The puncturing of the abdominal sterna is very variable and proves, as in L. bicolor, to be of no use for the distinction of definite varieties—hence the name glabriventis becomes a synonym. The central area of the metasternum bears at most a pair of symmetrically placed punctures. It never bears irregular punctures such as are ordinarily characteristic of L. cyclotaenwus. Leptaulax timoriensis (Percheron). Passalus timoriensis, Percheron, 1841, pp. 19-21, pl. Ixxviüi, fig. 1. Leptaulax timoriensis, Zang, 1905c, p. 223. Three specimens from Gng. Leo, Dutch Timor, 2,000-4,000 ft.; five from Dilli, Port Timor, 2,500 ft. ; one from Ilwaki, Wetter ; and two from the Alor Islands. Length 24-35 mm. This species is very near L. dentatus, being distinguished only by the structure of the pronotum, which is less distinctly rectangular, and is unpunctured in the anterior angles, except in very small specimens in which one or two punctures may be present in this position. In small specimens the puncturing in and around the pronotal scars and marginal grooves is more extensive than in large ones. Leptaulax anna, Zang. Leptaulax anna, Zang, 1905a, p. 316. Four specimens from B. Aru Hassa, Sambawa, 2,000-5,000 ft. Length 30-31 mm. L. anna is very like L. timoriensis, but has the pronotal scars less densely punctured, has the elytra more distinctly broadened behind with their lateral grooves matt and marked with somewhat worn-looking punctures, and has the metasternum hairy laterally and in front. In the Van de Poll specimens (30-31 mm. long) the lateral and intermediate areas of the metasternum are united ; but in a smaller specimen in our collection (26 mm. long and a co-type) they are distinct, though the ridge between them is somewhat weak behind. The elytra are separate. il | 118 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. . [Voz.. VII, Leptaulax humerosus, Kuwert. Leptaulax humerosus, Kuwert, 1898, p. 289. Leptaulax humerosus, Gravely, 1914c, pp. 251-252, pl. xin, fig. 51. Numerous specimens from the following localities :—Perak, Malay Peninsula ; Sumatra (Mana-Riang, 2,000-3,000 ft., and Tandjong-Djati, ca. 2,000 ft., Renau, Palembang ; Bng. Proepoe, Padang Interior, ca. 6,000 ft.; 8. E. Serdang, ca. 1,000 ft. and Bedagei Interior, ca. 600 ft., Hast Coast ; Beloe Lawang, Pasoeroean) ; Java (Malang ; Pengalengan, S. Preanger, 4,000-5,000 ft. ; G. Gedeh, N. W. Preanger, 4,000 ft. ; Telaga Bodas, Garoet, Preanger, 4,000-5,000 ft.; G. Tji Salimar, W. Preanger, 3.000 ft.; Tengger Mountain, E. Java, 4,000 ft.) ; Borneo (Martapura and Kinabalu). Length 15-8-22°5 mm. Easily distinguishable from L. anna, which it resembles as regards the sculpturing of the elytra, by its smaller size, by its more strongly rectangular pronotum with thickly punctured sides and more or less prominent anterior angles, and by its slenderer elytra. The species of Leptaulax which I have been able to recognize may be distinguished from one another thus :— © The elytra polished throughout 1 4 The depressed surface of the two or three outermost grooves of the elytra dull, the punctures somewhat worn-looking 6 se IN The puncturing of the lateral grooves of the elytra not strongly transverse ; the parietal ridges united with the supraorbital ridges = Be LE OY ae je on 3. transverse ; or, the parietal ridges ending more or less 2\ The puncturing of the lateral grooves of the elytra strongly abruptly about half way to the supraorbital ridges a 7 8. The abdominal sterna covered eveniy all over with somewhat obscure, broad, shallow punctures .. . Z. planus, p. 113. 34 The puncturing of the abdominal sterna arabe in estent, sometimes absent, when present always finer, and when extensive deeper and less uniform .. 54 5% = oo 4, puncturing more or less obsolete ; the sides of the pronotum and the posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum Ol at most weakly punctured The marginal grooves of the pronotum coarser, strongly punctured ; the sides of the pronotum and the posterior intermediate areas of the metasternum as a rule strongly The marginal grooves of the pronotum extremely fine, their 4 and extensively punctured 3 oS 55 3. BK Us The pronotum strongly rectangular, the elytra more or less parallel-sided ; small insects, not more than 18 mm. long .. 46 6% 6. 52 The sides of the pronotum somewhat rounded, the elytra more or less dilated behind ; large insects, not less than 24 mm. long .. 30 = 50 .. L. sambawae, p. 114. 1918.] various species of Passalidae. together in my “ Account of the Oriental Passalidae ? The frontal ridges ending in the inner marginal tubercles ; insects always unicolorous above ? The frontal ridges extending parallel to the anterior margin [ ‘ of the head to a point between the inner and outer marginal tubercles, where they end somewhat abruptly ; the anterior parts of the elytra commonly reddish brown in otherwise black insects .. Ne bas He : [ Large insects (over 28 mm. long); the puncturing of the pronotum and metasternum very scanty : Smaller insects (not more than 25 mm. long) ; the puncturing of the pronotum and metasternum much denser on The parietal ridges united with the supraorbital ridges ; the | central area of the metasternum unpunctured The parietal ridges ending more or less abruptly about half way to the supraorbital ridges ; or, the central area of the metasternum punctured . co ” The central area of the metasternum almost invariably ah at least a few more or less irregularly placed punctures ; the parietal ridges variable a The central area of the metasternum with at most one pair of symmetrically placed punctures ; the parietal ridges always ending more or less abruptly about half way to the supra-orbital ridges eS ( The pronotum strongly rectangular ; its anterior angles more or | less extensively punctured of si The pronotum more rounded ; its anterior angles unpunctured, except in small specimens. where a small group may be present ‘€ =: ‘ The grooves of the elytra not tuberculate 114 A more or less distinct polished tubercle formed out of each of the transverse ridges in the lateral grooves of the elytra. . The pronotum convex, punctured only in the scars and marginal grooves and usually in the anterior angles ; the elytra short, dilated behind; the metasternum hairy laterally and in front, its lateral and intermediate areas 124 often united The pronotum somewhat flattened, densely punctured laterally, its sides practically straight ; the elytra slender, more or less parallel sided ; the metasternum hairless, the intermediate and lateral areas always distinct ZOOGEOGRAPHICAL RESULTS. F. H. GravELy : Passalidae of the World. 119 L. roepstorfi, Kuwert, L. glaber, p. 113. L. barbicauda, p. 114. L. bicolor, p. 114. L. anibarbis, p. 116. 9. L. cyclotaenius, p. 116. 10. L. dentatus, p. 116. L. timoriensis, p. 117. 12. L. beccarii, Kuwert. L. anna, p. 117. L. humerosus, p. 118. It would be useless to attempt to give here a detailed account of the distribution of the 2 For in the case of Oriental genera the information gathered can readily be supplemented by the 120 , - Memoirs of the Indian Museum. . [Vor. VII, additional records contained in the present paper; and in the case of other genera no compilation is possible without.a much more detailed revision of synonymy than I am at present able to achieve. But the general distribution of the family requires some further consideration in the light of certain facts set forth in the present paper. It will be convenient to deal with the Indo-Australian area first. This area is inhabited by three subfamilies of Passalidae, namely the Aulacocyclinae, Macrolininae and Leptaulacinae. The Aulacocyclinae, though not a very large subfamily, appears to be a somewhat highly specialized one. In none of its species are there frontal and parietal ridges or inner and outer tubercles, such as are found in the more primitive species of all other subfamilies ; and in the three largest genera, Comacupes, Taeniocerus and Aulacocyclus the basal piece and lateral lobes of the male genital tube form one piece, either by consolidation or by the suppression of the basal-piece, instead of being separate as in other subfamilies (see Sharp and Muir, 1912, p. 580; also above, p. 5), while the middle lower tooth on each mandible is immovable. In all other Passalidae, even in such primitive forms as O\leoides subrecticornis, this tooth is jointed. Jointing does not occur, so far as I know, in any beetles other than Passalids, and is clearly an indication of specialization ; but its absence in Comacupes, Taeniocerus and Aulacocyclus is probably secondary and not primitive, especially as it is correlated with specialization of the male genital tube. In the two remaining genera, Ceracupes and Cylindrocaulus, the structure, both of the tooth in question and of the male genital tube, resemble those found in other subfamilies. The largest genus, Aulacocyclus, is centred in the Australian Region, but extends into the Sunda Islands and Indian Peninsula. This discontinuous distribution suggests that ground is being lost in the Oriental Region, where the smaller genera Comacupes and Taeniocerus predominate. These genera are confined to the Oriental Region, except for a single species of Comacupes (C. foveicollis) which has established itself in Celebes. Only one species, Taeniocerus bicuspis, is found north of the Malay Peninsula ; this extends. northwards to the Himalayas. The genera Ceracupes and Cylindrocaulus, in which the male genital tube and middle lower tooth resemble those of other subfamilies, only occur towards and beyond the northern confines of the Oriental Region. With these presumably primitive characters they combine cephalic excrescences which give them a most unusual appearance. Such excrescences frequently indicate the senility of a group, and it seems probable that Ceracupes and Cylindrocaulus are senile survivors of a transitional group through which the more typical Aulacocyclinae of the present time have been derived. Ceracupes is less. abnormal than Cylindrocaulus and occurs in Burma, the Himalayas, Tonkin and, Formosa. The latter only occurs still further north, namely in China and Japan. Its species are the. only Aulacocyclinae known to have fused elytra. The Macrolininae fall into two series of genera, whose distribution must be considered. separately. The first of these comprises the genera Macrolinus and Pleurarius, whose combined range covers the Oriental Region and Celebes, but does not extend into the Papuan Sub-Region. Ceylon is occupied by species of Macrolinus which are closely allied: to one another but differ in certain characters, common to all of them, from the remaining 1918.] F. H. GRAvELY : Passalidue of the World. 121 species of the genus.! The genus Pleurarius appears entirely to replace Macrolinus in the Indian Peninsula. This genus has otherwise been recorded only from Sumatra, whence- it was originally described. In the absence of further records from that island I am inclined to doubt the validity of the record and to believe the genus to be confined to the Indian Peninsula, If this is so the genus probably contains one species only, a species whose elytra are united. Other groups of Macrolinus occupy respectively (1) the Indo-Chinese Sub-Region, (2) the Malayan Sub-Region and (3) Celebes, except that one rare Cebelean species belongs to the Malayan group. Species of Macrolinus with fused elytra are known only in the Ceylonese and Celebean groups. The second series of genera of Macrolininae (Pl. I) is found throughout the Indo-Aus- tralian area and is remarkable for the pronounced asymmetry which is developed in most of its more highly specialized members. It comprises the Aceraiinae and Gnaphalocneminae of my previous papers, one of which was devoted to a special study of its distribution (19140). The study of more extensive material fully confirms the geographical separation, in Ceylon and Australia respectively, of the primitive and closely related symmetrical forms by the more highly specialized and less closely related descendants of each ; but shows that I was mistaken in confusing the Celebean Passalid fauna with the Papuan, and that my suggestions regarding phylogeny can be improved upon. Concerning the distribution of the genera Episphenus, Ophrygonius and Aceraius there is nothing fresh to add. The first named is confined to the Indian Peninsula and Cevlon, the two last to the rest of the Oriental Region. The species inhabiting Ceylon are less highly specialized than those inhabiting the Indian Peninsula, which in their turn are less highly specialized than those found on the other side of the Ganges, taking these as a whole. And in each of these areas the most asymmetrical (7.e., the most highly specialized) is also the most abundant, the most variable, and among the largest. It also has gregarious habits (Gravely, 19145, pp. 202-204 ; 1914¢, pp. 311-313). Similarly, in the genus Pelopides, the most abundant species in the Sunda Islands are large and highly asymmetrical (P. tridens, etc.) ; but in the Malay Peninsula the most abundant species (P. dorsalis) is smaller and more nearly symmetrical. The most symme- trical species of all appears to be confined to Borneo, the island where a primitive form would be least expected ; but 1t does not seem to be common there. The genus Pelopides is found all over the Malayan Sub-Region, and extends beyond it into the extreme south of Burma, but no further. Its connection with simpler genera is obscure, but it would be quite in keeping with the general relationship between the evolution and distribution of asymmetrical Passalids for some ancestral form to be found in Continental Asia. It seems to me possible that such may be represented in the genus Tiberioides, a symmetrical genus whose presence in the area occupied by Ophrygonius and Aceraius does not accord well with any direct relationship with them. If this is the case, the grooves on the mentum of T. borealis no doubt represent an early stage in the development of the large secondary scars found in all species of Pelopides. Closely allied to Pelopides is the genus Plesthenus, which is confined to Celebes (see above, p. 96). 1 For the distinctive characters of the several local groups of species of Macrolinus see sections 1-3 of the table on pp. 82.84 above. R 122 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VI, The most primitive species of the Australian Region belong to the genus Mastochilus, a genus which, like the Oriental Episphenus, contains both symmetrical and more or less strongly asymmetrical species. The subgenera Pharochilus and Mastochilus, which with one exception (M. pectinigera, Heller, from New Guinea) are confined to Australia, contain large and robust symmetrical insects. The subgenera Analaches and Cetejus, which with one exception (M. australiensis from Australia) are found in the islands north of Australia, contain smaller and often slighter insects which are almost always more or less asymmetrical. Of the two species of Æpisphenus inhabiting Ceylon the dominant one is slightly asymmetrical, the other, which is symmetrical, being closely allied to it, but much less abundant and of smaller size. In Australia, on the contrary, the various symmetrical species are dominant, the asymmetrical Mastochilus (Analaches) australiensis being comparatively rare; which suggests that M. ausiraliensis is a comparatively recent importation and has not been derived directly from its symmetrical compatriots. This suggestion is supported by the fact that M. australiensis is much more closely related to Papuan than to Australian species, being indeed one of the most highly asymmetrical members of its genus, and by the fact that it has been recorded from New Guinea as well as from Australia. The genus Mastochilus probably represents the primitive stock from which the genera Labienus (with Protomocoelus), Gonatas and Pseudepisphenus (with Tarquinius) have been derived. In Labienus specialization affects mainly the metasternum, apparently in association with the wings, which tend to lose their normal function and doubtless to become more efficient stridulating organs at the same time. Inthe most highly specialized members of the genus, which appear to be confined to the Moluccas, the elytra are united in the middle line, species with separate elytra being apparently to be confined to New Guinea, the Aru Islands, ete. Protomocoelus appears to have been derived from the simpler forms of Labienus. Its dentition is reduced, in which respect it is the most highly specialized of all the species with a modified metasternum. But the elytra are not united nor do they show any tendency to become ovate. The genus occurs in the Solomon Islands and has been recorded from the Moluccas, as well as from the Islands inhabited by the simpler forms of Labienus. The genus Gonatas constitutes a second line of descent from Mastochilus. The metasternum, wings and elytra are always normal; but the mandibles become very strongly asymmetrical, and the posterior margin of the mentum very strongly arched, in highly specialized forms. The progressive stages of this development are still preserved in the less highly specialized species. The most primitive species of all, G. minimus, appears to be confined to New Guinea and its neighbouring islands; but @. pumilio, the species most closely allied to it, although occurring there appears to be centred in the Moluccas. Much larger and more abundant than either are G. scheliongi, G. germari and G. naviculator, which must be regarded as the dominant species of the genus. G. schellongi is somewhat more primitive than either of the others, and is confined to New Guinea, the other two being centred in the Moluccas, though recorded from New Guinea and from Java and the Philippines also. 1918. | F. H. Gravety: Pussulidae of the World. 123 The third and last line of descent from Mastochilus is found in the genera Pseudepisphenus and Tarquinius, two extremely rare forms known only from New Guinea. Their affinities have already been fully discussed elsewhere (Gravely, 1924c, 328-329). The Leptaulacinae are centred in the Malayan Sub-Region, whence several have spread westwards and eastwards to the Indo-Chinese Sub-Region and Celebes respectively. The two dominant species, L. bicolor and L. dentatus, have spread beyond these limits into the Indian Peninsula and Ceylon in the west, and into the Moluccas, New Guinea, and possibly even Australia in the east. Isolated species have arisen in several of the islands or island groups of both the eastern and western parts of the archipelago. The number of distinct species appears, however, to be small and the more widely distributed species especially are extremely variable and often difficult to distinguish from one another. They are also extremely abundant. This probably indicates that the subfamily is of relatively recent origin and that it has not yet reached a condition of equilibrium. The importance of Palk Strait, the Gangetic Plain, the China Sea and Isthmus of Kra (together), the Straits of Macassar and Torres Strait in the distribution of the Macrolininae has already been pointed out (Gravely, 1914¢, p.338). The further study of the Passalidae cf the Australian Region shows that the Molucca and Gilolo Straits are of no less importance and, indeed, that to the former belongs the special importance which I previously attached to the Straits of Macassar, the fauna of Celebes being even more unlike that of the Australian Region than it is unlike that of the Oriental Region. The Passalids hitherto recorded from Celebes are as follows 1— ea Genus otherwise purely Oriental; ©. joveicollis, Comacupes fovercollis subsp. minor s. str., confined to Borneo. Aulacocyclus celebensis re is Endemic. Genus Indo-Australian. (Endemic. Belongs to the group of Maerolinus other- ( wise known only from the Malayan Subregion. a duivenboder bis Eye ) DEEE ‚These two constitute a group which is endemic. 22 I Que O° oe Macrolinus suleiperfectus A Malayan species. The genus is so definitely Oriental that I am inclined to doubt this record. Endemic. Allied tothe Oriental Pelopides. Aceravus laevicollis { ee The only other known species of the Plesthenus spp. Trichostigmus ursulus ; É genus is Oriental. Leptaulax planus .. : aan Oriental species which appear to be extending their range. One at least has reached New Guinea = cyclotaenius fie and possibly Australia. Although a large proportion of these species are endemic, and it is doubtful whether either of the two most characteristic asymmetrical Oriental genera, Aceraius and Pelopides, occur in Celebes at all, it will be seen that every species known from Celebes is related to ‘species which are essentially Oriental, although some have established themselves in the Australian Region also. 1 Concerning Kuwert’s record of ‘‘ Pelops ” impressicollis see above, p. 107, footnote 2. R 2 124 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. MOVE The Passalid fauna of the Moluccas is closely allied to that of New Guinea, and several species have been recorded as common to both. In the genus Gonatas, however, it is noteworthy that of the two species with most primitive mentum the one with complete dentition is only known from New Guinea ; while of the three common species with more highly specialized mentum the one with the most primitive dentition seems to be confined to New Guinea and the other two to the Moluccas. Similarly, in the genus Labienus, species with normal elytra appear to be confined to New Guinea and those with fused elytra to the Moluccas. The allied Protomocoelus, in which the mandibles are modified instead of the elytra, belongs however to New Guinea, and, although it is undoubtedly more widely distributed than any of its allies, the single record of its occurrence in the Moluccas should be confirmed before it is finally accepted. Pseudepisphenus and Tarquinius are only known from New Guinea. The information at present available regarding the distribution of American and Ethiopian Passalidae is much less satisfactory than that regarding the Indo-Australian subfamilies. The probable distinctness of the American and Ethiopian Passalid faunas, in spite of several records to the contrary, has already been dealt with (above, pp. 10-11). It is perhaps worthy of note here that no Ethiopian Passalidae are known to have the elytra united, and that in America, although species with fused elytra attain the largest size, the commonest and most widely distributed species have separate elytra. Among the Pseudacanthinae Popilius cornutus is the largest and most highly specialized of the species with separate elytra and is the commonest and most widely distributed species in the subfamily. Among the Proculinae no species appears to be exceptionally abundant. Among the Passalinae Paxillus leachii, Passalus interstitialis and Passalus interruptus are particularly abundant and widely distributed. The last named is probably the most abundant and widely distributed of all, and is also extremely variable. The group of species to which it belongs appears to me to be the culminating point of the general trend of evolution through- -out its genus, a genus whose wealth of closely interrelated species suggests that it bears the ‚same kind of relation to the rest of the American Passalid fauna as Leptaulax does to the rest of the Indo-Australian. SUMMARY. 1. External Morphology. The clypeus 1s exposed and separated by a suture from the frons only in the subfamily Pseudacanthinae. In a few other genera, mostly American, it is exposed but united to the frons. In the majority of Passalids the whole of the upper surface of the anterior part of the head, between the supra-orbital ridges and in front of the frontal ridges, is frons, the whole of the clypeus being doubled beneath this out of sight (pp. 1-3, fig. 1, 1-4). It is uncertain whether the inner and outer marginal tubercles of the Leptaulacinae are homologous with the inner and outer tubercles respectively of other Passalidae (pp. 3-4). The dentition is reduced only in somewhat highly specialized forms. In American subfamilies it seems to be associated with the loss of the habit of flight, and to come about 1918.] F. H. Gravety: Passalidae of the World. 125- through the fusion of the two lowest terminal teeth. In Indo-Australian subfamilies it is always associated with cephalic asymmetry and never with the loss of the habit of flight, and comes about through the fusion of the anterior lower and lowest terminal teeth (pp. 9-10, fig. 11). The loss of the habit of flight appears to allow of greater specialization of the wings as stridulating organs. It produces definite structural modifications in the insect (pp. 4-5). The following genera contain, so far as is known, only flightless forms :—Cylindrocaulus, Platyverres, Pleurarius, Proculejoides, Proculejus, Procululus, Proculus, Pseudacanthus and Publius. The following species are also flightless :—Labienus moluccanus and gigas, Macrolinus obesus and ursus, Passalus quitensis and Vindex synelytris. The structure of the male genital tube is almost uniform throughout the family. The genera of Aulacocyclinae other than Ceracupes and Cylindrocaulus differ, however, from the rest of the family in that the basal piece and lateral lobes are represented by one undivided plate (p. 5). The central tubercle is usually larger in females than in males in species in which it varies greatly in size (p. 5). 2. Classification. Seven subfamilies have been recognized, of which one, the Aulacocyclinae, confined to the Indo-Australian area with China and Japan, is somewhat widely removed from all the others (p. 9). Two others are confined to the Indo-Australian area. These are distinguished from American and Ethiopian subfamilies by the structure of the mandibles (p.9). The Ethiopian subfamily is distinguished from the four American ones by the structure of the anterior margin of the head (pp. 10-11). The number of genera has been greatly reduced. Specific synonymy has not been dealt with, but there can be little doubt that a similar reduction is required in the number of species. 3. Geographical Distribution. Passalidae appear to flourish only under more or less moist tropical conditions. American, Ethiopian and Indo-Australian forms belong respectively to different subfamilies, probably without exception (pp. 9-12). The group of Macrolininae with strong asymmetrical tendencies is of special zoogeo- graphical interest. Its most primitive species inhabit Ceylon and Australia. These are closely allied to one another but give rise to divergent lines of descent, confined respectively to the Oriental Region with Celebes, and to the Australian Region. Both these Tegions are composed of a series of smaller areas, each characterized by a distinct Passalid fauna, which is more highly specialized in those nearer to Celebes than in those further away. These areas are: in the Oriental Region—Ceylon, the Indian Peninsula, the Indo-Chinese Subregion and the Malayan Subregion; and in the Australian Region— Australia, New Guinea and the Moluccas (pp. 120-124). These facts bear out the suggestion (Gravely, 1913, p. 204) that conditions towards the centre of the Archipelago are peculiarly favourable for evolution, and that as more and more highly specialized forms have arisen there, they have migrated outwards, driving before them the less highly 126 : Memoirs of the Indian. Museum. : [Vor. VII, specialized, which have rarely survived except where they have been able to establish. themselves behind some obstacle to migration. The fauna of Celebes, though related to the Oriental fauna, is very distinct from it, and contains a large proportion of endemic species and one endemic genus (p. 123). The genera Macrolinus and Pleurarius are Oriental. The former genus has produced local races in Celebes and in each of the areas into which the Oriental Region proper has been : divided above, with the single exception of the Indian Peninsula where it is replaced by the latter genus (pp. 120-121). The Leptaulacinae appear to be centred in the Malayan Subregion and to be undergoing | rapid development and expansion (p. 123). The Aulacocyclinae appear to be a very highly specialized subfamily, now on the decline. The genera Ceracupes and Cylindrocaulus appear to be the senile representatives : of an old group, in some respects more primitive than the forms at present dominant in the subfamily. They are only found towards and beyond the limits of distribution of the rest of the subfamily (p. 120). The Solenocyclinae appear to be peculiar to the Ethiopian Region, and the Pseuda- canthinae, Proculinae and Passalinae to America. The information at present available as to their distribution is much less complete than is that available concerning Indo- Australian forms (pp. 5 & 124). BIBLIOGRAPHY. Papers marked with an asterisk (*) are not available in Calcutta. 1764. Linnaeus, ©. Museum Ludovicae Ulricae Reginae (Stockholm, 1764). 1767. Linnaeus, C. Systema Naturae I (2) Ed. XII Reformata (Stockholm, 1767). 1792. Fabricius, J. C. Entomologia Systematica emenda et aucta. I, 2 (Hafniae, 1892), pp. 240-1. * 1800. Erichson in Wiedemann Archiv fiir Zool. u. Zoot. I (1800). * 1800. Illiger, K. “ Vierzig neue Insecten aus der Hellwigischen Sammlung in Braun- schweig.”” Wiedemann Archiv fiir Zool. uw. Zoot. (Berlin and Brunswick 1800) I (2), pp. 103-150, and II, pp. 229-230. 1801. Fabricius, J. C. Systema Eleutheratorum IT (Kiliae, 1801), pp. 255-6. 1801. Weber, F. Observationes Entomologica (Kiliae, 1801). * 1805-21. Beauvois, A. M. F.J.P.de, “ Insectes recueillis en Afrique et en , Amérique, dans les royaumes d’Oware et de Benin, a Saint-Dominque et des les Etats- En pendants. a 1786-1797. Pts. 1-15 (Paris, 1805-1821). 1806-17. Schönherr, C. J. Synonymia Insectorum, oder Versuch einer Synonymie aller bisher bekanten Insecten ; nach Fabric Systema Eleutheratorum | geordnet. I, Eleutherata oder Käfer (pts. 1 and 2, Stockholm, 1806 and 1808, 3, Upsala, 1817). * 1819. Drapiez. Ann. Gen. Sci. Phys. Brux. I, p. 50, pl. iv, fig. 4. 1819. MacLeay, W. 8. Horae Entomologicae ; or Essays on the Annulose Animals, I, 1 (London 1819, Paris 1833). 1823. Wiedemann, ©. R. “ Zweihundert neue Käfer von Java, Bengalen, und dem Vorgebirge der Gutten-Hoffnüng.” Zool. Mag. IT (1), p. 109. 1918.] 1825. 1826. * 1826. * 1828. 1829. SRE = 1832: 1833. 1835. 2211835. 1835. 1837. 1841. 1842. 1843. 1843. F. H. GRravezy : Passalidae of the World. 127 Saint Fargeau, Le P. de, and Serville, A. “ Passalus.”” Latreille’s Enc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ent. X, pp. 19-21. MacLeay, W. 8. “Catalogue of Insects collected by Captain King, R.N.” Appendix to P. P. King’s Narrative of a Survey of the Intertropical and Western Coasts of Australia performed between the years 1818 and 1822, Vol. II (London, 1826). Sturm, J. Catalog meiner Insecten-Sammlung, 1 (Nürnberg, 1826). Guérin-Méneville, F.E. “ Passalus.’ Dict. Class. Hist. Nat. XIII (Audouin, etc.) pp. 89-90. Eschscholtz, F. “ Dissertatio de Coleopterorum genere Passalus.” Now. Mem. Mosc., 1, 1829, pp. 15-28. Perty. Obs. Nonnulae Coleopt. Indiae Orientals. Klug, F. “ Bericht über eine auf Madagascar veranstaltete Sammlung von Insecten aus der Ordnung Coleoptera.” Abhandl. Ak. Wiss., 1832, p. 91. Melly, A. Mag. Zool., 1833, Classe IX, pl. lvi. Boisduval, J. B. A. D. de. “ Faune Entomologique de l’Ocean Pacifique. II. Coléoptére et autres Ordres.” (Passalidae pp. 241-247, pl. vi, fig. 21.) Voyage de l’ Astrolobe, 1526-19, sous le commandement de M. J. Dumont d’Urville. (Quoi and Gaimard, Zoology I-IV, Paris, 1830-33 ; Boisduval, Entomology I-II, Paris, 1832-1835). Klug, E. Erm. Reise,” p. 39. Percheron, A. Monographie des Passales (Paris, 1835). Dejean, P. F. M. A. Catalogue des Coléoptéres de la Collection de M. le Compte Dejean, 3 ed. (Paris, 1837), pp. xiv, 503. Percheron, A. “Révision critique et Supplément 4 la Monographie du Genre Passale, première partie.” Mag. Zool., Insectes, 1841. Pl. Ixvu- Ixix. Westwood, J. O. “ Insectorum novarum Centura.” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. VIII, 1842, pp. 123-125. Guérin-Méneville, F. E. “ Animaux Articulés” in Souvenirs d’un Voyage dans Inde execute de 1834 à 1839 par M. Adolphe Delessert, Pt. II (Paris 1843), pp. 33-98. Imhoff, L. “ Bericht über eine dem öffentlichen Museum vom Herrn Mis- sionär Riis geschenkte Sammlung Guineensischer Käfer. Ber. Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, V, 1840-1842 (1843), pp. 164-180. Percheron, A. ‘“ Monographie des Passales, Second Supplement.” Mag. Zool., 1844, pl. cxxxiv-cxxxv. Hope, F. W. A. (Westwood). A Catalogue of the Lucanoid Coleoptera in the collection of ....F. W. Hope, etc. (London, 1845), g- 31. Burmeister, H. Handbuch der Entomologie, V (Berlin, 1847), pp. 461-519. Castelnau, F. L. de L. de. Histoire Naturelle des Animaux Articules. Insec- tes Coléoptères par M. le Compte de Castelnau, II (Paris, 1850), pp. 178-9. Smith, F. Nomenclature of Coleopterous Insects in the Collection of the British Museum. Pt. VI, Passalidae (London, 1852). 128 1855. 1857. 1857. 1878: 1879. * 1880. 1880. Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, Montrouzier, le Père. ‘ Essai sur la Faune de l’Ile de Woodlark ou Moiou.” Ann. Sei. Phys. et Nat. d Agric. et d'Industrie (Soc. Imp. d’Agric. etc. de: Lyon, 1855) VII (1) pp. 1-114. Thomson, J. “ Description de Deux Espèces du Genre Passalus.” Arch. Ent. I, 1857, pp. 420-422. Truqui, E. “ Énumération des espèces mexicaines du genre Passalus.’” Rev. et Mag. de Zool. (2) IX, 1857, pp. 258-269 and 308-317. Boheman, C. H. “Coleoptera” in K. Sv. Freg. Eugenies Resa Omkring Jorden under Befäl af C. A. Virgin, 1851-1853.” Zool. I, Insecta (Stock- holm, 1858-1868, Coleoptera 1858). Thomson, J. Arch. Ent. II, p. 48. Montrouzier, le Père. ‘ Essai sur la Faune Entomologique de la Nouvelle- Calédonie (Balade) et des Iles des Pins, Art, Lifu, ete.” Ann. Soc. Ent. France (3) vii, pp. 229-308. Fauvel, A. ‘Coléoptères de la Nouvelle-Calédonie recueilles par M. E. Déplanche 1858-1860.” Normandie, Soc. Linn. Bull. VII, pp. 120-185. Redtenbacher, L. “Coleoptera,” Reise der Österreichen Fregatte ‘ Novara’; Zool. II (Vienna, 1867), 249 pp., 5 pl. Gemminger and Harold. Catalogus Coleopterorum (Munich, 1868), pp. 968- 972. Kaup, J. (a) ‘“ Prodromus zu einer Monographie der Passaliden.” Coleop- terologische Hefte, III, 1868, pp. 4-32. (b) “ Prodromus zu einer Monographie der Passaliden.” Coleop- terologische Hefte, IV, 1868, pp. 1-7. Kaup, J. ‘“ Prodromus zu einer Monographie der Passaliden.’” Coleoptero- logische Hefte, V, pp. 38-40. Kaup, J. “ Monographie der Passaliden.” Berlin Ent. Zeitschr., 15 Jahrg. Supplement, 125 pp., pl. ui-vu. MacLeay, W. ‘ Notes on a collection of Insects from Gayndah (Coleoptera), pt. IN trans, Ent. Soc NS. Wales IR 18717, pp.1659 205. Stoliczka, F. ‘ A contribution towards a Monograph of the Indian Passal- idae.” J. A. S. B. XLII (IN), 1873, pp. 149-162: Kirsch, T. (a) “ Neue Käfer aus Malacca.” Mit. K. Zool. Mus. Dresden, I, Was io. re. (b) “ Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Coleopteren-Fauna von Neu (Gnome Unten JX, Zool, Visa Dresden Wl, Use, D. 135-161. Harold, E. von. Matth. Munch. Ent. Ver., p. 101. Kirsch, T. “ Zwei neue Coleopteren-Arten aus Neu Guinea.” Ann. Mus. Cw. Genova, XIV, pp. 18-20. Fairmaire, L., in Le Naturaliste, 1880, p. 164. Harold, F. von. ‘ Beschreibungen neuer, auf seiner, von der Akademie unterstützten Reise in Ostafrika, vorzüglich in den Districten von Taita. und Ukamba auf einer Tour von Mombassa nach dem Kenia, von Hrn. J. M. Hildebrandt gesammelter Coleopteren.” Monatsber. R. Preuss. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1880 (1880-1881), pp. 260-270. 1918.] 1883. 1884. 1885. 1885. 1886. 1886. 1887. 1889. 1890. 1891. 1892. 1896. 1896. 1896. 1897. 1897. 1898, 1898. 1900, F. H. Gravety : Passalidae of the World. 129 Lewis, G. “ Lucanidae of Japan.” Trans. Ent. Soc., London, 1883, pp. 333-342, pl. xiv. Wystmann, P. “Catalogue Systematique des Passalides.” Ann. Civ. Mus. Genova, (2a) I (XXI), 1884, pp. 326-348. Kirsch, T. ‘‘ Neue südamerikanische Käfer, III.” Berlin Ent. Zeitschr., XXIX, 1885, pp. 207-224, pl. ix c (Passalidae, pp. 208-210). Schaufuss, L. W. “ Beitrage zur Fauna der Niederlandischen Besitzungen auf den Sunda-Inseln.” Horae Soc. Ent. Ross., XIX, 1885, pp. 183-209. Aurivillius, C. “ Insekter insamlade pa Kamerunberget af G. Waldau och K. Knutson. I. Coleoptera: Cetoniidae et Lucanidae.” Bih. K. Sv. Vet.-Ak. Handl., XII (4) 1, 18 pp., 3 text-figs. Bates, H. W. Biologia Centrali-Americana. Insecta. Coleoptera IT (2) Pectinicornia and Lamellicornia, 1886-1890 (Pectinicornia, 1886). Fairmaire, L. “ Coleopteres de | ’Interieure de la Chine.” Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XXXI, 1887, pp. 87-136. Bates, H. W. Biologia Centrali-Americana. Insecta. Coleoptera II (2) Pectimicornia and Lamellicornia, 1886-1890 (Supplement 1889). Kuwert. (a) “ Einige neue Passaliden.” Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1890, pp- 97-104. * (b) “ Die Passaliden und ihr Monographie von Kaup.” Soc. Ent. V, 1890, pp. 1, 9 and 17. Kuwert, A. “ Systematische Uebersicht der Passaliden Arten und Gat- tungen.” Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr., 1891, pp. 161-192. (?)Tryon, H. “Coleoptera collected by Mr. A. C. English in the St. Joseph river district of British New Guinea, under the auspices of his Honour the Administrator.” Rep. Administrator Brit. N. Guinea, Il, app. v, pp. 109-112. Blackburn, T. “ New Genera and species of Australian Coleoptera, XX.” Trans. R. Soc., S. Australia, XX, pp. 233-259. Heller, K. M. “Neue Kafer von Celebes.’ Abh. u. Ber. d. K. Zool. u. Anthr.-Ethn. Mus. zu Dresden, VI, 1896-7 (3), 24 pp., 1 pl. Kuwert, A. ‘Die Passaliden dichotomisch bearbeitet ; 1.” Novit. Zool. III, 1896, pp. 209-230, pl. v-vii. Casey, T. L. “ Ooleopterological Notices, VII.’ Ann. N. York Ac. Sci. IX, 1896-7, pp. 285-684. Kuwert, A. “ Die Passaliden dichotomisch bearbeitet ; IL.” Novwit. Zool. IV, 1897, pp. 274-306. Heller, K.M. ‘ Neue Kafer von Celebes.”” Abh. u. Ber. K. Zool. u. Anthr.- Ethn. Mus. Dresden, VII, 1898-9 (3), 42 pp., 1 pl. Kuwert, A. ‘“ Die Passaliden dichotomisch bearbeitet ; LIT and IV.” Nonit. Zool. V, 1898, pp. 137-205 and 259-349. Blackburn, T. “ On some new Genera and Species of Australian Coleoptera.’” Proc. R. Soc. Victoria XII, pp. 206-233 (Passalidae, pp. 207-211). 130 1900. 21902 1902. 1903. 1903. 1904. 1905. 1905. 1906. 1906. 1907. 1910. Memovrs of the Indian Museum. | [Vor.. VII, Heller, K. M. ‘ Neue Käfer von Celebes.”” Abh. u. Ber. K. Zool. u. Anthr.- Ethn. Mus., Dresden, IX, 1900 (5), 46 pp. Fruhstorfer. ““ Tagebuchblättern.” Insekten-Börse XIX, 1902, p- 28. Rosmini, O. “* Viaggio del Dr. Enrico Fresta nella Republica dell’ Eucadore regioni vieine—Passalidi.”” Boll. Mus. Torino XVII, 1902, no. 428, 10 pp. Fauvel, A. “ Faune Analytique des Coléoptéres de la Nouvelle Calédonie.” Rev. Ent. franc. XXII, 1903, pp. 203-378. Zang, R. (a) “ Vorlaufige Diagnosen neuer Indo-Australischer Passaliden ” Insekten-Börse, 20 Jahrg., No. 43, pp. 338-9. (b) “ Bemerkungen zur Alteren Passaliden-Litteratur.”” Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr., 1903, pp. 417-420. Zang, R. (a) “ Parapelopides und Ophrygonius, zwei neue Gattungen der Passaliden (Coleoptera).” Zool. Anz. XXVII, 1904, pp. 694-701, 3 text-figs. (b) “ Ueber einige Passaliden,’ Tigjdscht. v. Ent. XLVII, pp. 181-5. Pangella, G. (a) ‘ Passalidi di Costa Rica.” Boll. Mus. Torino XX, 1905, No. 498, 12 pp., 1 text-fig. (b) “ Viggio del Dr. Alfredo Borelli nel Paraguay e nella Re- publica Argentina—Passalidi.” Boll. Mus. Torino XX, 1905, No. 508, 16 pp. Zang, R. (a) Numerous papers in Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. for 1905. (b) “ Anderung in der Nomenclatur der Passaliden (Coleoptera).”’ Zool. Anz. XXIX, 1905, pp. 154-5. (c) Passalidarum Synonymia. Kritische Revision der von Kuwert und anderen Autoren aufgestellten Gattungen und Arten.” Notes Leyden Mus. XXV, 1905, pp. 221-232. (d) ** Zwei neue Passaliden aus den Gattungen Comacupes, Kp., und Aceraius, Kp.” Notes Leyden Mus. XXV, 1905, pp. 233-8. Pangella, G. ““ Spedizione al Ruwenzori di 8. A. R. Luigi Amedeo di Savoia Duca degli Abruzzi. Nuovo specie di Passalidi (Diagnosi preventiva).”’ Boll. Mus. Torina, XXI, 1906, No. 540, 1 p. Zang, R. (a) “ Uebersicht der Basilianus-Arten.” Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr., 1906, pp. 177-183. *(b) “ Passalini.” Nova Guinea, Résultats de (Expedition scien- tifique Néerlandaise à la Nouvelle-Guinée en 1903, sous les auspices de Arthur Wichmann, Chef de V Expedition. vd pp. 23-26. Arrow, G. J. “A contribution to the classification of the Coleopterous Family Passalidae.” Trans. Ent. Soc., London, 1906 (1906-7), pp. 441-469. Heller, K. M. “‘ Fünfter Beitrage zur Papuanischen Käferfauna.” Abh. u. Ber. K. Zool. u. Anthr-Ethn. Mus. Dresden, XIII, 1910 (3), 42 pp., 1 pl. 1918.] LOTS 1912. 1913. 1914. 1914. 1914. 1915. 1916. 1916. 1916. F. H. GRAVELY : Passalidae of the World. 131 Heller, K. M. “ Eine neue Ceracupes-Art aus Formosa.” Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. LV, 1911, pp. 256-7, 1 text-fig. Sharp, D. and Muir, F. “ The Comparative Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera.” Trans. Ent. Soc., London, 1912, pp. 477-642, pl. xli-Ixxvii (Passalidae, pp. 579-580, pl. xliv, figs. 11-13a). Gravely, F. H. “Three Genera of Papuan Passalid Coleoptera.” Mitt. Mus. Hamburg, XXX, 1913, pp. 103-112, 6 text-figs. Casey, T. L. “ Miscellaneous Notes and New Species.” Memoirs on the Coleoptera V (Lancaster Pa., 1914), pp. 355-378. Gravely, F.H. (a) “ H. Sauter’s Formosa-Ausbeute—Passalidae.” Sup- plementa Entomologica III, 1914, pp. 30-32. (6) The Evolution and Distribution of certain Indo-Austra- lian Passalidae, J. A. S. B., X, 1914, pp. 201-209. (c) An Account of the Oriental Passalidae based primarily on the collection in the Indian Museum. Mem. Ind. Mus. III, No. 4, 1914, pp. 177-353, 3 pl. Grieve, 8. ‘The Occurrence and Distribution of the Beetle Passalus uni- cornis, Serv., in the Antilles and the Northern portion of South America.” Proc. R. Phys. Soc. XIX, pp. 159-160. Gravely, F. H. “Notes on the Habits of Indian Insects, Myriapods and Arachnids.” Rec. Ind. Mus., XI, pp. 483-593, pl. xxii-xxv (Passalidae, pp. 495-497. Gravely, F. H. ‘Some Lignicolous Beetle-Larvae from India and Borneo.” Rec. Ind. Mus. XII, pp. 137-175, pl. xx-xxii. Heller, R. M. “ Die Käfer von Neu-Caledonien und den benachbarten Inselgruppen.” Sarasin and Roux’s Nova Caledonia, A, Zool. II (3) pp. 229-364, pl. x-xi, 22 text-figs. (Passalidae, pp. 352-353). Schultze, W. “A Catalogue of Philippine Coleoptera.” Philippine J. Sci. XI (D), pp. 1-194 (Passalidae, pp. 154-156). s2 1918. | F. H. GRAVELY : Passalidae of the World. 133 INDEX. Synonyms are printed in italics : page numbers referring to keys, descriptions, locality or synonymic records, and figures are printed in ordinary type ; other numbers are in bold face. The summary of the paper on pp. 124-126 has been designed partly as a guide to the whereabouts of the principal facts recorded. References to it are not included in this index. References to the list of recently described genera and species on pp. 7-9 have similarly been omitted. Page. abortivus (Passalus) 53, 60, 67. Aceraiinae 67121 Aceraius 76, 79, 89 ete., 121, 128. Aceraius group 12° aequalis (Ophrygonius) 88, 89. aequidens (Aceraius, Ophrygonius) 76, 88, 89. affınıs (Passalus) 2, 55, 66. agassizi (Arrox, Sertorvus) 33, 34, 35. agnoscendus (Vindex) 10, 11, 43, 46, 47. albertisı (Gonatas) 109. Alococerus 51. alterego (Erionomus, Zriosternus) 15, 76. alutaceosternus (Aceraius) 90, 93. amazonicus (Popilius) Analaches ae 77, 9%, 101 etc., 103, 122. andamanensis (Basilianus, Macrolinus) 80, 83. angulatus (Passalus, Ptichopus) 68. angustifrons (Leptaulax) 116. anibarbis (Leptaulax) US; 116, 18), anipunctus (Leptaulax) 113, 116. anna (Leptaulax) : ul, HIS antanarivae (Ciceronius, Solenocyclus) ale A poneleides + IE approximatus (Passalus, Solenocyclus) 70. arrowi (Ceracupes) | 21. Arrox 5 32, 33, etc. aruensis (Aulacocyclus) 18, 20. assamensis (Aceraius) 89. assimilis (Passalus, Veturius) 34, 38, 39. Aulocozyclinae .. 2, 5, 9, 12, 13 etc., 120. Aulacocyclus 5, 13, 14, 17 etc., 120, 128. Aurelius 200103. Auritulus 18, 21. austeni (Ceracupes) 21. austeni (Tiberioides) 85. 24, 27, 29. 134 | Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [ VOL. australasicus (Mastochilus s. str., Passalus) australiensis (Cetejus, Mastochilus Analaches) australis (Passalus, Pelops, Protomocoelus) barbatus (Passalus, Pentalobus) barbicauda (Leptaulax) basalis (Comacupes, Passalus) Basilianus batesi (Macrolinus) beccarii (Leptaulax) bicanthatus (Passalus, Taeniocerus) bicolor (Leptaulax) bicornis (Passalus, Spurius) bicuspis (Aulacocyclus, Taeniocerus) bifidus (Nasoproculus, Pseudacanthus) binomnatus (Passalus) birmanicus (Ophrygonius) .. boliviae (Veturius) borealis (Chilomazus, Tiberioides) borneanus (Aceraius) brachyphyllus (Pleurarius) brasiliensis (Passalus, Paxillus) brevioripennis (Odontotaenius, Popilius) bucerus (Cylindrocaulus) .. burmeisteri (Eriocnemis, Gnaphalocnemis, Pelopides Calidas ae camerani (Pazillosomus, Paxillus) cantori (Ophrygonius, Passalus) carolinensis (Gonatas) Cassius as catherinae (Passalus) Caulifer cavicollis (Verres) cavicornis (Aulacocyclus, Comacupes) cayor (Passalus, Pentalobus) celebensis (Aulacocyclus) cephalotus (Passalus, Veturius) cephalotus (Veturius) Ceracupes Cetejus cetioides (Gonatas) championi (Proculejoides, Proculejus) . . Chilomazus Chondrocephalus Page. 99, 100, 103. 77, 98, 101, 103, 122. 107. 72, 13, 74. 112, 114, 119. 19,716: 80, 86. 81, 83. 119. INS), Ir 112, 113, 114, 119, 128. 26. 16, 17, 120. 24, 30. 64, 68. 76, 87, 88. 34, 38, 39. 85. 905922 5, 82, 84. 45, 49, 50. 24, 28, 29. 21. 94, 95. 74. 48, 50. 86, 88. 108, 110, 111. 51. 53, 55, 66. NBs Ile 34, 40, 41, 47. 115} 16, 11. 123. 37, 39. 37. 14, 21, 120. Tey Dt, WO, iOS}, ep 108, 110. 10, 47. 85. 2, 10, 11, 48, 44 ete. Vin; 1918.] F. H. Grave : Passalidae of the World. Ciceronius clypeatus (Malagasalus) Comacupes ore ie a compergus (Labienus, Passalus, Vellejus) comptoni (Aceraius, Episphenus) Coniger À N convexifrons (Ophrygonius) convexus (Passalus) cordiger (Chondrocephalus) cornutus (Passalus, Popilius) corticola (Passalus, Verres) crassus (Passalus, Publius) crenatipennis (Macrolinus) erenatus (Paxillus) criniceps (Veturius) crinitus (Heterochilus, Ophrygonius) curtus (Passalus, Petrejus).. eyclotaenius (Leptaulax) cylindraceus (Comacupes, Passalus) Cylindrocaulus .. Cyphoproculus .. dentatus (Leptaulax, Passalus) depressus (Macrolinus) deyrollei (Aulacocyclus, Tazntocerus) .. dichotonus (Spurius) Didimoides Didimus h differens (Gonatas) ; dilatatus (Mastochilus Pharochilus, Passalus) dohrni (Aurelius, Labienus) dorsalis (Eriocnemis, Pelopides) duivenbodei (Macrolinus) dunsiriensis (Ophrygonius) duplicatus (Didimus, Pentalobus) edentulus (Aulacocyclus, Passalus) Epeus Epipertinax Epiphanus Epiphoroneus Epipleurothria .. Episphenoides Episphenus Eriocnemis Erionomus Page. HONTE 69, 70. 14 etc., 120, 123. 104, 105, 107. 85, 86. 28, 29, 124. 34, 40, 41. 34, 42. 81, 83. 45, 50, 51. 3137039) Sip 53, 56, 66. 113, 116, 119, 128. 14, 16. 14, 21, 120. 49, 112, 113, 116, 119, 123. 80, 81, 83. 19, 20. 24, 26. 69, 72. 72. 109. 97, 98, 103. 104, 106. 94, 95, 121. 82, 83, 123. 86. 74. 1216819220; 51. Te 78, 85 ete., 121, 122. 93. 4, 10, 69, 74, ete. 135 136 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Eriopterus Eriosternus erosus (Passalus) errans (Aulacocyclus) eucadorensis (Passalus) Eumelosomus Eumelus exaratus (Passalus, Solenocyclus) felderi (Aulacocyclus, Comacupes) flachi (Episphenus) Flaminius Flavius ies foveicollis (Comacupes) fronticornis (Ceracupes, Passalus) fur (Didimus, Pentalobus) furcilabris (Passalus, Verres) gelon (Plesthenus) germari (Aceraius, Gonatas) gigas (Eriocremis, Labienus) glaber (Labienus) glaber (Leptaulax, Trichostigmus) glaber (Passalus) glaberrimus (Passalus) glabriusculus (Aulacocyclus) glabriventris (Leptaulax) Gnaphalocneminae Graphalocnemis ss Graphalocnemis (—Pelopides) group .. Gonatas Gonatas group goryi (Passalus, Proculus) grabowskii (Mastochilus Cetejus) gracilis (Labienus) gracilis (Passalus, Petrejus) grandis (Aceraius, Passalus) granulifrons (Chondrocephalus, Popilius) gravidus (Pelopides) grayi (Semicyclus, Solenocyclus) guatemalae (Popilius) guatemalensis (Oileus, Passalus) helferi (Aceraius) Heliscus Heterochilus Page. 22, 31. 74. 53, 64, 68. 18, 19020: 59, 56, 66. 70, 71. 15, 120, 123. 34, 40, 41. 96. . 109, 111, 122. 106, 107. 106. 113, 119. 53, 64, 68. 58, 67. 17, 20. 113, 116. 76, 121. 76, 93. 12. 78, 80, 108 ete., 122, 124. 12. 42, 43. 102, 103. 107. 56, 66. 76, 89, 92, 93. 2, 10, 44, 45, 46, 47. 76, 93, 94, 95. 72. 24, 27, 29. 53, 57, 66. 89, 93. 22, 26. 76, 86, 87. [| Vor. VII > 1918.] F. H. Gravery : Passalidae of the World. heydeni (Passalus, Veturius) himalayae (Leptaulax) himalayensis (Aceraius) hirsutus (Aceraius) hostilis (? Erionomus, Passalus, Sonia ace late humerosus (Leptaulax) Hyper plesthenus Hyperplesthenus group illegalis (Aceraius) impar (Labienus) impressicollis (Mastochilus s. lat., Pee Balin Protomocoelus) inaequalis (Labienus) inaequalis (Ophrygonius, Passalus) incertus (Passalus) incertus (Passalus, Rhodocanthopus) incisus (Passalus, Undulifer) indicus (Basilianus, Episphenus) intergeneus (Popilius, Soranus) intermedius (Platyverres, Verres) interruptus (Lucanus, Passalus) interstitialis (Passalus) invitus (Plesthenus) jalapensis (Pseudacanthus) jansoni (Passalus, Phoroneus) javensis (Ophrygonius) Kaupioloides Kaupioloides group Kaupiolus klugi (Leptaulax, Paseo) kuwerti (Aceraius) kuwerti (Tiberioides, Tiberius) Labienus oe laevicollis (Aceraius, Passalus) laevimargo (Aceraius) lamellatus (Aceraius) languidus (Neleus, Passalus) laniger (Aceraius) Lasioperix latifrons (Passalus) latipennis (Macrolinus, Passalus) leachu (Paxillus) Lepiaulacides Page. 34, 85, 38, 39. 113, 116. 89. SELL: 77, 103. 12. SIL, SB: 106. 107. 104, 105, 106, 107. 86, 87, 89. 57, 66. 51, 63, 68, 124. 53, 58, 67, 124. 27, 78, 79, 103 etc., 122, 91, 93, 123. 53, 54, 66. 80, 82, 83. 45, 48, 49, 51, 124. 124, 137 138 Leptaulacinae .. Leptaulax Leptaulax group Lophocephalus .. lottinii (? Mastochilus s. lat., Passalus, Plesthenus) Lucilius macassariensis (Leptaulax) Macrolininae Macrolinus Macrolinus group Macrolobus major (Gonatas) Malagasalus Manlius ae manouffi (Passalus, Solenocycius) marginatus (Passalus, Popilius) masoni (Comacupes) mastersi (Aulacocyclus, Taeniocerus) .. Mastochilus, s. lat. Mastochilus, s. str. Microthorax minimus (Gonatus, Omegarius) minor (Comacupes) minor (Gonatas) minor (Aceraius, Ophrygonius) Mitrorhinus mniszechi (Proculus) moluccanus (Labienus, Passalus) monticulosus (Gnaphalocnemis, Passalus, Pelopides) moorei (Episphenus) morbillosus (Passalus, Solenocyclus) morio (Passalus) Morosophus möschleri (Aceraius) mucronatus (Passalus) nanus (Passalus, Rhodocanthopus) Nasoproculus nasutus (Passalus) naviculator (Gonatas, Passalus) neelgherriensis (Episphenus, Passalus) Neleides Neleidinae Neleinae Neleuops Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Page. 12, 13, 111-ete., 128. 3-4, 111, 112 ete., 123, 124. 12. ole 1382, UG. 12, 13, 76 etc., 120-123. 51, 76, 78, 80 etc., 120-121, 128. 12: Gil: 109. 8, 69 etc. Silk Ale 24, 26, 27,- 29. I, TG 18, 20. 77, 78, 79, 97 etc., 122. 7, 100, 122. 51. 108, 110, 122. 123. 108, 110, 111. 76, 89. 10-11, 51. 10, 43. 106, 107. 95, 96. 85, 86. 71. 53, 54, 65. 51. 91, 93. 53, 60, 67. 52, 65. 22, 30. 53, 62, 68. 108, 110, 111, 122. 86. [Vor. VII, 1918.] Kee GRAVELY : Neleus : nicobaricus (Macrolinus) Ninoides de nitidulus (Mastochilus Pharochilus) nobilis (Trapezochilus) novaebrittaniae (Gonatas) novaeguineae (Leptaulax) obesus (Macrolinus) obliquus (Mastochilus s. lat.) obtusidens (Leptaulax) oceipitalis (Epiphoroneus, Passalus) occulidens (Aceraius) 52 occulitesselatus (Hetzrochilus, Ophrygonius) Odonotaenius Oeneus Ogyges Oileoides Oileus Omegarius Mn opaeipennis (Passalus, Proculus) opacus (Passalus) Ophrygonius paradoxus (Tarquinius) Parapelopides Parapertinax BE parastictus (Passalus, Pentalobus) palini (Erionomus, Passalus) parryi (Aulacocyclus) parvicornis (Oileoides) Passalotaenius .. Passalinae Passalus Passalus patalis (Cylindrocaulus) Paxilloides Paxillosomus Paxillus pearsoni (Episphenus) pectinigera (Episphenoides, de Pelopides bs Pelopinae Pelops ; 52 peltostietus (Aceraius, Rested ant Cetejus) Passalidae of the World. 139 Page. 51. 83. 51. 98, 103. 94. 109. 112. 80, 82, 83. 98. 12, 53, 61, 68. 76, 92, 93. 22, 30. i, 2, GP, BS as, al Ape, DS, 25: 78, 108. 43. 53 109 108: 76, 79, 86 etc., 121. 9, 12, 13, 43 ete., 124. me AEE pil Chie, 124. 10, 26. 21. 48. 48. 8, 11, 44, 48 eic., 60, 124. 85. 98, 122. 76-77, 79, 93 etc., 121, 128. 76. 76, 107. 102, 103. 140 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Pentalobus pentaphyllus (Passalus, Paxillus) perakensis (Aceraius) perlatus (Aulacocyclus) perplexus (Pseudepisphenus) Pertinacides Pertinacinae Pertinax A pertyi (Passalus, De Petrejinae Petrejoides Petrejus Phanocles Pharochilus Phaulothoraz Phoroneinae Phoronaeosomus Phoroneus Phraortes pilifer (Aceraius, Passalus) planiceps (Erionomus, Passalus) planus (Leptaulax, Passalus) ; platypus (Aulacocyclus, Taeniocerus) .. platyrhinus (Passalus, Veturius) Platyverres Plesthenus Plesthenus group Pleurariinae (Gravely) Pleurariinae (Kuwert) Pleurarius Pleurarius group Pleurostylus 5 politus (Mastochilus onde Pate) polli (Passalus) Polyacanthopus = polyphyllus ee a s. str., Passalus) Popilius Proculejoides Proculejoides group oi Passalinae Proculejus Proculinae Procululus Proculus prominens (Passalus) on 00 Prosochtus Protomocoelus .. Page. 4, 10, 69, 72 etc. 45, 48, 49, 51. Oil, GEL Wf US, ADs LU, pile 51. DIE 53, 54, 66. 51. 22, 30. Si, DIE 77, 97, 98 etc., 103, 122. bile 51. 51. 51. 93: 90593: 70, 74, 75, 76. 113, 118, 128. 168, Ie 30, 39: 3, 5, 82, 33, 41, etc., 51. 76-77, 79, 96 etc., 121, 128. 12. 76. 51. 5, 51, 76, 78, 82, 84, 120-121. 12. 30. SR) 2108; 53, 62, 67. 51. 97, 100, 103. 1, 10, 22, 23, 26 etc., 58, 124. 10, 22, 33, 43, 44, 47 etc. 9. 10, 22, 23, 31 etc., 48, 47, 51. 2, 12, 13, 32 etc., 124. 33, 42. 9, 10, 32, 33, 42 etc. 57, 66. 22, 31, 51. 78, 79, 107, etc., 122, 124. [Vor. VIL, 1918.] F. H. Gravety: Passalidae of the World. 141 Page. Protomocoelus group ae er ao dee Pseudacanthinae Ke er sq Bb UI, I, OP Er, 122 Pseudacanthus fh aa co 2B 90) ec. 47e Pseudepisphenus Br ar 348, 80, 111, 122, 128, 124. Psilomus ae ie ge alle Ptichopus 6 De Bre lee SS: ptox (Hriocremis, han) FE .. 103, 105, 107. ptoxoides (Labienus) ae am so 105, AO Ptychotrichus .. xa SOs puberilis (Epilaches, 1 este a) pe 98; LOD, 103: pubicostis (Proculejus) .. is Aal. Publius = je ae 55 WD, Be, a, 22, bil, pumilio (Aceraius, Gonatas, Omegarius) 1085110122: punctatissimus (Passalus) .. sf: >> 8, 6%, GB, punctato-striatus (Passalus) 52, 53, 68. punctifrons (Mitrorhinus, Passalus) .. eae BS punctiger (Mastochilus Pharochilus) .. OOo: punctipectis (Leptaulax, Pentalobus) .. TON UA, purulensis (Chondrocephalus, Popzlius) EE pygmaeus (Aulacocyclus, Taeniocerus) oo LOT. quadricollis (Passalus, Phoroneus) ws 20 58; Ol, 0% quadricornis (Hriocnemis, Plesthenus). . so 46 OG, 9% quadrifer (Ophrygonius) .. ae . 86. -quaestionis (Hpisphenoides, Mastochilus s. str.) .. 99, 100, 103. quinquecornutus (Chondrocephalus) .. 35 Uk, GRR aueh Ar, quitensis (Passalus, Proculejus, Prosochtus) so bil, 39,55, GG, recticlypeatus (Passalus, Petrejus) .. 0 5. OOF recticornis (Passalus, Popilius) bie ye) 245 265 29: rectidens (Aceraius) ae so OR respectabilis (Pelopides, T lu Bor Rhagonocerus .. ai 5e HO Rhipsaspis ae: cys ES so Ge Rhodocanthopinae toe vol: rhodocanthopoides acetone rss 5369: Rhodocanthopus oe ridiculus (Oileus) 24, 25 rimator (Oileus) ne so 25 Rimor En ae ae 7223025: Rimoricus Me: ; ia 22,025: robustus (Passalus, Paxillus) La so 45, 5) Gi, CA, roepstorfi (Leptaulax) cle er 550 IR) rotundifrons (Macrolinus) .. se 56 | CU) teh, rugosus (Passalus) Je ae a5 Be, 58, Oi, 142 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. : [ VoL. Page. sambawae (Leptaulax) .. HG ld te: sansibaricus (Passalus, Pentalobus) .. an J EE sargi (Oileus) .. om au: = 25: sartori (Proculejus) le ul .. 24, 32. Scalmus ma en a 2. Ol, schellongi (Gonatas) a een 210921117122 schraderi (Pelopides, ? Protomocoelus) en 3110: sculptilis (Vindex) Bic 2e .. AT. Semicyclus = re is as) Sertorius a a oe 2 83: Severus + De ar ... Od: sikkimensis (Bastlianus, Macrolinus) .. 22 80; 83. simillimus (Vetwrius) Be a 230439: simplex (Pelopides) A ve PROD: singapurae (Ophrygonius) .. a po (hth Ol ws sinuatocollis (Veturius) .. Ko .. 3d. sinuatosulcatus (Veturius) Fe oo) OL BO, HO Oo sinuatus (Passalus, Veturius) Ae bot alle, Ws sinuatus (Veturius) Se of ede oe sodalis (Aceraius, Mastochilus Cetejus) 21025103. Solenocyclinae .. na Re co ul, 1 08 mete: Solenocyclus .. ER de 008-4, 169/010Metc- solidus (Pseudacanthus, Triaenurgus) . .. 24, 30. solomonis (Protomocoelus) a 107. Soranus er He Me 222,006: Spasalus ah eh wv 48. spinifer (Veturius) se = so dE BO, a, | | spiniger (Passalus, Rhodocanthopoides) 2.059160, 67. | spinipes (Passalus) À bo „28, BY; OL spinosus (Passalus, Rhodocanthopus) .. 50 DS) Ole Spurius ie Be w so PR PR. 20: sternipunctus (Verres) ue ose .. 934, 40, 41. Stephanocephalus AG 2 .. 10-11, 51. stoliczkae (Comacupes) .. 6. 16 US. striato-punctatus (Passalus, Popilius) 50.28, 20% él studti (? Ericnomus, ? Malagasalus) .. 11.69. i subrecticornis (Oileoides) .. ae 1.02, 249120. sulciperfectus (Macrolinus). . ne 5a 87, 68, WAR symmetricus (Parapzlopides. Pelopides) ao OE 8, synelytris (Vindex) a a Ay, Al. H Synesius a me Ye a ul 4 Taenioccrus ae ae Be 3, db, 16 ee, Webs | Taeniocerus .. ae he LT. Tarqununae.. 38 ie UE 1918.] F. H. GRAvVELY : Passalidae of the World. 143 Page. Tarquinius a A 53 .. 3-4, 78, 80, 111, 122, 123, 124: Tarquinius group oe ME M 210; Tatius a or oe eo LOS: tavoyanus (Aceraius) 4: a: oc | OY) tenimbrensis (Gonatas) .. oe so 10 UCSD, Lalit, teres (Aulacocyclus, Passalus) 5 1180192720: Tetrarachus ae ae a ol thoreyi (Trichostigmus) .. 24 NL: Thryptocerus .. ue Me oo all: Tiberioides = a a no U Udy SHE Cues, Ale Tiberius = Le Le ag MOL; timoriensis (Leptaulax, Passalus) ns SOI DIT ROX toriferus (Passalus) 35 2695108: Toxeutotaenius .. a vis 5) Oil, Trapezochilus .. bes Fe 6 (tb OB, Triaenurgus... a a so ey BO, Trichopleurus .. a 2 0 ll, trichostigmoides (Erionomus) a oo dt} 70) 78, 10 Trichostigmus .. = ER om AN, I, 122), tricornis (Aceraius) un > oo OI, OB, tricuspis (Aulacocyclus, Tristorthus) .. so lh. Teh TG, 110) 20, = tridens (@naphalocnemis, Passalus, Pelopides) >9 O5, OG, Teil, tridentatus (Gonatas) > de LOS: trigonophorus (Labienus) .. Se .. 104, 106. Tristorthus 58 or de Sella 17 tropicus (Passalus, Popilius) SA ae 245 285029: truquii (Proculejus) oa ae ol 8% Truquius sh Ne ae er Undulifer AG oe je co. Cy 28, AD) Cue unicornis (Passalus) a ws 26 68, CB unicornis (Veturius) dfs ays oo «6, DO, BO) ursulus (Zeptaulax, Trichostigmus) .. oo 2, 18 urus (Macrolinus) ae + om) CB, 3B Valerius En Ir er >> Gil Vatiniinae TS se Jae iol: Vatinius 5 ue as SUR OR Vellejus ae is a so HOS, Verres be ie at .. 8, 82, 33, 84, 40 etc., 51. Veturius 35 LE = .. 02, 33, 84, 35 etc., 51. vicinus (Leptaulax) a > Aber ek Vindex ae ae ae .. 10, 11, 48, 44, 46 etc., 51. virginalis (Aceraius, Macrolinus Ana aches) .. 98. Vikellinus ve 3: a so 20, 144 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, 1918.] Page. wallacei (Aceraius, Heterochilus, Ophrygonius) .. 76, 87, 89. waterhousei (Macrolinus) .. a 00 (hl weberi (Macrolinus) So 6c co BL Zosterothrix SE Se 3 oa 51. Ë a = it ER er - DER - ’ é a ae, ROMAINS CT 8 si © ETS MES EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. Diagram illustrating the evolution and distribution of the Macrolininae. The somewhat isolated genera Macrolinus and Pleurarius have been omitted. The latter is probably confined to the Indian Peninsula,! and the former to other parts of the Oriental Region and Celebes. The species used in the preparation of the diagram are as follows :— Aceraius grandis » heljeri Episphenus comptonr indicus a moore neelgherriensis Gonatas minimus ,, naviculator ,, schellonge Labienus compergus = dohrni 5 gigas a trigonophorus Mastochilus australiensis ER nitidulus » peltostictus Ophrygonius inaequalis Pelopides dorsalis . cs symmetricus ae tridens Plesthenus invitus .. = quadricornis Protomocoelus australis Pseudepisphenus perplexus Tarquinius paradoxus Tiberioides kuwerti Aceraius dominant sp., E. Himalayas to Borneo. 5 other spp., E. Himalayas to Borneo. Episphenus dominant sp., Ceylon. I: dominant sp., Indian Peninsula. > other spp., Ceylon. 5 other spp., Indian Peninsula. Gonatas simplest sp., New Guinea, etc. „ only sp. shown, Moluccas. , dominant sp., New Guinea, etc. Labienus other spp. (left), New Guinea, etc. 5 other spp. (right), New Guinea, etc. ss spp. with fused elytra, Moluccas. BE simplest sp., New Guinea, etc. Mastochilus asymmetrical sp., Australia. 5 symmetrical spp., = ee only sp. shown, Moluccas, New Guinea, etc. Ophrygonius only sp. shown, E. Himalayas to Borneo. Pelopides other spp., E. Himalayas to Borneo. = simplest sp., E. Himalayas to Borneo. is dominant spp., E. Himalayas to Borneo. Plesthenus other sp., Celebes. iR dominant sp., Celebes. Protomocoelus only sp. shown, New Guinea, etc. Pseudepisphenus only sp. shown, New Guinea, etc. Tarquinius only sp. shown, New Guinea, etc. Toberioides only sp. shown, E. Himalayas to Borneo. 1 See above, p. 121. Plate I. Mem. Ind. Mus., Vol. VII, 1918. AVNINITONOVIN FHL JO NOILNEINLSIG GNV NOILAIOAH FHL DNILVALSNTI WYNDVIA ‘PP 'wodega VITVULSAYV "SNTHIOLSYN ‘SMIHOOLSVN "SNTIHIOLSWW "45 LEAIANIS "dS LSIIAWIS (SONBZHASId IONASd SV.LVNOO J SANAISV1 "ddS HaHLO ‘ddS U3H10 * VHJATa O€ASNa HLIM “ddS “SNININDYVWL SFIN319v I "SNNIAYI ‘SMNaiey7 ‘48 ANVNINOO SvLVNOD (SN13090W010H4 ‘SY1LVNO9 = sS393739 SGNV1S! ONIUNDHHOIIAN 8 VANIND MIN “dS 23H10 \_ SAN3HdSId3 / “dS LNVNINOO ‘SA0I0HAQIL SNNIH4SI43 Sy DAN \ I, "dS ASATAWIS ‘dS 42H10 S20 407134 : SNN3HdSId3 dy @ A oA \\ 7) \\ | ‘ASS H3H10 ‘ddS U3H10 “aS LNVNINOQ S20140734 snivusov SAN3HeN da ah LS ON A) N "ddS LNVNINOO 48 LNVNINOU $301407134 SNIVH39v = À ) O3SNYO9 OL SVAVIVNIH 3 V'INSNIN Id NVIGNI Vol. VII, No. 2. m SW NS onIan DEL _ OBSERVATIONS ON THE SHELLS OF THE FAMILY DOLIIDAE. BY E. W. VREDENBURG, B.L., B.Sc., F.G.S., etc. Superintendent, Geological Survey of India. _ Calcutta : PUBLISHED BY THE DIRECTOR, ZOOLOGICAL SURVEY OF INDIA. Re AT THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS. À ULY, 1910. he Rupees Eight Aunas. OBSERVATIONS ON THE SHELLS OF THE FAMILY DOLITD By E. W. VREDENBURG, B.L., B.Sc., A.R.S.M., A.R.C.Sc., F.G.S., Superintendent, Geological Survey of India. (Communicated with the kind permission of the Director, Geological Survey of India.) (With Plates II—VIII.) I1.—Nore on Dozıum (EUDoLIuUm) FASCIATUM (BRUGUIERE), AND ON THE SUB-GENUS ZUDOLIUM. In Volume V of the Records of the Indian Museum (1910, p. 34), Mr. H. B. Preston has figured a remarkable specimen of Dolium from Balasore Bay, characterised by the presence, on the body-whorl, of a varix situated at an angular distance of about 35° from the thickened outer lip. The shell has been described as a new species under the naine of Dolium varicosum. The collections of the Indian Museum include four more specimens exhibiting a similar feature: two from Hong-Kong, one from Vizagapatam, and another from the collections of the Asiatic Society, the exact origin of which is unknown. As has been pointed out to me by Dr. Annandale, three of these shells, including one of the Hong-Kong examples, are specimens of Dolium fasciatum (Bruguiere), to which species evidently belongs also the Balasore specimen to which Mr. Preston has already drawn attention. The Balasore specimen had long been dead at the time when it was collected, for it is greatly corroded, over- grown internally as well as externally by encrusting organisms (oysters, barnacles, Serpula, and polyzoa), while no trace remains of the coloured bands which form so characteristic a feature of Dolium fasciatum. Amongst the four varicose speci- mens of Doliwm fasciatum preserved in the collection, the Balasore specimen is remarkable as the smallest, measuring 57x40 mm.,' while the dimensions of the Hong-Kong specimen are 100 x 74 mm., of the Vizagapatam specimen 86 x65 mm., and of the specimen of uncertain origin 82x60 mm. It should be kept in mind that the three localities from which varicose specimens are known to have been obtained, that is Balasore, Vizagapatam and Hong-Kong, have also yielded normal specimens, and also that the latter often far exceed in size the varicose individuals. For instance, one of the specimens from Balasore Bay, in which there is no super- ! The terminal growth of this stunted specimen is abnormal : the outer lip being posteriorly distorted so as to com- municate an unusually narrow outline to the posterior part of the aperture and to the general ventral appearance of the shell. This anomaly does not affect the penultimate varix which possesses the normal shape of the aperture of other specimens, so that, viewed dorsally, the shell exhibits the usua] globose-ovoid outline. 146 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, numerary varix, measures II5x89 mm. Nevertheless, as there is never more than one pre-apertural varix, and as, when present, it is invariably situated close to the final aperture from which it is separated by an angular distance of from 30° to 80°, it is evident that the shells exhibiting this character are adult, or, at least, have completed the growth of which they were capable. In certain species of Dolium, such as D. fasciatum, D. zonatum, D. tessellatum, D. crosseanum, the internal, and in some cases also the external thickening of the outer lip is invariably or almost invariably present in every specimen, quite irrespective of size, and, as it is quite inadmissible that all these specimens should have reached the termination of their growth, it is clear that, as in the case of many other gastropods, the animal is able to absorb the apertural structures at each successive phase of growth. The varicose specimens of Dolium fasciatum at present under consideration represent, therefore, individuals which, on approaching the final term of their growth, have lost the power of resorp- tion; and, as the average size of these specimens is below that of the normally full-. grown shell in which the pre-apertural varix is absent, they probably represent individuals the vitality of which has been impaired through insufficient nutriment or some other cause.' It seems evident that the majority of the specimens of Doliwm Jasciatum reach their final stage of growth without leaving, on the body-whorl, any trace of this pre-apertural varix. Nevertheless, the presence of this structure, though not constant, is of consider- able interest as the first instance hitherto recorded of a feature generally absent from the Doliidæ, but characteristic of many Cassididæ ; especially if we take into con- sideration the close relationship between Dolium fasciatum and the forms that have been referred to the sub-genus Hudolium, the resemblance of which to the Cassididæ has frequently been commented on, and is sometimes so pronounced that certain forms of this group have on several occasions been erroneously referred to Cassi- daria. The Indian Museum collections contain one more example of a Doliwm exhibiting a supernumerary varix (text-fig., p. 147). This is a handsome specimen of Doliwm zonatum from Hong-Kong, measuring no less than 142 x 112 mm.” The supernumer- ary varix is situated at an angular interval of about 55° from the outer lip whose edge has not yet received its final thickening, the growth of the shell being, apparently, still incomplete. In this species, the apertural thickening does not affect both the external and internal borders of the aperture as in Doliwm fasciatum, but is developed only internally. Consequently, the supernumerary varix, in the present instance, is not conspicuous externally where it is indicated only by a slight swelling of the surface, bordered, on its forward side, by a linear groove. Internally it is very strongly developed and exhibits all the typical features that characterise the labrum of a full- grown specimen. ! Compare Dr. Annandale’s remarks concerning the varix of Hydrobioides nassa from the Inlè Lake (Rec Ind. Mus., Vol. XIV, pp. 172-173), in which, however, the varix, as in certain other Gastropoda, is a constant adult character. 2 Tt has not been possible to prepare a photographic reproduction of this fine specimen which came to notice only after the plates illustrating Dolium fasciatum had already been prepared. 1919.] E. W. VREDENBURG : Shells of the family Doliide. 147 In 1869 (Journ. Conch., Vol. XVII, p. 228, pl. xii, fig. 1) Monterosato described a deep-sea form from the Mediterranean under the name of Dolium crosseanum refer- ring it, in 1872 (Notizie intorno alle Conch. foss. di Monte Pellegrino e Ficarazzi, Palermo, 1872, p. 89), to a new genus Doliopsis, a name unfortunately preoccupied by Conrad in 1865 for a rather indistinct fossil, and for which, therefore, in 1889, Dall substituted Hudohum (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. XVIII, p. 232). Tryon who was at first sceptical about the habitat of the shell suggested (Man. Conch., Vol. VII, 1885, p. 263) that it might be a specimen of Doliwm zonatum accidentally mixed with some Mediterranean shells. There is, however, not the slightest reason to doubt that the shell was obtained from a depth which may have been as great as 50 fathoms, by the Palermo fishermen who gave it to Monterosato. Nevertheless, Tryon’s suggestion prompted by the general resemblance of the shell to Doliwm zonatum appears to be Shell of Dolium zonatum showing a supernumerary varix (4 nat. size). to a great extent in keeping with its zoological affinities. I am not aware of the discovery of any further specimens in the Mediterranean, but the shell has been obtained at a number of spots in the West-Indies, from depths ranging between 90 and 300 fathoms and more. It was described and figured as Dolium bairdi (Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. VI, p- 253, pl. xxix, fig. 2) by Verrill who precisely compared it with Dolium zonatum ; its specific identity with Dolium crosseanum being recognised by Dall in 1889 (loc. cit.). The oligocene of Liguria, the miocene and pliocene of Piedmont, the pliocene of the Alpes-Maritimes and of the Rhone valley, and of Tuscany, contain fossil forms which are partly the obvious ancestors of Doliwm crosseanum. According to Cossmann’s diagnosis in the Essais de Paléoconchologie (Fasc. V, 1903, p. 138), Hudohum is essentially distinguished from Dolium, s. str., owing to its posteriorly slightly channelled aperture, its rugose columella, its shallow anterior 148 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, notch and the absence of an umbilicus, the latter, however, being a direct result of the feeble depth of the terminal notch, the accretions to which consequently do not produce the strongly twisted bulge, which leaves room for the formation of a more or less developed umbilicus amongst the species referred to Dolvum, s. str. Cossmann also mentions, as a differential character, the tuberculation of the spire or body- whorl, but as the genotype, Doliwm crosseanum, is without tubercles, this character cannot be strictly taken into consideration. If we ignore the depth of the terminal notch and the consequent presence or absence of an umbilicus, we find, as regards the two other differentiating features, namely the slight posterior channel and the rugose columella, that Doliwm fasciatum, D. zonatum and, amongst specimens of Doliwm tesselatum, all those that are not adult, agree with Hudoliwm rather than with Doliwm, s. str. Moreover, leaving aside again the fully adult specimens of Doliwm tessellatum, these three, species are further characterised by an internally thickened labrum with conspicuous denticulations, usually bifid, which is not distinctly developed in any of the other species hitherto referred to Dolium, s..str., but which is invariably present in those that have been referred to Hudolium, as well as in the sub-genus or genus Malea. If then we leave aside the characters furnished by the terminal notch and umbilicus, Dolium fasciatum, D. zonatum and D. tessellatum will have to be regarded as members of the group Zudolium, and, what the diagnosis loses in precision by the exclusion of the umbilical characters, it gains to an extent at least equal by including those of the outer lip. Now, the characters of the outer lip constitute precisely one of the features in which Æudolium recalls the Cassididæ, and, by adopting the grouping here proposed, we moreover include within Hudoliwm precisely both those species which occasionally exhibit a pre-apertural varix such as is observed in many Cassididee. The tubercles observed on some fossil forms of Hudoliwm are derived from a pronounced axial decoration analogous to the regularly distributed web of axial lines that characterises Pirula. Just as the characters of the aperture have prompted the erroneous reference of certain forms of Æudolium to the genus Cassidaria, so has this reticulated or tuberculated ornamentation, especially when combined with the elongate columella that distinguishes certain fossil forms, caused their erroneous reference to Pirula. The earliest portion of the spire following the protoconch generally shows a distinct web of regularly distributed lines of growth in most species of Dolium: but this character is particularly well marked in the case, precisely of Dolium fasciatum in which the axial lines are at first as thick as the average of the spiral ornaments, with which they combine to form so characteristic a network that the early part of the spire of Dolium fasciatum might be easily mistaken for that of ey serous (lelle wth, ile, 246)). According to Dall (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1889, Vol. XVIII, p. 223), the radula of Doliwm crosseanum resembles that of the Cassidide more than that of Dolium, s. str. Apparently the only species of Doliwm, s. str. of which the radula has been figured is Doliwm perdix (Troschel, Gebiss d. Schneck., Vol. I, pl. xix, 1919.] E. W. VREDENBURG : Shells of the family Dohide. 149 fig. 3)." The radula of Pirula, judging from that of Pirula reticulata (Troschel, op. cit., pl. xx, fig. 12), is essentially of the same type as that of Doliwm perdix. Further observations on the radula of various species of Dolium would be of great interest. In a general way, Hudoliwm seems to be somewhat of a synthetic group in which are united some of the characters of Dolium, s. str., of Malea, of Pirula and of the Cassididæ. Nevertheless its relationship to Dolium, s. str. is of the closest character and entitles it to rank perhaps only as a section rather than a subgenus. It may here be mentioned that Dolium cinguliferwm (Bronn) |= Dolium fasciatum (Borson) non Bruguiere | of all species the one nearest related to the genotype D. crosseanum has been referred to Dolium, s. str. by Cossmann, who nevertheless gives a figure (Æssais Paléoconch., V, pl. vi, fig. 10) in which there is no indication of an umbilicus, while, on the contrary, Sacco has figured a specimen regarded as a variety also of Dolium cinguliferum (Moll. terr. terz. Piem. e Lig., 1904, part XXX, pl. xxu, fig. 5) which shows distinct traces of the tubercles that characterise other forms of Æudolium. The sequel of these observations deals with the case of Dolium tessellatum which, until an advanced stage of growth, exhibits the essential characters of Hudoliwm, but finally, when fullv adult, becomes similar to Doliwm, s. str., and I have suggested that this may afford some guide as to the derivation of the one group from the other, as is further indicated by their geological history. If we adopt the erouping here proposed, Doliwm, s. str. is not known from any strata older than upper miocene, the only recorded fossil occurrences being in eastern countries, India and Java, while the group, at the present day, is mostly eastern. Hudoliwm already occurs abundantly in the oligocene, having been discovered, so far, in a fossil condi- tion, only in Europe. Prrula is much more ancient and goes back to the cretaceous. Il.--THE SPECIFIC DISTINCTNESS OF DoLIUM MACULATUM (LAM.) DESHAYES AND Dozıum (EUDOLIUM) TESSELLATUM, BRUGUIÈRE. INTRODUCTION. Amongst the beautiful illustrations to Reeve’s monograph of the genus Doliwm attention may particularly be drawn to four, of which the two first are referred to Dolium fimbriatum, Sowerby (species 3), the next one to Dolium maculatum, Lamarck (species 4), and another to Doliwm costatum, Deshayes (species 8). In his Manual (Vol.. VII, page 264) Tryon rather emphatically asserts the specific identity of these three forms with which he further unites as synonyms a certain number of forms described as distinct by various authors. Tryon neverthe- less maintains the three forms costatum, maculatwm and fimbriatum as three separate varieties or races of a species costatum. No further discussion of Tryon’s conclusions 1 Troschel (op. cit , Vol. I, p. 227) has briefly described, without figuring them, the radule of two shells which he has referred to ‘‘ Dolium maculatum, Lam. (= tesselatum, Encycl.) and D. costatum, Desh.,” both of which seem to resemble closely that of Dolium perdix. The exact identity of the two shells in question is unfortunately, for the present, uncertain, 150 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, appears to have been attempted since the date of their publication, and not only have the three names costatum, fimbriatum and maculatum continued in use as those of distinct species, but the same is the case with some of the other names relegated by Tryon to the synonymy. Having had occasion to study a large series of fossil specimens of Doliwm from the later Tertiary formations of the Mekran, it became necessary for me to pay special attention to the related recent forms. From a perusal of the published information regarding the recent forms above alluded to, it was not found possible to decide definitely whether certain of the fossils under consideration were to be regarded as identical with some of them or rather to be interpreted as separate varieties or species. In order to establish a trustworthy comparison, it became necessary therefore to undertake a fresh study of the recent forms of which a rich series is preserved in the collections of the Indian Museum. The result of this study has been to confirm some of the identifications established by Tryon, though his final conclusions reach too far in one direction and not far enough in another ; for, on the one hand, there is no difference (not even varietal) between Doliwm costatum and D. fim- briatum, both of which represent a single species which should be known as Dolium tessellatum, Bruguiere, while, on the other hand, Dolium maculatum represents a totally distinct species. The supposed three forms are therefore reduced to two, which, nevertheless, under certain conditions are apt to exhibit a superficially deceptive resemblance to one another. Before discussing their differences and their zoological affinities, it will be useful therefore to give a detailed description of both these forms. DESCRIPTIONS. Dolium maculatum (Lam.) Deshayes. (Pl. IV, figs. 1-3; pl. V, figs. 4-6.) 1685-1692. Buccinum sp., M. Lister, Historia Conchyliorum, pl. 899, fig. 19. 1757. ‘‘ Le Minjac,” Adanson, Histoire Naturelle du Sénégal, Coquillages, p. 109, pl. vii, fig. 6. ? 1758. Buccinum dolium, Linneus, Systema Naturae, Ed. X, p. 735. 1770. Buceinum dolium, Linn. sec. Huddestord, Martini Lister, M.D., Historie sive synopsis methodice Conchyliorum et tabularum anatomicarum editio altera. pl. 899, fig. 19. ? 1822. Dolium maculatum, Lamarck, Hist. nat. des animaux sans vertèbres, Vol VII, sp. 3, p- 260 - 1831-1837. Dolium maculatum, Lam., Kiener, /conographie des coquilles vivantes, pl. iii, fig. 4. 1845. Dolium maculatum, Lam. sec. Deshayes, An. sans vert., 2nd ed., Vol. X, p. 140. 1849. Dolium maculatum, Lam., Reeve, Monograph of the genus Dolium, sp. 4. 1857. Dolium maculatum, Lam., Küster, Systematisches Conchilien-cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz, Vol. III, 1st section, 2nd part, p. 73, pl. Ixii, fig. 3. 1885. Dolium costatum, Menke, var. maculata, Lam., sec. Trvon, Man. Conch., Vol. VIT, p. 264. 19197 E. W. VREDENBURG : Shells of the family Doliideæ. 151 Medium to large, globose, with depressed slightly conoidal spire measuring from one-seventh or even less to two-ninths of the total height. The protoconch is relatively large, its visible portion attaining a diameter of four millimetres. This visible portion is depressed and turbinoid and consists of a very small, flattened, coiled nucleus and of three moderately convex whorls separated by somewhat grooved sutures; this visible portion constituting only the apical portion of the embryonic shell which, combined with the embedded portion, would exhibit, in this, as in ali species of Doliwm, a globose or ovoid outline ; such embry- onic shells having, on several occasions, been described as belonging to various genera (see Fischer, Journ. Conch., Vol. XI, 1863, p. 147). The protoconch consists of a very highly glazed, transparent, amber-coloured, horny substance. As is usually the case with Doliwm, the protoconch is filled with a secondary deposit of porcellane- ous shell-substance supplying an additional support which has ensured the durability of this delicate structure. The protoconch is strongly oblique to the axis of the remainder of the shell. The linear junction of the protoconch with the succeeding portion of the shell is straight and strongly oblique, antecurrent to the posterior suture and retrocurrent to the anterior suture. In full-grown specimens the protoconch is followed by three spire-whorls, the height of which does not exceed one-quarter of their width, the maximum width coinciding with the anterior margin. They are separated by chan- nelled sutures. The first half of the first whorl following the protoconch is evenly convex, after which the whorls become angulated at about half their height. Poste- riorly, a primary spiral rib borders the sutural channel, while another rather more prominent spiral rib accompanies the angulation. A third principal rib is usually visible, at least in the later portion of the spire, along the anterior margin of the whorls, though, in some specimens, owing to an extreme flattening of the spire, it is overlapped and concealed by the posterior edge of the next following whorl. There are even specimens in which the sinking of the spire is so exaggerated that the posterior edge of the body-whorl comes to coincide with the second primary rib. Bach of the intervals between these main ribs carries several subsidiary spiral threads, three of which are usually particularly conspicuous, representing a median intercalary thread of the second order, flanked by two more threads of the third order ; their respective thickness differing but slightly. There is, in addition, especially at the earlier stages, a more or less complete set of threads of the fourth order, many of which tend to disappear with increasing growth. Nevertheless, in many specimens, several of these threads of the fourth order may be continued throughout the spire and may reach the body-whorl together with the threads of the second and third orders, which invariably persist. Minor inconsistencies are occasionally observed. For instance, in the space anterior to the angulation, which is narrower than the space between the angulation and the circumsutural rib, one of the threads of the third order may be atrophied, so that this particular interval may carry only two conspicu- ous subsidiary threads instead of three. A singular peculiarity is observed in a specimen from Ceylon (or ? Kachh), in which the anterior thread of the third order in 152 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, this particular interval is of about the same thickness as the true median thread of the second order and is shifted quite close to it, so that they both together form a conspicuous pair occupying approximately the middle of the said interval, separated from one another at first by a minute thread of the fourth order. The two com- ponents of the pair gradually thicken and finally coalesce into one broad flat band, which remains somewhat bifid and is considerably wider than either of the two other main ribs (Pl. V, fig. 5). Nevertheless, throughout the numerous specimens that have been studied, the characters of the spire remain remarkably constant. The lines of srowth are straight and strongly oblique, antecurrent to the posterior suture, retro- current to the anterior suture. At the earliest stages of growth they form an ex- tremely delicate web, intersecting the spiral ornaments, the crowded thin raised lines, much thinner than the three first orders of spiral ornaments, being distributed with the utmost regularity. With increasing growth, the lines become relatively less prominent and much less regularly distributed. The large body-whorl constitutes the greater part of the shell. It is globose, almost spherical, exhibiting, on the right side of the shell, a continuous convex cur- vature which, on the left side, is interrupted by the zone of accretions of the deep terminal notch. Viewed dorsally, the zone of accretions is almost vertical at its rather abrupt junction with the anterior flattened termination of the basal convexity, and then assumes a convex outline becoming gradually more oblique in - an anterior direction towards the right of the shell. The zone of accretions winds very steeply and bulges very feebly, which partly accounts for the narrowness of the umbilicus. Including the ornaments continued from the spire, and omitting the narrow ridge which posteriorly limits the terminal zone of accretions, the body- whorl carries ten or eleven primary spiral ribs. They are broad and ribbon-like though slightly convex. The two most posterior ribs, that is the cireumsutural one and the one continued from the angulation of the spire, are narrower than the succeeding ones. The surface of the primary ribs frequently carries a variable number of fine raised spiral striations. Throughout the greater part of the shell the intervening spaces are much wider than the ribs, the two intervals continued from the spire, especially the most posterior one of all, being generally broader than the remainder. ‘Towards the anterior termination, the primary ribs become more crowded and at the same time narrower, though, as the diminution in size does not exactly keep pace with the contraction of spacing, the three or four last intervals are of about the same width as the adjacent ribs or only slightly broader. The number of primary ribs remains exactly the same at all stages of growth: it is the same in small specimens of less than 30 millimetres in height as well as in full-grown shells of over ten centimetres. In those shells in which the spire develops an addi- tional large rib by the coalescence of two subsidiary threads, the full-grown shell may apparently exhibit as many as twelve main ribs, but the supernumerary rib betrays its adventitious origin by its relative flatness, as well as by the disposition of the subsidiary threads in the two adjacent intervals in which they are fewer than in the true primary intervals, and lastly by the absence of the characteristic macula- 1919. ] E. W. VREDENBURG : Shells of the family Doliide. 153 tions of the genuine primary ribs. The intervals between the primary ribs are decorated with subsidiary spiral threads. In the case of very small specimens, all the wider intervals may contain a complete representation of intercalary threads belonging to the second, third and fourth orders, the surface thereby acquiring a remarkably elegant appearance. Anteriorly, as the intervals become narrower, the intercalations may become reduced to the threads of the second and third orders, and finally to a single intercalary thread, while sometimes the most anterior of all the primary intervals, owing to its narrowness, is without any intercalation. These inter- calary threads persist with increasing growth except those of the fourth order which generally fade away. The ornamentation remains quite unaltered throughout a wide range of successive stages of growth, but becomes somewhat altered in the case of large, fully adult specimens, in which some of the intercalary threads broaden out into flat. bands resembling the primary ribs in shape, and filling a considerable portion of the available interstitial space. Various inconsistencies are observed in the development of these bands: in most instances they are due to the broadening of the median or principal intercalary thread, that is the thread of the second order, which then forms a band separated on each side from the neighbouring original primary ribs by a thin thread representing the original threads of the third order. At other times the broadening affects not only the median thread of the second order but also one of the flanking threads of the third order, and then the original primary interval may contain two adventitious broad flat bands which may become quite equal and may become shifted in such a way as to occupy a practically symmetrical position within the original primary space. Lastly, there are instances in which the broadening only affects one of the original. threads of the third order, and the result- ing adventitious band is situated quite unsymmetrically with respect to the original space. Threads of the fourth order are frequently revived on these adult specimens, but their reappearance is very inconsistent. They are apt rapidly to assume the same thickness as some of the threads of the second and third order, with which they may form close-set groups of two or three spiral threads. Owing to this reappear- ance of the threads of the fourth order, the most posterior primary interval (generally the broadest interval) carries variously disposed groups of spiral threads of various sizes, disposed differently in different specimens, the interpretation of which can only be deciphered by following them towards the apex along the spire. In a general way, these adventitious ornaments of the full-grown shell are very variable, and no two specimens are alike in this respect. They also commence to develop at various sizes, but usually when the shell reaches or slightly exceeds a diameter of 60 milli- metres. Nevertheless, in one specimen from Balasore Bay (M4408), measuring 120 x 96 mm., apparently the largest in the collection, the adult characters of the orna- mentation have scarcely commenced to appear. The terminal zone of accretions is posteriorly bordered by a narrow, feebly prominent, but sharp ridge, adjacent to which the accretions to the actual notch form a rather broad band, almost flat in some specimens, moderately convex in others, carrying crowded deeply concave lines of growth together with a few distant obscure spiral markings. On the somewhat 154 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Yo; IUT, convex anterior zone intervening between this band and the umbilical portion of the columellar margin, the curvature of the lines of growth assumes a reversed direction, with the convexity turned anteriorly or forward, and there are two or three flat spiral bands, sometimes bifid, of about the same width as the intervening spaces. The lines of growth, throughout the body-whorl, are crowded, fine, incon- spicuous, strongly oblique, anteriorly retrocurrent, straight until quite close to the anterior zone of accretions towards which they bend backwards and which they traverse with a strongly sigmoidal curve as above described. The first half of the first whorl following the protoconch is of a uniform brown colour, after which the pigmentation becomes differentiated in such a manner that the primary ribs are white with chestnut patches at regular intervals, the intervening spaces assuming a porcelain-blue to porcelain-purple colour, best seen in the case of very fresh specimens. The contrasted whiteness of the non-maculated. portions of the ribs is partly due to the opaque appearance caused by the thickening of the shell substance, while the bluish appearance of the intervals is partly caused by their thinner substance allowing the porcelain-like effect of translucency; nevertheless, whenever the specimens are sufficiently fresh, it can be readily ascertained that the colour effect is largely due to pigmentation of the intervals. The resulting appear- ance is well rendered in Sowerby’s illustration in Reeve’s Monograph. The macula- tions may be crowded as in the case of the specimen figured in Reeve’s Monograph, or else much wider-spaced. They are particularly crowded in-some specimens from the Andamans and from Balasore Bay, particularly wide apart in some specimens from Puri, but the spacing varies greatly amongst specimens from one locality, and even at different stages of growth in a single specimen. The maculations correspond more or less exactly from one rib to another according to the direction of the incre- ments of growth. As a rule there are no maculations on any of the intercalary threads. In very eXceptional cases they may be present, on the body-whorl, on some of the threads of the second order situated at about the widest part of the shell anteriorly to the level of the suture. The epidermis, when preserved, has the appearance of a thin layer of yellow varnish which does not interfere with the general appearance of the colour scheme. The pigmentation of the spire is invariably more pronounced than that of the body-whorl. The loss of vividness of the colour decora- tion with increasing growth in all forms of Doliwm has already been commented on by Reeve (Monograph, sp. IT). The large semi-circular aperture, the more interior part of which is salmon- coloured, becoming of a pure-white to bluish porcelain-like appearance towards the edge, is quite simple posteriorly, while anteriorly it is terminated by a deep obliquely disposed dorsal notch without any intervening canal. The columella forms an angle of 125° to 130° with the base of the penultimate whorl. It is slightly oblique ante- riorly towards the left of the shell. Its general direction throughout the greater part of its length is straight with two slight bulges of which the more posterior one coin- cides with the inward extension of the terminal zone of accretions, the more anterior one with the sharply reflected edge of the columellar lip surrounding the narrow 29792] E. W. VREDENBURG : Shells of the family Dolude. 155 umbilicus. Anteriorly to the umbilicus, the terminal portion of the columella is foliaceous and gradually contracts to a point at the anterior end of the shell, its edge being steeply oblique anteriorly towards the left. The columellar lip is not appreciable posteriorly and becomes distinct only anteriorly where it forms the thin flat lamina reflected over the narrow umbilicus. The outer lip is straight and strongly oblique. When fully developed it is bordered externally by a thin though well-defined incised straight line situated at about six millimetres trom the actual edge of the aperture. Between this line and the actual edge, the surface expands somewhat outward, the spiral ornaments terminating in slight fimbriations. The external limiting line approximately coincides internally with a slight swelling which, in some specimens, is bifid. Owing to the thinness of the shell, the external spiral ornaments are reproduced on the inner walls in reversed order of relief as is usual in shells of this genus. On crossing the internal swelling of the fully developed outer lip these spiral ornaments remain unaltered in character and do not give rise to apertural tubercles as is frequently the case on the corresponding portion of other species of Dolium. In the great majority of specimens, even those of the largest size, the outer lip terminates in a perfectly simple edge. Variability.—This remarkably abundant shell is particularly constant in all its characters. The only variable features are the more or less sunken disposition of the spire, inconsistencies in the intercalary spiral decoration especially on reaching the adult stage, the variable degree of crowding of the maculations, and slight differences in outline of the body-whorl which may tend to become a little more spherical or spheroidal or else slightly ovoid. These variations are never correlated, but all occur quite independently of one another, so that there is no distinct tendency towards the formation of races or varieties. The most conspicuous abnormality in the orna- mentation is that caused by the adventitious formation of a supernumerary rib as described above in the case of a specimen from Ceylon (or? Kachh). It is the only available specimen exhibiting this peculiarity which perhaps represents merely an individual aberration. Dimensions :— neve itis. ot co IMA im 69 mm. Thickness .. ns tari ONE: 55 » Heisht of spire ae : 25 IO ,„ Height of body-whorl .. TO 64 » The larger specimen is from Ceylon (or ? Kachh), the smaller one from Puri. Occurrence.—This is the commonest species of Dolium along the Indian coasts. It abounds wherever the sea-floor consists of fine soft sand or mud. According to Melville and Abercrombie (Mem. and Proc. Manch. lit. and Phil. Soc., 4th ser., Vol. VII, 1803, p. 32) it is a deep-sea form. Nevertheless the shells are frequently washed on to the beach. Owing to uncertainties in the identification of this shell and of Doliwm tessella- tum, there is some difficulty in ascertaining the limits of its distribution from pub- lished accounts. Judging from the material preserved in the collections of the Indian 156 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, Museum it is found all along the coasts of peninsular India from Kachh on the western side to Balasore in the east, and also along the coast of Arakan and the Malay Peninsula. One specimen is labelled as coming from as far east as Amboina. In a fossil condition, it is known from the pliocene of the Mekran coast and from the post-tertiary formations of the Pulicat lake. The discussion of the relationship of this shell to other species will be deferred until the completion of the description of Doliwm tessellatum. Dolium (Eudolium) tessellatum, Bruguiere. (Plate VI, fig. 7; pl. VII, figs. 8-10; pl. VIII, figs. 11-13. 1789. Buccinum tessellatum, Bruguière, Encyclopédie méthodique, Vol. VE, sp. 4, pp. 236, 246, pl. 403, figs. 3a, b. 1790. Dolium tessellatum, Bruguiere, Encyclopédie méthodique, pl. 403, figs. 3a, b, 1823. Dolium fimbriatum, Sowerby, Genera of Shells, fig. 2. 1830. Dolium costatum, Menke, Synopsis methodica, 2nd ed., p. 63. 1831-1837. Dolium fasciatum, Brug. var. sec. Kiener, Iconographie des Coq. viv. Dolium, pl. iv, fig. 6. 1831-1837. Dolium variegatum, Lam. (junior) sec. Kiener, Icon. des Cog. viv., pl. ii, fig. 3. 1845. Dolium costatum, Deshayes, An. sans vert., 2nd ed., Vol. X, p. 144. 1845. Dolium minjac, Adanson sec. Deshayes, An. sans vert., 2nd ed., Vol. X, p. 145, n029. 1845. Dolium ampullaceum, Philippi, Zeit. Mal., p. 147. 1849. Dolium fimbriatum. Sow., Reeve, Monograph of the genus Dolium, sp. 3 ‘ 1849. Dolium costatum, Desh., Reeve, Monograph of the genus Dolium, sp. 8. 1849. Dolium ampullaceum, Phil., Abbild. III, 4. Dolium, p. 12, pl. ii. 1857. Dolium costatum, Mke., Küster, Conch. Cab. von Martini und Chemnitz, Vol. III, Ist section, 2nd part, p. 61, pl. lvi, fig. 3; pl. lvii, fig. 3. 1857. Dolium Lischkeanum, Küster, Conch. Cab., p. 71, pl. Ixii, fig 1. 1857. Dolium fimbriatum, Sow., Küster, Conch. Cab., p. 72, pl Ixü, fig. 2. 1879. Dolium costatum, Desh., Martin, Die Tertiärschichten auf Java, p. 40, pl. vil, figs. 9, 10. 1899. Dolium costatum, Desh., Martin, Samml. des geol. Reichsmus. in Leiden, new series, Mol p: 161 ply vos pris Te; Medium to large, globose, slightly ovoid, with slightly conoidal, sometimes conical depressed spire measuring from two-ninths to three-tenths of the total height. The protoconch is relatively small, the diameter of the visible portion not ex- ceeding three millimetres. It consists of a horny transparent substance of dark- brown colour. The internal secondary infilling of porcellaneous shell-substance does not reach the apex, so that the minute, depressed, coiled nucleus, lacking internal support, is almost always broken off. The visible portion of the protoconch is rather prominent, semi-naticoid, that is with the appearance of a half-embedded Natica and includes three convex whorls separated by very narrow, slightly grooved sutures. The protoconch is slightly oblique to the axis of the remainder of the shell. The line of junction of the protoconch with the remainder of the shell is slightly curvi- 1919.] E. W. VREDENBURG : Shells of the family Doliide. 157 linear with forward facing convexity, and is oblique, antecurrent to the posterior suture, retrocurrent to the anterior suture. The protoconch is followed by three to three and a half convex spire-whorls, separated by slightly sunken sutures. Their height varies from two-ninths to a little over one-quarter of their width, the maximum thickness coinciding with the anterior margin. The whorls usually exhibit four ribbon-like main ribs, considerably narrower than the intervening spaces which are slightly concave. The most posterior main rib, which is narrower than the others, encircles the circumsutural depression. The most anterior rib coincides with the anterior margin and is frequently more or less overlapped by the posterior edge of the next following whorl. In rare instances, the spire is so much sunken that the posterior edge of each whorl reaches the level of the third primary rib of the preceding whorl. The intervals between the primary ribs may be approximately equal, though usually the most posterior interval is somewhat wider than the remainder. On the first whorl following the protoconch, each interval usually carries three delicate subsidiary spiral threads, namely a median thread of the second order flanked by two threads of the third order. Occasionally one of the threads of the third order may be atrophied or indistinct. On the second whorl, the threads of the third order disappear, leaving only, in each interval, the median thread of the second order which also becomes gradually thinner and indis- tinct with increasing growth. On the third whorl all the threads of the second order may likewise disappear, leaving the intervals perfectly smooth, but there usually subsists a more or less distinct remnant of the line intersecting the most posterior interval, usually reaching even to the body-whorl. A number of extremely fine spiral lines are usually observed on the surface of the main ribs. The extremely fine crowded lines of growth, especially distinct and regular on the first whorl following the protoconch, are practically straight and strongly oblique, antecurrent to the posterior suture, retrocurrent to the anterior suture. The large body-whorl constituting the greater part of the shell is always strongly inflated and globose, and may be almost spherical, but is more usually distinctly ovoid. On the right side of the shell its convexity is continued as far as the anterior termination, while on the left side a shallow concavity intervenes between the main basal convexity and the zone of accretions to the very deep dorsal notch, whose outline, on the left side of the shell, viewed dorsally, is steeply oblique anteriorly towards the right and slightly convex. The actual edges of the notch are slightly reflected outward. Ventrally, the steeply winding anterior edge of the terminal zone of accretions is bounded by the foliaceous termination of the columella and columellar margin, with the formation of a narrow umbilicus. Includ- ing the spiral ornaments continued from the spire, and irrespective of the ridge forming the posterior edge of the terminal zone, the body-whorl, in the case of small specimens measuring less than 35 mm. in height, carries twelve primary ribs. In specimens measuring from 35 to 45 mm., the number of primary ribs is usually thirteen. In the majority of specimens ranging from 45 to 100 mm., the number of primary ribs is fourteen, though, occasionally, amounting only to thirteen. At still 158 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VIT, larger dimensions, the primary ribs may increase to as many as sixteen. The increase is due to the appearance, one at a time, of an additional rib at the anterior limit of the convexity of the base, just along the edge of the terminal zone of accre- tions. The ribs are ribbon-like, and become more crowded and somewhat narrower towards the anterior limit of the base, in consequence of which the intervals, which throughout the greater part of the body-whorl are broader than the ribs, become, towards the anterior extremity, of about the same width as the ribs or narrower. As in the case of the spire, the ribs carry delicate spiral lines. In the great majority of specimens the intervals are quite without any spiral ornaments, except usually the most posterior and broadest interval, which is generally bisected by a thin remnant of the median subsidiary thread continued from the spire, though there are specimens in which even this last remnant has disappeared. In the case of very young specimens of less than 30 mm. in height, every interval throughout the body-whorl is bisected by a very thin intercalary thread.’ With the usual exception, as already noticed, of a feeble remnant in the most posterior interval, all these subsidiary threads disappear before the shell has reached a height of 30 mm. Amongst the series of specimens in the Calcutta collection, the sculpture of the body-whorl remains perfectly unaltered up to a total height of 100 mm. It is only in quite adult specimens of still larger size that the sculpture enters upon a new phase through the re-appearance of intercalary ribs, which may broaden until they fill almost the whole of the available interstitial space, and assume an appearance almost identical with that of the original primary ribs. On the later part of the body-whorl of the largest specimen in the Calcutta collection, the seven first intervals, counting from the posterior edge of the body-whorl, each carry an intercalary rib. The eighth, ninth, and tenth are plain, but an intercalary rib also appears in the eleventh. In the large individual illustrated in Reeve’s monograph (fig. 3a), some of the intervals carry two subsidiary ribs. The scarcely bulging, torose, steeply winding zone of accretions is posteriorly bordered by a very thin, narrow, sharply defined ridge. It is divided into two sub-equal portions, a posterior one corresponding with the accretions of the deep indentation of the notch, across which the lines of growth are deeply concave, and an anterior portion corresponding with the accretions of the anterior border of the notch and anterior termination of the shell, across which the lines of growth are convex. This anterior portion carries three or four spiral ribs. The band corresponding with the accretions to the notch may also carry spiral ribs, especially in the case of small specimens, but they are less prominent than those of the anterior sub-zone, and, in many instances, are represen- ted merely by some obscure distant spiral lines. The anterior termination of the anterior sub-zone, forming the anterior termination of the shell, when well preserved, is foliaceous and somewhat palmately expanded. The thin lines of growth, over the greater part of the body-whorl, are strongly oblique and anteriorly antecurrent, and ! Martin has figured a fossil specimen from the pliocene beds of Java (Samml. des geol. Reichs-Museum in Leiden, new series, Vol. I, pl. xxv, fig. 372), referred to Dolium costatum, and measuring about 30 mm. in height, in which the intercalary median thread is faintly visible in several of the intervals of the body-whorl. 1919. | E. W. VREDENBURG : Shells of the family Doliide. 159 are practically straight throughout the greater part of their course, bending backward anteriorly only in the immediate neighbourhood of the terminal zone of accretions which they traverse, as above described, with a pronounced sigmoidal flexure. The large semi-circular to semi-oval aperture is anteriorly terminated by the deep, strongly oblique dorsal notch, without any intervening canal. Its posterior termination is slightly though distinctly channelled in the case of immature speci- mens, but becomes simple when the shell is quite adult. The columella which is, on an average, approximately straight, and slightly oblique anteriorly towards the left of the shell, forms an angle of about 120° with the base of the penultimate whorl which it joins rather abruptly. It exhibits two rather feeble winding bulges of which the more posterior one coincides with the mward extension of the zone of accretions, while the more anterior one represents the junction with the reflexed edge of the columellar lip. In the case of small and medium specimens, the anterior part of the columella carries a number of rugosities some of which are sometimes internally con- tinued as thin spiral folds. When the specimens attain a height of about 90 mm., the columellar rugosities become indistinct, while, in the case of fully adult specimens, they entirely disappear, and the columella is quite smooth. The anterior thin foliace- ous terminal portion of the columella, anteriorly to the very small umbilicus, is very narrow. The columellar lip spreads rather widely over the ventral surface of the base. It is mostly so thin as not to interfere with the sculptured and coloured decoration of the base of the penultimate whorl. Nevertheless, in the case of immature specimens its marginal portion, of a glossy porcellaneous texture, is frequently sufficiently thickened to become opaque white, the actual edge adhering fairly closely to the more posterior portion of the convexity of the base, but becom- ing semi-detached or even detached on approaching the terminal zone of accretions. Anteriorly to the terminal zone of accretions it surrounds the small umbilicus and joins the columella. The thickened edge gradually becomes less distinct as the specimens grow larger. In the case of full-grown specimens the greater part of the columellar lip ceases to be appreciable, the anterior termination, where it surrounds the umbilicus, alone remaining distinct. In a few specimens, at the posterior termination of the columellar lip, there is a feebly prominent though distinct oblique ridge which contributes to define the shallow posterior channel. The outer lip is straight and strongly oblique. When its structure is characteristically developed, it is externally thickened and expanded, its edge is deeply fimbriated owing to the intervals between the ribs extending much further forward than the ribs themselves, while internally it is thickened and denticulate. All these characters, external expan- sion, marginal fimbriations, internal thickening and denticulations, are as a general rule most typically developed in small and especially in small-medium specimens, especially those measuring from 55 to 75 mm. in height. In exceptional instances they are still quite typically developed in specimens measuring as much as 80 mm. in height, but as the shell exceeds these dimensions they become more and more in- distinct. When the shell is quite adult, the external thickening and expansion, the marginal fimbriations, the posterior channel, and the internal denticulations entirely 160 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, disappear, and there only remains a slight internal thickening close to the edge. As is usual in the shells of this genus, the external ornamentation is reproduced in the interior of the shell in inverted relief, so that it is the sunken intervals or grooves of the outer surface which assume the appearance of ribs on the internal walls. On crossing the internal marginal swelling of the labrum, in those specimens in which the apertural features are characteristically developed, each of these internal ribs usually develops a pair of elongate denticulations or ridges which terminate externally against the fimbriated digitations of the edge. Sometimes the most anterior internal rib develops but a single denticulation or ridge, while frequently some of the broader posterior internal ribs (corresponding to the broad posterior intervals of the outer surface) may give rise to three denticulations, or, occasionally, to as many as four. The first whorl following the protoconch is dark brown, though not so dark as the protoconch itself. It is not uniformly tinted, the depth of the colour decreasing considerably towards the posterior margin. On the following whorl the broad spaces between the primary ribs are usually of a reddish or purplish, or sometimes bluish tinge, while the main ribs themselves are white or yellowish-white maculated with yellowish-brown. The same scheme may be continued on the third whorl with a paler tint for the intervals, and may also extend over the entire body-whorl, the intervals becoming still paler, until with increasing growth they may become quite white. In certain cases, the ribs, over the whole body-whorl, may maintain the appearance of white bands with yellow spots (as in the type of Doliwm lischkeanum, Küster), while in other instances their coloured decoration may gradually disappear, and, when the colour of the intervals has likewise vanished, the entire bod y-whorl may be white. In other instances, the yellow tinge of the maculations gradually spreads along the intervening portions of the ribs until all the spots coalesce, and the ribs assume the appearance of continuous yellow bands. When, as is frequently the case, the intervals have become nearly or quite colourless, the general colour scheme becomes reversed in this sense that the ribs, instead of appearing as light spotted bands against a darker ground, become darker bands against a lighter ground. This is the appearance exhibited by Kiener’s Doliwm fasciatum var. Lastly, there are specimens in which the greater part of the shell is almost uniformly tinted of a rich orange or burnt-sienna colour, deepening to brown towards the apex. In large thoroughly adult specimens, the intercalary ribs assume the same maculated decora- tion as the original primary ribs. The deeper internal portion of the aperture is of a yellowish or brownish tinge. The columella, the thickened portions of the colu- mellar lip and inner portions of the outer lip are white and porcellaneous. Dimensions.—The following measurements refer to a series of specimens obtained from the Andamans, with the possible exception of No. 7, the exact origin of which is uncertain. No. 5 is from the South Andaman. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Height .. 122 mM, 195 mm, 7/2 Or mm Sem mem ne Thickness 00) 255 EEE lan SO BO on DO. 20 Height of spire 20 oe DEE DDR, 10%, LS, TO, A So 1919. | E. W. VREDENBURG : Shells of the family Doliide. 161 Height of body- (7) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) whorl .. 105 mm. 84mm. 64mm. 56mm. 49mm. 33 mm. 32 mm. The next specimen, of uncertain origin, is remarkable for its exceptionally sunken spire : (EAN es er de ate 70 mm. Thickness En Een ve BO Height of spire is aie eee HORS Heisht of body-whorl oe i 65, Variability and Development.—This shell is even more constant in its characters than the previously described Doliwm maculatum, the only distinctly variable features being those of the colour scheme. As regards the more essential characters, one merely observes slight differences in the more or less sunken disposition of the spire, and the more or less distinctly spherical or ovoid outline of the body-whorl. At the same time, some very remarkable differences are observed in the appear- ance of the shell at different stages of growth, especially with reference to the aper- tural characters. While, in the case of fully adult specimens, the aperture is pos- teriorly simple, the outer lip undifferentiated, and the columella smooth, the shell at early and intermediate stages of growth has a strongly fimbriate and denticulate outer lip, a posteriorly slightly channelled aperture, and a distinctly rugose columella. Whilst the adult shell is in every sense a typical Doliwm, the posterior channel and especially the rugose columella of the immature specimens recall the sub-genus Eudolium. The external and internal thickenings, marginal fimbriations, and inter- nal denticulations of the aperture, the posterior apertural channel, the thickening of the columellar lip and the rugosities of the columella observed in these immature specimens of Dolium tessellatum agree in every respect with the corresponding fea- tures observed at all stages of growth in Dolium fasciatum (Brug.) which there is reason to refer to the subgenus Zudolium, and readily account for Kiener’s interpreta- tion of such specimens of Dolium tessellatum as representing a variety of Doliwm fasciatum. The development of Dolium tessellatum is of great interest as suggesting the possible derivation of the more typical forms of Doliwm from Hudolium, especial- ly as, so far as can be judged from the information at present available, Eudolium is geologically more ancient. Occurrence.—With the exception of a few individuals of uncertain origin, all the specimens in the collection of the Indian Museum are from the Andamans and Nicobars. Shells certainly referable to this species have been obtained from the Malay Islands and Japan. In a fossil condition, the species is known from the upper miocene and pliocene of Java, and from the pliocene of the Mekran. COMPARISON OF DOLIUM MACULATUM AND DOLIUM TESSELLATUM. Remarks on the Taxonomy.—Owing to the hopelessly confused synonymy of the forms under consideration, the task of discovering suitable names for the two species above described has proved extraordinarily troublesome. 162 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. VO ARE Many of the works containing the more or less recognisable figures cited by the earlier authors are, unfortunately, not available in India. Nevertheless there is not the slightest doubt that they include representatives of both the species above described in detail, while the diagnoses are generally far too concise.to elucidate the confusion which undoubtedly exists in the synonymy. Amongst the appellations for which any definite claim can be put forward to be used as specific names, the oldest is probably Adanson’s “le Minjac” (1757). De- shayes regarded the figure as representing the same species as Sowerby’s Dolium fim- briatum, and it would correspond therefore with Doliwm tessellatum as above described. Deshayes has therefore adopted for this species the name Doliwm minjac, Adanson. Adanson, in his synonymy, refers to Lister’s figure which represents Doliwm macu- latum, and to Rumphius’ which represents D. tessellatum. The description is not sufficiently detailed for establishing which species is meant. The body-whorl is said to carry fourteen ribs, which, in specimens of the size of the one referred to by Adan- son, namely two inches (about 50 mm.), might suit D. tessellatum ; only, as the ribs, over the widest part of the shell, on the figure illustrating the dorsal aspect, are shown of two alternating sizes, of which only the thicker ones carry spots, it seems obvious that the figure represents D. maculatum, and not D. tessellatum as conjectured by Deshayes. As it is, Deshayes seems somewhat uncertain as to whether Adanson’s figure represents Sowerby’s Dolium fimbriatum or Lamarck’s Dolium variegatum (An. sans vert., 2nd ed., p. 143, footnote). The locality, Senegal, is improbable, more so even for Dolium tessellatum. (Brug.) than for Dolium maculatum, Deshayes, since, in the Indian Ocean at any rate, the latter extends much further west. The authority next in date is Linneus, in the roth edition of the Systema Naturae, published in 1758, in which d’Argenville’s genus Dolium is merged into Buccinum, and a species recorded as Buccinum dolium. The roth edition is not available in India. The synonymy as given by Gmelin in the 13th edition includes the following citations :— Rondelet, Testacea, 106, Cochlea rugosa. Rumphius, Mus., pl. 27, fig. A, Cochlea striata s. olearia. Calceol. Mus., 30, pl. 41. Lister, Conch., pl. 899, fig. ro. Bonann. Recr., 3, figs. 16, 17, 25. Miss Kercher Mes TO, 28: Gualtieri, Test., pl. 30, fig. E. D’Argenville, Conch., pl. xvii, fig. C. Seba mus. 3, pl. 68, figs. 9, 11; pl. 70, figs. I, 2, 5. Mus. Gottwald. pl. 27, fig. 1855, fig. 188b. Knorr) Veron, 3, ployıı to Martini, Conch., pt. 3, pl. 116-118, figs. 1072-1075, 1082. Out of the twelve works mentioned in this list, only five are accessible in Cal- cutta, namely those of Rumphius, Lister, Seba, Knorr, and Martini. The shell figured by Rumphius clearly corresponds with that here described 1919.] E. W. VREDENBURG : Shells of the family Doliide. 163 as D. tessellatum. The library of the Geological Survey contains the second edition of Lister’s Conchology, from which it may be recognised that the figure mentioned in the synonymy represents a shell of Doliwm maculatum, the drawing of which has been badly interpreted by the engraver; so much so that, for anyone who had not specially studied the species, the figure might just as well be taken for one of Doliwm tessellatum, while the short description is too ambiguous to be of any help. In Seba’s work, figures 9 to II, plate Ixviii, represent Dolium maculatum, while figures I and 5, plate Ixx, represent D. tessellatum. Figure 2, plate Ixx, is too in- distinct for identification and possibly represents a shell of another genus. Knorr’s figure undoubtedly represents D. tessellatum. In Martini’s work, figures 1072 and 1082 undoubtedly represent D. tessellatum, while figures 1073 and 1074 undoubtedly represent D. maculatum. The shell represented in figure 1075 is immature and cannot be so securely identified, though it is probably referable to D. maculatum. Amongst later authors, the one who has most fully dealt with the iconography of the works under consideration is Küster by whom the figures published by Rum- phius and by Knorr are referred to Dolium fimbriatum, that is to the species above described as Dolium tessellatum ; while the figures in the works of Gualtieri and d’Ar- genville are regarded by the same authority as representing Doliwm maculatum. In conclusion, it is abundantly clear that the figures referred to in Gmelin’s synonymy are about equally divided between the two species above described as D. maculatum and D. tessellatum. The synonymy quoted by Linnzeus and Gmelin does not help us therefore in determining which shell was intended in the Systema Nature. The diagnosis, unfortunately, does not help us any further. It is as follows: “ testa ovata cincta sulcis remotis : cauda prominula,” and is therefore totally insufficient to recognise which species is meant. In 1770, William Huddesford, in the second edition of Lister’s Conchology, adop- ted the name Buccinum dolium for the figure referred to in the Systema. There should be here no room for any ambiguity. Unfortunately, as already mentioned, both the engraving and the diagnosis are very unsatisfactory and would not of themselves materially afford any help to the identification of the species. Bruguière, in 1789, in describing the “ buccin cordelé,” gives to a large extent the same synonymy as Linneus for Buccinum dolium. There is nevertheless an im- portant divergence in the reference to Martini’s work, from which Linnæus has quoted no less than five figures of which two only are selected by Bruguiére as representing his Buccinum tessellatum. These are figures 1073 and 1082, the second of which, forty years later, was selected by Menke as the type of Doliwm costatum. Bruguiére’s descriptions are of an entirely different type from Linneeus’ diagno- ses, and, although the plates illustrating the Hncyclopédie Méthodique ' are not avail- 1 This is not the famous, though frequently inaccurate original edition of the ‘‘ Encyclopédie,” but the magnifi- cently planned 2nd edition, initiated in 1782 under the most distinguished auspices, the several parts being entrusted to the most accomplished and learned men of the age. The publication of this stupendous work had been so organised as to ensure its completion in 1792. The revolution unfortunately robbed the scheme of the greater portion of its enlighted and distinguished patronage, after which the publication lingered in a precarious and impoverished condition until 1832, when it was finally interrupted and remained unfinished. 164 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, able in Calcutta, the description of his Buccinum tessellatum is so complete and precise as to render the illustrations superfluous. Indeed, but for the praiseworthy exception of a small number of naturalists, Bruguiere, in the admirable accuracy and fulness of his descriptions, is more than a century in advance of his successors. As the present enquiry has not for its object to resuscitate an obscure obsolete name in place of others in general use and of well-established meaning, but as it is merely an attempt to select a suitable name amongst half a dozen or more the present usage of which is involved in the utmost confusion, it will perhaps not appear superfluous if Bruguiére’s description is here reproduced in eatenso before analysing it. The sentences are numbered for the convenience of reference. (x) “ Celui-ci ne cède pas en beauté au Buccin perdrix, mais il lui est très-souvent inférieur par son volume; celui dont je donne la description est étonnant par sa grandeur et par sa belle conservation, il surpasse de plus d’un tiers leur proportion la plus ordinaire ; il a quatre pouces six lignes de diamètre, la longueur de son ouverture est de trois pouces sept lignes, et sa largeur d’un pouce dix.” (2) “Sa spire est com- posée de sept tours complets, qui sont garnis de côtes élevées, convexes, écartées, au nombre de quatorze sur le tour inférieur, et de quatre seulement sur ceux du haut; ces côtes sont séparées par des sillons plats, ordinairement plus larges qu’elles, qui sont quelquefois marqués au milieu par une ligne élevée qui suit leur direction.” (3) “Cette coquille, ainsi que la précédente” (Buccinum perdrix) “ ne forme point de canal enfoncé à la jonction des tours, ils appuient au contraire carrément l’un sur l’autre, et laissent à leur jonction un rebord applati.” (4) “ Son ouverture est très grande et cannelée dans l’intérieur.” (5) “ La lèvre droite est peu évasée et dentée pendant la jeunesse, de manière que chaque côte est terminée par deux lignes élevées qui disparaissent tout-à-fait quand la coquille est parvenue au volume de celle dont je donne la description.” (6) “ La lèvre gauche ressemble a celle des espèces précédentes par son peu d'épaisseur, qui est telle que, quoiqu’elle recouvre les côtes du ventre de la coquille, elles n’en sont pas moins saillantes pour cela.” (7) “La columelle est formée comme dans le Buccin cannelé, elle est tordue en spirale et garnie à l’extérieur des côtes longitudinales jusqu’à l’échancrure de la base ; ’ombilie est situé comme dans cette coquille, mais il a un peu moins de lar- geur et moins de profondeur.” (8) “ Ce Buccin est ordinairement blanc à l'extérieur ou de couleur fauve, et ses côtes sont le plus souvent marquées de grandes taches fauves, jaunes ou orangées, qui sont presque toujours effacées sur les quatre ou cinq tours plus anciens.” (9) “ Mais ces taches manquent quelquefois tout-à-fait, et la coquille est alors blanchâtre ou d’une teinte faible de couleur de chair ; on en connaît aussi des variétés qui sont toute brunes, d’autres dont les côtes sont un peu élevées, plus écartées et presque aigues, dont la couleur tire sur le gris ou le cendré ; il ne doit pas paraître étonnant que cette coquille offre des variétés si remarquables, puisque son espèce occupe une étendue immense sur la surface de la terre.” (10) “ Linné a dit qu’on la trouvait sur les côtes de la Sicile et de la Barbarie ; Bonanni dit de même, inais il la reçut aussi des Indes orientales ; M. Adansson la trouva au Sénégal ; 1919. ] E. W. VREDENBURG : Shells of the family Doliide. 165 Rumphius a Vile d’Amboine; Martini l’indique aux îles de Tranquebar ; et Petiver a l’île de Luçon, l’une des Philippines.” We may now add a few comments on this admirable description. (I) From the very first sentence, Bruguiére, in accordance with the best models of modern descriptions, adopts the practice, too often neglected even by modern writers, of giving detailed measurements of the species. Judging from the figures quoted, the average diameter of large specimens should be three inches, or about 75 mm., which agrees with what is generally observed in the species above described as Dolium tessellatum, while the exceptionally fine specimen specially selected by Bruguiere for description measured four and a half inches, or about 115 mm. in diameter, a size probably never attained, so far as is known, by Dolium maculatum, and only inferior by about 20 mm. to that of the magnificent specimen figured in Reeve’s monograph as Dolium fimbriatum. The most essential point with reference to the present enquiry is that the detailed measurements given by Bruguiére are those of the particular specimen about to be described. Clearly then, this description is not a generalised diagnosis built up from a number of specimens or uniting the separately published features of previous descriptions. It is a detailed description of a single specimen, and obviously therefore cannot refer to more than one species. Whatever may be that species, it is clear that the merest glance through the very first sentence suffices to dispose of the totally undeserved criticism of Reeve, of Kiister, and of Tryon, regarding the alleged composite character of Doliwm tessellatum. (2) The dimensions recorded in the first sentence already exclude almost all possibility of referring Bruguiére’s type to Dolium maculatum. The number of ribs as recorded in the second sentence irrevocably confirms its attribution to the shell described in the present work as Dolium tessellatum ; for even taking into account any possibility, however improbable, of mistaking, on the body-whorl, some of the ribs of the second order for primary ribs, the number recorded on the spire-whorls, namely four, settles once for all the specific attribution of the shell under considera- tion. Dolium tessellatum, as understood in the present work, does not always exhibit as many as four ribs on the spire-whorls, but Doliwm maculatum never shows more than three; and it is beyond all possibility of a doubt that the type described by Bruguiere is Dolium tessellatum as here interpreted. The shape of the ribs, the shape and size of the intervals, the occasional presence of a median line, and the number of ribs on the body-whorl, as described by Bruguiere, are all in total agree- ment with this interpretation. | (3) This sentence refers to the absence of a deep sutural channel such as charac- terises Doliwm galea or D. olearium. Sentence (4) needs no comment. (5) Not only has Bruguiére given a perfectly precise description of the charac- ters of the labrum, but he has recorded with admirable lucidity the history of its development throughout the successive stages of growth of the shell. It is unneces- sary to comment on the wonderful insight of the great naturalist at a period when the science of zoology was still in its formative period. It is nevertheless astonish- ing that so remarkable an observation should have passed unnoticed by all his 166 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, successors who have either paid no attention to the ontogeny of the shell, or else have totally misinterpreted its mode of growth. Sentences (6) and (7) do not call for any special comment. (8) and (9) The description of the colouring is remarkably complete, precise, and consistent, and in several points is opposed to what is observed in Dolium maculatum ; as for instance the remark that the maculations are usually less distinct on the early part of the spire than at succeeding stages, just the opposite of what is usually seen in Dolium maculatum ; or again the occurrence of non-spotted specimens, frequent in the species described by Bruguiere, not known in Dolium maculatum; also the occurrence of specimens uniformly tinted brown, which again entirely excludes Doliwm maculatum. (10) The distribution mentioned is to a large extent incorrect ; but if the name were to be rejected on that account, it would be necessary to reject also for that same reason an enormous proportion of the species established by Linnæus, Gmelin, Lamarck, Sowerby and even Reeve, as, in former times, the localities from which objects of Natural History were obtained were but too often incorrectly recorded. In conclusion, it is very seldom, even at the present day, that a species is des- cribed with the fulness, precision and detailed accuracy noticed in Bruguiére’s des- cription of Buccinum tessellatum, and generally in all descriptions by that author. If all specific distinctions depended on descriptions of similar merit, the troublesome uncertainties of identification, of which the present imbroglio is but too common an instance and which so seriously impede zoological research, would never happen. There cannot possibly be two interpretations of Bruguiére’s description above ana- lysed, and it would be inexcusable to substitute any subsequently published appella- tion in place of his Buccinum tessellatum. While adhering, in the text of his descriptions, to the limits of the genus Buccinum as expanded by Linnæus, Bruguiére nevertheless classifies the species into two sec- tions, of which the first one is explicitly stated to coincide with d’Argenville’s genus Dolium. This must be the reason why Bruguiére has not adopted the Linnean specific name “ dolium,” to avoid a repetition in the event of a reinstatement of d’Argenville’s genus Dolium, the use of which was indeed resumed on the plates illustrating Bruguiére’s descriptions.! The next in date amongst the important works concerning the question under consideration is Lamarck’s ‘ Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertèbres.” The general standard of Lamarck’s method compares unfavourably with that of Bruguiere, though it is but fair to keep in mind the adverse circumstances that have affected the work of all naturalists during his time and ever since; for he was not so happily situated as Bruguiére who had the good fortune to terminate much of his work on the very eve of that terrible catastrophy which has for ever retarded the rate of progress of scientific knowledge and of all intellectual culture. Lamarck deserves our admiration all the more for his undaunted perseverance amidst eircum- ! At least so I gather from the references to Bruguiére’s figures as given in the synonymy by Lamarck, Deshayes, and Kiister. As already mentioned the plates of the Encyclopédie are not available in Calcutta. 1919. | E. W. VREDENBURG: Shells of the family Doliide. 167 stances unfavourable or even hostile to scientific research. Lamarck has followed Bruguière in reinstating d’Argenville’s genus Doliwm. It may be noticed that, in the generic diagnosis, Lamarck has introduced a clause “ labro per totam longi- tudinem dentato vel crenato,’” so that, if it were desired to adhere strictly to ‚Lamarck’s definition, the name Dolium, s. str. would be applicable to the shells which it is proposed to classify as Hudoliwm, rather than to those classified with Doliwm galea. As however Dolium galea is the species first mentioned, it has been decided that it is the type of the genus, and although it would be geologically and histori- cally more logical to reserve the name Dolium, s. str. for the forms with denticulate labrum, yet there is no distinct advantage to be gained in altering an established usage. In defining his Dokum maculatum, Lamarck has transcribed the synonymy of Bruguiére’s Buccinum tessellatum, similarly differmg from Linnzeus’ and Gmelin’s synonymy of Buccinum dolium in admitting the appositiveness of only two of the figures from Martinis work. But for this correction, copied from Bruguiére, the synonymy of Lamarck’s Doliwm maculatum is as hopeless a medley as that of Lin- næus Buccinum dolium or of Bruguiére’s Buccinum tessellatum. From the synony- my, there is no reason why Lamarck’s Dolium maculatum should represent a different species from Bruguiére’s Buccinum tessellatum or Dolium tessellatum also mentioned in the synonymy; no reason being given for superseding the name established by Bruguiére. The specific name used by Linnæus is set aside by Lamarck presumably for the same reason as by Bruguiére, that is on account of the re-establishment of the generic name Dolium, to avoid a repetition. The description given by Lamarck runs as follows: “ testa ovatoglobosa, ventricoso-inflata, tenui, alba; costis convexis, distantibus, fulvo aut rufo maculatis : interstitiis stria prominula divisis.” The last clause may indicate that it is especially the shell above described as Doliwm macula- tum, Deshayes which Lamarck had in view, though, without any account of the development of the shell, it is insufficient to clear up the uncertainties of the syn- onymy. In conclusion, Dolium maculatum, Lamarck is just as uncertain as Buccinum dolium, Linnæus. The next important publication dealing with this subject is probably posterior to the one of Lamarck above analysed, being the genus Doliwm in Sowerby’s ‘Genera,’ which presumably appeared in 1823. It contains an admirable figure of a shell which Sowerby has called Dolium fimbriatum, and which tallies in every respect with Bruguiére’s description. For those who, following the example of Kiister, reject the specific names minjac and tessellatum, it is evident that the shell in question must be known as Dolium fimbriatum, Sowerby. In 1830, seven or eight years later therefore than the publications of Lamarck and of Sowerby, Menke, in the second edition of the catalogue of his private collec- tion, mentioned, as a new species, a Dolium costatum, with no other reference than Martini’s figure 1082, therefore, one of the two figures specially selected by Bruguiére as representing his Buccinum tessellatum, and by Lamarck as representing his Doliwm maculatum. The date 1828 given by Tryon for this species is apparently incorrect, 168 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, for, according to Küster, the species was established not in the first edition of Menke’s catalogue (published in 1828 and not available in India), but only in the second. The adoption of the same name for a similar shell by Deshayes in 1845 is a coinci- dence, as Deshayes was not acquainted with Menke’s catalogue. Küster’s remark to the effect that “for a long time previous to Deshayes, Menke had recognised this species, fortunately under the same name, and had entered it as such in the second edition of his Synopsis together with a diagnosis in the appendix,” is partly incorrect, for Menke never seems to have described his Dolium costatum : the diagnosis in the appendix referring not to Doliwm costatum, but to a Dolium tenue, from the coasts of Syria, rightly considered by Tryon to be an immature specimen of Dolium galea. The first definite information subsequent to Bruguiere’s description and Sower- by’s figure, that we can gather regarding the shells under consideration, is that contained in the Xth Volume, published in 1845, of Deshayes’ new edition of Lamarck’s “ Animaux sans Vertebres.’ A truly reliable character is at last noticed by means of which Dolium maculatum:can be identified, namely the inferior number of its primary ribs as compared with Dolium tessellatum, Bruguiere, for which Des- hayes adopts the specific name minjac, Adanson. It is only, therefore, from the date of Deshaye’s work that Doliwm maculatum can truly be recognised as a distinct species. As already mentioned, Doliwm costatum is described by Deshayes as dis- tinet from his Dolium minjac, the agreement in name with Menke, resulting, as above noticed, from a coincidence. Reeve, in 1849, in his monograph adorned with the superb illustrations of Sowerby, has adopted the three species established by Deshayes, for one of which he adopts the specific name fimbriatum, Sowerby, tessellatum, Bruguiére being rejected on the unfounded plea that it refers both to D. fimbriatum and to D. maculatum, while the specific name minjac mentioned in the synonymy is rejected on account of its non-latinity. The short explanatory notices contain some inaccuracies, as in the statement, reproduced from Deshayes, that Dolium fimbriatum is characterised “ by the outer lip becoming strongly fimbriated on arriving at maturity,” just the opposite of what really takes place as had already been observed by Bruguiére. In the beautifully illustrated monograph published in 1857 as part of the Revision of Martini and Chemnitz’ Conchilien-Cabinet, Kiister has unreservedly accepted Reeve’s con- clusion, also including a fourth species, Dolium ampullaceum, Philippi, and adding a fifth, Doliwm lischkeanum. The figure and diagnosis of Doliwm ampullaceum are merely reproduced from Philippi’s work, the shell, of which only a dorsal view is given, evidently representing a large specimen of D. tessellatum, Bruguiére. Doliwm lischkeanum is founded on adult specimens of the same species, in which the aper- tural thickening is therefore reduced, according to the adult characteristics already so clearly defined by Bruguière. The name established by Bruguière is rejected for the same unfounded reason as by Reeve, its supposed applicability to two different species. The reason alleged for rejecting the specific name minjac is not without some just foundation: ‘ Without necessarily ignoring all the rules of nomenclature, 1919. | E. W. VREDENBURG : Shells of the family Doliidæ. 169 the names capriciously bestowed by Adanson, cannot nevertheless lay claim to the right of priority such as desired by Mr. Deshayes.” Finally, in Tryon’s great work, the Manual of Conchology, the interpretation adopted in the case under consideration is arbitrary in the extreme: D. maculatum, Lamarck, D. fimbriatum, Sowerby, and D. costatum, Menke are regarded as mere varieties (or even less than varieties) of a single species for which the much older specific names minjac, Adanson, doliwm, Linneus, and tessellatum, Bruguiere are rejected under the pretext that some uncertainty remains as to the particular variety to which they might have been originally applied. If the various forms really did represent mere varieties, it is obvious that the oldest name published would be that of the species, and that the varieties would be named according to the precedence in date recognised for each precise identification. Furthermore, not only does Tryon reject these names on a pretext which, from his point of view, cannot be considered valid, but, of the three other names that are allowed to stand, it is not the oldest, Lamarck’s maculatum which is adopted as the name of the species, but Menke’s costatum which is certainly newer by several years than either of the two others. The foregoing lengthy discussion was unavoidable in order to arrive at some definite conclusion regarding the names to be adopted for the two species recognised in the present work. It should now appear sufficiently evident that the two names to be adopted are Dolium tessellatum, Bruguière 1789, and Dolium maculatum, Deshayes 1845. For those who prefer archzeological erudition, however inconvenient, to the more familiar nomenclature of long-established usage and tradition, there seems to be no doubt that either Dolium minjac (Adanson) 1757, or Dolawm doliwm (L.) [| Hud- desford | 1770, is the name that should be adopted for the shell above described as Dolium maculatum, Deshayes. The adoption of such a course must carry with it the usual warning that the pseudo-scientific security attained by the archæo- logica] method has too often proved a delusion, for there is always the risk of an indus- trious bibliographer discovering some forgotten monograph of earlier date than the one relied upon as final. In any case, even as regards the substitution of Dolium dolium to Dolium maculatum, this would be somewhat of a retrospective interpreta- tion, -for no one who had not made an exhaustive study of the shells under considera- tion could recognise which species is meant by Lister’s illustration. Neither the figure nor the description of Lister nor the identification of Huddesford are of any real help in identifying the species, and it is necessary to come down to the period of Deshayes to obtain at last a sure method of recognising it. If the Lamarckian appellation Doliwm maculatum be definitely adopted for one of these species, it may perhaps be objected that to follow this specific name with “ Deshayes ” as the author, as has been done in the present work, is not in accordance with the recognised rules of nomenclature. The prevailing custom of appending to the name of a species, whenever mentioned, the name of the earliest author who has made use of such a specific name is in many cases of little scientific value. The object of this apposition is to avoid confusion, the mention of the author’s name pur- 170 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, porting to be an abbreviated reference to the earliest work in which a particular specific name has received a definite meaning. If, however, the author quoted is one who has only given an ambiguous definition, the abbreviated reference fulfils no useful purpose. To be historically and scientifically useful, the reference should be to the earliest author who has bestowed a definite meaning upon the name, whether or not it may previously have been used in an unsatisfactory manner. For instance, ““ Dolium maculatum, Lamarck’ does not convey any useful information since it is not possible, from Lamarck’s description, to ascertain which shell he had in view, while “ Dolium maculatum, Deshayes”’ immediately gives the required clue since we . need only refer to Deshaye’s work to know precisely which form is meant. Characteristic differences between the two species.—From the foregoing description, it is clear that the forms under consideration are both very well defined and remark- ably constant, and it is easy therefore to detect the particular features that differen- tiate them from one another. Amongst the more striking differences, the following may be particularly mentioned. Firstly. The protoconch in Dolium tessellatum is smaller, more prominent, less oblique, darker-coloured than in Dolium maculatum. The secondary infilling of porcellaneous shell-substance which occupies the whole interior of the protoconch in the case of Doliwm maculatum does not reach the apex in the case of Doliwm tessellatum. Secondly. The number of primary ribs visible on the spire-whorls is three or four in the case of Dolium tessellatum, two or three in the case of Dolium maculatum. The intervening spaces in the case of Doliwm maculatum carry intercalary threads of three orders, of which only those of the highest order are apt to disappear with increasing growth. In the case of Doliwm tessellatum the intervals, in the portion immediately following the protoconch, carry intercalary threads of two orders only, all of which vanish entirely or almost entirely with increasing growth. Thirdly. The number of primary ribs on the body-whorl of Dolium maculatum is ten or eleven, and remains perfectly constant at all stages of growth. In the case of Doliwm tessellatum the body-whorl of very small specimens carries twelve primary ribs, the number increasing, by anterior additions, to as many as sixteen in the case of very large specimens. Fourthly. The intercalary decoration in the case of specimens of average size of Dolium maculatum includes, in the broader intervals, threads of two orders, much narrower than the primary threads. In the case of very large specimens some of these intercalary threads may broaden into bands resembling the primary ribs, while threads of a higher order may also appear. In the vast majority of specimens of Dolium tessellatum there is practically no intercalary spiral sculpture on the body- whorl. In the case of very large specimens there may appear some intercalary bands, the number of which, in a single primary interval, never exceeds two. These intercalary ribs of full-grown specimens of Dolium tessellatum are apt to assume the maculated colour decoration of the primary ribs, while this is very rarely observed in the case of Dolium maculatum, 1919. | E. W. VREDENBURG : Shells of the family Doliida. 171 Fifthly. The columella of Dolium tessellatum is shorter than that of Doliwm maculatum. Except in the case of very large, quite adult specimens, it is always rugose in the case of Dolium tessellatum, while it is smooth at all stages of growth in the case of Dolium maculatum. Sixthly. The vast majority of specimens of Dolium maculatum of all sizes have a pertectly simple outer lip. When the outer lip is at all differentiated, it is feebly expanded externally, feebly thickened and non-denticulate internally, with a more or less wavy, feebly fimbriated edge. In the case of Dolium tessellatum the outer lip is invariably differentiated, its special characteristics, in the case of the largest fully adult specimens, being reduced to a mere internal thickening, while in every specimen of small or medium size it is externally expanded, internally thickened and denticu- late, and is conspicuously fimbriated all along the edge. In conclusion, the differences are amply sufficient to justify the reference of both forms to totally distinct species which are not even closely related. The simpli- fication of the aperture in fully adult specimens of Dolium tessellatum, combined with the adult reappearance of an intercalary sculpture, taken in connection with the adult broadening of the intercalary ribs usually observed in Doliwm maculatum, gives rise to a deceptive suggestion of convergence which, nevertheless, is quite superficial. The history of the development of both shells clearly shows how widely divergent are their zoological affinities. Affinities of the two species.—Dolium maculatum appears to be an isolated species amongst the recent fauna, and is not closely related to any other known living form. In the characters of the outer lip, of the columella and of the umbilicus it distinctly recalls Dolium galea, the type of the genus, as well as the closely related Dolium melanostoma, Jay and D. variegatum, Lam., but is clearly separated by the wide-spaced disposition of the primary ribs which, on the contrary, are close-set in Dolium galea and the related forms. In any case Doliwm maculatum is to be classified as a typical Dolium. Dolium tessellatum, if we leave out of account the fully adult or gerontic indi- viduals, is undoubtedly closely related to Dolium fasciatum, Brug., with which it agrees as regards the posteriorly channelled aperture, the rugose columella, the externally and internally thickened, denticulate and fimbriate outer lip, being dis- tinguished only by the somewhat less ovoid outline of the body-whorl, and the smaller number and wider spacing of the primary ribs, as well as some differences in the colour decoration. It also shows a relationship though more distant to Dolium zonatum, Green. In their apertural characters, Dolium fasciatum and D. zonatum correspond so closely with Dolium crosseanum, Mont., the type of Hudolium, as to justify their inclusion within that subgenus or section; the exact classificatory posi- tion of Dolium tessellatum being rendered thereby, as already mentioned, somewhat uncertain, since it may be regarded as a Æudolium when immature, a Doliwm, s. str. when full grown. It is clearly at the mutual limit of the two groups, and indicates how feebly defined is their separation. The pliocene beds of the Mekran contain an extinct species which has provision- 172 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, ally been named Dolium ormarense, and which, as shown by the characters of its aperture, undoubtedly belongs to the same group as Doliwm tessellatum. The size, number, and spacing of the primary ribs on the body-whorl is in complete agreement with the recent form from which the fossil differs owing to the presence of a well- developed intercalary rib of the second order in each interval at all stages of growth ; the broader posterior primary intervals also showing indications of threads of a third order. The spire is more sunken than in the recent form and recalls that of Dolium maculatum. In his first monograph on the tertiary fossils of Java (Tertidrschichten auf Java, p. 40, 1879) Martin has mentioned the occasional presence of intercalary ribs on the body-whorl of ‘‘ Dolium costatum,” that is therefore of D. tessellatum. On the strength of this observation, Boettger (Die Tertiaerformation von Sumatra und thre Thierreste, 2nd part, p. 84, pl. vi, figs. 4, 5; Palaeontographica, Supplementary Vol. III) has referred to Doliwm costatum as a variety martini, a tertiary fossil from Sumatra in which intercalary ribs are conspicuously developed at all stages of growth. Nevertheless, since Martin specially mentioned that the occasional development of intercalary ribs takes place on the body-whorl, the remark doubtless applies to the adult character of full-grown specimens; especially as, in his latest work on the subject (Samml. des geol. Reichs-Museums in Leiden, new series, Vol. I, 1899, p. 161) Martin has specially described the complete or almost complete disappearance of the interstitial decoration, with increasing growth, on the spire-whorls. In this latest work, Martin has accepted Boettger’s identification without discussion, by simply recording it in the synonymy. Yet the intercalary ribs, in the specimens figured by Boettger, are far more prominent than is known ever to be the case in specimens of Dolhium tessellatum of corresponding size. There is every reason to believe that the fossil Doliwm martini is identical with the form provisionally named Dolium orma- rense, especially as the spire seems to agree exactly with that of the Mekran fossil and not with the true Doliwm tessellatum. Another doubtful form is Doliwm modjokasriense, Martin, fossil from the later tertiary of Java (Samml. des geol. Reichs-Museums in Leiden, new series, Vol. I, p. 160, pl. xxv, fig. 370), in which the spire is disposed exactly in the same manner as in Dolium maculatum, with exactly the same spiral decoration consisting of con- spicuous ribs or threads of three orders, with indications of a fourth, this decoration being similarly continued on the corresponding posterior portion of the body-whorl. Anteriorly to the level of the suture, the body-whorl is said to differ from that of Dolium maculatum owing to the presence of only two alternating orders of spiral ornaments instead of three; only, this part of the solitary available specimen is so poorly preserved as to permit of a doubt as to whether the ribs interpreted as representing the first order may not partly correspond with the expanded ribs of the second order as frequently observed on adult specimens of Dolium maculatum, in which case the fossil under consideration would be a specimen of D. maculatwm such as is already known in a fossil condition from the upper tertiary of the Mekran. Otherwise, if the interpretation accepted in the original description be correct, the 1919.] E. W. VREDENBURG: Shells of the family Doliide. 173 diagnosis merges into that of Dolium ormarense. Nevertheless the prominence of the spiral ornaments of the second and third order on the spire-whorls recalls Doliwm maculatum more than D. ormarense. This question cannot perhaps be definitely settled without the discovery of better preserved specimens, especially such as might exhibit the apertural characters. Another fossil species from the pliocene of Java, Doliwm hochstetteri, Martin (Samml. des geol. Reichs-Museums in Leiden, new series, Vol. I, p. 162) is perhaps also to be classified in the same group with Doliwm tessellatum, from which it is dis- tinguished by its extremely flattened spire and the posterior inflation of the body- whorl. The details of the aperture are unfortunately not known. Lastly, another upper tertiary fossil from the Mekran, provisionally named Dolium arabicum, and probably identical with Dolium townsendi, Newton (Geol. Mag., dec. 5, Vol. II, p. 301) is probably also related to Dolium costatum, with which it agrees in the shape and ornamentation of the spire, but from which it differs owing to the irregular distribution of the spiral ribs on the body-whorl. In this case also, owing to the absence of the apertural characters, the precise affinities of the species remain uncertain. Distribution of Dolium tessellatum and Dolium maculatum.—The areas over which the two species are found at the present day are to a large extent distinct, though they partly overlap. Dolium tessellatum does not seem to spread further west than the eastern portion of the Bay of Bengal, nor Dolium maculatum further east than the Malay Islands, while, in a westward direction, D. maculatum occurs apparently throughout the Arabian Sea, and, in an eastern direction, D. tessellatum extends as far as Japan. The geographical range of D. tessellatum appears to have been more extensive in former geological times than at the present day, for its occurrence as a fossil in the Mekran beds indicates its former presence, in later tertiary times, in the area now occupied by the Arabian Sea. 1ll.—THE SPECIFIC IDENTITY OF DOLIUM LUTEOSTOMA, KUSTER, WITH DoLium VARIEGATUM, LAMARCK, AND OF DOLIUM MAGNIFICUM, G. B. SOWERBY, WITH DOLIUM CHINENSE, DILLWYN. IL On a previous occasion (Journal As. Soc. Bengal, new series, Vol. XIV, 1918, p. 449) I have commented upon the apparently discontinuous distribution of Dolium variegatum, Lamarck, a conspicuous shell previously regarded as special to the Austra- lian region, but which has now been shown to occur also in the northern part of the Arabian Sea. The collections in the Indian Museum include specimens from Maskat, and I have also ascertained the presence of the shell at Karachi. It was moreover noticed that a shell found at Charbar on the northern shore of the Gulf of Oman, by Mr. Townsend, and referred by Melvill and Standen to “‘ Doliwm galea var. luteosto- mum” (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1901, Vol. II, p. 385), probably also represents a specimen of Dolium variegatum. 174 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, The specimens of Doliwm variegatum from the collections of the Indian Museum hitherto studied were all of relatively moderate dimensions. Since the note above alluded to was written, several more specimens have come to notice, unfortu- nately of uncertain origin, remarkable for their large dimensions, and clearly corres- ponding with the figured types of Doliwm luteostoma and of the synonymous Doliwm japonicum, Dunker. At the same time, their specific identity with Doliwm variegatum does not admit of any doubt, and hereby is explained the occurrence of Doliwm luteostoma in the Arabian Sea as recorded by Melvill and Standen. It now remains to be seen whether Doliwm variegatum itself is to be treated as specifically identical with Dolium galea, since the synonymous Dolium luteostoma is regarded by Melvill and Standen as a mere variety of that species. With the exception of Küster, in his monograph of the genus Dolium published in 1857 as part of the revised edition of Martini and Chemnitz’ “ Conchilien-Cabinet,”’ the authors who have dealt with these particular shells have only given short diagnoses insufficient for identifying the various species. Even in the case of Kiister’s work, the excellent descriptions are mostly unaccompanied by comparative criteria. It is therefore necessary to rely principally upon illustrations and upon actual specimens for the discrimination of the species. With regard to the possible specific distinctness of the forms variously described a D. galea, D. variegatum, and D. luteostoma, the question is still further complicated by the necessity to take into account a Dolium melanostoma, Jay (1839, Cat. Mus., p. 124, pl. viii-ix), with which D. luteostoma is regarded by Tryon (Manual of Conchology, Vol. VII, p. 261) as possibly identical. Apart from Melvill and Standen, in the above quoted reference, none of the authors who have dealt with Doliwm luteostoma appear to have had any hesitation in considering it to differ specifically from Dolium galea, from which it is distinguished, at the first glance, by its fewer and wider ribs. Tryon is the only author who has thought it worth while to compare Dolium variegatum with Dolium galea and with Dolium luteostoma and records, as the only distinction from the two species last named, a relatively shallower sutural groove or rather depression, and a more elevated spire for D. variegatum. It need scarcely be mentioned that differences of this kind, depending on mere matters of degree and totally ignoring individual variation, are worthless from the point of view of precise specific discrimination. I have vainly endeavoured, with the material now available, to discover other distinguishing features. The degree of elevation of the spire is extremely variable from one specimen to another, as is obvious from the two specimens of Doliwm variegatum figured in Reeve’s monograph. Of the two specimens of Dolium variegatum as interpreted by Küster, illustrated in plate Ixiii of his monograph, the larger one has so short a spire that it has unhesi- tatingly been referred to Dolium luteostoma by Tryon; (the figure of the smaller specimen being copied from Reeve). Moreover, the degree of elevation of the spire may vary widely at different stages of growth even in the same specimen; as in the case of the larger of the two specimens figured by Reeve, and also in the case of a very fine specimen in the collections of the Indian Museum, measuring 168 x 139 mm., 1919. ] E. W. VREDENBURG: Shells of the family Doliide. 175 in which the suture becomes increasingly oblique with increasing growth, so that, at earlier stages, the spire is extremely depressed, and gradually becomes more elevated in the full-yrown shell. In the case of such specimens, the earlier whorls exactly agree with the diagnosis of Dolvum luteostoma, the later ones with that of Doliwm variegatum. As to the sunken disposition of the suture in various individuals or in various portions of one specimen, it is more or less pronounced inversely to the degree of obliquity, but is always distinct. We may conclude that Doliwm variegatum, Lamarck, and Dolium luteostoma, Kiister, undoubtedly represent the same species, which should be known by Lamarck’s designation which is older. | The shell is undoubtedly very closely related to Dolium galea, Linn., though it cannot be referred to the same species as has been done by Melvill and Standen who, as already mentioned, have catalogued it from the Gulf of Oman as “ Dolium galea var. luteostomum.” The spiral ribs, even taking full account of individual variations, are always fewer in Dolium variegatum than in Dolium galea. At the largest stages of growth, the number of main ribs, in Doliwm variegatum, never exceeds nineteen, and is usually less (frequently fifteen), while Dolium galea has at least twenty ribs even in the case of small specimens, and usually more. There is also a very distinct difference in the general shape of both species at all stages of growth, the convexity of the body-whorl being more evenly continuous in Dolium variegatum than in Dolium galea, in which latter species there is a decrease in the degree of curvature along the zone of maximum width, communicating a slightly flattened appearance to the sides of the shell. There remains to be considered the case of Dolium melanostoma, Jay, a remark- ably handsome shell, the name of which refers to the dark colour pervading the aperture, principally over the columellar lip. It seems to occur abundantly through- out Polynesia and as far north as the Hawaiian Islands, but is not represented in the collections of the Indian Museum. The two illustrations hitherto published, in the works respectively of Jay (loc. cit.) and of Reeve (Monograph of the Genus Dolium, species 2) are in every respect consistent with one another except as regards the number of principal spiral ribs on the body-whorl, which amounts to twenty on the specimen figured by Reeve, but which does not exceed fifteen in Jay’s original type. The number of ribs varies therefore approximately within the same limits as in the case of Dolium variegatum, of which, judging by this character alone, Doliwm melanostoma might be merely a colour-variety. But there are other differences besides those of colour. Judging from the apparently excellent illustrations, the outline of the spire is more subulate, with less convex whorls than in Dolium variegatum. The sutures are decidedly less sunken than in either Doliwm galea or Dolium variegatum. The absence of spiral ribs on the anterior winding terminal bulge of Dolium melanostoma already noticed by Reeve as a good distinction from Doliwm galea similarly distin- guishes it from Doliwm variegatum. The spire, in Jay’s original type, is taller than would seem ever to be the case with Doliwm variegatum, while, in the specimen figured by Reeve, it also exceeds the average of Doliwm varvegatum ; it is therefore probably 176 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VIL, more elongate, on an average, in Dolium melanostoma than in Dolium variegatum, though further information is necessary to make certain about this point. The narrow intercalary ribs appear to alternate with the larger ones much more regularly in Dolium melanostoma than in either Doliwm galea or Dolium variegatum. In this respect, as also with regard to the feebly sunken sutures, Doliwm melanostoma recalls Dolium chinense, Dillwyn, but its ribs do not become so completely flattened out as in the last-named species. Lastly, Dolium melanostoma, like Dolium galea, lacks the brown maculations of Dolium variegatum and Dolium chinense. We may conclude that Dolium melanostoma is specifically distinct both from Dolium galea and from Dolium variegatum. There exists therefore, at the present day, a group of three closely related species, each with its special geographical distribution : Dolium galea inhabiting the Mediterranean and Atlantic, Dolium variegatum charac- terising the Indian Ocean and western shores of the Pacific, and Doliwm melanostoma in the central Pacific region. As pointed out on a previous occasion, it is improbable that so conspicuous a species as Dolium variegatum should have been overlooked in the Bay of Bengal and Malay region if it really lived in those portions of the ocean ; and its occurrence in the northern part of the Arabian Sea suggests therefore a discontinuous distribution for that species. It is known to exist along the northern and eastern coasts of Australia, but we cannot at present ascertain whether it spreads continuously across the intervening seas from Australia to Japan, in which latter region it is also known to occur, this being the habitat of Dolium japonicum, Dunker, synonymous with Doliwm luteostoma and with Doliwm variegatum. We know that Dolium variegatum has been in existence since miocene times, and from the distribu- tion of the fossil occurrences, we may conclude that its present discontinuous distri- bution is due to the local shrinking of a once connected area. No fossil occurrences of Dolium galea or Dolium melanostoma have been discovered, but our knowledge of the later tertiary marine faunas of tropical regions is as yet too incomplete to lay stress upon this circumstance. 11. The second point to be discussed is the relationship to Doliwm chinense, Dillwyn, of a form described in 1904 by G. B. Sowerby as a new species under the name of Dolium magnificum (Proc. Malac. Soc. London, Vol. VI, p. 7, fig. 1). The specimen described and figured by Sowerby was obtained by the late General Tripe from China, from the very home, therefore, of Doliwm chinense. We have evidently to deal, here, with another of the numerous instances in which, in the genus Dolium, large individuals are apt to differ considerably in appearance from smaller specimens of the same species; though in the present case the difference is not of an extremely marked degree. The specimen of Doliwm chinense figured in Reeve’s monograph measures 75 mm. in height. A specimen of nearly the same size, closely corresponding with the one figured by Reeve, is to be found in the collections of the Indian Museum, together with some smaller ones and a much larger one which will be further alluded to. The maximum height of Doliwm chinense, according to Küster, is 33, therefore more than 80 mm. The type-specimen of Dolium magnificum has a 19192] E. W. VREDENBURG : Shells of the family Doliide. an height of 110 mm., not disproportionately greater therefore than the largest previously known specimens of Dolvum chinense. In addition to its large size, it is considered to be further differentiated by the character of its spiral threads, said to be flatter than in Dolium chinense. At all stages of growth, Doliwm chinense is always characterised by its relatively flat ribs, this feature constituting a good distinction from Doliwm variegatum, with which it has been erroneously united by Philippi and by Tryon. The collection of the Indian Museum includes a specimen, unfortunately of unknown origin, measuring II5 X 98 mm., even larger therefore than G. B. Sowerby’s type of Dolium magnificum, with which it otherwise corresponds in every respect. The ribs of the body-whorl, as in the case of Sowerby’s type, are still flatter than in specimens of Dolium chinense of moderate size; the ornamentation, indeed, consisting of linear grooves rather than ribs. Yet, the spire-whorls plainly show that, at earlier stages of growth, the ribs are less flattened and are disposed exactly as in typical specimens of Doliwm chinense. The protoconch of the specimen corresponding with Dolium magnificum is of exactly the same size and shape as in typical specimens of Dolium chinense; indeed, all the earlier portion of the spire is absolutely undistin- guishable. The paired disposition of the maculated ribs observed in the type of Dolium magnificum, and in the corresponding Calcutta specimen, is frequently matched amongst typical specimens of Doliwm chinense. It seems obvious that Doliwm magni- ficum is specifically identical with Doliwm chinense, of which it represents a full-grown stage. Even these exceptionally large specimens of Doliwm chinense do not nearly approach the maximum dimensions of Doliwm variegatum, which reaches as much as 230 mm., and ranks amongst the largest known gastropods. Dolium chinense is there- fore well distinguished from Doliwm variegatum by its smaller average size, its feebly sunken sutures, and its more crowded and flatter ribs, the difference becoming especially marked in large specimens of both species, since, in the case of Doliwm variegatum, there is no indication, with increase of size, of the extreme flattening characterising the full-grown stage of Dolium chinense. NES OF THE DOLIIDÆ IN THE COLLECTION OF THE INDIAN MUSEUM. While engaged upon the study of the tertiary fossil Doliidæ in the collections of the Geological Survey of India, I had occasion to examine, for purposes of com- parison, the rich series of recent shells of this family in the zoological collections of the Indian Museum. Many of these valuable specimens had remained unnamed, and, as the work of comparison necessitated the identification of the recent as well as of the fossil specimens, advantage may be taken of the present opportunity to place on record the contents of the collection of recent shells, all the more so as, in the ma- jority of cases, we possess precise details as to the locality from which the specimens were obtained; the information thus obtainable supplementing in several instances that previously published. According to the classification schemes of Fischer (Manuel de Conchyliologie, 178 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, p. 661) and of Cossmann (Æssais de Paleoconchologie comparée, fase. V, p. 136), the Doliidæ include two genera, Dolium and Pirula, while Dolium is itself divided into three subgenera, namely Doliwm, s. str., Hudolium and Malea. Several authors treat Malea as a separate genus. : Genus Dolium, d’Argenville, 1757. The species of Doliwm, both fossil and recent, hitherto recorded are provisionally srouped in the following list in which are included also two fossil species from the Mekran distriet, of which the descriptions are not yet published, and which are mentioned with provisional names, but which probably correspond with two species which have already been named and figured. This particular question will be fully discussed, it is hoped, at no very distant date in the publications of the Geological Survey of India. The proposed limits of the subgenus Hudoliwm have been discussed in a fore- going paper. The species included within the three subgenera of Dolium may be grouped in the following nine divisions: Dolium, >. str. It is proposed to restrict Doliwm, s. str. to those shells in which the outer lip is simple or internally slightly thickened, and the columella smooth at all stages of growth. Ist Division. This division which may be called the group of Doliwm galea (Linn.), after the type of the genus, includes globose or slightly ovoid shells of large or very large size in which the spiral ribs are mostly contiguous or nearly so. The following forms have been recognized :— Dolium galea (Linn.), in which the ribs are very numerous and the sutures deeply sunken. There is a marked decrease in the degree of curvature along the zone of maximum width, this portion of the shell tending therefore to assume a sub-cylindri- cal outline. Dolium variegatum, Lamarck, in which the ribs are fewer and the curvature more continuous than in Doliwm galea, from which it is usually distinguished also by the presence of brown maculations along many of the ribs. Küster’s Dolium luteostoma and Dunker’s D. japonicum are synonymous. Dolium melanostoma, Jay, in which the number of ribs and the shape of the body- whorl are about the same as in D. variegatum from which it is distinguished by its more subulate spire, the feebly sunken sutures, the absence of maculations on the ribs, and the dark tint of the aperture. Dolium chinense, Dillwyn, distinguished from D. variegatum by its smaller size, more numerous and more flattened ribs, and its feebly sunken suture. Dohum magnificum, G. B. Sowerby, represents the full-grown condition of this species. Dolium olearium, Bruguiére, which resembles Doliwm variegatum in general out- 1919. ] E. W. VREDENBURG : Shells of the family Doliide. 179 line; sutures sunken; ribs about as numerous as in D. variegatum, only much flatter and separated by mere linear shallow grooves, without intercalary ribs. Dolium perdix, Linnaeus, larger and more ovoid than Dolium chinense ; sutures not appreciably sunken; ribs quite flat and about as numerous as the primary ribs of Dolium chinense, separated by linear grooves without the intercalary ribs that characterise Doliwm chinense. Nevertheless, the resemblance to Doliwm chinense becomes very close in the case of immature specimens of Dolium variegatum, which are apt to be relatively much more globose than the adult. The resemblance is accentuated by the fact that the intercalary ribbing is absent in the case of immature specimens of Doliwm chinense. Nevertheless, the immature specimens of Doliwm chinense are distinguished by the conformation of the terminal zone of accretions which, when viewed dorsally, appears somewhat more bulging and convex, and is separated from the convexity of the base by a slightly better defined concavity than in the case of the immature specimens of Dolium perdix. The protoconch of Dolium perdix is considerably larger than that of D. chinense. Tryon regards Dolium cumingii, Hanley, D. deshayesi, Reeve and D. testardi, Monterosato, as varieties of D. olearium; a most unlikely interpretation, for, judging from the excellent published illustrations, the absence of a circumsutural channel, the shape and ornamentation of the spire, the sculpture and decoration of the body- whorl, suggest a close relationship, if not specific identity, with Dolium perdix. 2nd Division. Large globose shells with the ribs separated by wide intervals. Only one species can with certainty be ascribed to this division: this is Dolium maculatum, Lamarck. The Java fossil Doliwm modjokasriense, Martin, as already explained (p. 172), is perhaps identical. 3rd Division. This division only includes the fossil Doliwm losariense, Martin (Samml. des geol. Reichs-Museums in Leiden, new series, Vol. I, p. 163, pl. xxv, figs. 377, 378), distinguished from all other species by the marked posterior angulation of the body- whorl. So far as can be made out its outer lip is simple. Subgenus Eudolium, Dall, 1889. (= Doliopsis, Monterosato, 1872, non Conrad). According to the interpretation here proposed, the subgenus Hudoliwm includes those forms in which, throughout the greater part or the whole of the life of the shell, the aperture is somewhat channelled posteriorly, the columella rugose, and the outer lip internally denticulate. 4th Division. The shells of this division, which may be distinguished as the group of Doliwm tessellatum, include umbilicated shells in which the primary ribs are wide-spaced. In Dolium tessellatum itself, the only form of this group in which the development of 180 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Voz. VII, the shell is entirely known, the apertural denticulations and the collumellar rugosities disappear in the case of thoroughly adult individuals, the species establishing there- fore somewhat of a link between Doliwm, s. str. and Hudolium. In those forms of which the apertural details are known the denticulations are bifid. The forms which may be either definitely or provisionally classified in this group are the following :— Dolium tessellatum, Bruguiére, in which conspicuous intercalary ribs appear only in fully adult shells. Dolium ormarense, Vred., fossil, in which conspicuous intercalary ribs are seen at every stage of growth ; Doliwm costatum var. martini, Boettger (Die Tertiaerformation von Sumatra und ihre Thierreste, Part II, p. 84, pl. vi, figs. 4, 5, Palaeontographica, Suppl., Vol. III) being perhaps identical. Dolium hochstetteri, Martin (Samml. des geol. Reichs-Museums in Leiden, new series, Vol. I, p. 162), characterised by its extremely depressed spire and posteriorly inflated body-whorl. The details of the aperture are not known, and the classifica- tion of this shell is therefore provisional. Dolium arabicum, Vred., fossil, characterised by the irregular distribution of the ribs on the body-whorl; D. townsendi, Newton (Geol. Mag., dec. 5, Vol. II, p. 30T), being probably identical. As in the case of the preceding species the details of the aperture are not known and the classification of the shell is hkewise provisional. 5th Division. In this division, which may be distinguished as the group of Dolium fasciatum, the shell is umbilicated, the ribs are crowded and close-set, the denticulations bifid. It includes the following species :— Dolium fasciatum (Bruguière), in which the body-whorl is practically destitute of intercalary ribbing, and the outer lip thickened both internally and externally. Dolium zonatum, Green, in which all the intervals carry intercalary threads and the labrum is thickened only internally. 6th Division. The shells of this division, which may be distinguished as the group of Doliwm crosseanum, differ from those of the preceding group merely in the absence of an umbilicus. The denticulations are similarly bifid. This group includes the following species: Dolium crosseanum, Monterosato, the genotype of Doliopsis, Monterosato and of Eudolium, Dall, characterised principally by its crowded spiral ornamentation closely resembling that of Doliwm zonatum. Dolium cinguliferum (Brown) (= D. fasciatum, Borson, non Bruguiere), fossil, of smaller size, with fewer primary ribs. Dolium muticum, Michelotti, fossil, strongly tuberculate, with labrum thickened externally as well as internally. 1919.] E. W. VREDENBURG : Shells of the family Dolide. 181 Dolium subfasciatum, Sacco, fossil, more delicately tuberculate than -D. muticum, with the labrum similarly thickened externally. Dolium stephaniophorum (Fontannes), fossil, delicately tuberculated like D. sub- fasciatum, but without the external thickening of the labrum. Dolium antiquum, Sacco, also fossil, is only represented by a single incomplete cast, and its specific distinctness from D. muticum is doubtful. 7th Division. This division only contains at present Doliwm verrillit, Dall (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. XVIII, 1889, p. 233, pl. xxxv, fig. 12), which is non-umbilicated, and which differs from all other forms of Hudolium owing to the callous thickening of its apertural margins, a character establishing a transition towards the subgenus Malea. The den- ticulations of the outer lip are coarse and apparently simple as is the case to a large extent in Malea. Subgenus Malea, Valenciennes, 1833. The subgenus or genus Malea includes shells in which the aperture is callous and exhibits coarse denticulations not only along the outer lip, but also along the colu- mellar lip, both opposite the columella and opposite the base of the penultimate whorl. 8th Division. In this division, which may be distinguished as the group of Dolium pomum, the degree of callosity of the aperture is moderate. It includes the following species :— Dolium pomum (Linn.), ovoid, with feebly prominent, close-set, broad ribs and without intercalary ornaments. Dolium orbiculatum, Brocchi, fossil, distinguished from the foregoing by the somewhat more crowded denticulations of the outer lip. Dolium pro-orbiculatum, Sacco (= D. denticulatum, Deshayes sec, Hoernes), more globular than D. orbiculatum, with more even outline of the posterior part of the body-whorl, and with the spire generally taller and more subulate. gth Division. This division is characterised by the excessive degree of callosity of the aperture. It may be distinguished as the “ group of Dolium ringens.” It includes the following species :— Dolium ringens (Swainson), large, globose, with numerous fairly prominent ribs. Dolium camurum, Guppy (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. XXII, 1866, p. 287, pl. xvii, fig. 9), fossil, differmg from Malea ringens in its smaller size, and in the flatter, less sharply defined spiral ribs separated by very narrow, but not deeply sunken intervals; the external decoration therefore somewhat recalling that of the shells belonging to the group of Malea pomum, and establishing a genealogical link between the two groups. In the shortness and prominence of the bunch of folds situated on the base of the penultimate whorl, and in the consequent great depth of the embayment separating it from the anterior columellar group, the shell entirely agrees with Malea ringens, of which it is clearly an ancestral pre-mutation. 182 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, It has not been possible to include in the above list Dolium dunkeri, Hanley (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1859, p. 43I), which does not appear to have been figured and cannot be identified from the short description, nor Dolium procellarum (Bull. Soc. Malac. France, 1885, Vol. II, p. 247), the description of which is not accessible in India. The geographical and geological distribution of these various shells, so far as known, is the following :— Oligocene. Lower Pliocene. Quaternary. Recent. Dolium galea (Linn.) oe | ——| Mediterranean and Atlan- tie. melanostoma, Jay | | | ————| Pacific. : Australia, Japan and Ara- bian Sea; fossil in the pliocene of Java, and of the Mekran. ,. variegatum, Lam. ne] | | |———__ |. | |——_ chinense, Dillwyn a I-—— | ...|... |———| China; ? Malay Peninsula: fossil in the upper mio- cene of Java. olearium, Bruguière .. | —— Indian Ocean, Philippines. | perdix (Linn.) 2. | —— Indo-Pacific region and western Atlantic. maculatum, Desh. sal | | SE Arabian’ Sea to Moluccas, | fossil in the pliocene of | the Mekran (and of Java? = D. modjokas- riense, Martin ?), and in the quaternary of the ‘ Pulicat lake near Mad- ras. losariense. Martin de | —— Fossil in the pliocene of | Java and of the Mekran. > D. (Eudolium) tessellatum, Brug. —— ,.. ———| Eastern Bay of Bengal to | Japan; fossil in the | | | upper miocene and plio- | | cene of Java and in the | pliocene of the Mekran. ormarense, Vred. | | — | Fossil in the pliocene of | | | the Mekran; D. costatum | var. martini, Boettger from the upper tertiary | | _ of Sumatra is perhaps | identical. LE] 1919.] D. (Eudolium) Hochstetteri, Mart. a arabicum, Vred... a fasciatum ( Brug.) = zonatum, Green .. u crosseanum, Mont. sf cinguliferum (Bronn). muticum, Mich. .. = subfascratum,Sacco, 2 stephaniophorum (Font.). > verrillii, Dall. D (Malea) pomum (Linn.) ee vr orbiculatum., Brocchi ig pro-orbiculatum, Sacco en ringens, Swainson i camurum, Guppy | Oligocene. MIOCENE. Lower. | | E. W. VREDENBURG : Shells of the family Doliide. 183 Pliocene. ” Quaternary. || Recent. | Fossil in Java. the pliocene of | Fossil in the pliocene of the Mekran: D. town- | sendi, Newton is pro- bably identical. — | Western Bay of Bengal to Japan. — China and Japan: a fossil | | variety in the pliocene of Java. — Mediterranean and West Indies. Fossil in the miocene and pliocene of the Piedmont. Fossil in the oligocene of | Liguria; D. antiquum, _ Sacco is perhaps identi- aca Lower (middle) miocene of the Piedmont. Fossil in the upper miocene of the Piedmont, and in the pliocene of the Piedmont and of the Rhone valley. West-Indies. “Red Sea to Society Is- lands.” Fossil in the upper miocene of the Piedmont, and in the pliocene of the Alpes- Maritimes, of Piedmont, and of Tuscany. Fossil in the Vienna region. Eastern Pacific. Fossil in Jamaica and San Domingo. 184 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, The presence of Eudolium, as here defined, in the oligocene of Europe, while, in the Eastern Seas, it is only known from upper miocene to recent times, and the occurrence of Malea exclusively as a fossil in Europe, exclusively as a living group in the Indo-Pacific, are typical instances of a large number of similar cases which at one time were thought to imply an easterly migration of the tertiary fauna of Europe into the Indo-Pacific region of the present day. It has now been shown that the great majority of these cases resulted from our hitherto deficient knowledge of the fossil contents of the tertiary formations of Asia, and, with increasing research, most of these supposed instances have now vanished. It is clear, however, that amongst the minor divisions enumerated in the pre- ceding list some have a well-defined geographical as well as geological distribution, The most archaie group, that of Dolium crosseanum, is entirely restrieted at the present day as well as in former geological times to the Mediterranean and Atlantie region. It is, so far as our present information goes, the geologically oldest group, and that from which the other forms of Doliwm seem to have been derived. It is possible therefore that the genus Dolium may truly have had a western origin. Dolium, s. str., as here understood, has not been found in a fossil condition in the west. Dolium galea is special to the Mediterranean and Atlantic. The other forms of Dolium, s. str., as here understood, are essentially Indo-Pacific, though Doliwm perdix has also spread to the West-Indies and to the coast of Brazil, evidently through the former marine connection across Central America which has afforded a passage to other Indian species, either still living in the Indian region, or known in a fossil con- dition, as has already been pointed out in the publications of this Department (Memoirs of the Indian Museum, Volume VI, p. 124). As already pointed out by Sacco (Moll. dei terr. terz. del Piemonte e della Liguria, Part VIII, 1891, p. 22), the occurrence throughout the pliocene of southern Europe of a Malea closely related to the tropical Doliwm (Malea) pomum indicates the persis- tence, in the Mediterranean region, of a warm climate down to the very eve of the Glacial Epoch. Amongst the additions to our knowledge of the distribution of these shells furnished by the Calcutta collection, one of the most interesting is that concerning the presence, at Maskat, of Doliwm variegatum, hitherto only known from the Austra- lian region and Japan. While there is every reason to believe that the distribution of Dolium variegatum at the present day is discontinuous, its occurrence in a fossil condition in the Mekran beds as also in Java furnishes an easy clue to its present occurrences, the distribution of the shell having been more extensive in former geological times than at the present day. Another species, Dolium tessellatum which, at the present day, does not appear to extend further west than the eastern part of the Bay of Bengal, also occurs in a fossil condition in the Mekran region. Just as in the case of Dolium variegatum, it seems now to have disappeared from the shores of the Indian Peninsula, only, unlike D. variegatum, it has also disappeared from the northern shores of the Arabian Sea. Consequently D. tessellatwm does not exhibit at the present day the discontinuous distribution observed in the case of Dolium variegatum, 1919. | E. W. VREDENBURG : Shells of the family Doliide. 185 The following recent species are represented in the collections of the Indian Museum :— Dolium galea (Linn.) » variegatum, Lam. à chinense, Dillw. Br olearium, Brug. > pendia (Kian.) 7 maculatum, Lam. D. (Eudolium) tessellatum, Brug. Be fasciatum (Brug.) a zonatum, Green. D. (Malea) pomum (Linn.) a ringens, Swains. The only important species not represented are Doliwm melanostoma, Jay, and the rare deep-sea forms D. crosseanum, Monterosato and D. verrillit, Dall, the latter of which is at present known only from a single specimen. The following is a list of the specimens in the Indian Museum collection :— Dolium galea (Linnæus). ““ Europe,’ one specimen. Dolium variegatum, Lamarck. Maskat, two specimens. Port Jackson, one specimen. Locality uncertain, five specimens, three of which are of very large size. I have ascertained the presence of this shell also at Karachi. As already mentioned, this species is also known in a fossil condition from the pliocene of Java, and of the Mekran. Dolium chinense, Dillwyn. ? Singapore, three specimens. Locality uncertain, one large specimen, measuring 115 x 98 mm., coinciding exactly with the figured type of Dolium magnificum, Sow. Also fossil in the upper miocene of Java. Dolium olearium, Bruguière. Andamans, one specimen. Nicobars, one specimen. ? Singapore, one specimen. Trincomali, two specimens. Locality uncertain, five specimens. 186 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, Dolium perdix (Linnaeus). Andamans, four specimens. Australia, one specimen. Cocoa Islands, two specimens. Mauritius, three specimens. Gulf of Suez (Capt. R. B. S. Sewell, 8-1-1917), two specimens. Trincomalee, four specimens. Locality uncertain, three specimens. Dolium maculatum, Lamarck. — Amboina, one specimen. Andamans, three specimens. Off the east coast of the Andamans (Lat. 13°17’15” N., Long. 93°10’25” E.), a dead shell dredged from a depth of 185 fathoms. Arakan, one specimen. Balasore Bay, three specimens (Bengal Fisheries, M 4225, M 4498, M 221°), Bombay and probably Kachh: four specimens (M 2323). Ceylon or Kachh, one large specimen. Chandipore, one specimen. Penang, one specimen. Sandheads, one specimen, remarkable for its extremely sunken spire (A. Milner). ? Singapore, one specimen. Tavoy coast, four specimens. “ Indian Seas,” one large specimen. Locality unknown, nine specimens. I have ascertained the existence of this shell also at Puri. In a fossil condition it is known from the pliocene formations of the Mekran and from the post-tertiary of the Pulicat Lake near Madras. Doliwm modjokasriense, Martin, from the upper tertiary of Java, is perhaps identical. Dolium (Eudolium) tessellatum, Bruguiere. Andamans, nine specimens, one of which is from the South Andaman. Nicobars, one specimen. Locality uncertain, five specimens. Also fossil in the upper miocene and pliocene of Java and in the pliocene of the Mekran. Dolium (Eudolium) fasciatum (Bruguière). Balasore Bay, four specimens, including the type of Doliwm varicosum, Preston. Ceylon, two specimens. Hongkong, two specimens. Kachh, one specimen. Vizagapatam, one specimen. 1919. | E. W. VREDENBURG: Shells of the family Doliide. 187 Vizagapatam, one specimen (Moti Ram). Vizagapatam, between Dolphin’s Nose and Scandal Point, 18 Jan.—17 June, 1916 (Rev. H. Hosten, S.J.), two specimens. Locality uncertain, six specimens. This shell also occurs at Puri. Dolium (Eudolium) zonatum, Green. Hongkong, three specimens, one of which is a very large shell with a super- numerary varix. Locality uncertain, one specimen. Also represented by a fossil variety in the pliocene of Java. Dolium (Malea) pomum (Linn. ). Andamans, four specimens. Kachh, two specimens. Laccadives, one specimen. Maldives, one specimen. Mauritius, one specimen. Singapore, one specimen. Locality uncertain, six specimens. Dolium (Malea) ringens (Swainson). Panama, three specimens. Genus Pirula (Lamarck, 1799), Sowerby, 1823. (= Ficula, Swainson, 1840). The Indian Museum collections contain the following species :— Pirula reticulata, Lam. 7 » *papyratia, Say = tessellata, Kobelt pes of P. reticulata. 7 decussata, Wood bi dussumiert, Val. J nn ears (bin) investigatoris (Wood-Mason and Alcock), E. A. Smith. The genus seems therefore to be complete as these are apparently the only well- defined species known living. Unlike the genus Dolium, which seems to have reached the climax of its develop- ment at the present day and is not known in formations older than the middle tertiary (oligocene), the greater number of fossil representatives being upper miocene and pliocene, Pirula is known from cretaceous times, and the fossil species are more numerous than the recent ones. A complete review of the genus such as was attempted in the case of Dolium would belong therefore more to the province of paleontology 188 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, than to that of modern zoology, and would include several groups without any mod- ern representatives. In any case a general idea of the phylogeny of the genus is as yet unattainable owing to our deficient knowledge of the earlier tertiary faunas of the east. It will be noticed that the majority of the living species belong to a single group, which may be distinguished as the group of Pirula reticulata, ancestral forms of which are known as early as the middle eocene of Europe. Pirula investigatoris belongs to a group of which the earliest known representative, Pirula concinna, Beyrich, has been observed in the oligocene both of Germany and of Burma; a second fossil form, Pirula pamotanensis, Martin, occurring in the lower miocene of Java and of Kachh. The ancestry of Pirula ficus is at present quite unknown, and is perhaps of eastern origin. With regard to the substitution by Swainson, in 1840, of the name Ficula instead of Pirula under pretext of the want of homogeneousness of Lamarck’s genus, it is to be observed that as early as 1823, Sowerby (Genera of Shells) had already cireum- scribed Pirula within exactly the same limits as Swainson’s Ficula, giving, as the living type, a figure of a shell which is referred to Pirula reticulata, Lamk., but which really represents P. papyratia, Say, while P. tricarinata, Lamk. and P. burdigalensıs, Sow. are figured as examples respectively of the earlier and later fossil forms. The following is a list of the specimens in the Indian Museum collections :— 1. Pirula reticulata, Lamarck. Bimlipatam (Wood-Mason), two specimens. Hong-Kong, two specimens remarkable for their exceptionally prominent spire. I have carefully examined them and ascertained that they are not, as might be thought, immature specimens ot Pirula dussumieri. Laccadive sea, Station 248 (8°37’ N., 75°37’30” E.), at a depth of 224-284 fathoms, in sand. (M 22°). One specimen. Malabar coast, 45 fathoms, Marine Survey, 1891-2 (No. *421), two specimens. Maldives, two specimens. In Lagoon of Northern Maldive Atoll (Station 148), 13-30 fathoms, in sand, shells, and corals, one specimen. Persian Gulf, one specimen. Sind, one specimen. Vizagapatam, between Dolphin’s Nose and Scandal Point (Rev. H. Hosten, S.J.) 18-I—17-6-16. One specimen. “ Indian seas,” three specimens of uncertain locality, No. 2588. Locality unknown. One fine specimen, No. 2590. The species is also known in a fossil condition from the tertiary of Karikal and of Java; also of Europe. 2. Pirula papyratia, Say. Florida, four specimens, No. 2597. 1919. | E. W. VREDENBURG : Shells of the family Doliide. 189 3. Pirula tessellata, Kobelt. Australia, two beautiful specimens, No. 2509. 4. Pirula decussata, Wood. Panama, two specimens. 5. Pirula dussumieri, Valenciennes. ' Pirula dussumieri was originally described from Chinese specimens. In the present collection the Hong-Kong specimens are larger than those from the Bay of Bengal. Balasore Bay, Bengal Fisheries, M #%1?, M *?°+, two specimens. Bay of Bengal (20°18’ N., 90°50’ E.), 65 fathoms, Marine Survey (5337, 4423), three specimens, of which one in spirit. Bimlipatam (J. Wood-Mason), No. 2591, two specimens. Hong-Kong, three splendid specimens. Persian Gulf, Station 294, Marine Survey, No. 1410 (26°33’ N., 52°23’ E.), 40 fathoms, mud and sand, one specimen in spirit. Persian Gulf, Station 296, Marine Survey, No. 131? (26°4’ N., 56°2’ E.), 47 fathoms, mud and sand ; one specimen in spirit. East of Puri, Orissa Coast, Station 69, Marine Survey, 41, 812 (19°49’N., 86°31’ E.), 46-50 fathoms, in mud ; two specimens. Sandheads, Gangetic delta, two specimens in spirit. The species is also known fossil from the tertiary of Java. 6. Pirula ficus, Linnæus. Hong-Kong, two specimens. Kachh, two specimens. Madras, four specimens. Negapatam, two specimens. Orissa Coast, Bengal Fisheries, M #3*+, one specimen. “ Puri,’ two specimens without any mark, in a box labelled ‘“ Puri,” which originally contained nine other specimens either from other localities or of uncertain origin. Another box also labelled “ Puri,” and with the register slip 2589, did not contain a single specimen certainly obtained from that locality. Nevertheless the species does occur at Puri. 1 Sacco refers to a shell, presumably identical with Pirula dussumieri, under the name of ‘* Ficula gracilis, Crosse (Sowerby) ” (Moll. terr. terz. Piem. e Lig., Part VIII, p. 32), without quoting the authority for this correction, for which I had hoped to find an explanation in the Journal of Malacology for 1894 (Vol. III, p. 67) which is unfortunately not available in India. Presumably, it may be a name retrospectively proposed by Sowerby for the shell represented in fig. 1 of the ‘‘ Genera,” where it was erroneously referred to Pirula reticulata. The figure, however, represents Pirula papyratia, Say, named in 1822 (Journ. Philad. Acad., Vol. 11, p. 238), earlier therefore than Sowerby’s correction, whatever may be the date of the latter. Pirula papyratia was again described as P. gracilis by Philippi in 1848 (Zeits- shrift für Malak., Vol. V, p. 97), the repetition of Sowerby’s appellation being presumably a coincidence. In conclusion, the appellation gracilis is liable to give rise to confusion, while the meaning of P. dussumieri is perfectly definite. 190 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, 1919.] Singapore, one specimen. Tavoy Coast (Museum Collector), No. 358, one specimen. Vizagapatam, between Dolphin’s Nose and Scandal Point (Rev. H. Hosten, 8.J.), 18-I—17-6-16, one specimen. Vizagapatam, one specimen. Locality uncertain, one specimen marked AS, and four marked with a query; in a box labelled “ Puri,” with the register number 2580. The species also occurs fossil in the tertiary of the Mekran, of Ramri Island, and of Java. 7. Pirula investigatoris (Wood-Mason & Alcock), E. A. Smith. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) XIV, 1894, p. 367 ; Illustrations of the Zoology of the Investigator. 1897, pl. vi, fig. 2. Bay of Bengal, Station 166 (13°34’55” N., 80°32’12” E.), 133 fathoms, in brown mud, Marine Survey No. 244-75, two specimens in spirit. Ganjam Coast, Station 96 (I8°30’N., 84°46’ E.), 98-102 fathoms, in sand, Marine Survey, No. 281, 8161 _ 6183, two specimens, one very large. : Laccadive Sea, Station 258 (8°23’ N., 76°28’ E.), 102 fathoms, in sand, M 788 _ 170, four specimens. EXPLANATION OF PLATE II. . I, a, b.— Dolium fasciatum (Brug.). Balasore Bay (M #431). Original type of Dolium varicosum. Natural size. 2, a, b.—Dolium fasciatum (Brug.). Balasore Bay (M #222). Natural size. 3, a, b, c.—Dolium fasciatum (Brug.). Varicose specimen 6f uncertain origin ; a, b, natural size ; c, apex enlarged. MEM. IND. MUS., VOL. VII, 1919. Prare II. SHELLS OF DOLIUM. S. C. Mondul, photo. Photo.-engraved & printed at the Offices of the Survey of India, Calcutta, 1919 EXPLANATION OF PLATE III. Fic. 4, a, b.—Dolium fasciatum (Brug.). Varicose specimen from Hong-Kong. Natural size. » 5,4, b, c.—Dolium fasciatum (Brug.). Varicose specimen from Vizaga- patam. Natural size. », 6.—Doliwm zonatum, Green. Hong-Kong. Natural size. MEM. IND. MUS., VOL. VII, 1919, Prare III. SHELLS OF DotıuM. S. C. Mondul, photo. Photo.-engraved & printed at the OMices of the Survey of India, Calcutta, 1919. = i On CA RE DR ee 7 wee “ss - Mr re oe. BEREIT EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. Fic. 1, a, b, ¢.—Dolium maculatum, Desh. Andamans; specimen with fully formed aperture. Natural size. » 2, a, b.—Dolium maculatum, Desh. Immature specimen; Andamans. Natural size. » 3, a, 6, e.—Dolium maculatum, Desh. Large specimen showing adult character of ornamentation; Andamans; a, b, natural size ; c, protoconch enlarged. MEM. IND. MUS. VOL. VII, 1919. Puiate IV. 2a 2b 1b SHELLS OF DOLIUM. S. C. Mondul, photo. Photo.-Engraved & printed at the Offices of the Survey of India, Caleutta, 1419. EXPLANATION OF PLATE V. Large specimen with persistent juvenile Fie. 4.—Dolium maculatum, Desh. Balasore Bay (Bengal Fisheries character of the ornamentation. M 4428). Natural size. 5.—Dolium maculatum, Desh. Specimen with adventitious supernumer- ary main rib. (?) Ceylon. Natural size. 6.-—Dolium maculatum, Desh. Specimen with extremely depressed spire. Sandheads. Natural size. 99 22 MEM. IND. MUS. VOL. VII, 1919. Prare V. , oe ze MT EL = SHELLS or DOoLIUM. S. C. Mondul, photo Photo.-engraved & printed at the Offices of the Survey of India, Calcutta, 1919. EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI. Fie. 7, a, b, c.—Dolium tessellatum, Brug. Large specimen showing adult charac- ters. Andamans. Natural size. MEM. IND. MUS, VOL. VII, 1919. PA VAT: SHELLS OF Dorıum. S. C. Mondul, photo Photo.-engraved & printed at the Offices of the Survey of India, Calcutta, 1919 . EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII. FıG. 8, a, b.—Dolium tessellatum, Brug. Andamans. Natural size. » 9, a, b.—Dolium tessellatum, Brug. Small specimen. Andamans. Natural Size: „ 10, a, b, c, d.—Dolium tessellatum, Brug. South-Andaman; a, b, natural size; c, protoconch enlarged; d, columella enlarged to show the columellar rugosities. MEM. IND. MUS., VOL. VII, 1919. Pratre VII. SHELLS OF Do.ruM. S. €. Mondul, photo. Photo.-engraved & printed at the Offices of the Survey of India, Calcutta, 1919, EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII. Fig. 11, a, b.—Dolium tessellatum, Brug. Immature specimen. Andamans. Natural size. » 12, a, b.—Dolium tessellatum, Brug. Immature specimen of uncertain origin, with fully developed outer lip. Natural size. » 13, a, b, c.—Dolium tessellatum, Brug. Specimen of uncertain origin, with exceptionally depressed spire. Natural size. MEM. IND. MUS. VOL. VII, 1919: IPs) WIQUE. SHELLS OF DOLIUM. S, €. Mondul, photo, Photo.-engraved & printed at the Offices of the Survey of India, Calcutta, 1919. MOIRS © D Vol. VII, No. 3. on COLLECTION OF OLIGOCHAETA FROM THE LESSER _ KNOWN PARTS OF INDIA AND FROM EASTERN PERSIA. | BY J. STEPHENSON, D.Sc., Li.-Col., I.M.S., Professor of Zoology, Government College, Lahore. % Calcutta : PUBLISHED BY THE DIRECTOR, ZOOLOGICAL SURVEY OF INDIA. . PRINTED AT THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS, ; — APRIL, 1920. Price F7 Rupees fight Aumas. ur RE Ze onisn Lacty f “fg, F gi \ ( NOV 29 1920 | V, Yong Must ON A COLLECTION OF OLIGOCHAETA FROM THE LESSER KNOWN PARTS OF INDIA AND FROM EASTERN PERSIA. By J. STEPHENSON, D.Sc., Lt.-Col., I.M.S., Professor of Zoology, Government College, Lahore. (With Plates IX—X].) CONTENTS. | Page Introduction 7 ae oo 7e ae 2 7 193 Fam. Naididae. Genus Chaetogaster. Chaetogaster bengalensis, Annand. bp 2 #3 a 195 Chaetogaster spongillae, Annand. = > ae ss AOD Chaetogaster punjabensis, Stephenson Ar Ag is > 100 Genus Nois. Nois communis, Piguet var, punjubensis, Stephenson .. > 2: BLY Neis paraguayensis, Mchlisn. .. oe er > 20 197 var. aequalis, var. nov. 2 Be We eae ak OT, Nais pectinata, Stephenson #2 ee Ae By At EOS Nais gwuliorensis, sp. nov. mi u. RE Le fs) OS Genus Pristina. Pristina longiseta, Ehrbg. 2. 2 48 Ct -- 199 Genus Stylaria. Stylaria lacustris (L.) iy “ie In er 2 0208 Genus Branchiodrilus. Branchiodrilus sp. .. ot “ie 2 er Fam. Tubificidae. Genus Branchiuro. Branchiura sowerbyi, Bedd. 42 a a 7 22 1200 Fam. Moniligastridae. Genus Drowidu. Drawida barwelli (Bedd.) var. impertusus, var. nov. .. À N, Fam. Megascolecidae. Subfam. Megascolecinae. Genus Pontodrilus. Pontodrilus sp. nr + ie We Me ae Wace Genus Megascolidzs. Megascolidzs prashad, sp.nov... ay A 2S a 20 Genus Perionyz. Perionys sansiboricus, Mchlsn. .. 2 mE ne a: Perionyz mıllardi, Stephenson ,. > ae vi eg Memoirs of the Indian Museum. |Vor. VII, Page Perionyx rimalus, sp. nov. e aye 30 5% 20206 Perionyx pokhrianus, sp. nov. .. Oe A as 222208 var. affinis, var. nov. ve as do a LO) Perionyx alatus, sp. nov. de oe ee = 00. a2 Perionyx shillongensis, sp. nov. Ce se DIE de Alle Perionyx fossus, sp. nov. de 50 ae 5% a alle: Perionyx turaensis, sp. nov. .. ac oc or ie Perionyx pullus, sp. nov. = se By ee eee pile Perionyx minimus, sp. nov. De De a DR Soe al) Perionyx igatpuriensis, sp. nov. se uP Bs 22) Perionyx spp. ae Sc on 30 ae li Genus Lampito. Lampito mauritii, Kinberg ar ap ae Bh 222 Genus Pheretima. Pheretima posthuma (L. Vaill.) 5 ae She 5h Pheretima hawayana (Rosa) .. 5 La “i 00222 Pheretima heterochaeta (Mchlsn.) a Ei Fe TE Mn Pheretima elongata (E. Perrier) x ae BO 22 Pheretima lianicola, Stephenson 3a Be 56 0023 Subfam. Octochaetinae. Genus Hoplochaetella. Hoplochaetella anomala, sp. nov. or 8 fe 0.0228 Hoplochaetella spp. i ae a ah Bale SAAT) Genus Octochaetus. Octochaetus barkudensis, Stephenson 5% Re ds 228 Octochaetus fermori, Mchlsn. Sr Sa aie me Se 228 Octochaetus paliensis, Sp. nov. .. AR 7: + 225 var. riparius, Var. nov. De da se RONA SIL Octochaetus prashadi, sp. nov. .. 2 De 0 23 Octochaetus montanus, sp. nov. a oe ae .. 234 Octochaetus pallidus, sp. nov. Be ce a 002236 Octochaetus ganeshae, sp. nov. .. x: Ho we "0258 Octochaetus pachpaharensis, sp. nov. 50 Le se zoo Genus Eutyphoeus. Eutyphoeus incommodus (Bedd.) she ite KO .. 240 Eutyphoeus mohammedi, Stephenson cbr + So un (ood Eutyphoeus chittagongianus, Mehlsn. ae oS of a al Eutyphoeus waltoni, Mehlsn. .. oF se de .. 243 Eutyphoeus turaensis, sp. nov. ae Be ave .. 1244 Subfam. Trigastrinae. Genus Hudichogaster. Eudichogaster ashworthi, Mchlsn. on er ae wo) 246 Eudichogaster bengalensis, Mehlsn. A de 38 1248 Eudichogaster trichochaetus, sp. nov. 50 50 so Rs UW249 Eudichogaster prashadi, sp. nov. 7. ar yon 7450) Eudichogaster falcifer, sp. nov. .. EN sk of 252 Eudichogaster pusillus, sp. nov. 5 Bie 56 .. 253 Eudichogaster kinneari, sp. nov. a ae 5% 2026255 1920.] J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 193 Page Genus Dichogaster. Dichogaster bolaui (Mchlsn.) .. we + de fe) ABT var. malabaricus. var. nov, x ar oll Dichogaster affinis (Mchlsn.) +: a os a: 258 Dichogaster crawi, Eisen os Fhe x ed 30. 28 Subfam. Ocnerodrilinae. Genus Ocnerodrilus. Ocnerodrilus (Ocnerodrilus) occidentalis, Eisen SE ee OS Fam. Glossoscolecidae. Subfam. Glossoscolecinae. Genus Pontoscolex. Pontoscolex corethrurus (Fr. Mill.) Se ne = 73258 Subfam. Microchaetinae. Genus Glyphidrilus. Glyphidrilus papillatus (Rosa) .. u ie se Sg ZB Fam, Lumbricidae. Genus Helodrilus. Helodrilus caliginosus (Sav.) var. trapezoides (Ant. Dug.) a ZA Helodrilus parvus (Eisen) an A iy, PS 7260 References to Literature ae wit me 2 Eg 220260 INTRODUCTION. The following fairly extensive investigation is based on material from a number of sources :— (i) By far the largest portion consists of a collection made by Dr. Baini Pra- shad in Central and Western India in June and July, 1917. These were the regions of India about whose earthworm fauna we knew least; and Dr. Prashad very kindly at my suggestion gave up a month of his vaca- tion to making the collection. My best thanks are due to him for the expenditure of so much time, and for the large amount of labour in- volved in visiting so many different localities. The other collections are much smaller, and comprise— (ii) One from Seistan and certain localities in the North-West Frontier Pro- vince and the Punjab, made by Dr. Annandale and Mr. 8. W. Kemp in the course of their mollusc survey in Nov., 1918—Jan., 1919 ; this consists largely of fresh-water worms. (iii) One from the Western Ghats, also of small fresh-water worms, by Dr. Annandale in March, 1918. (iv) One from Rajputana in 1918, by the Agent to the Governor-General, Col. J. Manners-Smith. (v) A number of tubes brought back by Dr. Baini Prashad from the Natural History Society of Bombay. (vi) A small collection from the Garo Hills in Assam, by Mr. Kemp, in July- August, 1917. 194 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Voz. VII, (vii) One from the Darjiling District in the Eastern Himalayas, by Drs. Annan- dale and Gravely in October, 1917. (viii) A few specimens from Shillong in Assam, collected by Dr. Annandale in April, 1918. (ix) A few specimens sent at various times from Lucknow by Mr. G. 8. Thapar. The collections, including the types of new species, are now in the possession of the Indian Museum, with the exception of a few tubes which I am retaining for histo- logical work in the future. A considerable number of the species encountered are new, as was to be expected from the fact that the territory explored was mostly new or little worked. I have also met with a number of species previously described by other workers from single or ill-preserved specimens, and have sometimes been able to improve our knowledge of them. It can scarcely be said however that the results of the present investiga- tion include anything of the first order of importance,—it is now too late to expect this. There are notable additions to the genera Perionyx, Octochaetus, and Hudicho- gaster. Perionyx must now be held to have a definite territory of its own in West- ern India, in addition to its head-quarters in the E. Himalayas ; Octochaetus is to be recognized as an endemic and dominant genus in West and Central India; the limits of the Hudichogaster territory however remain where they were established by Michaelsen in 1909 (3). Hudichogaster is the characteristic earthworm of Central India. New species of Perionyx will still be brought from the Himalayas; new species of Megascolex from the South, and of Hudichogaster from Central India; but the main features of the Indian earthworm fauna are now fairly well defined. Perionyx sansibaricus turns out to be one of the common earthworms of West- ern India, whence doubtless it was transierred to Zanzibar, where it was first found. The new Hoplochaetella raises some interesting points of morphology and phylo- geny, and helps to show,—what is illustrated by other parts of the paper also, and indeed, I suppose, by the experience of systematists in general,—that the smaller our material, the more precise and satisfactory is our systematic work. Here as else- where increase of knowledge brings sorrow and trouble, and where before we walked confidently as in the daylight, we hesitate and feel befogged. I have previously had several opportunities.—more, perhaps, than have fallen to the lot of other workers,—of examining the curious gilled Branchiura sowerbyi, and have been interested in meeting it once again. this time from Lucknow. Though several workers (Beddard, Michaelsen, and myself) had previously sectioned the animal, the possibility of the protrusion of the ectal portion of the atrium as a rela- tively long penis was not suspected until recently. Several of the specimens trom Lucknow had both penes protruded and visible on the surface. A new Megascolides from the Western Ghats, and a previously imperfectly known Glyphidrilus now found at Lucknow, are interesting in view of the rarity of these genera in India. A Drawida, of a distinct variety, is one of the common worms of Bombay City and neighbourhood ; the genus is otherwise almost confined to the South and to the E. Himalayas. 1920. | J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 195 Fam. NAIDIDAE. Genus Chaetogaster. Chaetogaster bengalensis, Annand. Five miles S.E. of Nasratabad, Seistan, E. Persia. Small pool in the desert; water fresh but turbid, bottom muddy with a fairly rich growth of Potamogeton and reeds, mostly in a dying condition. The specimens were on Limnaea gedrosiana var. rectilabrum, Annand. and Prashad, 26-xii-1918. N. Annandale and S. W. Kemp. Peshawar, N.-W.F.P.; on Limnaea acuminata. 12-i-1919. N. Annandale. Several specimens. Kalpani stream, near Nowshera, N.-W.F.P.; on Limnaea acuminata. 13-i-1919. N. Annan- dale. Four specimens. Madhopur, Gurdaspur District, Punjab; on Limnaea acuminata. 27-1-1919. N. Annandale. Forty-nine specimens taken out of the mantle cavity of a single individual of Limnaea. Satara Fort, W. Ghats: ca. 3,300 ft. 4-iü-1918. N. Annandale. On Limnaea chlamys, Benson. The specimens from the Western Ghats and from Seistan were examined in some detail. There is sometimes, in preserved specimens, a constriction between the pharyn- geal region and the rest of the body. The length of the setae of segment ii is com- monly 1204, of the rest 604 In all the batches, 15 and 16 setae were quite com- monly found in a single bundle. The appearance of the “crop” is rather characteristic, owing to its complete investment of chloragogen cells. These have the arrangement of paving stones, lying side by side, and well demarcated from each other by linear intervals. The entrance to the crop is marked, as in the specimens from the Inlé Lake (14), by a ring of tall cells which project into the lumen. The lateral commissural vessels in the oesophageal region are never swollen or heart-like. The dorsal vessel, on the other hand, is often dilated just behind the origin of these commissures. The species appears to have a wide distribution, and to be the prevailing com- mensal of Limnaea. It thus takes the place in India of C. limnaer, which is found in a similar association in Europe; Michaelsen has however found C. limnaei on a specimen of Limnaea from the Kumaon District (Central Himalayas) (3). Last year I identified several specimens from a sponge (Hphydatia fluviatilis) from the Inlé Lake as doubtfully belonging to C. limnaei (14) ; through the kindness of Dr. Annandale I have recently had the advantage of comparing my examples of this form with a specimen of C. hmnae sent to the Indian Museum by Dr. J. H. Ashworth of Edinburgh ; but I am still unable to say definitely that the Inlé worms either are or are not C. limnaei. The identification of these small worms from preserved material only is, as I have previously explained (12), often both difficult and extremely hazardous. Chaetogaster spongillae, Annand. Khandala, W. Ghats; from sponge (Spongilla crateriformis) in artificial tanks made by dam- ming stream; bottom,—mud over rocks; some stones; weeds fairly abundant. 6-iii-1918 N. Annandale. 196 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Vor. VI, The length of a chain of two individuals was from -47 to ‘7 mm., the diameter ‘15 mm. The head is relatively small in this species, and, as has previously been described, the upper lip projects forwards in front of the mouth, forming a short prostomium. ‘There is a slight constriction between the pharyngeal region and the rest of the body. The number of setae in the first bundle was five or six, in those that follow four, and towards the hinder end three or fewer. I could not detect any difference in the thickness of the terminal prongs (in a previous description I have noted the distal prong as being the thinner); the length and other proportions are the same as those I formerly gave (7). Chloragogen cells are absent on the crop. n = 8, as before. Chaetogaster punjabensis, Stephenson (?). Nasratabad, Seistan, EK. Persia; water-channel in Consulate Garden. Nov. and Dec. 1918. N. Annandale and S. W. Kemp. A single specimen was found among a number of examples of Nais communis var. punjabensis in association with colonies of the Polyzoon Lophopodella (see below). The association was no doubt quite fortuitous. Here again it is impossible to speak with certainty ; the small size, and distinct and relatively long oesophagus of the specimen, are characteristics of C. punjabensis. The numbers of setae per bundle appear to be rather smaller here, and I could not follow the dorsal and ventral vessels forwards beyond the anterior end of the crop in a glycerine mount of the specimen; I also failed to distinguish any refractile body in the cerebral ganglion, though this is a notable feature, at least of living speci- mens. The specimen was in a late stage of sexual maturity ; the clitellum was present, and there was a mass of ova in the middle of the body ; the animal was much swol- len in this middle region. In the Punjab the Naid worms mostly become sexual at the beginning of the hot weather,—April and May; but this specimen was taken in Seistan in the early part of the cold weather. Genus Nais. Nais communis, Piguet var. punjabensis, Stephenson. Nasratabad, Seistan; water-channel in Consulate Garden; water fresh but turbid, bottom muddy with a scanty growth of weeds. Nov. and Dec. 1918. N. Annandale and 8. W. Kemp. Numerous specimens. Open pool in the reed-beds of the Hamun-i-Helmand, a few miles east of Lab-i-Baring, Seistan. Water very slightly brackish, fairly clear, about five feet deep ; bottom muddy with a luxuriant growth ot Potamogeton pectinatus. 8-xii-1918. N. Annandale and S. W. Kemp. Three specimens. Peshawar, N.-W.F.P.; on Limnaea acuminata. 12-i-1919. N. Annandale. A single speci- men. Khandalla, W. Ghats; in algae on cliff kept wet by spray of a small waterfall.! 7-9-ii-1918. N. Annandale. Two tubes, five specimens in- one, four in the other. 1 N. Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. XVI, p. 121 (1919). 1920. ] J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 197 The specimen from Peshawar occurred along with Chaetogaster bengalensis ; its presence in this association was probably accidental. Dr. Annandale’s note on the worms from Nasratabad runs :—“ Oligochaetes in relatively long mucilaginous tubes intertwined with stems of weed. A colony of the Polyzoon Lophopodella attached to each tube.” Of the two glass tubes in which the Nasratabad specimens were sent to me, one contained worms only, the other some fragments of weed, and several colonies of Lophopodella, each attached to a soft brown- ish tube. I found the worms on the fragments of weed, but there were none still remaining in the tubes to which the Polyzoon colonies adhered. I have found this worm in numbers in tubes in Lahore (5), but the tubes in this case were appa- rently those of insect larvae, not manufactured by the worms themselves. The specimens from the Western Ghats are possibly a separate variety. The dorsal needles are in the var. punjabensis finely forked ; though barely or not at all distinguishable with the ordinary high power, the forking is quite evident on exam- ination with the oil immersion, when the needles lie in a favourable position. In these specimens I thought I detected a trace of bifurcation in a few cases on close observation, but in many the forking seemed quite definitely to be absent. Nais paraguayensis, Mchlsn. Plate IX, fig. 1. Gwalior, Central India; in a pond, attached to Hydrilla and other débris; 18-vi-1917. B. Prashad. Three specimens. This species has previously been recorded from Calcutta and from Sirsiah in Bihar by Michaelsen, and from Lahore by me. The species seems to be rather vari- able. The present specimens were from 4:5 to 7°5 mm. in length, and consisted of from 29 to 56 segments, without any sign of a budding zone. The ventral setae are three or four per bundle; in the body generally the prongs are equal in length, but the outer is only two-thirds or even half the thickness of the inner. In the first four seta-bearing segments both prongs seem to be longer and thinner than in more posterior segments, but the relative thicknesses are maintained; the outer prong is slightly longer than the inner; the shaft is also slightly thinner than in succeeding segments. The dorsal bundles consist usually of one hair and one needle; two needles may occur, and also two hairs, in which case one is much shorter than the other. There are slight variations from the typical form among the needles; in one case the smaller outer prong was itself bifid; in another the longer prong was slightly bent outwards towards the smaller; in one specimen the outer prong was regularly very short (fig. T, a and b). var. aequalis, var. nov. Plate IX, fig. 2. Saugor, Central Provinces; in a large lake, attached to leaves. 20-vi-1917. B. Prashad. A single specimen, in spirit, and one preserved and flattened in glycerine on a slide at the time of capture, 198 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, The spirit specimen is 3°5 mm. in length, and ‘23 mm. in thickness; it has 34 segments, with a short region posteriorly in which segments are not yet differenti- ated. There is no budding zone. The prostomium is moderately large and long; its length is equal to its breadth at the base, and it is rounded anteriorly. There are no eyes. The anus is dorsal. The dorsal setal bundles begin in segment vi. They consist of one hair and one needle seta, — never more than one of either. The hairs have approximately a length equal to the diameter of the body. The needles are slightly sickle-shaped (fig. 2), and forked distally; when the seta is in a good position for observation this can be seen with the ordinary high power. The prongs are of the same length (the outer may possibly be the least trifle longer), and join at an acute angle; the outer seems to be slightly thinner. In length these needles are 52,, in thickness 2°5,. The ventral setae are of the usual type, and are usually 4 per bundle; 3 and 5 were also met with. In length they are 52+, in thickness 2°54. The inner prong is of equal length with the outer, but is twice as thick. I cannot see any difference of type between the setae of segments ii—v and the rest; but unfortunately the one specimen is fixed in such a position that these setae can be seen well from neither side, and the other (the already mounted specimen) seems to be the just separated posterior animal of a chain, in which the anterior segments have not yet fully developed. | There is no stomach. Coelomic corpuscles are present. The cerebral ganglion is bifid both anteriorly and posteriorly, and consists of two more or less independent halves, contiguous for some distance along their inner borders. In the typical form of N. paraguayensis the outer prong of the dorsal needles is considerably shorter than the inner, while in these specimens itis of equallength. As however there appear to be no other essential differences, it will, I think, be sufficient to describe them as a variety. Nais pectinata, Stephenson. Gwalior, Central India; in a pond, attached to Hydrilla and other debris. 18-vi-1917. B. Prashad. A single specimen. The specimen agrees generally with those previously described from Bheemanagar, Travancore (6). Since the presence or absence of a stomachal dilatation is one of the few internal marks that are used as specific characters in this genus, I may supple- ment the original description by adding that there is none in this species. Nais gwaliorensis, sp. nov. Plate IX, figs. 3, 4. Gwalior, Central India; in a pond, attached to Hydrilla and other débris. 18-vi-1917. B. Prashad. A single specimen. The specimen is in length 2°7 mm., in thickness ‘25 mm. There are 29 segments with a small zone behind where segments are not yet differentiated. There is no zone of budding. The prostomium is bluntly triangular, its length being equal to its base. Eyes are absent. There is also no stomachal dilatation on the alimentary canal, 1920.] J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 199 The dorsal setae begin in segment vi, and each bundle consists usually of one hair and one needle seta; two hairs are sometimes found, in which case one is shorter and thinner than the other; once two hairs and two needles were seen,—the one couple may perhaps have been destined to replace the other when they fell out. The hair is as a rule not quite equal in length to the diameter of the body. The needles are about 45” in length (hardly any can be measured accurately, owing to their not lying flat), and bent at a very obtuse angle at a point rather distal to the middle (fig. 3). The distal section of the seta is slightly curved in the contrary direction,— very slightly only, so that the whole can hardly be described as sickle-shaped. There is an indefinite nodulus at the angle in the shaft; the length of the distal to that of the proximal section of the shaft is about as 2 to 3. The tip is bifid, the two prongs being visible to the ordinary high power of the microscope; the angle between the two prongs is moderately wide, and the outer, which continues the direction of the shaft, is slightly longer and perhaps slightly thinner than the mner. The ventral bundles, in all segments from vi onwards, consist of four or five setae, 45—53" in length and 2:54 in thickness (fig. 4a). The nodulus is distal; its exact position on the shaft probably varies in the several setae of a bundle (cf. Stephenson, 10), though I was not able to obtain exact measurements. The prongs are equal in length, the outer is not swollen at the base, and is only half or two-thirds as thick as the inner. In the first four seta-bearing segments the form differs somewhat. The shafts of the setae are thinner and straighter; the nodulus is about the middle or a little proxi- mal to the middle of the shaft; the outer prong is 14 times as long as the inner, two- thirds as thick at the base, and more hooked (fig. 4b). There are four setae per bundle; their length is 50 to 56#, and their thickness only 2-. Remarks:—The species to which the present comes nearest are N. tenwidentis (Walton, 15) and N. raviensis (Stephenson, 9). The distinguishing character of the former is the very long and slender prongs of the ventral setae,—hence-its specific name. The separation of the present form from N. raviensis depends on the characters of the setae, both dorsal and ventral; the differences will be best realized by compar- ing the figures given in the present paper with text-fig. 1 of my description of N. raviensis. The most obvious are the position of the bend of the shaft of the dorsal needles (much nearer the middle here), the relative lengths of anterior and posterior ventral setae (the anterior are nearly twice as long as the posterior in N. raviensis), and the characters of the prongs of the anterior ventral setae (in N. raviensis the outer is very much the longer, and makes a very narrow angle with the inner). Genus Pristina. Pristina longiseta, Ehrbg. Gwalior, Central India; in a pond, attached to Hydrilia and other débris. 18-vi-1917. B. Prashad. One complete specimen, and perhaps one or two more in which the characteristic proboscis or long setae were damaged. The toothing of thehair setae was only just visible with the oil immersion lens. 200 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, Genus Stylaria. Stylaria lacustris (L.). Open pool in the reed-beds of the Hamun-i-Helmand, a few miles east of Lab-i-Baring, Seis- tan. Water very slightly brackish, fairly clear, about five feet deep; bottom muddy with a luxuriant growth of Potamogeton pectinatus. 8-xii-1918. N. Annandale and 8. W. Kemp. Several specimens. Fam. TUBIFICIDAE. Genus Branchiura. Branchiura sowerbyi, Bedd. Lucknow, Gaumati River. 15-iii-1919. G.S. Thapar. A single specimen. The specimen was of fair size, 50 mm. in length, and is interesting from the fact that both penes are protruded. As I have previously noted (14), a penis was not described or suspected to exist in this animal, until it was found in specimens from the Inlé Lake. I have also received, taken on the same day and from the same source, a number of specimens of a species of Branchiodrilus, the Naid worm with gills remarkably like those of Branchiura, but on the anterior part of the body instead of the pos- terior. The occurrence of the two together is a point of some interest. I much regret not to be able to give the specific diagnosis of the Branchiodrilus, of which three species are known, all Indian; but the worms came to hand when the present paper was already completed, and I fear it will be some time before I have the opportunity of undertaking detailed investigations. Fam. MONILIGASTRIDAE. Genus Drawida. Drawida barwelli (Bedd.) var. impertusus, var. nov. Bombay, Victoria Gardens. 30-vi-1917. B. Prashad. Five specimens. Bombay, under a tree near the Fort. 30-vi-1917. B. Prashad. Seven specimens. Elephanta Island, Bombay; high up on a hill. 30-vi-1917. B. Prashad. Three specimens. Elephanta Island, Bombay; in a rotten tree. 30-vi-1917. B. Prashad. A single specimen. Elephanta Island, Bombay ; on the sea-shore. 30-vi-1917. B. Prashad. A single specimen, immature. External Characters :—The length of fair-sized specimens is from 45 to 48 mm., and their diameter 3°55 mm. The colour is a rather blotchy olive, darker on the dorsal surface than ventrally, with a still darker mid-dorsal line ; the first few seg- ments are pale. The number of segments in two specimens was 130 and 132. The prostomium is small, prolobous, and under cover of the first segment. Dorsal pores are absent. . The setae are small and closely paired, and are visible as far forward as the second segment. The interval aa is rather less than be (# or 2bc), or may be fully equal to it towards the hinder end; dd is about # of the circumference. The nephridiopores are in a single line, just below the level of the setae c. 1920. | J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 201 The clitellum extends over segments x-xiii (=4); it is not well defined, and the segments are largely unaltered. The male pores are very prominent in furrow IO/IL, and are situated midway between the lines of setae b and c. They are bordered by anterior and posterior lips, and it is these lips, rather than the apertures themselves, which are the conspicuous features; the extent of the lips is slightly variable,—from a point about in line with the ventral pair of setae nearly to the level of the lateral pair. On segment x in front of the male apertures are a pair of whitish papillae with indefinite margins; the centre is whiter than the rest, and the appearance is that of some solid organ shining through. Their exact position is variable; they may even be near the middle line, internal to the line of the ventral setae. The female pores are in groove II/I2, in line with setae b. The spermathecal pores are in 7/8, immediately below the line c. Internal Anatomy :—Septa 5/6 to 8/9 are moderately strengthened ; the rest are thin. There are four gizzards, in segments xiv to xvii. In the second specimen dis- sected, that in xvii was notably smaller than the others; and in xiii there were numer- ous longitudinal shining muscular bundles on the oesophagus, forming a rudimentary gizzard here also. The last heart is in segment ix. The testis sacs vary in shape ; in the first specimen dissected they were rather kidney- shaped, with the hilus directed downwards and outwards, and the anterior ends rather narrower than the posterior ; they were suspended by septum 9/10, almost by their middle, the posterior portion in x being rather larger than the anterior in ix; in the second, they were rounded smooth masses, unconstricted, mostly (practically altogether on the right side) in segment x. When opened, the contents were with difficulty evacu- ated, and even then only in part; a large portion of the inner surface of the sac appeared to be proliferating the sexual cells, v.e. the testis is diffuse; a firmer though not iridescent mass on the floor of the sac, just over the site of origin of the vas deferens, appeared to indicate the position of the funnel. The vas deferens is either considerably or not much coiled; passing downwards from the under surface of the sac it runs part of its course in segment ix, and then enters the anterior border of the prostate in x. The prostate is of moderate size only, flattish, sessile on the body-wall, its trans- verse rather greater than its longitudinal axis; its surface is quite soft and furry (‘glandular ”). Segment xi constitutes a perfectly closed annular ovarian chamber. The ovisacs pass backwards from the hinder wall of the chamber through segments xii and xii, and may get into xiv; their margins may have a crenulated appearance or not. The spermathecae are situated in segment viii. The ampulla is globular or broadly ovoid, dorsally situated in the segment, and connected by a band with the one of the other side. The duct is much convoluted as it passes down on the posterior face of septum 7/8. There is no diverticulum or atrial sac, not even in the body-wall, though the duct is slightly thickened at its termination. 202 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vou. VII, Remarks :—The two species of Drawida to which the present specimens bear most resemblance are D. bourne: (Mchlsn.) and D. barwelli (Bedd.). From the first the pre- sent form differs (besides a few minor details) in the shape of the testis sacs (not a great matter, since this is variable in these specimens), in its much smaller size, and especially in the fact that the surface of the prostates is “glandular.” From the second, it differs in a few details such as the number and situation of the gizzards (points which are however very variable), the relative magnitude of the setal inter- vals, and the shape of the prostates (pear-shaped in D. barwelli, almost circular, flat and sessile in the present form); the chief difference however is the absence of dorsal pores here,—a character which the varietal name is intended to indicate. Most of the species of Drawida have no dorsal pores; the type form of D. barwelli, however, is peculiar in possessing them. I have rejected the alliance of the present form with D. bourne: (itself, according to Michaelsen, 4, a variety of D. pellucidus), because the smooth and shiny, or soft and furry, condition of the surface of the prostate is appa- rently a distinction of some importance (cf. Michaelsen, in the paper just quoted). The diagnosis of the present variety may run as follows: Drawida barwell var. 2mpertusus :—as for the typical form, with the following exceptions. Setal in- terval aa rather less than bc, except at the hinder end. Male pores bounded by very prominent anterior and posterior lips; a pair of indefinite but fairly large whitish papillae on the segment in front of the male pores. No dorsal pores. Four gizzards, in xiv—xvil. Prostates flat, sessile, almost circular. 66 Fam. MEGASCOLECIDAE. Subfam. MEGASCOLECIN AE. Genus Pontodrilus. Elephanta Island, Bombay; on the sea-shore. 30-vi-1917. B.Prashad. A single specimen, not fully mature. The species was presumably the one which has been found on several parts of the coast of India, P. bermudensis, Bedd. f. ephippiger (Rosa). Genus Megascolides. Megascolides prashadi, sp. nov. Plate IX, figs. 5, 6. Sakarwari, on the way to Mahableshwar, W. India 4-vii-1917. B. Prashad. A single specimen. External Characters :—Length 42 mm., diameter 4mm. The worm is unpigment- ed, of a buff colour, which is lighter at the ends of the body and in the clitellar region. Segments 140; the last 60 however are very short and lighter in colour, and have perhaps been regenerated. - The prostomium is prolobous. The dorsal pores begin at the anterior border of the clitellum, in groove 12/13. The setae are paired. In the middle of the body the relative size of the intervals may be expressed by the formula ab = 2aa = 2bc = cd; behind the clitellum 7 1920. | J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 203 this becomes ab = 2aa = }be = #cd; and in front of the clitellum ab = faa = 2b¢ — 3cd. The mid-dorsal interval dd is in the middle of the body equal to about half the circumference. The clitellum is smooth, thickened, well-defined at each end, and extends over segments xlli—xvli ( = 5). The male pores are on segment Xviil, just outside the line of setae b. They are small, and surrounded by only a slight whitish thickening. On segment xix is a large flat oval papilla (fig. 5); this is not quite symmetric- ally placed, being rather on the left side, so that while it reaches as far outwards as the male pore on the left side, it stops somewhat short of this on the right; its centre shows a transverse, almost groove-like, depression. On segment xx is a second papilla, much smaller and less definite than the last, transversely elongated, with its centre about in line with the setae a, extending inwards to about the middle line; like the last, it is situated on the left side. Segment xvii is delimited in front by a groove mid-ventrally, but not elsewhere, since this segment forms part of the clitellum; on this ventral portion are seen a few small whitish circular spots, which however do not seem to have anything to do with setae. Setae a and b are absent on segments xviii and xix, and on the left side on XX. The female pore seems to be represented by a small white dot mid-ventrally placed on xiv. The spermathecal pores are a single pair, in groove 7/8, in or immediately outside the line of setae b. On the hinder border of segment viii are situated a pair of indefinite, transversely oval papillae, in position and size corresponding to the setal interval ab. Internal Anatomy :—Septum 4/5 is slightly thickened as compared with those in the middle of the body; 5/6 and all the following septa down to 10/11 are moderately thickened ; 11/12 again is only slightly strengthened. The gizzard, in segment v, is subspherical and of moderate size. There are no calcareous glands. The intestine begins in xv, or perhaps in xvi. The last heart is in segment xii. Behind the clitellum the micronephridia are arranged in transverse rows of about eight to ten on each side; in the clitellar region they are also in transverse rows, and somewhat larger; in front of this they are sparser, and their arrangement is less regular. About forty segments from the hinder end the innermost nephridium on each side in each segment enlarges, and this condition is maintained to the end; there is thus a longitudinal row of larger nephridia on each side of the ventral nerve cord, but I do not think that these could be described by anyone as meganephridia, —only as enlarged micronephridia. Testes and funnels are free in segments x and xi; the funnels were inferred from the iridescent masses which probably enclose them; the testes were separately identifiable in xi, while in x they were presumably continuous with a deeply attached mass of flocculent matter (developing sperm-morulae and spermatozoa). 204 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. — [Vor. VII, Three pairs of seminal vesicles are present. The largest are those in xii, of moderate size and lobulated ; in segment ix is a second pair, rather smaller and also lobulated; the third pair, in x, are smaller still, and attached to septum Io/II. The prostates are tubular, and consist of a number of thick, adpressed opaque coils which extend through several segments. The duct is relatively short, proceeds almost straight inwards, and is narrow but broadens slightly towards its ectal end. Ovaries and funnels have the usual situation. The spermathecae are one pair. The ampulla is a large irregular sac, with much crenulated margins (fig. 6); the duct is about as long as the ampulla, of moderate thickness and approximately the same diameter throughout. There is a single diver- ticulum, originating at the ental end of the duct, lobulated, about half as long as the duct, to the side of which it is adherent. There are no penial setae. Genus Perionyx: Perionyx sansibaricus, Mchlsn. Plate IX, fig. 7. Manmad, Bombay Pres. 28-vi-1917. B. Prashad. Numerous specimens. Igatpuri, Bombay Pres. 29-vi-1917. B. Prashad. Two specimens. Khandwa, Central Provinces. 23-vi-1917. B. Prashad. Numerous specimens Kala Khund, between Khandwa and Indore, Central India. 23-vi-1917. B. Prashad. Three specimens. Baroda, W. India, on the banks of the river Vishvamitri. 9-vii-1917. B. Prashad. A single specimen. Wathur, near Mahableshwar, W. India. 6-vii-1917. B. Prashad. Nine specimens. Londa, ten miles from Castle Rock, Bombay Pres. 6-vii-1917. B. Prashad. Eleven speci- mens. This interesting species has been previously recorded from Kodaikanal in the Palni Hills (Michaelsen, 3). From the present records it appears to be common in Western India. One of its distinguishing characters is the alternation in situation of the terminal bladders and external openings of the nephridia ; these are placed at about one-third of the half circumference from the mid-dorsal line, and a similar dis- tance from the mid-ventral line, in successive segments ; as the end bladders are easily seen on opening the animal (unlike most species, where they are small or absent), the peculiarity is obvious in any dissection. The alternation is however, according to my dissections, approximate, not exact ; two successive nephridia not uncommonly end at the same level on the body-wall, and once a series of four were seen to do so. I append a few notes on the numerous specimens with which I have had to deal. External Characters :—The purple colour of the dorsal surface extends partly on to the ventral side of the animal in the most anterior segments. I found this character of help in separating worms of this species from others when several species were mixed together in a single catch. | The dorsal pores, which Michaelsen found to begin in groove 9/10 or 8/9 in his 1920. | J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 205 original single specimen, and in 4/5 in the examples from the Palni Hills, begin here in 3/4, remarkably far forward. The region of the male pores is characteristic (fig. 7). Segment xviii is somewhat lenethened in the mid-ventral region, its anterior and posterior limits being bulged forwards and backwards respectively. The male apertures are small transverse slits close to the middle line; while in front and behind the pores there is a cres- centic depression, the convexity of the depressions facing forwards and backwards respectively, and causing the bulging, forwards and backwards, of the intersegmental erooves; the pores are thus situated on a transverse ridge between the crescentic depressions. A characteristic feature is that the setal ring is not interrupted by the pores, but is continued across the segment, on the ridge but just behind the male pores. Internal Anatomy :—I find the gizzard to be in segment vi (Michaelsen in v) ; it is very rudimentary. The intestine is somewhat swollen in xiii, but not specially vascular, nor are there any ridges in the interior, Testes and funnels are free in segments x and xi. Besides the seminal vesicles in segments xi and xii, there was in one specimen dissected a minute structure in ix, on the left side and attached to the anterior face of septum 9/10, consisting of two small ovoid lobules, and perhaps representing a rudimentary vesicle. The vesicles in xii were larger than those in xi, and were somewhat lobulated; those in xi were markedly so. ; The ampulla of the spermathecae is pear-shaped, narrowing towards the ectal end to a duct; this is short, relatively narrow, cylindrical, one-third as long and one- fourth as wide as the ampulla. There is a single diverticulum, on the inner side of the duct, consisting of a few indistinct seminal chambers aggregated together on a short stalk; the diverticulum is one-fourth the length of the ampulla. Perionyx millardi, Stephenson. Plate IX, fig. 8. Bombay, Malabar Hill. 1-vii-1917. B. Prashad. Three specimens. Talegaon, on the way to Poona. 2-vii-1917. B. Prashad. A single specimen. Kalyan, a short distance inland from Bombay, Bombay Pres. 7-vii-1917. B. Prashad. Four specimens. Virar, N. of Bombay, Bombay Pres. 7-vii-1917. B. Prashad. A single specimen. The present species was described by me (11) from three specimens from Malabar Hill, Bombay ; these were however much softened and in bad condition, and a few supplementary notes may therefore be of interest. The lengths of the specimens which have now come to hand show rather greater variation than those of the original batch; these are from 35 mm. (though this was perhaps regenerated at its hinder end) to 90 mm. The ventral break in the setal rings is very small,—about 14 ab,—but it is regu- lar from the clitellum backwards. The dorsal break is very irregular, small or absent, and often not in the middle line. The setae are slightly closer set, and certainly more 206 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Voz. VII, regularly placed, ventrally than dorsally. The numbers counted were :—ix/40, xii/41, xix/48, and in the middle of the body 41. No septa are thickened. The gizzard, in segment vi, is of some size, but its walls are thin and soft. The seminal vesicles of segment xii are larger than those of xi, and bulge back the posterior septum of the segment; they may even extend backwards so as to bulge back septum 13/14. Both pairs are smooth and scarcely or not at all lobed. The prostates may take up fully two segments,—xvili and xix, bulging septum 17/18 forwards and 19/20 backwards. The border of the gland is not cut up into lobes, except by an indentation on the anterior margin, and by a deep notch from which the duct emerges. The duct is quite straight, soft and only slightly shiny, and of equal diameter throughout; it passes directly inwards. The chief difference between these specimens and those formerly described is in the spermathecae; all the specimens of the present series which were dissected pos- sess a diverticulum, thus differmg from the previous examples, in which I found none. In these, the ampulla is a large ovoid sac; the duct is much shorter than the ampulla, from which it is distinctly marked off, narrow and of the same diameter throughout. There is a single diverticulum, which varies in its appearance; regard- ing the specimens from Malabar Hill, Bombay (whence the original examples of the species also came), all that can be said is that there appears to be a small scale- like diverticulum from the base of the ampulla; in that from Virar the diverticulum arises from the junction of duct and ampulla, is small, rather scale-like and flattened, and lies against the base of the ampulla (fig. 8a); in that from Talegaon it is rather flat, sessile, somewhat cauliflower like, showing a number of small seminal chambers (fig. 8b). In the specimens from Kalyan the whole organ is of a rather different appearance; the ampulla is somewhat lobed, and has a fairly broad base, from which the duct issues; the diverticulum is larger than in the previous specimens, and is divided into three lobules lying side by side; indeed the incisions between the lobules appear to be so deep that each lobule has its own attachment to the upper end of the duct, i.e. there are really three diverticula (fig. 8c). Since however the whole of the anatomy, including the penial setae, is the same in these latter specimens as in the others, it scarcely seems allowable to separate them. The absence of any diverti- culum in the original specimens is perhaps due to their relative immaturity. Perionyx rimatus, sp. nov. Plate IX, fig. o. Jor Pokhri, 4,800 ft.. Sitong, Darjiling Dist., E. Himalayas. 22-28-x-1917. N. Annandale and F. Gravely. Two specimens, one mutilated. External Characters :—Length 80 mm. ; diameter 45 mm. Colour in the anterior part of the body a light rather blotchy purple on the dorsal side, pale in the posterior half except for a purple middorsal stripe; ventrally pale throughout. The body is rather flattened, and the clitellum is narrowed. Segments 107. 1920.] J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 207 Prostomium epilobous +; a faint groove delimiting the prostomium behind. Dorsal pores from 4/5. The setal rings are often closed both dorsally and ventrally; sometimes there is a small break, but it is irregular and varying in extent,—not more than 2ab or 2yz, and often less. The setae are rather small,--smaller and closer set on the ventral than on the dorsal surface. The following numbers were counted :—v/59, ix/63, xii/64, xix/56, and in the middle of the body 56. The clitellum extends over segments xiii-xvi = 4; it is narrowed, rather lighter in colour, with visible dorsal pores and intersegmental grooves. On segment xviii is a deep transverse crack with corrugated anterior and posterior lips, situated in the middle of the length of the segment and extending transversely over the middle half of the ventral surface. It is difficult to see the male pores in this groove, but they appear to be near its centre, and only separated by a slight median elevation in the floor of the groove. The female area is a median whitish circular patch anteriorly on segment xiv. The spermathecal apertures are two pairs, in grooves 6/7 and 7/8; they are small, with slightly puckered lips, rather close together, about in line with seta c or the space cd. There are no other genital marks. Internal Anatomy :—Septa 4/5, 5/6 and 6/7 are thin, but increase slightly in thickness progressively; 7/8 is somewhat strengthened, and 8/9 moderately so. Thence to the prostatic region all are slightly, but none much, strengthened,—10/11 is perhaps least so. The gizzard is small and rudimentary, in segment v. The intestine begins behind the prostates. The last heart is in segment xiii. The nephridia end in the same line. Testis sacs are present in segments x and xi. In x the sac is lobed, distinctly though not deeply, and presents the appearance of a number of ovoid lobes lying side by side in transverse series; it is continuous below the oesophagus from side to side, encloses both oesophagus and hearts, and appears to be divided dorsally by a median septum above the alimentary canal. In xi the sac is smaller, and lies posterior and ventrally to the vesiculae seminales. The seminal vesicles, in segments xi and xii, have a granular surface but are not otherwise lobed. Each pair is fused dorsally over the alimentary canal, so as to form a single sac in each segment; that in xi overlies the testis sac deeper in the segment, —it is not an extension of the testis sac (as is described for P. himalayanus by Michael- sen, 3), but has an independent attachment to the posterior face of septum 10/11. In an earlier stage of development, exemplified by the second of the two specimens, the sac of segment x is smaller, and does not include the alimentary canal and hearts ; it grows up round them, it would appear, during its formation. The prostates are large, occupying segments xviii and xix, and it may be part of xvii also; they are deeply cut up by the septa, and also otherwise much indented. 208 . Memoirs of the Indian Museum. | [Vor. VII, The duct is much twisted and relatively thin, not firm and shining ; its ectal end is rather stouter than the rest. There are two pairs of spermathecae (fig. 9). The organs occupy the whole available space in segments vii and viii, and meet dorsally. The ampulla is a large irregular sac, with bulgings here and there; the duct is moderately stout, half as long as the ampulla, not firm or shining. The diverticula are in the form of a few small warts on the duct a short way below the base of the ampulla; these form a cluster, about half a dozen in all, of which one appears to be larger than the rest; the smaller hardly project at all, but the iridescent spermatozoa shine through. There are no penial setae. Remarks :—I was at first inclined to identify this form as Perionyx himalayanus (Michaelsen, 3), on the ground of its possessing testis sacs,—a rather unusual feature in this genus. There is also the fact that the present specimens come from the same district (Darjiling Dist.) as P. himalayanus, and that both are much paler in colour than is general.in this genus. But, neglecting slighter differences such as the distri- bution of the thickened septa, the character of the prostatic duct, the numbers of the setae, and the extent of the dorsal pores, there remain essential differences in the extent of the clitellum, the spermatheca! diverticula, and especially the configu- ration of the male area. In P. himalayanus the male pores are situated on large round papillae which are quite at the sides of the ventral aspect, one-fifth of the circumference apart from each other; and a number of setae intervene between the two papillae. Here the pores are situated near each other in the depth of a trans- verse crack. Though both species possess testis sacs, it is possible that their relations to the seminal vesicles are not the same. In P. himalayanus the sperm sacs are apparently prolonged laterally to form seminal vesicles in segments x and xi; here there is no such prolongation in segment x, seminal vesicles being absent in this segment; and the seminal vesicles of xi are independent of the testis sacs, and have their own at- tachment to the anterior septum of the segment. — Perionyx pokhrianus, sp. nov. Plate IX, figs. 10, II. Jor Pokhri, 4,800 ft., Sitong, Darjiling Dist., E. Himalayas. 22-28-x-1917. N. Annandale and F. Gravely. A single specimen (along with the last). External Characters :—Length 65 mm.; diameter 3 mm. Colour pale violet dorsally,—posteriorly paler than in front; a mid-dorsal darker stripe; ventral surface unpigmented. Segments 96. Prostomium epilobous +, the tongue (posterior portion projecting into segment 1) not cut off by a groove behind. Dorsal pores begin from groove 4/5. : The setae are in rings, which are almost closed both dorsally and ventrally, and may be quite closed in the hinder part of the body; aa or zz = It or 13 times ab or 1920. ] J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 209 yz. The setae are set slightly closer ventrally than dorsally. The following numbers were counted :—v/50, ix/58, xii/54, xix/48, and in the middle of the body 44. The clitellum is narrowed, and extends over segments xiü-xvi (= 4). It is lighter in colour than the neighbouring segments, and the intersegmental grooves and setae are visible. The male field occupies the middle of segment xviii. Here are seen a pair of papillae which take up the greater part of the length of the segment (fig. 10); they are bounded both in front and behind by a common transverse or slightly crescentic groove, the anterior groove being the better marked, and are separated from each other by a longitudinal groove in the middle line. On their outer margins the papil- lae are not delimited from the surrounding area. The male pores are near the middle line, and nearer the posterior than the anterior border of the papillae. The female aperture is situated in a small median circular depression, close to the anterior border of segment xiv. | The spermathecal apertures are in grooves 6/7 and 7/8, very close together, near- ly in line with seta b. _ | Internal Anatomy : —The first few septa (4/5-6/7) are very thin; none are missing, and none are markedly thickened, though 8/9, 9/10, 12/13, and 13/14 are slightly stronger than the others. The gizzard, in segment v, is large and barrel-shaped; it is rather soft, but by no means vestigial. The intestine begins in xviii, but is compressed between the prostates in xviii and xix. The last heart is in segment xiii. The terminations of the nephridia are apparently in the same line. Testis sacs are present in segments x and xi; both are continuous dorsally over the oesophagus and dorsal vessel. That in segment x is very delicate, and has some- what the appearance of a seminal vesicle; that in xi, also delicate, is covered by the seminal vesicles of the segment, to which the sac is adherent, though it can be separated. The seminal vesicles, in xi and xii, are large, and have a granular surface, but are not otherwise lobed. In xi the two vesicles are adherent in the middle line, though they are separable without damage; those in xii merely touch each other. The prostates are large, and take up the whole of the three segments xvii-xix ; they are deeply incised by the septa, and also otherwise indented. The duct is rather short, soft, irregularly twisted, and thin, but somewhat dilated at its extreme ectal end. The female organs have the usual position. The spermathecal ampulla is a very irregularly lobed sac (fig. 11). The duct is short,—one-fourth or one-fifth the length of the ampulla,—and marked off by a con- striction at its beginning. The diverticula are small swellings, three or so in number, side by side on the upper half of the duct; they have a metallic appearance, due to the iridescent spermatozoa shining through. There are no penial setae. DO Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, Remarks :— Here again, in the pale colour and the testis sacs, there is a resem- blance to P. himalayanus. But here too the differences seem to be too great to allow us to unite the two forms in a single species. Apart from less important features such as the numbers of the setae and the extent of the dorsal pores, we have to consider the extent of the clitellum, the much greater development of the gizzard in the pre- sent form, and especially the quite different configuration of the male field and the much greater approximation of the pores. var. affinis, var. nov. Plate mies Ar re Sitong Ridge, alt. ca. 4,700 ft., Darjiling Dist., E. Himalayas. 22-28-x-1917. N. Annandale and F. Gravely. Two specimens, one not fully mature. Jor Pokhri, 4,800 ft., Sitong, Darjiling Dist., E. Himalayas. 22-28-x-1917. N. Annandale and F. Gravely. A single specimen. External Characters :—Length 55 mm. ; diameter 225 mm. A slight slaty or purplish tinge dorsally, with well-marked median darker stripe; pale ventrally. Segments 105. Prostomium epilobous 2, the tongue not cut off behind. Dorsal pores begin from 4/5. The setal rings are almost unbroken both dorsally and ventrally ; the ventral break is absent or practically so throughout, and there is no dorsal break in the hinder part of the body ; anteriorly a small break exists on the dorsal side, where 22 —14yz. The setae are closer set ventrally than dorsally. The following numbers were counted :—v/38, ix/44, xii/45, xix/37, and in the middle of the body 36. The clitellum extends over four segments, xiii to xvi; it is narrowed, but not much modified otherwise. The male field (fig. 12), on segment xviii, consists of a depression with sloping sides; on these sides are placed the papillae with the male pores, so that these face somewhat inwards. The papillae are rather wider transversely, are delimited by grooves in front and behind, the grooves in front being the better marked; and are separated in the middle line by a slight interval, while laterally they fade away into the general surface without any definite delimitation. The apertures are small trans- verse slits, their centres in line with seta c. The female aperture is marked by a median roundish pit anteriorly on segment xiv, abutting on groove 13/14. The spermathecal pores are in grooves 6/7 and 7/8, opposite the interval cd. Internal Anatomy :—A number of septa in the anterior part of the body are slightly thickened, but none more than slightly. The gizzard is in segment v, and is of moderate size and fairly firm. The intes- tine begins perhaps in xviii, but is narrow in xviii and xix, where it is compressed. by the prostates. The last heart is in xii. The ducts of the nephridia appear to end at different levels on the body-wall ; 1920. ] J. STEPHENSON: Oligochaeta from India and BE. Persia. 211 but, since there are no end-bladders as in P. sansibaricus, it isnot always easy to see where exactly they end, and in any case there is no regular alternation. It is difficult in some of the examples of this and the last few species to demon- strate the testis sacs to complete satisfaction. Here they seem to be present in seg- ment x, the mass of developing spermatozoa being covered over by a thin filmy mem- brane ; the sacs of the two sides are probably continuous beneath the gut. In seg- ment xi the testis sac is continuous on each side with the seminal vesicle. The seminal vesicles are in segments xi and xii; they are large, taking up the whole available space, with a granular surface but not otherwise lobed; there is no indication of separation dorsally,—the pair in each segment is completely fused. The prostates are large, and take up the whole of three segments, xvii to xix; ‘they are deeply indented by the septa, and also otherwise much cut up. The duct is moderately long, is bent with the angle directed backwards, is soft and rather thin in its ental, thicker and shining in its ectal portion. The female organs have the usual situation. The spermathecae, in segments vii and viii, have each a large irregularly lobed sac-like ampulla, which is as broad as long. The duct is stout, slightly shiny, well marked off from the ampulla, about half as broad as the ampulla but considerably longer,— 14 times as long (fig. 13). The diverticulum appears as a rounded knob at the ental end of the duct, with two small masses of iridescent spermatozoa shining through. There are no penial setae. Remarks :—The above is the description of the more mature of the two specimens from Sitong Ridge. The specimen from Jor Pokhri differed slightly; thus the papil- lae bearing the male pores, and so the male pores themselves, were rather further apart,—opposite setae d instead of c, and separated by perhaps one-seventh of the circumference as against one-twelfth in the specimen described above ; the depression containing the papillae was less marked; and the spermathecal pores were wider apart,—opposite setae d or e instead of the interval cd. The closest relative of the present form is certainly the species last described. In this, the numbers of the setae are smaller, and the configuration of the male field and the degree of separation of the male and spermathecal apertures also differ. The most important points however are the spermathecae (the figures show the great difference in the relative length of the duct), and the position of the last heart (in xii here, in xii in the last form). It is difficult, in cases such as this, where a number of related forms have appar- ently arisen recently, or are possibly yet in process of differentiation, to know when the degree of differentiation which justifies the creation of a new species has been attained. Had this form been found at a distance from P. pokhrianus, its separation as a different species might perhaps have been justifiable; so far as the recollection of my Own experience goes, the position of the last heart does not, I believe, vary within the limits of recognized species. (But see description of Octochaetus prashadi, post. p. 233). 212 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vou. VII, Perionyx alatus, sp. nov. Plate IX, figs. 14-10. Sitong Ridge, alt. ca. 4,700, ft. ; Darjiling Dist., E. Himalayas. 22-28-x-1917. N. Annandale and F. Gravely. Three specimens. External Characters :—Length 84 mm.; diameter 3 mm. Colour dusky purple dorsally; pale, slightly brownish below. Segments 123. Prostomium epilobous À, tongue not closed behind. Dorsal pores begin from groove 4/5. The setal rings are closed dorsally and ventrally; the setae are closer set ven- trally. The following numbers were counted :—v/50, ix/55, xii/ca. 54, xix/50, and in the middle of the body ca. 52. The clitellum extends from segment xi as far as the anterior third of xvii (=44). It is slightly lighter in colour, and is the same diameter as the rest of the body; setae and intersegmental grooves are visible. The male field takes up the whole of the ventral surface of segment xviii (fig. 14). Its. rounded lateral borders occupy the ventro-lateral region of the segment, and its anterior and posterior borders correspond with the limits of the segment. Its chief feature is the presence of a pair of large transversely elongated papillae, conjoined by a narrow neck in the middle line, their outer ends rather narrower, and their margins crenulated. The conjoined papillae are surrounded by a deep groove or moat. The male pores appear as transverse grooves in the broader, inner part of the papillae; the actual openings seem to be at about the middle of the grooves, the distance between them being approximately one-fourth of the transverse extent of the visible ventral surface, as seen looking down on it. The penial setae are seen as a number of black dots in the grooves. The female aperture is represented by a mid-ventral small depression anteriorly on segment xiv. The spermathecal pores are two pairs, in grooves 6/7 and 7/8, the same distance apart as the male pores, about in line with the setal interval de. Internal Anatomy :—No septa are visible in front of 5/6, which is very thin ; none are notably thickened, though 6/7, 7/8, and 8/9 are slightly so. The gizzard, in segment v, is large, long from front to back, cylindrical, and rather soft. The intestine begins behind the prostates, in segment xx. The last heart is in segment xiii. The nephridia end in the same line. Testis sacs are present in segments x and xi. In segment x1 they le beneath the seminal vesicles, to which they are adherent, though it does not seem that their cavities are continuous ; the membrane which constitutes the sac is fine, and rather indefinite, and there is some matting together of all the structures, including the hearts, as if all were enclosed in organizing connective tissue. In segment x the con- dition is similar ; the testis sac is adherent to the seminal vesicle, which spreads over it from the segment behind. 1920. | J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 213 The seminal vesicles belong to segments xi and xii. Those of a segment are fused together dorsally over the alimentary canal without any hint of a division; as already mentioned, the vesicle of xi extends forwards dorsally over x as well. The prostates are large, occupying segments xvii to xix. They are cut up by the septa, and also otherwise indented into numerous lobes. The duct is irregularly twis- ted, soft, moderately long, and its ectal portion is wider than its commencement. The female organs have the usual situation. The spermathecae lie in segments vil and vili; the posterior pair are the larger. The ampulla is a considerable sac, with smooth surface, not indented. The duct is separated by a constriction, and is slightly swollen below the constriction; it is very stout,—one-third as thick as the ampulla, or even at its upper end quite half as thick : its length is about two-thirds that of the ampulla. Its swollen upper part corresponds to the diverticulum, and spermatozoa can be seen shining through in small patches, but there are no definite seminal chambers (fig. 15). The penial setae (fig. 16) are 1:08 mm. in lensth, and 20: in thickness. The shaft is almost straight for the greater part of its length, but has a sharp curve at its proxi- mal end, resembling that of a hockey stick, and is more gently curved towards the tip. The point is blunt; and the ornamentation consists of irregularly scattered minute spines on the distal portion of the shaft. Remarks :—This species belongs to the same group as the preceding (presence of testis sacs, and character of the spermathecal diverticula). It is however well differ- entiated by the presence of penial setae, and the characteristic conformation of the male genital field; the specific name refers to the large wing-like papillae of this region, Perionyx shillongensis, sp. nov. Plate IX ner Shillong, Assam ; 4,500-5,000 ft. 16-20-iv-1918. N. Annandale. Two specimens External Characters :—Length 66 mm. ; diameter 3 mm. Colour a dusky purple dorsally, passing through violet to the pale unpigmented ventral surface. Segments 120. The animal is circular in transverse section (the species of the genus are usually more or less flattened dorso-ventrally). Prostomium epilobous #, tongue not cut off behind. Dorsal pores begin from groove 3/4. The setal rings present a very small and rather irregular dorsal break (z2—=I4yz), absent altogether in the hinder part of the body; and a small ventral break (1}ab), more regular than the dorsal but absent in the posterior third. The setae are rather more closely set ventrally. The following numbers were counted :—v/42, ix/46, xii/49, xix/48, and in the middle of the body 48. The clitellum extends over five segments, xiii to xvii; it is very slightly swollen, and there is a slight difference in tint, but this region is otherwise unaltered. The male field is a white, rather swollen, transversely elongated oval area on the ventral surface of segment xviii, about two and a half times as broad as long, and 214 | Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, taking up the length of the segment. The pores are fairly conspicuous, rather close together, about in line with the setal interval cd. The female pore is apparently situated in a small whitish area anteriorly on seg- ment xiv. The spermathecal apertures are situated in grooves 7/8 and 8/0, about the same distance apart as the male pores or slightly closer, in line with the interval be. Internal Anatomy :—The septa of the anterior part of the body as far back as the prostatic region are slightly thickened, with the exception of the first, 4/5, which is very thin; perhaps 6/7-9/10 are most thickened. The gizzard, in segment vi, is of fair size; the walls are somewhat, but not very, soft, and it must be reckoned as well developed for a species of this genus. The intestine begins in segment xvi; no calciferous glands were seen. The last heart is in segment xii. The ducts of the nephridia end in approximately the same line. Testes and large funnels are free in segments x and xi. The seminal vesicles are in xi and xii; they are large, and bulge out the segments in which they are contained, those in xii pressing back septum 12/13 to the level of 13/14. They are smooth and not cut up into lobes. Those in xii meet dorsally but do not fuse ; those in xi actually fuse in the posterior part of the segment. The prostates are of moderate size, and are confined to segment xviii, though bulging the septa forwards and backwards to some extent. The surface is indented so as to form a number of lobes. The duct comes off from a hilus on the inner side, is short and straight, and though moderately stout is soft and without muscular glitter. The ovaries and funnels are in segment xiii. Tiny white subspherical appendages by the side of the alimentary canal on the anterior wall of segment xiv appear to be ovisacs. The spermathecae, in segments viii and ix, are large, and fill out their respective segments. The ampulla is an ovoid sac. The duct is half as long and almost half as thick as the ampulla,—that is, relatively very stout. The diverticula are present as two clusters of seminal chambers on the duct just below the base of the ampulla; each cluster is cauliflower-like, and sessile by a ‘broad base; the clusters leave the postero-internal and anterior or antero-internal aspects of the duct free (fig. 17). The penial setae are ‘87 mm. long, and 20 thick. The shaft is straight, the tip slightly bowed and bluntly pointed. The ornamentation consists of about eight rings of rather fine spines ; there may be a very fine ninth or even tenth ring. Perionyx fossus, sp. nov. Plate IX, fig. 18, IQ. Shillong, Assam, 4,500-5,000 ft. 16-20-iv-1918. N. Annandale. A single specimen. External Characters :—ULength 86 mm. ; diameter 3:5 mm... Colour a dusky pur- ple dorsally, pale and unpigmented ventrally, the upper tint shading off rather gradu- ally into the lower. Segments 136. The body here again is circular in transverse section. 1920.] J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. PS Prostomium epilobous 3, tongue cut off behind. Dorsal pores begin from groove 4/5. The setal rings are interrupted dorsally ; zz=2yz behind the genital region, but is rather less elsewhere,—in general about I4yz ; the interval is regular, and the setae z are in longitudinal lines. There is no ventral break. The ventral setae are much closer set than the dorsal. The following numbers were counted :—v/52, ix/56, xii/56, xix/52, and in the middle of the body 54. The clitellum extends over half of segment xiii in front and one-third of xvii behind (=3}). It is smooth, rather lighter in colour, and retains both the setae and intersegmental grooves. The male field is a deep squarish depression midventrally on xviii, which takes up the whole length of the segment, and is about one-third of the ventral surface in transverse extent. The anterior wall of the depression is vertical, the posterior slopes more gently ; the sides are steeper than the posterior, but not so steep as the anterior wall. Across the floor and sides of the excavation extends a transverse groove—very narrow, a crack only. The male apertures appear to be situated in this crack, at the junction of the floor and side walls of the depression ; they are thus fairly close to- gether, and about in line with seta d or e. The female pore is indicated by a slight depression in a rather pale circular area, between the setal zone and anterior margin of segment xiv. The spermathecal pores are two pairs, in grooves 7/8 and 8/0, fairly wide apart, —separated by about a quarter of the circumference, or in line with about the ninth seta from the middle line. Internal Anatomy :—No septa are notably thickened; perhaps 9/10 is most so. The first is 4/5. There is a rather large but soft gizzard in segment vi. There are no calcareous glands, but the oesophagus shows the traces of transverse vascular channels in segment xiii, though the tube is not wider here than in neighbouring segments. The intestine begins in xvi. The last heart is in segment xiii. The nephridial ducts end in the same line. Testes and funnels are free in segments x and xi. The seminal vesicles in segment xi are quite fused together dorsally, and fill out the whole of the segment. Those which belong to segment xii are similarly fused,— in their hinder parts at any rate; they pass beyond the limits of segment xii and form a large mass which extends to the hinder end of xii. The prostates are large compact masses, which bulge the septa of segment xviii forwards and backwards, and in this way take up a space of three or four segments. The gland is but little cut up into lobes. The duct emerges from a deep cleft on the inner surface ; it is narrow and bent once or twice while still within this cleft, broad- ens on emerging, and becomes fairly stout and shining in its ectal portion. The spermathecae fill out all available space in segments viii and ix. The am- pulla is irregularly ovoid in shape, and the duct is half as long and quite one-third as 216 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Bloom WL, thick as the ampulla. The diverticula are rather inconspicuous ; they are small flattish swellings on the duct at about the middle of its length, two in number, sessile, and lobulated (fig. 18). The penial setae (fig. 19) are very little modified. In length they are ‘45 mm., in thickness 18,; their shape is that of an ordinary seta, with the usual double curve. The tip is fairly sharply pointed, and there is no nodulus. The margin shows a few small indentations near the tip. Perionyx turaensis, sp. nov. Plate X, figs. 20, 21. Above Tura, Garo Hills, Assam ; 3,500-3,900 ft. ; under bark. July-August 1917. S. Kemp. Five specimens and two fragments. External Characters :—Length variable, but the differences are probably due to fragmentation. The animal seems to break up easily ; one specimen shows a regene- rated zone at the hinder end. The longest specimen, apparently complete, measured 74 mm.; diameter 2 mm. Colour dark brownish purple dorsally, with still darker median stripe; ventral surface unpigmented. Segments 132. The ventral surface is somewhat flattened. Prostomium epilobous 3 or rather more, with squarish posterior tongue, which may or may not be demarcated behind. Dorsal pores from groove 4/5 or 5/6. The setal rings are almost closed ventrally; on the dorsal side zz may be twice yz in front of the clitellum, but is less behind. The setae are closer set ventrally, and the ventral setae appear smaller than those on the dorsal side. The numbers are difficult to count, and there are intervals where some seem to have dropped out, so that the following are estimates only :—v/48, ix/56, xti/54, xix/44, and in the middle of the body 55. The clitellum is rather narrowed; it includes two-thirds of segment xii and extends back to the hinder border of xvii (=42). The intersegmental furrows are not obliterated. The male pores are on xviii, close together near the middle line, on small round papillae. The papillae touch each other or almost so, and are situated in a slight common depression, rectangular or transversely oval in shape, which does not take up the whole length of the segment. The female pore is single, and appears as a simple depression or as a transverse slit in front of the setal zone of segment xiv. The spermathecal apertures are two pairs, in grooves 7/8 and 8/9, close together near the middle line. Internal Anatomy :—No septa are specially thickened, though 8/9 and in an even less degree 7/8 are slightly so. The gizzard, in segment vi, is rudimentary. A pair of calcareous glands are present in segment xiii as well-defined ovoid swellings in which the vascular channels run longitudinally. The intestine begins in xviii. 1920. | J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 21 I The last heart is in segment xii. The arrangement of the anterior male organs was not quite clear. There are seminal vesicles in segments xi and xii,—large square masses filling out the segment, attached to the anterior septum of the segment, those of xi perhaps partly fused together in the middle line, those in xii contiguous only. In x there is a similar structure; in the specimen first dissected it was definitely noted to be a sac, not merely a compact mass of coagulum; the funnels appeared to be contained within them, so that they would be testis sacs. In another specimen (in which however, as noted below, the male organs had an abnormal position) there were no sacs in the corresponding segment,—only a cleanly detachable mass of coagulum ; and the fun- nels were free in this and the next segment. The prostates are compact cubical masses in segment xviii, the septa of which are not bulged backwards or forwards. The short and moderately stout duct passes transversely inwards from the hilus. The ampullae of the spermathecae have a peculiar shape; the anterior border is deeply indented, so as to form two or three rounded lobules (fig. 20), the lowest of which may simulate a diverticulum. The duct is thick, short, and not definitely marked off from the ampulla. What I take to be the real diverticula are a few small rounded knobs at the ental end of the duct, which apparently are not always present. The penial setae (fig. 21) are 5 mm. long, and 11 thick at the middle. The shaft is straight with a slight curvature at the distal end, and tapers rather rapidly. The tip however is cut off squarely, and carries five or six finespines. There are also six circles of fine spines on the curved distal portion of the shaft, just above the tip. The abnormal specimen mentioned above had the genital organs two segments further forwards than the normal. ‘Thus the male pores were on xvi, the posterior seminal vesicles in x (extending back however as far as xii), the anterior vesicles in ix, the spermathecae in vi and vii. The male funnels were free in segments viii and ix. Remarks :—The nearest relative of the present species is P. parvulus (Stephen- son, 12), from near Ghoom in the E. Himalayas; but the penial setae and form of the spermathecae prevent the union of the two. These two, with P. excavatus, P. fulvus, and perhaps P. bainii, seem to form a closely allied natural group. Perionyx pullus, sp. nov. Plate X, fig. 22. Belgaum, Bombay Pres. 4-vi-1917. T.R Bell. A single specimen, the posterior end broken off. External Characters :—Length of the fragment 62 mm. ; diameter max. 3°5 mm. Colour dark grey on both surfaces, scarcely any difference between dorsal and ventral. Segments present 165. Ventral surface concave except at anterior end, thus present- ing a longitudinal groove bordered by prominent ventro-lateral ridges. Prostomium epilobous 3, the tongue being triangular; from its backwardly directed point a groove is continued in the middle line back to the clitellum. 218 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VIT, Dorsal pores begin in groove I/2; this must be about the extreme anterior limit which they ever attain, though I could not say that it is unique. Beddard (1) states that dorsal pores are never found on the first one or two segments of the body. The setal rings are interrupted dorsally; in front of the clitellum zz=3yz, and behind=about 2yz; but behind the clitellum the interval itself, as well as the inter- setal intervals on each side, is irregular. The ventral break is absent, or small and irregular. On the ventral surface the setae are small and very close together, —almost as close as they can be. For this reason, and also because of the dark colour of the animal, they are very difficult to count; behind the clitellum there are about 60, and further back 64. The clitellum is extensive, from xi to xx (=10); it is slightly swollen, less marked or absent ventrally, rather darker in colour, and dorsal pores are absent. The male field is situated on segment xix (whether normally, or exceptionally in this particular specimen, cannot be said). It consists of a mid-ventral rectangular area, rather broader than long, which takes up most of the length of the segment ; it is delimited at the sides by slight grooves and in front and behind by deep tren- ches, which coincide with the intersegmental furrows; the trenches are however much broader than the intersegmental furrows, and encroach anteriorly and post- erlorly on the surface of the segment. The pores are apparently on two small whitish papillae very close together near the midventral line. The female pore was not visible. The spermathecal apertures are two pairs, in grooves 7/8 and 8/9, close to the middle line. Internal Anatomy :—No septa are specially thickened. There is no gizzard, even vestigial. The pharyngeal glands are especially bulky, and extend as large masses on the alimentary canal backwards to segment ix. The oesophagus is bulged laterally, and its walls are vascular, in segments x-xui. The intestine begins in xvil. The last heart is in segment xii. The nephridia end in approximately the same line. The male funnels (presumably testes also) are free in segments x and x1. Seminal vesicles occupy segments xi, xii, and xiii. They are relatively small, are attached to the anterior wall of their segment in each case, and have a racemose appearance owing to their being composed of a number of small lobules; indeed the extremely racemose appearance of those in segment xiii caused them momentarily to be mistaken for ovaries. There appeared to be an additional minute pair of racemose vesicles in xiv also. The prostates, in segment xix, are small, and consist of a number of elongated finger-like lobes, the whole forming a bushy cluster. The duct is small, soft, not much thickened, and runs transversely inwards. Ovarian funnels were identified in xi. The spermathecae (fig. 22) are situated in segments viii and ix. The ampulla is 1920. | J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 219 very irregular in shape, and narrows below to become the duct without any distinet delimitation. If the beginning of the duct is taken to be just below the diverticula, it is about as long as the ampulla; it narrows gradually towards its ectal end. The diverticula, about three in number, are small rounded sessile chambers, situated at what may be considered as the lower part of the ampulla. There are no penial setae. Perionyx minimus, sp. nov. Plate X, fig. 23. Belgaum, Bombay Pres. 4-vi-1917. T. R. Bell. Numerous specimens. External Characters :—The worms are very small; a long one measures 45 mm. in length, while the thickness is only I mm., or as a maximum 12 mm. The colour is a medium brown dorsally, and a rather lighter brown ventrally. Segments roo. The ventral surface is flattened. Prostomium epilobous 4 or nearly so, tongue cut off behind; both prostomium and first segment divided in the mid-dorsal line by a longitudinal groove. Dorsal pores from 4/5; or a rudimentary pore in 4/5, and the first well developed pore in 5/6. The setal rings are almost closed ventrally; the dorsal interval is well marked, —2yz. The setae are much closer set ventrally than dorsally. On the twentieth segment there are about 26 setae, in the middle of the body about 36. The clitellum extends from the middle, or perhaps the anterior end, of xiii backwards to include segment xvii (=4$ or 5); it is rather narrowed, of a somewhat darker colour, and the separate segments are easily distinguishable. The male pores are on conspicuous round papillae on xviii. The area between these papillae is depressed, the depression extending longitudinally from the middle of xvii to the anterior third of xix; this area is encroached on laterally by the papillae, so that the depression has a dumbbell shape, the dumbbell being placed longitudinally ; the apertures look somewhat inwards. The female pore (or pores) are situated in a transverse groove anteriorly on segment xiv. The spermathecal pores were not distinctly seen, but appeared to be about a quarter of the circumference apart, in grooves 7/8 and 8/0. Internal Anatomy :—No septa are thickened. There is apparently a rudimentary gizzard in segment v. The oesophagus is slightly bulged in segments xiii and xiv, with longitudinal vascular striations. The intestine begins behind the prostates, in segment xix. The “pharyngeal glands” extend back to segment vii as definite lobes on each side filling out the segments. The last heart is in segment xii. Relatively large seminal funnels are present in segments x and xi, embedded in a mass of very adherent flocculent matter simulating seminal vesicles; the testes were not separately identified. | Seminal vesicles are present in segments ix and xii; both pairs are brown in 220 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, colour. Those in xii are large and lobulated, and meet but do not fuse with each other dorsally ; the vesicle on the right side in segment ix was moderately large, but that on the left was small (? had been in part detached and washed away). The prostates occupy more than one segment, —xviii and part of xvii on the right side, xviii and part of xix on the left; they are somewhat loosely lobulated. The duct is short, narrow and rather soft; it is covered over by the lobules of the gland, and is not visible till these are separated. The ovaries, relatively very large, and funnels are in segment xiii. In segment xiv are conspicuous ovisacs, containing large ova. The spermathecae are of moderate size, in segments viii and ix. The ampulla is rounded, and rather flattened between successive septa. The duct is of about the same length as the ampulla; at its ental end, between the two diverticula, it is rather narrow, but becomes thicker below them (fig. 23). The diverticula are small, subspherical, and attached to the ental end of the duct by short stalks; they have rather a cauliflower-like appearance, but this is not due to any lobulation,—it seems to be occasioned by wisps of iridescent spermatozoa shining through the wall. There are no penial setae. Perionyx igatpuriensis, sp. nov. Plate X, fig. 24. Igatpuri, Bombay Pres. 29-vi-1917. B. Prashad. Three specimens, one consisting of only the anterior end. Elephanta Island, Bombay ; on the sea-shore. 30-vi-1917. B. Prashad. Three specimens. External Characters :—Length 40-52 mm.; diameter 2-2°5 mm. Colour dark, purple dorsally, pale ventrally; clitellum slightly lighter dorsally than the rest of the dorsal surface. Segments 150-170. Prostomium epilobous $, tongue broad, cut off behind. Dorsal pores begin from groove 4/5. The setal rings are unbroken dorsally ; the ventral break is small and irregular, or altogether absent. The setae are closer set ventrally than dorsally. The following numbers were counted :—v/36, ix/48, xii/46, xix/4I, and in the middle of the body 44 (in the specimen examined from the Bombay material the numbers were somewhat greater in the anterior segments). The clitellum extends over xili-xvii (only to xvi in Bombay specimen) (=4 or 5); setae are present, and the intersegmental grooves can be distinguished. The male pores appear as depressions, each in the middle of a small circular area with slightly raised lips. near the middle line in segment xviii; these areas are sepa- rated only by a groove in the mid-ventral line, and in length take up nearly the whole segment. Black dots, which may be seen in the depressions, are the penial setae. The female pore is represented by a whitish dot in a transversely oval depression anteriorly on segment xiv. a The spermathecal pores are two pairs, in grooves 7/8 and 8/9; they are conspicu- 1920.] J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 221 ous round apertures near the middle line, the same distance apart as the male pores. Internal Anatomy :—The first septum appears to be 5/6; all are present, and all are thin. The gizzard, in segment vi, was soft and rather small in the original specimen from Igatpuri; in the specimen from Bombay however it was of large size, but soft and yielding easily to pressure with a needle; in shape it was rather cylindrical, but somewhat narrower posteriorly. There are no calciferous glands; the gut may be bulged laterally in segments xiii and xiv. The intestine begins in xxiii. The last heart is in xiii. The endings of the nephridia are in the same line. Testes and funnels are free in segments x and xi; these segments are full of flocculent material (developing spermatozoa). Seminal vesicles occupy segments xi and xii; they are large paired sacs, not fused in the middle line. They are rounded in form, their borders not indented or lobed (in the Bombay specimen they appeared somewhat granular, as if made up of minute lobules). Those in xii are the larger, pressing back septum 12/13. The prostates are compact masses occupying segment xviil, the limiting septa of which are much bulged apart by their bulk; each consists of an anterior and poste- rior lobe, from between which the duct issues. The duct is short, straight, and narrow, and passes transversely inwards. The large ovaries and the funnels are in segment xui. The spermathecae, in segments viii and ix, present an elongated ovoid or irregu- lar ampulla with a short stout duct, a third or a quarter as long and a third as wide as the ampulla. There is a single diverticulum, attached to the base of the ampulla, sessile, cauliflower-like and consisting of a number of small seminal chambers ; in ex- tent it is one-third or a quarter as long as the ampulla, against the lower part of which it may be flattened (fig. 24). The penial setae are 44-52 mm. long, and 15. thick in the middle. The shaft is almost straight, very slightly bowed,—more so at the distal end ; the tip is simply and rather bluntly pointed; there are about six rings of rather small spines near the tip. (In the Bombay specimen the setae were a little larger, —'68 mm. long, and 204 thick, with seven well-marked rings of small spines, and two or three rings only very faintly indicated proximal to these). Remarks :—The present species resembles P. millardı,— very closely in many res- pects. The distinctive difference is in the spermathecae, which there have no diverti- culum. Minor differences are the setal rings,—the breaks dorsally and ventrally being smaller or mostly absent here; and perhaps the penial setae, which have fewer rings of spines in the present species. Perionyx spp. In the various collections examined there were a number of specimens of this genus which could not be referred to any species on account of immaturity. Some 222 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, such were obtained from above Tura, in Assam ; from the Western Ghats; from Pa- shok in the Darjiling Distriet; from the Sitong Ridge, and from hill streams near Sitong, also in the Darjiling Distriet. All these regions are already in the recognized area of distribution of the genus, and the specimens may be dismissed with a couple of remarks on their habits. Of a batch of specimens found above Tura, Mr. Kemp remarks, ‘This worm is found coiled up on the upper or under sides of leaves in dense jungle, forming a compact gelatinous mass. When touched it springs to life, perform- ing somersaults and other acrobatic feats.” The second noteworthy feature is the aquatic habitat of the worms from hill streams near Sitong; they were found living in water under stones. Genus Lampito. Lampito mauritii, Kinb. This worm is one of the commonest in India,—absolutely the commonest in the present collections ; and being so widely distributed it is scarcely necessary for the future to note the precise details of each capture. The following are the localities from which I have received it :—In the Central Provinces and Central India, from Nemar Kheri on the way to Indore, Katni, Gwalior and Jubbulpore ; in S. Rajputana, from Dungarpur and Banswara ; and in the Bom- bay Presidency from Bombay (where it is very common), Broach, Surat, Ahmedabad, Nadiad, Dhanu, Sirvai Madhopur, Baroda, Palchar, and Joshachivir on the way to Mahableshwar. : Genus Pheretima. Pheretima posthuma (L. Vaill.). Also extremely common; from Khulna and Dattapakur in Bengal; Udaipur in Rajputana ; Gwalior in Central India; Bindra Ban, near Muttra, United Provinces ; and Baroda in the Bombay Presideney. Pheretima hawayana (Rosa). A common Indian worm ; from Bindra Ban, Udaipur, and Bombay. Pheretima heterochaeta (Mchlsn.). Common in India; from Sureil, 5,000 ft. in Darjiling District. An immature specimen, probably of this species, from Pashok, 3,500 ft., also in Darjiling District. Pheretima elongata (E. Perrier). Manmad, Bombay Pres. 28-vi-1917. B. Prashad. Several specimens. Palia, between Indore and Ujjain, Central India. 27-vi-1917. B. Prashad One specimen, a mutilated anterior end. Indore, Central India. 23-vi-1917. B. Prashad. Three specimens. Indore, banks of River Kan. 25-vi-1917. B. Prashad. Several specimens, immature, but probably of this species. Ujjain, Central India. 26-vi-1917. B. Prashad. Several specimens, with others, probably of the same species, but immature. | 1920. ] J. STEPHENSON: Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 223 Namkana, Sunderbans, Bengal ; near the banks of a reclaimed island. 10-xi-1918. B. Pra- shad. Several specimens. Caleutta. Nov. 1913. E. C. Dormieux. A single specimen. The length of the specimens from Manmad (the only ones subjected to a complete examination) varied; a long one was as much as 230 mm. Large testis sacs, enclosing alimentary canal, hearts, and dorsal vessel, as well as the testes and funnels, were present in segments x and xi; and seminal vesicles in xi, xii and xili, as noted by previous observers. The seminal vesicles of xi are contained within the testis sac of that segment ; those of xii are large, and meet mid-dorsally ; those of xiii are small and rounded. It may be noted that the last heart was in segment xii, in the specimen dissec- ted. I found no spermathecae (this condition has previously been noted in the spe- cies). Remarks :—This worm has not hitherto passed for common in India. It was re- corded from three localities by Michaelsen (3) as a result of his examination of the extensive collection of the Indian Museum, —from Hyderabad, Deccan; Kandy in Ceylon; and Karachi in Sind. I had not myself met with it previously. Like others of the genus, the present species has a wide distribution outside India—indeed it might be called a ‘“ world-wanderer.”’ The worm has generally gone under the name of P. biserialis ; Michaelsen was able, by an examination of the types of P. elongata, to establish its identity with the latter (4). Pheretima lignicola, Stephenson. Bombay. June, 1915. N.B. Kinnear. Several specimens, not all mature. Bombay. 7-xi-1914. N. B. Kinnear A number of specimens. The colour appears to be variable; olive-green and brown have been noted in previous-specimens; these,—the first of the two batches at least,—were a metallic bluish purple dorsally, and pinkish ventrally. The setae of segments ii-ix were larger than those on the rest of the body. The intestinal caeca were crenulated on their dorsal margin. Subfam. OOTOCHAETINAE. Genus Hoplochaetella. Hoplochaetella anomala, sp. nov. Plate X, figs. 25-29. Belgaum, Bombay Pres. 5-vi-1910. N. B. Kinnear. Eight specimens, and a fragment con- sisting of the posterior end. In bad condition. External Characters :—Length about 85 mm. ; diameter 3 mm. The worms are apparently unpigmented or almost so; in their present condition, with much thinned body-walls, the colour is given by the intestinal contents. Segments ca. 105. Prostomium epilobous À, tongue broad, sides slightly converging behind, not cut off by a transverse furrow. 224 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, Dorsal pores begin from 4/5. The setal rings are almost closed ventrally ; aa=14-2ab. The dorsal break is about 4yz in front of the clitellum, 3yz behind it, and 2yz in the middle of the body. The setal intervals decrease somewhat outwards from the middle line, so that aa > ab > be>cd. The numbers of setae are difficult to ascertain, since the worms will bear scarcely any manipulation, and doubtless many setae have dropped out; I could only count the intervals between the muscle bundles :—viii/36-44, xii/40-46, and in the middle of the body 40. " The clitellum extends from $xiii to }xvi (=3); it is smooth, brownish, swollen and well defined; setae are present, but no intersegmental furrows. The male area (fig. 25) presents two pairs of well-marked depressions, crater-like, with thickened and rounded margins, on segments xvii and xix; these are rather oval in a transverse direction. The lip is less definite on the inner side, where it merges into a mid-ventral thickened area between the two depressions of a pair. The depressions extend transversely between the lines of setae b and A, and with their lips and the median thickened area take up the whole transverse extent of the ventral surface ; longitudinally also they occupy the whole of the length of their respective segments, without however encroaching on segment xviil. The male apertures are in the inner portions of the excavations, between the lines of setae c and d. The female aperture is single, in a small circular whitish area just in front of the setal zone of segment xiv. The spermathecal apertures are two pairs, on small papillae on segments vii and ix; they are in line with seta c, and about one-fifth of the circumference apart. In segment ix the papillae are in the setal zone, in viii in front of it. The above description is that of the specimen of which a complete examination, internal and external, was made. In some of the other specimens there were a few variations in the external genital marks which deserve mention. In one, there was a cup-shaped shallow depression, also with a thickened rounded margin, on the left side of segment xviii; this was rather smaller than those on xvii and xix, much shallower, and slightly internal in position to them. In another, there were depressions on both sides of xviii. Or the depressions containing the male pores may be smaller than above described, and circular in shape, not extending so far out- wards; or the depressions may be reduced by the filling up of their outer part, the lip being much thickened here, almost like a papilla to the outer side of the pit. A displacement of the setal line in the spermathecal region has been noticed in other species of the genus. This was not the case in the specimen first examined, though setae cde appeared to be absent on both sides of segments viii and ix. In another, cdef were displaced forwards on both sides in segment viii; cd were displaced backwards on the right side in ix, while on the left side the setal line was irregular. Internal Anatomy :—The septa were all softened ; they are apparently distinguish- able as far forwards as 3/4, and 11/12 and 12/13 are perhaps somewhat thickened. The gizzard is of large size, regularly ovoid, firm, in segment vii. The calcifer- 1920.] J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 225 ous glands are in segments x-xiii, small, ovoid, set off from the alimentary canal; in segments x and xi they are within the testis sacs. The intestine begins in xvi. The last heart is in segment xii. There is no large transverse vessel in xiii, but anteriorly in xiv a pair of stout vessels are given off from the dorsal vessel,—these may however only go to the alimentary canal. In the first nineteen segments only micronephridia are present; some of these are scattered, and others form large tufts anteriorly by the side of the pharynx. Meganephridia begin from segment xx; probably micronephridia coexist, but have become unrecognizable. Testis sacs are present in segments x and_xi as large chambers which enclose the dorsal vessel and alimentary canal as well as the testes and funnels; those of seg- ment x enclose in addition a pair of seminal vesicles. The seminal vesicles are in segments ix, x, and xii; those in x, within the testis sacs, are attached to the posterior wall of the segment ; those in ix and xii are large, and only slightly indented into lobes. The prostates are two pairs of coiled tubes. The anterior occupy segments xvii and xviü, the posterior segments xix to xxi. The duct is in each case stouter than the gland, shining, straight and rather short, thinner at its ental end; each passes obliquely forwards and inwards. The ends of both pairs of ducts are surrounded by a soft white cushion on the inner face of the body-wall. The vasa deferentia are two on each side, and pass backwards side by side beyond the termination of the anterior prostatic duct (fig. 26); shortly behind this, the outer duct of the two doubles back, after crossing underneath the inner, and ends immedi- ately behind the termination of the anterior prostatic duct; the other vas deferens goes on, and ends immediately in front of the termination of the posterior prostatic duct. The ovaries are in segment xiii; there are small ovisacs in xiv. There are two pairs of spermathecae ; the ampulla is a sac of very irregular form (fig. 27),—in some cases a portion is almost constricted off. The duct is stout, near- ly as long as the ampulla, dilated and not shiny in its ental part, narrower and shining below; at its thickest part it is half as broad as the ampulla; it is separated from the sac above it by a constriction. The diverticula are two, opposite each other, attached to the duct immediately below the dilated part; each consists of a few rounded seminal chambers, the whole being sessile on the duct. The endings of the ducts, as seen on the inner side of the body-wall, correspond in position to the papillae seen externally. As in other species, there are a number of accessory glands. These are clusters of finger-shaped structures, three to five in each cluster, of various lengths, the longest about equal to the duct of the spermatheca or rather longer. Hach cluster ends near the termination of a spermathecal duct. The accessory glands themselves are solid, but have a distinct and fairly long duct with a lumen, and they are connected, where they pierce the body-wall, with the modified copulatory setae of segments villi and ix; fig. 28 is a rough sketch of gland and seta extracted together. 226 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, These copulatory setae are in length ‘61 mm., and in thickness at the middle 224 : they are almost straight, with a slight curve at the proximal end, tapering and bluntly pointed distally. There is scarcely any ornamentation,—only a few very fine oblique lines, or semicircular markings convex proximally, near the tip (fig. 29). There are no penial setae in the segments of the male apertures. Remarks :—The above interesting form has obvious relations with those I have previously described (13) under the name Hoplochaetella; it has, besides the same arrangement of prostates and spermathecae, the same displaced and modified setae in the neighbourhood of the spermathecal apertures, the same distribution of calciferous glands, and the same peculiar nephridial system. It does not however agree in all points with the emended definition of the genus which ! gave. Of the points of difference, one of the most interesting is the manner of ending of the vasa deferentia; in the other species of the genus the vasa deferentia unite, and then open in common with the anterior prostate on the seventeenth segment, while here the vasa are separate, and open, one with the anterior prostate on segment xvii, and the other with the posterior on xix. In the Megascolecidae, what may be described as an attraction between the ter- minal portions of the genital organs is of very general occurrence. The primitive condition in the family is that known as the “original Acanthodriline,” where the prostates end on segments xvii and xix, the vasa deferentia (after joining together) on xviii, and the spermathecae in furrows 7/8 and 8/9. In the Megascolecinae, one pair of prostates has disappeared, and the other has been “attracted” to join the termination of the vasa deferentia in xviii, an intermediate stage being seen in the genus Diplotrema. In the other species of Hoplochaetella, and in Hrythraeodrilus, the conjoined vasa deferentia have been attracted forwards (to continue the same figure) to join the anterior prostatic duct on xvii. In the other species of Hoplochaetella also, the two pairs of prostates are approaching each other, and the two pairs of sperma- thecae show the same tendency. The very frequent union of the original pair of female pores on segment xiv is perhaps to be referred to the same group of pheno- mena. In Hutyphoeus (Octochaetinae) the single vas deferens on each side ends in common with the prostatic duct on xvii. Similar instances can be quoted from the Ocnerodrilinae. In the present form, the attraction has taken a different course; the two vasa deferentia of each side have been as it were pulled apart, one towards the anterior, the other towards the posterior prostate, while these maintain their original position on the middle of segments xvii and xix. In regard to the above point of difference, neither the present nor the former species of Hoplochaetella can be said to be primitive as compared with the other; evolution has merely taken a different course in the two. In certain features how- ever the present form appears to show a more primitive condition than the species previously described. Thus the two pairs of spermathecal apertures, which in the other species are both on segment viii, are here more widely separated, on segments 1920. | J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 227 viii and ix respectively. So too the prostatic apertures are in previous species pos- teriorly on xvii and anteriorly on xix, or actually in the furrows 17/18 and 18/19; while here they maintain their original position at the middle of xvii and xix. Lastly, the testes and funnels are free in segments x and xi in the former species but are contained in testis sacs in the present form. Here I am not clear as to which is the more primitive condition. As a rule, of course, the free condition is to be looked on as primitive, and that in which the testes and funnels are enclosed in sacs, —separated-off portions of the coelom,—as secondary. But in the previous species of the genus the testes and funnels are not free in the usual sense ; segments x and xi are very harrow, and septa 9/10, 10/11, and 11/12 are fused together at their periphery so as, at first, to give the impression of one enormously thickened septum. What has happened is that these septa have become approximated, and the contained seg- ments very much contracted ; whether originally, before the contraction took place, they contained testis sacs cannot now be decided,—the sac-walls (if the sac originally, as in the present form and often elsewhere, contained alimentary canal, hearts and dorsal vessel) may have simply fused with the walls of the segment. I have previously (13) shown that Hoplochaetella is to be regarded as the ances- tor of Hrythraeodrilus. In some ways the present form may represent that ancestor more Closely than any of the previous species; thus the condition as regards testis sacs is the same in this form and in Hrythraeodrilus, and similarly with regard to the number and position of the seminal vesicles (three pairs in this form and in Hrythrae- odrilus, in segments ix, x, and xii; two, in ix and xii, in the other species of Hoplo- chaetella). The distinctive difference between Hoplochaetella and Erythraeodrilus is the presence of two pairs of prostates in the first, of one pair only in the second; in this, the present form agrees with Hoplochaetella, along with which I propose to in- clude it, widening the previously given definition of the genus (as regards the endings of the vasa deferentia, the positions of the prostatic and spermathecal apertures, and the free testes and funnels) for the purpose. Hoplochaetella spp. Daman Road, N. of Bombay (between Bombay and Surat). 7-vü-1917. B. Prashad. Five specimens, none sexually mature. Bombay, Malabar Hill. 1-vii-1917. B. Prashad. Numerous specimens, none mature. Bombay, Elephanta Island, high up on a hill. 30-vi-1917. B. Prashad. Numerous speci- mens, none mature. In the specimens from Malabar Hill the spermathecae couid be seen on dissection to be just forming ; they appeared to end in the furrows 7/8 and 8/9; if so, the ap- proximation of the two pairs has not gone so far as in the majority of the species, where both pairs are on segment viii. The specimens from Daman Road presented one point of interest to me. The type of the genus Hoplochaetella is Bourne’s Perichaeta stuarti ; and in identifying my former five species as belonging to this genus (13), one point which came up for dis- cussion was that Bourne described certain diverticula of the intestine which I did 228 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, not find in any of my specimens ;—* In somites xxiii-xxvi (?) there are four pairs of special diverticula on the dorso-lateral portions of the intestine.” In the example of the Daman Road batch which I dissected I noted that the segmental swellings and intersegmental constrictions of the intestine were very marked dorso-laterally in its anterior part; and from about segment xxiii onwards for ten or a dozen segments there were very distinct lateral (not however dorso-lateral) sacculi, but their extent was rather indefinite. I did not, in my previous paper, consider the feature as of generic significance ; still it is perhaps some slight confirmation of my identification to find something similar (though not quite identical) in a worm which certainly be- longs to the same group as those I there described. Genus Octochaetus. Octochaetus barkudensis, Stephenson. Barkuda Island, Chilka Lake, Ganjam Dist., Madras Pres. ; at base of tree. 25-vii-1917 to 4- viüi-1917. N. Annandale. Four specimens. Same locality, date, and collector. Under stones on shore of island. One larger and a number of smaller specimens. The papillae on segment viii may be joined in the middle line, and so appear as a dumbbell-shaped thickening. In addition to the median oval papilla on segment xxii there may be a similar one on xxi. Octochaetus fermori, Mchlsn. Dhanu, a little distance N. of Bombay. 7-vii-1917. B. Prashad. Several specimens, imma- ture. Surat, W. India. S-vii-1917. B. Prashad. Several specimens. Ahmedabad, W. India. 11-vii-1917. B. Prashad. Several specimens. Baroda, W. India; by the banks of a tank. 9-vii-1917. B. Prashad. A single specimen. Same place ; on a small hillock. 10-vii-1917. B. Prashad. One specimen, with perhaps two others, immature. Gwalior, Central India : bank of a stream. 17-vi-1917. B. Prashad. Five specimens. Same place ; under flower-pots. 17-vi-1917. B. Prashad. A single specimen, rather imma- _ ture. Octochaetus paliensis, sp. nov. Plate X, figs. 30-33. Palia, between Indore and Ujjain. Central India. 27-vi-1917. B. Prashad. A single speci- men, not in good condition. Indore, Central India. 23-vi-1917. B. Prashad. Several specimens. Poona. 3-vii-1917. B. Prashad. Two specimens, one smaller, not fully mature. Bina, Central Provinces. 19-vi-1917. B. Prashad. A single specimen. The description which follows is of the specimen from Palia, the one which was first examined. A few differences in the Poona specimens and in the one from Bina will be mentioned subsequently. External Characters :—Length 45 mm.; diameter 2°75 mm. Colour yellowish grey, not darker on the dorsal surface ; clitellum browner. Segments IAI. 1920. ] J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 229 Prostomium apparently proepilobous (buccal cavity everted). Dorsal pores from furrow 12/13. Setae paired ; in front of the clitellum ab = jaa = less than half (say 2) be = 2cd ; behind the clitellum ab = 3aa = half be = cd; in the middle of the body ab = 2aa = 3bc and is slightly less than cd. The clitellum extends over segments xii-xvii (=5). Furrows are visible ventral- ly, but not dorsally ; dorsal pores are absent. The male field shows two elongated trench-like depressions, on segments xvii and xix respectively ; these take up the whole length of the segments, and are thus sepa- rated by a transverse ridge which represents the ventral surface of xviii; the tren- ches extend from a little outside the line of setae b to a corresponding point on the other side, and their lateral portions are rather deeper than the middle. The prostatic pores are in these lateral portions, in line with setae b, on small white papillae. The seminal grooves pass longitudinally and straight between the pores of the same side. The female pores could not be distinguished. The whole of the ventral surfaces of segments viii and ix are thickened and some- what flattened, forming a couple of low papillae, transversely much elongated, and with their lateral ends rounded ; these extend on each side to some distance outside the line of setae b. The spermathecal apertures appear to be just in front of the site of setae a of these segments, though setae a and b are not visible. Internal Anatomy :—The first septum is probably 4/5; this is moderately thickened. Behind this is a space in which lies the gizzard; the next septum is 7/8 ; this, and all the succeeding ones to 11/12 are somewhat thickened ; thereafter the thickening decreases as far as 14/15, after which all are thin. The gizzard, in front of septum 7/8, is spherical, and not very hard. There is a pair of large calciferous glands in segment xv, on the right side getting also into xiv ; each is kidney-shaped, with its convex margin indented. The intestine begins in xvil. The last heart is in segment xii. The excretory system is micronephridial. Male funnels are free in segments x and xi; testes were only doubtfully identi- fied. The seminal vesicles are in segments ix and xii. In the latter segment they are small, somewhat flattened, and lie within the curve of the hearts on each side. In segment ix I found none on the right side ; but on the left there was a fairly large, very deeply indented and lobed vesicle. The prostates are two pairs of opaque, moderately thick, convoluted tubes, in segments xvii and xix, which bulge apart the septa. The duct is thinner, shining, wavy in its course, transverse in direction, and thinner in its first part than after- wards. The ovaries are in the usual situation. : The spermathecae are two pairs. The ampulla is elongated, somewhat conical, of moderate size; the duct is half as wide and one-third as long as the ampulla, not 230 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, sharply marked off, and not shining. The diverticulum is single, club-shaped, with- out distinct stalk, and in length one-third or one-fourth of the whole main pouch (ampulla plus duct) ; it arises from the ectal end of the duct (fig. 30). The penial setae are in length -65--76 mm., and their thickness at the middle is 16; the shaft is straight, the distal end slightly curved, and the tip bluntly pointed ; the ornamentation consists of about eight circles of small spines near the tip (fig. 31a). A second shape also occurs, with a somewhat sinuous outline at the distal end, and more sharply pointed tip (fig. 316); this is possibly due to such setae being younger, and not fully straightened out. The copulatory setae of segments vili and ix are in length 76-82 mm., and 22» thick in the middle. The proximal half is straight, the distal portion bowed ; the tip is rather sharply pointed, and somewhat claw-shaped, with a slight swelling just proximal to the point. On the bowed distal portion of the shaft the convex and concave borders are furnished each with a row of spines, or incisions (fig. 32; in the example illustrated the spines stand off remarkably clearly ; usually they are closely adpressed to the shaft). In the specimen from Poona, the setal intervals were a little different :—in front of the genital region ab = 2aa = half be = cd; behind the clitellum ab = aa = be — cd; in the middle of the body ab = ?aa = bc = cd; dd is approximately + of the circumference. The trenches on the male field of the previous example are here contained within a somewhat thickened area, which extends posteriorly to the middle of segment xx, where it becomes joined to a transversely much elongated papilla ; this papilla covers the posterior half of xx and the anterior half of xxi, and transversely is of equal extent with the trenches in front. There seemed to be a very thin septum in front of the gizzard, corresponding to 6/7 ; 5/6 seemed to be the only missing one. Small ovisacs were present in segment XIV. The spermathecal ampulla here has the form of an ovoid sac ; the duct is hardly distinguishable. The diverticulum is a rather cauliflower-like cluster of small seminal chambers, with a short stalk (fig. 33). In some of the penial setae the tip, instead of being rounded, appears to have sharp lateral edges. On the copulatory setae also there seems to be a lateral, rather thick ridge on the claw-like tip ; this was more or less distinct in the previous speci- men also. In the specimen from Bina, the prostomium might be said to be compounded of the prolobous and tanylobous types, —a tanylobous prostomium with a transverse furrow at the anterior end of the “ tongue ” cutting it off from the projecting lobe in front. The relations of the setal intervals are scarcely sufficiently different from the type to deserve mention. The seminal vesicles, in ix and xii, were fairly bulky, and their margins were only slightly lobulated. 1920. ] J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 231 The spermathecae were, as seen in dissection, of the simplest possible form,— elongated sacs, narrowing somewhat at their ectal end, without diverticulum. On microscopical examination however a diverticulum was seen, bound down to the main sac ; this was an ovoid simple appendage, showing no seminal chambers, entering the main sac rather nearer the ectal than the ental end; it was a little narrower towards its attachment, but there was no stalk; its length was a quarter, its thickness less than half, that of the main pouch. The penial and copulatory setae were exactly those of the variety next to be described. ees, var. riparius, var. nov. Plate X, figs. 34, 35. Gwalior, Central India ; on the bank of a stream. 17-vi-1917. B. Prashad. Four specimens. Same place ; inagarden. Same date and collector. Numerous specimens. Same place ; under flower-pots. Same date and collector. Two specimens. External Characters :—The largest specimen examined was 90 mm. long, and 3°5 in diameter. Colour buff or yellowish grey, no difference between dorsal and ventral surfaces ; the clitellum may have a reddish tinge. Segments 135. Prostomium tanylobous or almost so; furrows at the sides of the tongue parallel, but may be only slightly marked. Dorsal pores begin at the hinder border of the clitellum. The setae are paired. The relations may be expressed thus:—In front of the clitellum ab = 4aa = 3bc = 3cd; behind the clitellum = aa = 2bc = 2cd; in the mid- dle of the body = 3aa = 2bc =cd; dd in the middle of the body is equal to 3 of the circumference. The clitellum extends over segments xiii-xvii; it is thickened, well defined at both ends, the furrows obliterated but setae just indicated. The male area is rather square, with thickened borders ; it includes segments xvii-xix and the anterior half of xx, extending transversely across the whole ventral surface. This area presents a dumbbell-shaped depression, expanded on segments xvii and xix, the narrowed handle of the dumbbell being on xviii (2e. the dumbbell is placed longitudinally) ; the narrowing of the depression on xvili is caused by two large flat papillae, continuous at their outer margins with the thickened edge of the general male area (fig. 34). The prostatic pores are in the line of setae b, in the broadened ends of the dumb- bell; the seminal grooves are convex inwards, skirting the inner border of the flat papillae. The whole male field nay be compared with that of the typical form by suppos- ing that the lateral papillae of the present form have there extended mesially and joined, thus producing two separate depressions, one on xvii and one on xix (what I _have called the “ trenches’), with an intervening transverse ridge on Xviil. The female pores (or pore) are doubtless situated in a transversely oval area in front of the setal zone of segment xiv, which extends from a point between a and b on one side to a corresponding point on the other. 232 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, The ventral surfaces of segments vill and ix are thickened, as in the typical form ; these thickenings show each a pair of shallow depressions, approximately in the situa- tion of the ventral pairs of setae (which however are not to be seen), and connected each with its fellow across the middle line by an irregular shallow trench. The sper- mathecal pores are in the depressed areas, rather in front of the middle of the seg- ment, in the line of setae a, or between a and b. Internal Anatomy :—Septum 4/5 is moderately thick; the next is 7/8, which is somewhat thickened, as are all as far backwards as 13/14. The thickest of the series are 10/11 and 11/12; the thickening decreases by degrees in front and behind these ; there is some slight thickening even as far back as 16/17. The gizzard is large and ovoid, occupying part of the space between septa 4/5 and: 7/8. There is one pair of calciferous glands, in segment xv, with lobed outer margins. The intestine begins in xviii. The last heart is in xii. The micronephridia are small, numerous, and scattered irregularly. Testes and funnels are free in segments x and xi; these segments are filled out by masses of flocculent matter. The seminal vesicles, in ix and xii, are small. The prostates are much coiled, in xvii and xix; the relatively short duct is thin- ner than the glandular part, and passes inwards with an irregular bend at its begin- ning. A number of muscular bands, similar to those described by Michaelsen in O. surensis (4), are sufficiently prominent to attract attention. The spermathecae are so exactly similar to those of the previously described specimen from Poona that no further account is necessary. The penial setae, 7 mm. long, 18» thick in the middle and 20. at the proximal end, resemble very closely the second shape found in the type form; the number of rings of spines is about a dozen. The copulatory setae are 52 mm. long, and 2or thick in the middle. They have the same bluntly pointed, slightly swollen and claw-shaped tip as the typical form. The convex and concave borders of the distal third of the shaft are furnished with thin serrated ridges (fig. 35), somewhat as if the spines of the typical form were bound to the shaft each by a delicate web. In addition, on the face of the seta which is presented to the observer under the microscope, a series of semicircular markings is seen; but I am not quite clear what these actually represent. In one, but only one, of the numerous specimens from the garden, an additional marking was present. This was a large slightly hollowed transverse papilla on the posterior half of segment xx and anterior half of xxi, extending from between a and b on one side to a corresponding point on the other, and joining the thickening of the male field along its anterior border (compare the specimen of the typical form from Poona). Remarks :—The species is a very variable one,—in the characters of the pro- stomium, the external genital markings, the spermathecae, the penial and copulatory setae, Thus there are three well-marked kinds of spermathecal diverticulum, —simple 1920. | J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 233 and attached to the ectal end, chambered and attached to the ectal end, and simple and attached (not merely attached but bound down by connective tissue) to near the middle of the sac. The variations are however so distributed that it is impossible to describe all the combinations as separate forms; the one that I have named (var. riparius) is distinguishable on external examination by the marked difference in the male genital area. Octochaetus prashadi, sp. nov. Plate X, figs. 36-38. Kalvan, near Bombay. 7-vü-1917. B. Prashad. A single specimen. Sakarwari, on the way to Mahableshwar, W. Ghats. 4-vii-1917. B. Prashad. Two speci- mens. "External Characters :—Length 51-61 mm.; diameter 2°5-35 mm. Colour buff, no pigmentation, no difference between dorsal and ventral surfaces. Segments ca. 150; v and vi biannular, some or all of the rest up to the clitellum triannular. Prostomium epilobous in varying degrees. Dorsal pores from furrow 12/13 (there may be a rudimentary pore in I1/I2). There are some slight variations in the setal relations in the various specimens, but they are not very different from the following :—In the anterior part of the body ab = ?aa = ?bc = 3cd, and the same behind the clitellum; in the middle of the body ab = taa = half bc = $cd. The dorsal interval dd = + of the circumference. The clitellum is absent, or very faint and indefinite. The male field shows a quadrangular thickening which includes part of xvi and extends backwards to the hinder border of xx; laterally it reaches to the line of setae c. On segments xvii and xix are transverse trench-like depressions, deeper in their lateral portions, where the “prostatic pores are situated on rounded papillae in line with setae b. The general aspect of the male area is thus not unlike that of the last species. Here again is the same difficulty. One of the specimens from Sakarwari, though corresponding closely in all other points, and especially in the peculiar penial and copulatory setae, differs markedly from the other examples in the configuration of the male field. The thickening is less extensive; it does not get on to segment xx, and laterally does not reach the line c; there are no transverse depressions. Just possibly the difference is due to the animal not being sexually as advanced as the others. The female pores are perhaps represented by a pair of small whitish dots near the middle line on segment xiv, and nearly at the middle of the length of the segment. The ventral surfaces of segments viii and ix are thickened, especially, it may be, round the sites of setae a and b; these setae may not be visible, or they may be seen, rather closer together than usual and shifted forwards nearer the anterior border of the segment. The spermathecal apertures are in furrows 7/8 and 8/9, conspicuous, in line with setae b, or between a and b. Internal Anatomy :—Septum 4/5 is somewhat thickened. 5/6 is thin, and 6/7 absent. There is then some thickening as far as the clitellar region, most marked, perhaps, in septa 9/10 and 10/11, and decreasing in front of and behind these. 234 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, The gizzard is in front of septum 7/8, relatively large, globular, but not very firm. There is a large calciferous gland on each side in xv, projecting backwards also into xvi; each is divided into an anterior and a posterior lobe, and on the whole is kidney- shaped ; the posterior ends approach each other, and are at a higher level in the seg- ment than the anterior. The intestine begins in xvii or xviii. The last heart was in segment xili twice, in xii once. The micronephridia are numerous and small. _ Testes and funnels are free in segments x and xi; the funnels are of large size, or at least the iridescent mass which adheres to them is. The seminal vesicles are in segments ix and xii; they are slightly lobulated; both pairs may be of moderate size, or those in 1x may be much larger than the posterior pair. The prostates, in segments xvii and xix, are relatively large, and bulge apart the septa of the containing segments. The glandular part is a rather thick and opaque tube, closely coiled; the duct is much thinner, shiny, passing inwards with a bend or loop at its origin, or with a wavy course. Ovaries and funnels occupy the usual situation; there were in one specimen minute empty ovisacs in segment xiv. The spermathecal sac has a very stout duct which is not sharply marked off; the diverticulum is of considerable relative size, and has a very thick stalk; it arises from the spermathecal duct where the latter enters the body wall (fig. 36). So much can be said of all three specimens; but all three differ in details. The ampulla may be irregular in shape, or simply ovoid; the diverticulum may be almost as long as the main sac, or considerably shorter; it may be quite simple, or it may be slightly lobed, and on microscopical examination a few small seminal chambers may be distinguish- able. The penial setae (fig. 37) are in length 1°5 mm., and 404 thick in the middle; the tip is slightly hooked, and rather hollowed or spoon-like on its concave side. The ornamentation consists of a large number of close-set rings of fine spines, which extend nearly half way along the shaft. The copulatory setae are ‘8 mm. long, and 26. thick at their middle. They are slightly bowed, and the tip is pointed ; the distal portion of the shaft is marked by a number of scar-like depressions, with a general semicircular shape, and sharply defined, elevated and notched proximal margin (fig. 38). Remarks:—In a number of details the present form remarkably resembles the last. The penial and copulatory setae however are very characteristic. There is no doubt however that this and the last are closely related species. Octochaetus montanus, sp. nov. Plate X, figs. 39, 40. Panchgani, W. Ghats, 12 miles from Mahableshwar ; alt. 4,000 ft. 5-vü-1917. B. Prashad. A single specimen. External Characters :—Length 60 mm. ; thickness 3°5 mm. Colour buff, non-pig- mented, slightly blotchy in places. Segments 158. 1920. | J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 238 Prostomium epilobous 3, the tongue separated from the projecting lobe in front, but not delimited behind. Dorsal pores begin from furrow 10/11. The setal relations may be expressed as follows :—On segment vii ab = aa = half bc = cd; behind the clitellum ab = taa = 2bc — half cd; in the middle of the body ab = taa= be =#cd; dd — almost 3 of the circumference. The saddle-shaped clitellum takes up nearly eight segments, from near the anter- ior border of xii to xix inclusive. The male field is a rectangular whitened area which includes the ventral surfaces of segments xvii-xix, and extends laterally to just outside the lines of setae b. The seminal! grooves run longitudinally in line with setae a; the prostatic apertures, at the ends of the grooves, are not separately visible; the intersegmental furrows are visible, intersecting the seminal grooves at right angles. An elongated, transversely oval genital papilla is present behind the male area, over the situation of furrow 21/22, depressed in its centre, where it covers the anterior half of xxii and the posterior of xxi; laterally it reaches on each side to the line of setae b, Segment xiv presents a whitish pad mid-ventrally, on which the female pores are perhaps represented by a couple of darkish dots at about the middle of the length of the segment. The spermathecal apertures seem to be in furrows 7/8 and 8/9, as a couple of whitish dots in line with a. Internal Anatomy :—Septum 4/5 is moderately stout; 5/6 to 7/8 are very thin; 8/9 is somewhat thickened, 9/10 to 11/12 moderately so, 12/13 very slightly so. The gizzard is in segment vi, of moderate size, squarish. The calciferous glands are two pairs, in segments xv and xvi, ovoid, antero-posteriorly compressed, and situ- ated dorsally on the alimentary canal by the side of the dorsal vessel. The intestine begins in xvüi. The last heart is in xii. The excretory system consists of scattered micronephridia. Testes and funnels are free in segments x and xi. Two pairs of large seminal vesicles occupy ix and xii, those in xii meeting dorsally above the alimentary canal ; both pairs are much lobulated,—indeed they might be described as racemose. The prostates are two pairs, rather small. The glandular part is a rather thick opaque tube, with a few undulations but generally transverse in direction; the duct is very small, short and thin, also transverse in direction. The large ovaries have the usual situation. The spermathecal ampulla is an irregular sac; its duct is large, stout at its begin- ning and narrowing towards its ectal end, as long as the ampulla and fully half as thick in its ental portion. There is a single diverticulum, which arises from the duct at or above the middle of its length; it is finger-shaped on the whole, slightly swollen at its blind end, where a few seminal chambers are indistinctly seen (fig. 39). The penial setae are in length up to 1°5 mm., but very thin,—only 6» in thick- 236 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, ness at the middle. The shaft is rather bowed, and slightlv undulating towards the tip; it tapers very gradually, and the tip is simply pointed ; there is no ornamenta- tion (fig. 40). 73 There are no copulatory setae in the spermathecal region. ; Octochaetus pallidus, sp. nov. Plate XI, figs. 41, 42. Panchgani, W. Ghats, 12 miles from Mahableshwar; alt. 4,000 ft. 5-vii-1917. B. Prashad. Two specimens, one damaged in the clitellar region. : Mahableshwar, W. Ghats, 5,000 ft. 5-vii-1917. B. Prashad. A single mature specimen. External Characters :—Length 40-44 mm.; diameter 2°5 mm. Colour pale yel- lowish, quite unpigmented, no difference between dorsal and ventral surfaces. Seg- ments 166 ; segments vi-ix indistinctly triannular,—indeed this secondary annulation extends faintly as far back as the clitellum. The prostomium differs in the two specimens from Panchgani; in the first it is prolobous, in the second somewhat epilobous, with a very broad angle behind, which | is continued back by a median groove through segment 1. Dorsal pores from furrow 10/11 ; the first is small. The setal relations may be expressed as follows :—In front of the spermathecae ab = + aa = half bc = cd; behind the genital segments ab — 4 aa = 3 bc — half cd; at the middle of the body ab = ? aa = nearly half bc = 3 cd; dd is equal to half the circumference or rather less at the middle of the body, but at the hinder end is only about one-third of the circumference. The clitellum is saddle-shaped, and extends over xiii-xvii (= 5). The male field is represented in the undamaged Panchgani specimen by a thicken- ing on the ventral surface of segments xvii-xix, which extends outwards to a little beyond the lines of setae 6. The prostatic pores are in the line b, and the seminal grooves lie just outside this line, straight and longitudinal in direction, curving inwards at their extremities to end at the pores; the grooves are close to the edge of the whitish area. In the specimen from Mahableshwar the field was rather more extensive, and circular in shape, it embraced portions of segments xvi and xx, and reached outwards toc. The prostatic pores were situated each in a small transverse groove. The female pores are paired, on minute papillae a little internal to and in front of the site of setae a. The spermathecal pores are two pairs, at the site of setae a on segments viii and ix; they are represented by small round papillae, white at their summits, but definite apertures were not present. Internal Anatomy :—Septum 4/5 is thin, 5/6 and 6/7 very slightly strengthened, 7/8-11/12 all somewhat thickened, 12/13 only very slightly so; the rest are thin. — The gizzard is barrel-shaped, in segment vi; the oesophagus is distinctly streng- thened in segment v also, where shining longitudinal muscular bands are seen. This seems to be the beginning of a double gizzard, such as is seen in Eudichogaster, 1920 ] J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 237 T Dichogaster, and Trigaster ; i do not however suggest at present that any of these genera are derived from this species, or indeed from the genus Octochaetus at all. There are no calciferous glands. The intestine begins in xvi. The last heart is in segment xii. The excretory system is micronephridial. In the postelitellar segments the organs are few in each segment and of moderately large size; they are placed in a transverse row in each segment, about seven on each side, and in each row they increase in size from the ventral end of the row as far as the fifth nephridium, but the two most dorsal are smaller again. This was the condition in the anterior part of the animal,— in that part usually opened for dissection; on opening the posterior part of the specimen the difference in size was found to disappear towards the hinder end. A curious modification of the nephridia, which I have not seen before, was found in segments xi and xii. In each of these segments a ventrally situated pair of structures attracted my attention ; these appeared at first to be flattened bags, rather oval in shape, taking up approximately the whole length of the segment from one septum to the other, and attached by a stalk at their inner ends to the body-wall near the middle line. They could be detached from the body-wall except where they were attached by the stalk; there was nothing to correspond externally. They were present in the same segments and the same position in the second worm from Panchgani. Microscopically they were found to be masses of micronephridial tubules, arranged in a compact series of parallel loops, the loops running transversely to the long axis of the oval mass. Testes and funnels were free in segments x and xi, along with much flocculent matter. There are two pairs of seminal vesicles, in ix and xii. Both pairs are of moder- ate size; those in xii are racemose, those in ix have almost smooth borders. The prostates are two pairs; they are tubular, of moderate size, the glandular part consisting of a series of apposed loops. The duct is very narrow at its begin- ning, but soon widens; it makes a complete bend, and then passes inwards and slightly forwards; it is of some length, straight after the initial bend, stout and shining. The ovaries are in segment xiii; ovisacs are present in xiv. The spermathecal ampulla is elongated, narrower towards its blind end, swollen near its base, of moderate size; the duct is quite short, and appears dilated, so as to be subglobular. The diverticulum is single, stalked, rounded, about equal in size to the duct, to the side of which it is attached; the diverticulum shines with contained spermatozoa, but is not chambered (fig. 41). The penial setae (fig. 42) are 79 mm. long, and 7 to 8; thick at the middle. The shaft is slightly bowed, and tapers gradually towards the tip; the point is fairly sharp, and there is no ornamentation, but the distal end of the seta has a curious wavy outline. Remarks :—The present form appears to be related both to the last (smooth penial setae), and also to the anomalous and somewhat problematical O. bishambari 238 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor svat: which I described some time ago (9); in additional to having smooth penial setae the latter species has, like the present one, no calciferous glands. Octochaetus ganeshae, sp. nov. Plate XI, figs. 43-45. Ganeshkhind, 4 miles from Poona, 3-vü-1917. B. Prashad. Three specimens. Londa, 10 miles from Castle Rock, W. India. 6-vii-1917. B Prashad. One specimen, an anterior fragment, not fully mature. External Characters :—Length 43 mm.; diameter 2°5 mm. Colour unpigmented, pale except where matter in the alimentary canal shows through the body-wall. Segments 150. Prostomium epilobous to a somewhat varying extent, about 2; sides of tongue parallel, or (once) converging behind to form a Y-shaped figure. Segments v and vi biannular, thenceforwards as far as the clitellar region triannular. Dorsal pores from furrow 12/13. Setal ratios may be expressed as follows :—Behind the genital region ab = laa = 2bc = 3cd; in the middle of the body ab = laa = 2bc = 3cd; but apparently different specimens show slightly different ratios. In front of the genital region the setae are small and difficult to see. The mid-dorsal distance dd is almost two-thirds of the circumference. The clitellum is absent, or not developed in these specimens. The male field is a slightly raised whitish area,—more raised towards its lateral margins,—rectangular in shape, including segments xvii-xix and extending out- wards on each side rather further than half way between the lines of setae b and c. The prostatic pores are between the lines of a and b, and the seminal grooves are almost straight, slightly bowed inwards. The female pores are marked by a pair of minute indistinct papillae anteriorly on segment xiv and internal to the line a. The spermathecal apertures are minute slits on segments viii and ix, just in front of and between the two setae of each ventral couple. Internal Anatomy :—Septum 4/5 is moderately strengthened; 5/6 and 6/7 are absent, 7/8 and 8/9 are slightly thickened, 9/10 to 11/12 considerably so, 12/13, 13/14, and even 14/15 slightly so. The gizzard is of moderate size, rounded, and situated in the space between septa 4/5 and 7/8; probably it is morphologically in vi, since there are soft-walled portions of the canal both in front of and behind it within these limits. The calciferous glands, in the specimen from Ganeshkhind first examined, are in xv, of moderate size, confined to this segment, somewhat kidney-shaped, slightly lobed, attached to the gut by the hilus, and meeting dorsally over the gut. In the specimen from Londa the glands took up part of two segments, xv and xvi, and were mainly in the latter; they were deeply incised by the septum, The intestine begins in xvii or xviii, 1920. | J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 239 The last heart is in xil. The micronephridia are arranged in a single transverse row in each segment. Testes and funnels are large and free, in segments x and xi. Seminal vesicles occupy segments ix and xii; both pairs are of moderate size, and slightly lobed. The tubular prostates consist of a few coils only. The duct is about half the thickness of the glandular portion, of the same diameter throughout, soft and semitransparent, passing with an undulating course transversely inwards. The female organs have the usual situation. The spermathecal ampulla is an elongated sac, narrower towards its blind end, almost sessile on the body-wall, so that a duct cannot be separately distinguished. There is a single diverticulum, which may appear simple, or may show a few small lobulations; it is small, and attached by a short stalk to the base of the ampulla where this joins the body-wall (fig. 43). The penial setae (fig. 44) are ‘42 mm. long (possibly longer when fully developed), and rop thick at the middle. The shaft is almost straight, slightly bowed towards the distal end; the tip is pointed and slightly hooked; the ornamentation consists of a few circles of fine spines near the tip, principally visible as fine irregularities of the edges of the seta. The copulatory setae of the spermathecal segments are in length ‘27 mm., but here also the full length may not have been attained; they are 104 thick at the middle. They are not very different in type from the penial setae; the shaft is straight for the most part, slightly bowed towards the tip, which is bluntly pointed and somewhat claw-shaped. The ornamentation consists of a number of fine spines on the convex and concave borders of the terminal portion of the shaft; in the specimen from Londa a few incomplete rings were seen (fig. 45). Octochaetus pachpaharensis, sp. now. Plate XI, figs. 46, 47. Pachpahar, about 40 miles S. of Kotah, Rajputana. 13-vii-1917. DB. Prashad. Five specimens. External Characters :—Length 28 mm., diameter I mm. Unpigmented. Seg- ments 05. Prostomium broad, slightly epilobous, tongue not cut off behind. Dorsal pores from furrow 7/8. Setal relations not easy to determine in such a small worm,—perhaps in general ab =? aa = 2 bc = 3cd; dd is slightly less than half the circumference. The clitellum extends over segments xiii— 3 xviii (= 45). It is saddle-shaped except on xiii or xii and xiv, where it is complete. The prostatic pores, and the straight seminal grooves, are between the lines a and b. The female pores are apparently paired, on the anterior part of segment xiv. The spermathecal apertures were not visible externally; on dissection they appeared to be in grooves 7/8 and 8/0. 240 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VIT, Internal Anatomy :—Septum 5/6 is somewhat thickened, 6/7 considerably, 7/8, 8/9 and 0/10 much thickened, considering the size of the worm ; 10/11 to 13/14 are also somewhat strengthened. There is a rudimentary gizzard in segment vi, of fair size, barrel-shaped, but soft ; it appears as shining longitudinal bundles of muscular fibres. The large lobes of the pharyngeal glands occupy much space in segment v. There are no calciferous elands. The intestine begins in xiv. The last heart is in xii. The excretory system is micronephridial. Behind the genital region there are three nephridia on each side in each segment, with the form of flattened coils (not the flattened plate-like organs of Dichogaster, where similarly there are only a few nephridia on each side in each segment). In front of the prostatic region there are even fewer, perhaps only one on each side in some segments ( ? ). Testes and funnels are free in segments x and xi (judged from the flocculent masses in these segments, which pass deep in the segments into the iridescent covering of the funnels ; testes were not separately identified), Seminal vesicles are present only in xii, as rounded masses which may meet dorsally over the alimentary canal. The prostates are two pairs, tubular, of fair length and sometimes extending beyond their own segment, bent several times. The duct is much thinner than the glandular portion, almost straight, and shining. Ovaries are present in segment xiii, and ovisacs in xiv. The spermathecal ampulla is an exceedingly irregular and deeply lobed sac (fig. 46) ; the duct is as long as or longer than the ampulla, but relatively narrow, of the same diameter throughout, firm and shining. What I think is the diverticulum (since in one specimen it contained iridescent spermatozoa, which the main sac never does) is a saccule attached to the ental end of the duet, much resembling one of the lobes into which the ampulla is ineised. Two spermathecae were found on the right side in segment vili, opening side by side; this is presumably an individual anomaly. The penial setae are bent into about two-fifths of a circle, and measure across the bend ‘7 mm.; the thickness at the middle is 12«, but at the proximal end 204 The shaft tapers gently towards the distal end, which does not quite continue the direction of the curve, but is slightly bent in the contrary direction. The tip is somewhat wavy, and ends in a fairly sharp point. The ornamentation consists of a number of irregular rings of small teeth on the distal portion of the shaft, the terminal portion however being smooth. Remarks :—The absence of caleiferous glands, with the small number of nephridia per segment, allies this form to the group of pallidus and bishambart. Genus Eutyphoeus. Eutyphoeus incommodus (Bedd). Bharatpur, E. Rajputana. 15-vii-1917. B. Prashad. Two specimens, 1920. | J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 241 Eutyphoeus mohammedi, Stephenson. Rawal Pindi, N. Punjab. June-July 1917. R. Hodgart. A single specimen. This worm has been recorded only once previously, from Allahabad (9). I add a few notes on the external characters of the present specimen; the internal anatomy corresponds exactly with that of the type. The length of the present example was only 39 mm.; its maximum diameter, behind the clitellum, where it was perhaps unnaturally swollen, was 4°75 mm. ; the worm is thus short and stout. Segments ca. 160, all very short behind the clitellum. The prostomium showed no projecting lobe,—perhaps this was withdrawn within the buccal cavity; a couple of parallel grooves on the dorsal surface of the first segment indicated that it was tanylobous. The setal intervals were as follows:—ab = laa = 2be = ÿcd ; but in front of the clitellum the mid-ventral distance aa becomes much smaller, The male pores were situated on distinct papillae. Eutyphoeus chittagongianus, Mchlsn. Above Tura, Garo Hills, Assam ; 3,900 ft. On paths after rain. July-Aug. 1917. S. W. Kemp. Two specimens W !7—, W 17°. Above Tura, Garo Hills, Assam ; 3,900 ft. July-Aug. 1917. 8. W. Kemp. Two specimens W 161, W 198, Sureil, Darjiling Dist. ; 5,000 ft. 11-31-x-1917. N. Annandale and F. Gravely. A single specimen. Nam Ting Pokri, Darjiling Dist. ; 4,600 ft. June-July 1918. $8. W. Kemp. A single speci- men. This worm has been described by Michaelsen (3) from two specimens in a bad state of preservation. I therefore add a few notes to supplement the original account. External Characters :—The length is various, from 182 to 405 mm. ; the maximum diameter is as much as 10 mm. The colour may be a medium olive dorsally, lighter below ; or the worm may be almost unpigmented throughout. Secondary annulation is well marked on the anterior segments; iv and v are biannular, vi has two chief and two subsidiary furrows, and succeeding segments as far as the clitellum are primarily triannular, with secondary furrows on the first and last annuli; the post-clitellar segments may also be triannular. Detae seem to be sometimes absent on the first four or five segments. The male pores, each sunk in a separate pit in Michaelsen’s specimens, are often contained in a large transverse furrow which extends across the ventral surface ; this furrow has rounded but not tumid lips, and on looking into it the male pores are seen on small transversely oval papillae in the line of setae b. The spermathecal apertures, in b in Michaelsen’s original specimens, and in some of mine, may be between b and c. The genital markings, described in the original account as “ intersegmental 242 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, areas,” are seen in better preserved specimens to be clean-cut depressions, mainly on the posterior annulus of the anterior of the two segments with which they are in rela- tion. These may occur also on furrow IO/II. In some of my specimens there is a tendency for the post-genital depressions to divide into two (as in H. kempi; see below, Remarks); and low flat papillae may be present within some of the depressions. Internal Anatomy :—The dorsal vessel, as in many species of the genus, does not extend forwards to the anterior end of the body; it gives off two pairs of lateral commissures in front of septum 8/9, and is not traceable beyond this,—it does not get on to the gizzard. The micronephridia behind the genital region are arranged as a transverse row of small organs in each segment just behind the attachment of the septum ; from the prostatic region forwards they are numerous and irregularly scattered. Testis sacs, about which Michaelsen was in some little doubt, are present, large and subspherical, in xi, lying against septum 10/11; they are contiguous, and ap- parently communicate with each other, beneath the alimentary canal. The spermathecal duct is practically absent, the ampulla being sessile on the body-wall and attached by a portion of its under surface; if a duct is described, it would be very short and stout. The broad fan-shaped diverticulum is often divided into two ;—not always, and when undivided it may appear like a flange surrounding the greater part of the attachment of the ampulla to the body-wall. The number of seminal chambers appears to be about twenty. The penial setae vary in length from 2 to 5 mm., and in thickness from 30 to 404; some of the difference in length may be due to the growth of the shorter not having been completed. The extent of distribution of the small teeth on the distal end varies. Even when fully formed setae were projecting from the male pores, the dis- tal ends seemed to be often soft and perhaps deformed; Michaelsen had the same difficulty. The typical form of the tip seems to be broadened and perhaps spoon- shaped. Remarks :—I have come to the conclusion that #. kempi, which I described from the Abor country (8), must be identified with the present form. The difference in form and distribution ot the genital markings, and in the penial setae, are not suffi- cient to justify its separation, when one takes into consideration the variations that are now known to occur. It might be justifiable to separate the specimens from Sureil and Nam Ting Pokri as a distinct variety, on account of (i) absence of pigment, (ii) spermathecal apertures midway between b and c, (iii) genital markings as pairs of oval depressions, those of a pair being contiguous in the middle line in furrows 19/20, 20/21, and 21/22, (iv) the tip of the penial setae free from ornamentation and smooth, while on the other hand, the minute spines extend further up the shaft than in the typical form. But the forms I previously described as #. kempi show an intermediate condition as regards (ii) and (iii), and in them too the tip of the penial setae is free from spines, though these do not extend far up the shaft. 1920. | J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 243 Eutyphoeus waltoni, Mchlsn. Delhi. 15-vii-1917. B. Prashad. Eight specimens. Gwalior, Central India : on the bank of a stream. 17-vi-1917. B. Prashad. Four specimens. Ahmedabad, Bombay Pres. 11-vii-1917. B. Prashad. Numerous specimens. Baroda, W. India. 9-vii-1917. On banks of Vishvamitri River. B. Prashad. Two speci- mens, one immature. Same place; in a garden. 9-vii-1917. B. Prashad. Several specimens, all or mostly imma- ture. Same place ; by the side of a tank. 9-vii-1917. B. Prashad. Four specimens. Same place; on a small hillock. 10-vii-1917. B. Prashad. Five specimens. Same place ; in a garden. 10-vii-1917. B. Prashad. A number of specimens, mostly imma- ture. Navli, between Baroda and Ahmedabad. 10-vii-1917. B. Prashad. Four specimens, imma- ture. Caleutta ; banks of Hugli River, in partly saltish water. 23-viii-1918. B. Prashad. Four specimens, not fully mature. The species is common in India, and is already well known. The present large number of specimens, of varying degrees of maturity, has led me to the conclusion that E. bengalensis Mchlsn. (3) has no separate existence, and is only an immature form of E. waltom. In going over the above batches of specimens I had at first no suspi- cion of this, and diagnosed those from Delhi, Navli, and three of those from. Baroda as H. waltoni, while T put down the worms from Gwalior, Ahmedabad, and two of the batches from Baroda as E. bengalensis ; I began to have doubts however during the progress of the work, and with regard to one of the batches from Baroda, of worms of varying degrees of maturity, I could feel no certainty. The Calcutta specimens I at first thought to be a new species. It seems to be the case that H. waltoni produces its penial setae early, and that these may be well developed before the clitellum and characteristic genital markings show themselves. I may perhaps be allowed to discuss shortly the differences between the two species, according to Michaelsen’s original descriptions (3). E. waltoni would appear to be a much larger worm; the lower limit of length for E. waltoni, however, is not very different from the length of Michaelsen’s single specimen of #. bengalensis (waltoni 90-230 mm., bengalensis 72 mm.—hy a misprint given as I2 mm.). The prostomium of waltoni is tanylobous, of bengalensis prolobous. I have pre- viously described the prostomium of waltoni as combined pro- and tanylobous,— tanylobous with a transverse groove in front of the tongue; Michaelsen does not distinguish this form of prostomium from the typical tanylobous, without the trans- verse groove. In one of my specimens which I put down as bengalensis without hesitation, the prostomium was tanylobous. As may be seen from a number of the species referred to in previous pages of this paper, small differences in the setal ratios are of no importance; I may mention however that similarly in one of the present series of specimens, which I had no doubt about identifying as bengalensis, the ratios were exactly those given for waltont. 244. Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, Michaelsen does not mention the clitellum of bengalensis, and it was presumably absent. This I take to be a sign of immaturity. The same may be said of the absence of the genital markings. The original account of bengalensis has “testes and sperm-duct-funnels free (?)”’; my note on the specimens which I did not doubt, at the time, were bengalensis runs “I think sperm-sacs ; the membrane is certainly very thin, but to the best of my observation it exists.” HH. waltoni has a common sperm-sac; so that there is pro- bably no difference here. One chief difference is that the penial setae of waltoni are beset with minute spines near the tip, while those of bengalensis are smooth (the shape is much the same). I have already noted (9) that I could not identify distinct spines even with the oil immersion lens in some specimens of waltont ; and in the present series, among those which are undoubtedly waltoni, I have twice found the spines absent from the spoonshaped tip, though a few were seen further up the shaft. Lastly the spermathecal diverticula are said to be on opposite sides of the duct in bengalensis, side by side in waltoni ; in some of the present series of waltoni how- ever I have found them opposite each other. Eutyphoeus turaensis, sp. nov. Plate XI, figs. 48, 49. Above Tura, Garo Hills, Assam ; 3,500-3,900 ft.; in rotten wood. July-Aug. 1917. S. W. Kemp. Four specimens, one somewhat damaged. W 1x. Same place, date, and collector. Under bark. Three specimens, immature. W 175, External Characters :—Length 100 mm.; maximum diameter 3°5 mm. Colour light grey, unpigmented; no difference between dorsal and ventral surfaces. Seg- ments 171; segments long in front of, short behind the male apertures. Segments v and vi biannular or indistinetly triannular, vii triannular, viii and ix triannular with other secondary furrows also, x triannular, xi indistinctly so. Prostomium small, tanylobous, tongue broader behind than in front. Dorsal pores from furrow 11/12. Setae are scarcely visible on segments ix and x, while they are enlarged on iil. vi. The intervals may be expressed thus:—Anteriorly ab =4aa=half be=äcd; behind the clitellum ab=taa=2bc=3cd; in the middle of the body ab=taa=half be=jcd ; dd is nearly equal to two-thirds of the circumference. The clitellum is very slightly marked; all that is to be seen is some thickening ventrally on segments xv to xvii. The male pores, on segment xvii, are in a pair of narrow transverse depressions which extend over an interval greater than ab, the limits of the depressions being inside the line a and outside b; penial setae, marking the site of the aperture, pro- trude in the line b. The female apertures were not visible. The spermathecal apertures are in furrow 7/8, in the line b. 1920. | J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 245 Genital markings are faintly visible in furrows 14/15, 15/16, and 16/17, in line with a, as inconspicuous slightly pigmented spots surrounded by circular grooves. Internal Anatomy :—Septa 4/5 and 5/6 are moderately stout; the next is 8/0, which is somewhat displaced backwards; this septum and the two following are rather close together, and are all somewhat strengthened ; 11/12 is absent, as in #. waltoni and many others of the genus ; 12/13 is very thin, and is bulged backwards to the level of 14/15 by the seminal vesicles ; the rest are also thin. The gizzard is barrel-shaped, situated in the long space between septa 5/6 and 8/0. Calciferous glands are represented by an ovoid dilatation of the alimentary canal in segment xii, with transverse vascular striations. The intestine begins in xv. The last hearts are in xiii; those of xi are bound down by connective tissue to the walls of the oesophagus. The dorsal vessel seems not to be continued forwards beyond the gizzard, ending by giving a pair of commissures at the anterior end of this organ. The micronephridia are arranged in a transverse row in each segment behind the clitellum ; in the dorsal half of each segment there are pretty regularly three on each side. The testis sacs are one pair, in segment xi; they are separate from each other and longitudinally elongated, lying by the side of the nerve cord. They are connec- ted with the seminal vesicles in segment xii; these are large, two-lobed, the lobes being anterior and posterior; each lobe is subdivided by further indentations; they extend back to the level of 14/15 by bulging back the septa. The prostates are small, occupying segments xviii and xix; the coils are closely packed. The duct is not markedly different from the glandular part; it is scarcely narrower, is soft, not shining, and passes forwards and inwards with an undulating course. The female organs were not identified. The spermathecae (fig. 48) are elongated sacs lying longitudinally on the body- wall, to which they are attached by a portion of their under surfaces; a duct can thus hardly be described,—it would at any rate be called very short and stout. The diverticula are two, one on each side, attached to the junction of sac and duct by a short relatively stout stalk; each shows a lobulation which indicates the presence of three or four seminal chambers. The penial setae (fig. 49) are in length up to. I°5 mm., and in thickness 35, ; the distal half is slightly curved, and the tip bluntly pointed and rather claw-like. The ornamentation consists of very fine dot-like markings over the distal eighth or tenth of the length of the shaft, including the tip. Remarks :—This species appears to be allied to #. chittagongianus ; the internal anatomy is remarkably similar, and the chief difference between the two is in the genital markings. Although the present specimens were possibly not quite mature, it seems fairly safe to say that the markings differ in both character and position in the two forms, 246 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, Subfam. TRIGASTRINAE. Genus Eudichogaster. Eudichogaster ashworthi, Mchlsn. Plate XT, figs. 50, 51. I have lately received, by the kindness of Dr. J. H. Ashworth, two specimens of this species, of the same batch which furnished the types of the species described by Michaelsen (2). I need only add very few notes on the peculiarities exhibited by these. The papillae of the spermathecal pores are not always symmetrical; in the speci- men to which I devoted most attention, the papilla on the right side of segment viii took up about the middle two-fourths of the segment, that on the left side the anterior half; those on ix took up the anterior two-fifths of the segment, and encroached somewhat on the intersegmental furrow. The gizzards in segments v and vi are short, and do not include the whole length of the oesophagus in these segments; a soft ring is thus left between the two, and another between the second and the hinder limit of its segment. The specimen differed from Michaelsen’s in the seminal vesicles; instead of vesicles in ix and xii, I find a pair in xii, a pair in x attached to the posterior septum of the segment, and a single vesicle in ix, on the left side only (one specimen only dissected). I think Michaelsen’s paper contains a slip where he speaks, in the diagnosis and again in the detailed description, of the diverticulum of the spermatheca entering the distal end of the duct. Michaelsen always uses the word distal to mean “nearer the surface of the body”? (in such a case as the present, when speaking of an internal organ); the diverticulum however enters the duct at the ental end of the latter, just below the ampulla, and the same is the case in the numerous specimens to which reference is made below. ' The copulatory setae are, according to Michaelsen, found on the papillae of the male field (but not in connection with the prostatic apertures), and doubtfully in the neighbourhood of the spermathecal apertures; they are of a well defined type. In the specimen which I dissected I found them in the neighbourhood of the spermathecal ! There is a difference in the use of the words “ proximal” and “distal” by English and German writers. I was taught to use them for ‘‘ nearer to’ and “ remoter from, the fixed point of attachment”’ ; and Beddard, for example, among writers on this group, uses the words in the same sense. Thus in such an organ as the spermatheca, which is attached by its duct to the inner surface of the body-wall and projects freely inwards into the coelom, a diverticulum attached to the duct near the body-wall would be proximal, and one attached to the duct near the ampulla would be distal as compared with the other. So for example in a well-known elementary textbook it is said that the testes of Hydra are distally situated, 7.e. near the oral and distant from the fixed end of the animal. Michaelsen not in- frequently queries Beddard’s use of the words, and himself employs “‘ proximal ”’ and “ distal” to signify respectively “nearness to” and “ remoteness from, the central axis of the body.” In view of this con- fusion I have for some time past used “ectal” and ‘“‘ental’’ to signify ‘‘nearness to the surface of the body ” and “nearness to the internal end,” in the case of such structures as those under discussion. 1920. | J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 247 pores, but not in the male region; for ready reference they are shown in fig. 50. From my examination of the specimens which are referred to below, I do not doubt that when special setae are found near the spermathecal pores they are of this type; but I have never found setae of this form in the neighbourhood of the male field, though other more slightly modified forms are not uncommon there. Choral, between Khandwa and Indore, Central India. 23-vi-1917. B. Prashad. One sexual specimen and others smaller, doubtfully of the same species. Saugor, Central Provinces. 20-vi-1917. B Prashad. A single specimen. Bina, Central Provinces. 19-vi-1917. B. Prashad. Numerous specimens, mostly immature, only three with sexual marks. Teor, 8 miles from Jubbulpore, Central Provinces. 22-vi-1917. B. Prashad. A single speci- men. Partabgarh, S. Rajputana. Feb.1918. Col. J. Manners-Smith. Two specimens. one immature, the other scarcely fully mature. Poona, W. India. 3-vii-1917. B. Prashad. Several specimens, apparently mostly not fully mature. Wahi, on the way to Mahableshwar. W. Ghats. 4-vii-1917. B. Prashad. Six specimens, two with sexual marks. Some of the above specimens appeared at first to be worthy of separation as distinct varieties, on the ground of differences between them and Michaelsen’s des- cription,—especially as regards the copulatory setae of the spermathecal segments and of those of the neighbourhood of the male field, joined with the difference in the at- tachment of the spermathecal diverticulum. Buta careful comparison of the specimens among themselves, and the examination of the co-types of the species, has shown me that the differences are not of great importance. The majority of the specimens encountered are not fully mature; the clitellum is often wanting, even when all other marks of maturity are present. The length is often much less than that of the original examples ;—lengths of 45, 56, 67 and 75 mm. were met with, in each case the best developed of the batch being measured. The first segment may be divided by a median longitudinal furrow behind the prostomium. The dorsal pores may begin in 11/12 instead of 12/13. The papillae on or near the male field are variable. Those on xvi, or those on xx, may be absent; and I have not seen the paired papillae on segments xvii and xix internal to the male pores; there may however be median papillae on these segments. Similarly with the papillae of the spermathecal region. In addition to those des- cribed by Michaelsen, there may be a pair on segment vii similar to those on ix outside the line of setae b, and a median papilla, it may be of considerable transverse extent, on x. The seminal vesicles are in ix and xii, or in xii only; in this latter case it is pos- sible that a second pair would have developed at a later stage. The prostatic duct is often straight, or only slightly bent; but the explanation may be the same. The spermathecal diverticulum is in all cases attached to the ental end of the duct, or in one specimen to the base of the ampulla. The copulatory setae of the spermathecal region, when found, are of the form 248 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, already mentioned. They are always longer than the measurement given by Michaelsen (who gives ‘24 mm.),— usually about ‘5 mm., and not less than ‘4 mm. The modified setae in the neishbourhood of the male field are not always, accord- ing to my experience, to be found. They are much less modified than those of the spermathecal region, and may even still retain the ordinary double curve with the nodulus; the sculpturing consists of a number of fine semicircular lines, concave towards the tip of the seta, or of a few faint transverse rows of closely set dots, or of zigzag lines which indent the surface of the seta sufficiently to produce irregu- larity of the margins (fig. 51). Eudichogaster bengalensis, Mchlsn. Bheraghat, Marble Rocks, 13 miles from Jubbulpore, Central Provinces. 22-vi-1917. B. Prashad. A single specimen. The present species has been described by Michaelsen (4). As this is the second time it has been encountered, a few notes may be added to supplement the original account. The prostomium I should describe as proepilobous, with a pair of shallow grooves dorsally on segment i; the grooves extend back over three-quarters of the segment, but not as far as the intersegmental furrow. The first dorsal pore I found in furrow 11/12. My specimen showed a series of papillae in the spermathecal region,—three pairs, on segments viii, ix, and x, oval in shape, white, including and extending beyond the setae ab both inwards and outwards. The last heart is in segment xii. As the nephridial system has been shown by Michaelsen to be of importance in this genus, and as his specimens were considerably softened and so not favourable for examination, I give the results of my own dissection. The individual microne- phridia are large and few; two longitudinal series are to be seen on each side of the body in and behind the prostatic region ; 7.e. there are only two on each side of each segment. At about one-third of the length of the animal from the posterior end the two are still present, and similar in appearance; though the outer, which extends on the body-wall from the site of seta c to half-way between d and the middorsal line, is larger than the inner, which only takes up a space equal to the interval be. A little behind this the inner becomes more opaque and rather bulkier than before, and so more conspicuous. Towards the hinder end it maintains these characters, and increasing in size also so as to include the interval a to c, it becomes much more con- spicuous than the outer nephridium, which has rather diminished in size. [think there may be a few very minute micronephridia on the body-wall in addition to the series described above, but the condition of the specimen is none too good, though appar- ently better than Michaelsen’s. The penial setae are not ornamented so markedly as in the type. The spines are extremely fine, and are arranged in short transverse rows; there is no specially pro- jecting brush-like circle near the tip. 1920. | J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaela from India and E. Persia. 249 Eudichogaster trichochaetus, sp. nov. Plate XI, fies. 52, 53. Bombay, Victoria Gardens. 30-vi-1917. B. Prashad. Numerous specimens, some immature. Bombay, near Colaba Railway Station. 1-vii-1917. B. Prashad. Seven specimens. Bombay. under a tree near the Fort. 30-vi-1917. B. Prashad. Three specimens. Palchar, N. of Bombay, between Bombay and Surat. 7-vii-1917. B. Prashad. A number of specimens. Two showing sexual marks. External Characters :—Length 32-45 mm.; diameter 1°75-2'25 mm. Colour a yellowish grey, no difference between dorsal and ventral surfaces. Segments 103-128. Prostomium epilobous 2/5, pointed behind, the point continued back as a groove which divides the dorsal surface of the first segment; or in some cases the prosto- mium itself appears to be prolonged backwards so that the point is at the furrow 1/2. Dorsal pores begin from furrow 12/13 or 13/T4. The ratios of the setal intervals may be expressed thus:—ab=} to 2aa=4bc —2cd from behind the male genital region backwards; in front of the clitellum the ratios are less regular, but ab is certainly wider, equal about to half aa; dd is nearly half the circumference. I have never found a recognizable clitellum. The male field is a rectangular thickening, whitish in colour, taking up segments xvii-xix, and extending laterally on each side to between the lines of b and ce; it may extend slightly on to segments xvi and xx. The prostatic apertures are small transverse slits corresponding in extent to the interval ab, on segments xvii and xix. The seminal grooves pass longitudinally between the outer ends of the prostatic pores of the same side, and are thus in the line 6, and some little distance internal to the lateral border of the thickened area. The female pores may be indicated by a pair of tiny white thickenings just in front of, and internal to setae a on segment xiv. The spermathecal pores were not seen externally. There is some thickening ven- trally on segments viii and ix, indefinite, and perhaps more specially marked round the site of the ventral setal couple. Internal Anatomy :—Septum 4/5 is somewhat strengthened, 5/6-7/8 are thin, 8/9 is somewhat strengthened, 0/10 slightly so, the rest thin. The two gizzards are relatively large, in segments v and vi. The calciferous glands, three pairs, in segments x, xi, and xii, are not set off from the oesophagus. The in- testine begins in xiv (?). The last heart is apparently in xii. The micronephridia are arranged in four longitudinal rows on each side of the body; they are small twisted tubes, those of the innermost series on each side the smallest, and situated near the next outer row. Testes and funnels are apparently free in segments x and xi (judged from the masses of free flocculent material in these segments). Seminal vesicles are present in segment xii only, as considerable masses with lobate margins. 250 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, The prostates are two pairs of relatively moderate size, twisted tubes lying in segments xvil and xix. The spermathecae are two pairs, in segments vill and ix, ending apparently on the body-wall between the site of setae a and b. The ampulla is ovoid, rather elongated and with a somewhat pointed blind end, the duct as long as the ampulla, but not distinctly marked off, a little wider above. The diverticulum is single, shortly finger-shaped, one-third as long as the ampulla, to the lower end of which it is attached. The penial setae are remarkable. In length they measure up to 2 mm.; but notwithstanding this they and their sacs were quite invisible in the dissection, and the prostatic duct was pulled out and mounted merely on the chance of getting something (the setal sacs are practically always identifiable, and can usually be isolated and re- moved separately ; but in some cases, such as the small Dichogasters, the only practic- able way is to remove prostates and setal sacs together). The setae are very slender, 5-6» in thickness, diminishing to 4:5» near the tip. In shape they are undulating; there is no ornamentation, but where the tip is best seen it appears bifid, with a thin transparent web between the prongs of the fork; the base of the expanded portion is Qu, and the length of the triangular web 18» (fig. 52). The copulatory setae of the spermathecal region are ‘42 mm. in length, and 13, thick in the middle. The shaft is almost straight, with a bend at the proximal end however; the tip is slightly claw-shaped and bluntly pointed. The ornamentation consists of short transverse ridges on the distal part of the shaft (fig. 53). Eudichogaster prashadi, sp. nov. Plate XI, fig. 54. Palia, between Indore and Ujjain. 27-vi-1917. B. Prashad. Several specimens, only two with sexual marks. Indore. Central India. 23-vi-1917. B. Prashad. A single specimen. Mhow Cant., Central India. 23-vi-1917. B. Prashad. A single specimen. Khandwa, Central Provinces. 23-vi-1917. B. Prashad. Several specimens. Bheraghat, Marble Rocks, 13 miles from Jubbulpore. 22-vi-1917. DB. Prashad. Several specimens. ; Teor, 8 miles from Jubbulpore, Central Provinces. 22-vi-1917. B. Prashad. Several speci- mens, mostly immature. Saugor, Central Provinces. 20-vi-1917. B. Prashad. Numerous specimens. Surat, W. India. 8-vü-1917. B. Prashad. Several specimens. Poona, W. India; on the banks of the Rivers Mula and Mutta. 3-vii-1917. B. Prashad. Four specimens, only one showing distinct signs of maturity. External Characters :—Length 35-67 mm., diameter 3-4°5 mm. Colour yellowish brown, with only slight difference between dorsal and ventral surfaces; the first few segments lighter. Segments 140-168. Prostomium prolobous; there may be a mid-dorsal groove on the first segment, sometimes with an irregular course. 1920. | J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 251 Dorsal pores from furrow 11/12 or 12/13. 1 The setal intervals vary somewhat; ab may be anything from 4 to 4 of aa, and over the greater part ot the body=about 3 be and #cd: in front of the male apertures be becomes rather smaller, and cd increases; the interval ab is smallest im- mediately behind the male field. The mid-dorsal interval dd is about 2 of the circumference. Towards the anterior end the setae are difficult to see. I never saw a distinguishable clitellum. The appearances of the male field are also not very definite, but such as they are, they are pretty constant. The chief feature is the existence on each of the segments xvii and xix of a pair of ill-defined papillae, perhaps better described as whitish thicken- ings of the body-wall; these are generally transverse in direction, and have their cen- tres somewhere near the line b, extending inwards and outwards to a variable ex- tent ; their limits are rather indistinct. On segment xviii there is usually a similar thickening which unites the outer parts of the thickenings on xvii and xix, thus mak- ing a crescentic swelling with its concavity inwards on each side (fig. 54a). The prostatic pores are in or just internal to the line of setae b, on segments xvii and xix; the seminal grooves bend inwards slightly at the middle of their length, some- what asin H. ashworthi. I saw the pores of the vasa deferentia in one specimen, on Xvill in b, at the apex of the inward bend in the course of the seminal grooves; their anterior and posterior lips were slightly tumid. The female pore or pores are perhaps contained within a minute white spot mid- ventral and anteriorly situated on xiv. There are small transversely elongated white cushions on segments viii and ix, in the position of the ventral setal bundle. From internal dissection the sperma- thecae appear to discharge between the sites of setae a and b on these segments. Internal Anatomy :—Septum 4/5 is thin; 5/6 to 9/10 are moderately strengthened, 10/11 slightly so, 11/12 still less, and the rest are thin. The gizzards, large, rounded, and firm, are in segments v and vi; they are separated by a soft-walled part of the oesophagus in the anterior part of segment vi. The calciferous glands, in segments xi and xii, are shortly ovoid, and joined to the gut by a short stalk on the inner side. The intestine begins in xv. The last heart is in segment xii. Behind the genital region the micronephridia are in a transverse row on each side of each segment, and so arranged that the corresponding organs follow behind each other in longitudinal rows; of these there are about five on each side of the body. Towards the hinder end of the body the innermost nephridium of each trans- verse row on each side,—that by the side of the ventral nerve cord,—increases in size and thickness, and though still small is much the most conspicuous; the others of the row become individually smaller and increase in number, and lose the regularity of the arrangement in longitudinal rows. Testes and funnels are free in segments x and xi; those in the two segments are equal in size. Seminal vesicles are present in segments ix and xii; in one specimen 252 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, dissected I found them only in xii, perhaps because the specimen was not fully mature. The prostates are two pairs, in xvii and xix, small thin convoluted tubes with a generally transverse direction. The ducts are of the same diameter as the glandular part, but a little more shiny in appearance; they lie transversely. The spermathecae are two pairs, in segments viii and ix; the ampulla is an elongated ovoid sac, and the duct cylindrical and as long as the ampulla. There is a single diverticulum, ovoid, not apparently containing any seminal chambers, attached by a short thick stalk to the base of the ampulla; it is bound down to the duct and. base of the ampulla by connective tissue. There are no penial setae. The copulatory setae of the spermathecal region are not unlike those of E. ashworthi ; they seem to be always present. In length they measure ‘47 mm., and are 16; thick in the middle; they are almost straight, slightly bowed towards the distal end; the thickness does not diminish much till close to the tip, which is pointed and rather claw-shaped. The distal fifth of the shaft is marked by a number of large hollows scooped out of the shaft, each with a sharply defined and prominent proximal border, crescentic with the concavity towards the tip; the distal margin of each excavation slopes gently, and is not well marked (fig. 540). Remarks :—It is curious that the period of sexual maturity in some of these worms is so restricted,—that is if the presence of a clitellum is to be taken as a sign of complete maturity. 5 The present form has much in common with E. indica (Beddard). The latter however appears to be distinguished by the great separation of the lateral setae (cd=2}ab), by median genital papillae behind the spermathecal region, and by possess- ing only one pair of seminal vesicles. Eudichogaster falcifer, sp. nov. Plate XI, fig. 55. Jubbulpore, Central Provinces. 22-vi-1917. B. Prashad. A number of specimens. Bheraghat, Marble Rocks, 13 miles from Jubbulpore. 22-vi-1917. B. Prashad. A number of specimens. Saugor, Central Provinces. 20-vi-1917. B. Prashad. A single specimen. External Characters :—Length 40 mm.; thickness 2 mm. Colour a nondescript yellowish grey, no difference between dorsal and ventral surfaces, the anterior end lighter. Segments 128. Prostomium proepilobous. Dorsal pores from furrow 12/13. The setal intervals may be expressed as follows:—ab in the middle of the body is rather greater than }bc but rather less than Zaa, and is nearly equal to cd; behind the genital region ab is about equal to $aa and to Hbc, though aa seems just a little larger than bc; in front of the genital region ab = à aa = $ bc = # cd; dd is about 2 of the circumference. 1920. ] J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 253 The clitellum was indistinguishable. The male field is represented by a very slight whitening and thickening of the ventral surface of segments xvü to xix. The lateral parts of this area are better marked, and constitute definite ridges, which turning inwards at their anterior and posterior ends enclose the centre of the area as within brackets: in the longitudinal portion of their course the ridges lie a little outside the line b. The seminal grooves are crescentic, the convexity outwards; they begin and end in the position of seta a on xvii and xix, and the prostatic apertures are presumably situated at these points; the grooves by their outward curve just get outside the line of setae b at the middle of their length. The female pores were not visible. There was nothing to be seen in the spermathecal region. Internal Anatomy :—I could not distinguish any septa in front of 6/7, which is thin; 7/8 is thin, 8/9 to 10/11 slightly thickened, the rest thin. There are two large gizzards in segments vi and vii. The calciferous glands are three pairs, roundly ovoid masses in segments x, xi, and xii. The intestine begins in XV. The last heart is in segment xii. Funnels were identified, perhaps somewhat doubtfully, lying free in segments x and xi. The seminal vesicles are two pairs, in ix and xii, yellowish in colour, of moder- ate size, somewhat lobulated and rather granular-looking on the surface. The prostates were scarcely developed. The spermathecae are two pairs, the ampulla of each a small ovoid sac which nar- rows ectally to become the duct; the duct may be said to be half as long and half as wide as the ampulla. A simple finger-shaped diverticulum, half as long as the am- pulla, arises from the junction of ampulla and duct. The penial setae are characteristic; their length is ‘3 mm., their thickness 8-07. The distal portion shows a gentle sickle-shaped curve, the tip being slightly bent in the opposite direction and bluntly pointed. There may be a constriction where the curved distal meets the straight proximal portion of the shaft. Towards the tip are a number of indentations of the margins, which however do not form spines standing off from the shaft (fig. 55). Eudichogaster pusillus, sp. nov. Plate XI, figs. 56, 57. Saugor, Central Provinces. 20-vi-1917. B. Prashad. A single specimen, damaged some distance behind the clitellum External Characters :—Length 28 mm.; diameter maximum 1°5 mm. Colourgrey- ish, not distinctive; clitellum a reddish-brown. Segments ca. IIo. Prostomium proepilobous. Dorsal pores not seen in front of clitellum. The setal relations are as follows:—In the middle of the body ab = half aa = 254 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, 3be — cd or almost so,—there is very little difference between bc and cd; immedi- ately behind the clitellum the ratios may be expressed in the same way; in front of the elitellum bc and cd are quite equal, —i.e. the lateral setae are not paired (ab = half aa = 3bc = 2cd). The clitellum is well defined, swollen, smooth, and includes segments xili-xvi ventrally, with xvii in addition laterally and dorsally ( = 4 or 5). The prostatic pores, on xvii, are a single pair of transverse slits which take up the interval ab. The female pores are probably contained in a whitish area situated anteriorly on segment xiv; this is somewhat oval, with its long axis transverse and extending between the lines aa; it is slightly hollowed. The spermathecal pores could not be distinguished externally. Internal Anatomy :—Septa 7/8-13/14 are slightly thickened. There are two relatively very large gizzards, probably in segments v and vi, perhaps in vi and vii. There are three pairs of caleiferous glands, in segments x, Xi, and xii; they are ovoid, and not sharply set off from the oesophagus; those in x are the largest, those in xi the smallest. The intestine begins in xv. The last hearts are in segment xii. The excretory system is micronephridial. Funnels were doubtfully identified in segments x and xi; the worm is of small size, and had possibly passed its period of maturity. A single seminal vesicle was found, on the right side in segment ix; none were seen in xii or elsewhere. The prostates are one pair, short tubes in segment xvii, bent once or twice. The duct is much narrower than the glandular part,—is indeed very fine, but widens gradually towards its ectal end; it is opaque white in colour, not shining, almost as long as the gland, and runs transversely inwards. A pair of relatively very large ovaries were found in xiii; the ova were seen as large opaque white bodies, arranged in a fern-like manner. The funnels were also of large size. A pair of ovisacs projected backwards from septum 13/14 into segment xiv; they contained large ova. The single pair of spermathecae are contained in segment vii, and appear to open in or near furrow 7/8. Their appearance is peculiar (fig. 56); each is a long narrow twisted cylindrical tube, somewhat wider at its ectal end, where a short muscular duct,—only a fraction of the length of the ampulla, and about one-third as wide,— leads to the exterior. There is no diverticulum. The whole organ looks at first sight remarkably like a nephridium. The penial setae (fig. 57) are relatively long compared with their en ; they measure ‘56 mm., and are only 4; thick in the middle. The shaft is almost straight, or at any rate is not regularly curved; it tapers very gently towards the tip, which is flattened and slightly expanded. Remarks:—This form seems to resemble Æ. parvus (Fedarb), but is to be dis- tinguished by the presence of penial setae and the position of the calciferous glands and seminal vesicles. I) Qu Qt 1920. | J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. Eudichogaster Kinneari, sp. nov. (Plate XI, figs. 58, 50.) Nasik, 100 miles N.E. of Bombay, W. India. 22-ix-1914. N. B. Kinnear. A number of specimens. External Characters :—The length of a fair-sized specimen is 80 mm.; the dia- meter behind the clitellum is 3°5 mm., while the bulbous anterior end is about 5 mm. thick at the sixth segment. Colour buff, no difference between dorsal and ventral surfaces, the clitellum brown. Segments of a fair-sized specimen about 120; segments iv-vi are biannular, vii and viii quadriannular, ix and subsequent segments up to the clitellum triannular with secondary subdivisions ; triannulation again becomes marked towards the hinder end of the body. _ The prostomium is small, prolobous, and withdrawn into the buccal cavity; the first segment is small, and it is divided by a mid-dorsal longitudinal groove,—a well marked and constant character. The first dorsal pore is at the anterior border of the clitellum, in furrow 12/13. Behind the clitellum, and in the body generally, the setal ratios may be expressed thus :—ab = + to + aa = to $bc — ? cd; ab is not very regular however. In front of the clitellum de diminishes very considerably; anteriorly it becomes less than half aa and only about 14 times ab, and only slightly greater than cd; the ventral couples are still widely separated from each other. The mid-dorsal interval dd is about 3 of the circumference. The clitellum is extremely well marked; it is brown in colour, swollen, and extends over segments xiii-xvi (= 4); it is deficient in a V-shaped interval ventrally on xiii. Dorsal pores and indications of furrows are visible, but not setae. The male field is rectangular, its transverse extent greater than the longitudinal (fig. 58); it includes segments xvii-xix. The margins, especially the lateral, are much thickened ; from the anterior and posterior two tongues project, backwards and forwards respectively, into the central depressed space, so that this becomes H-shaped. The floor of the H-shaped depression is deeply fissured; in it two pairs of papillae, one pair in each of segments xvii and xix, in the four corners of the H, represent the prostatic apertures. The seminal grooves are not always distinguishable among the numerous fissures of this region; they are like those of H. ashworthi and E. prashadh, ) with an inward bend at the middle of their course, thus | The female pores appear to be situated in a broadly spindle-shaped whitish area, which shows up markedly against the brown of the clitellum, anteriorly and mid- ventrally on segment xiv. The spermathecal apertures are on the anterior part of the second annulus of segments viii and ix, in the line of a. Each is in the centre of a low squarish papilla, which takes up the greater part of the lensth of the segment. There are numerous other papillae both in the region of the male field and also near the spermathecal pores. Almost constant are two pairs, with clean cut edges, 256 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, one on the posterior part of xvi, the other taking up most of the length of xx; these extend from about, or within, the line a to the lateral margin of the body; they are transversely oval in shape, and slightly depressed in the middle; the anterior pair may be narrower from front to back than the posterior. In a number of cases there are also median papillae, circular in outline, on one or both of these segments (xvi and xx). In the spermathecal region other papillae are usually found to the outer side of and touching those already described on segments viii and ix; these are circular, and include the lateral setal bundles; there may even be two such papillae on one side. Median papillae are often found in this region also, on the anterior part of segments x, xi and (once) xii. Internal Anatomy :—Septum 4/5 is thin, 5/6-11/12 are moderately strengthened, the rest thin. The gizzards, in segments v and vi, are large, firm, and globular. The calciferous glands are two pairs, in segments xi and xii; they are small, ovoid, well set off from the gut, and with smooth surface, not lobed. The canal swells out to form the intestine in xv, but is much narrowed again as it passes between the bulky prostates. The last hearts are in segment xii. There is a pair of large oblique vessels in xiii, but these do not join the dorsal vessel as do the hearts,—certainly not at the usual place, the hinder border of the segment. The micronephridia are scattered in the anterior segments. Behind segment x they are arranged in regular transverse rows; behind the prostates there are about six on each side of each segment; of these the more dorsal are in regular longitudinal rows, While the two most ventrally situated are closer together and not so regular. Towards the hinder end of the animal the innermost on each side in each segment becomes much thickened and more opaque, and thus, though it takes up no more space transversely, it is much more conspicuous than the rest. The other five main- tain their number and regularity however to within a very few segments of the end. Testes and funnels, the latter of large size, are free in segments x and xi. Semi- nal vesicles are present in segments ix and xii; those in ix are small, those in xii much larger, lobed, and bulging back septum 12/13. The prostates are large, the anterior pair extending over xviii and xix, or xvii, -xviii, and xix and even getting into xx; the posterior pair occupies xx and xxi; thus they overlap. The glandular part consists of closely adpressed coils. The duct is much thinner, though rather wider as it approaches its termination; it is shining, and thrown into one or two loops. Each duct leads forwards to end in the usual situation. The spermathecae are two pairs, in segments viii and ix. The ampulla is ovoid, of moderately large size, and shows slight annulation ; the duct is well marked off from the ampulla, and is half as long and two-fifths as thick as the latter; it narrows towards its ectal end. The diverticulum is single, and consists of a large number of minute seminal chambers, the whole attached by a short thick stalk to the ental end of the duct (fig. 59). Penial setae are absent. 1920. | J. STRPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 257 The copulatory setae of the spermathecal region are in their ornamentation exactly similar to those of Z. prashadi, and no separate figure is needed. In length they measured from ‘73 to ‘87 mm., in thickness 254 at the middle; and the extent of the shaft occupied by the sculpturings is about one-third of its length. It is note- worthy that whereas in most cases it is the ventral setae of segments viii and ix which are modified, here the lateral setae, included in the lateral papillae on these segments, may also develop as ‘“ copulatory setae.” Genus Dichogaster. Dichogaster bolaui (Mchlsn.). Bombay. June 1915. N. B. Kinnear. Several specimens. Bassein Road, N. of Bombay, W. India. 7-vii-1917. B. Prashad. Four specimens. Baroda, W. India. 9-vii-1917. B. Prashad. Two specimens. — Bayana, 20 miles S.W. of Bharatpur, E. Rajputana. 15-vii-1917. B. Prashad. A single specimen. var. malabaricus, var. nov. Bombay; under a tree near the Fort. 30-vi-1917. B. Prashad. A single specimen. External Characters :—Length 31 mm.; diameter 2°25 mm. Colour buff, unpig- mented except for a dark mid-dorsal stripe. Segments 86. Prostomium prolobous. A conspicuous dorsal pore is seen in furrow 5/6, and then no more till 11/12, where there is a rudimentary one. The pores are well marked from 12/13 onwards. In the middle of the body the setal relations are as follows:—ab = 4aa = tbe =cd; and they are about the same in the region behind the clitellum ; in front of the clitellum all the pairs are closer together, more distinctly ventral, and dd, which be- hind is about + of the circumference, consequently increases. The clitellum extends over xiii-xx (—8); dorsally it almost covers xxi in addi- tion. It is ring-shaped over xiii, a little thinner ventrally in xiv, xv, and xvi and thenceforward interrupted ventrally. The region is swollen, and well defined at each end. The seminal grooves run in the interval ab; they are straight, and bordered by whitish thickened lips; the inner lips of the grooves are almost contiguous in the middle line. The spermathecal apertures were not visible. The ventral surface of segment vili, and perhaps of ix, appears slightly thickened, and the setae rather displaced and irregularly set. Internal Anatomy :—Septum 4/5 is slightly strengthened; if 5/6 and 6/7 are pre- sent, they are not discernible in this specimen (which is not in very good preservation) ; 7/8 is thin, 8/9 and 9/10 perhaps slightly thickened, the rest thin. The gizzards are in segments vii and viii, and the alimentary tube is scarcely constricted between them. The calciferous glands are kidney-shaped, with the hilus turned inwards, and occupy segments xv, xvi, and xvii. The intestine begins in xviii. The last heart is in xii. 258 Memovrs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VII, The testes and funnels were not identified in segment x, but they seemed to be present in xi. There were very small racemose seminal vesicles in segment xii. The ovaries had the usual situation; there were small ovisacs in segment xiv. The prostates and two kinds of penial setae are as for the typical form. The sper- mathecae however present one of the peculiar features which distinguish this worm as a separate variety; there are two diverticula, small, sessile, attached about the middle of the duct. Remarks :—The two spermathecal diverticula, and the fact that the clitellum is not saddle-shaped throughout its extent, seem to warrant the separation of this form as a distinct variety. Dichogaster affinis (Mchlsn.). Baroda, W. India, in a garden. 10-vii-1917. B. Prashad. Two specimens. Bombay, under a tree near the Fort. 30-vi-1917. B. Prashad. A single specimen. Bombay, Elephanta Island, in a rotten tree. 30-vi-1917. B. Prashad. Four speeimens. Dichogaster crawi, Eisen. Pashok, 3500 ft., Darjiling Dist., E. Himalayas. 1-12-x-1917. F. H. Gravely. A single specimen. > Remarks :—This species has not hitherto been recorded from India; it was des- cribed by Eisen from the Pacific Coast of N. America, and its occurrence in India may thus be compared with that of D. bolaw subsp. palmicola (12). Subfam. OCNERODRILINAE. Genus Ocnerodrilus. Ocnerodrilus (Ocnerodrilus) occidentalis, Eisen. Bombay. June 1915. N. B. Kinnear. A number of specimens. Kotah, Rajputana. 14-vii-1917. B. Prashad. A number of specimens. The specimens of the batch from Kotah show some of the characters of Eisen’s var. avizonae. I have previously on a similar occasion (9) had the opportunity of con- firming Michaelsen’s opinion of the non-validity of this variety. Fam. GLOSSOSCOLECIDAE Subfam. GLOSSOSCOLECLN AE. Genus Pontoscolex. Pontoscolex corethrurus (Fr. Müll.). Bombay. June 1915. N. B. Kinnear. Two specimens, immature. Poona, W. India, Empress Gardens. 3-vii-1917. B Prashad. Seventeen specimens, some immature. Subfam. MICROCHAETINAE. senus Glyphidrilus. Glyphidrilus papillatus (Rosa): Lucknow. 15-i-1918. G.S. Thapar A number of specimens 1920.] J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 259 The worm has been described by Rosa from Burma, from a single specimen which was not in very good condition, and not fully mature. As I have had a considerable number of examples, carefully preserved by Mr. Thapar, to whom my thanks are due for these interesting specimens, I give below a fairly complete description. External Characters :—Length 120 mm.; diameter at and in front of the clitellar region 3 mm., behind the clitellum 2 mm. Colour flesh-colour or greyish, no distinct pigmentation ; a slightly darker mid-dorsal stripe. The posterior half of the body is flattened on the dorsal side, and even concave in the hinder third; the ventral sur- face is flattened or slightly concave for the greater part of its extent. Segments 202 in the example which was counted. Segment vi is biannulate, vii is triannular, and so are viii and ix, but these may be further subdivided; the succeeding segments as far as xv are bi- or triannulate. The anterior end of the body is tapering; the pos- terior end becomes gradually thinner also. The prostomium is large, zygolobous, and triangular. Dorsal pores are absent. The setae are paired; behind the clitellum, the section of the body being some- what quadrangular, the couples are at the four angles; ab is a little less than half aa, is equal to half bc, and is equal to cd; dd is a little but not much greater than aa. The setae become very small in front of the clitellum, and also wider apart. In the posterior part of the body the setae are still at the angles, but the intervals are rather different; dd becomes larger and bc smaller; ab = 2aa = half be = cd = 7dd. Under close examination the anterior segments showed rings of minute pits ; these were on the middle annulus where the segments were multiannular; possibly they represent sense organs. The clitellum is rather indefinite in its extent ; beginning at segment xvi it ex- tends back to xxvi-xxxiv. The wing-like ridges extend ventro-laterally along each side from segment xviii to xxiii, xxiv, xxv, or the anterior part of xxvi; they arise from the body-wall outside the line of the ventral setal couples. The characteristic papillae are large, round, flattened or slightly depressed in the middle, and situated on the posterior parts of the segments. They are lateral or median; the former series occur in line with or slightly dorsal to the attachment of the winglike folds of the body-wall, are usually paired, and may be found on any of the segments x-xvii, as well as occasionally on xxiii, xxv, or xxvi; they are com- monest on xili-xvii, especially xv-xvii. The median papillae are not so common as the lateral; I have found them only on xi-xv, and xvii and xviii. Median papillae may be absent altogether; the lateral papillae may be as few as two pairs, or two on one side and one only on the other. Internal Anatomy :—The first definite septum is 4/5, which is thin; 5/6 is slightly, 6/7-9/10 moderately, and a few succeeding ones slightly thickened. The gizzard is in segments vii and viii; septum 7/8 is adherent to it at about its middle, but there is no constriction there; it is rather small, being no wider than the preceding segments, and is fairly soft. The intestine begins in segment xvi. Hearts are present in segments x and xi, and, in the specimen dissected, on the right side in ix also. 260 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Voz. VII, There was much flocculent matter in segments x and xi, and much of it was tena- cious and iridescent, seeming to indicate the presence of seminal funnels; but neither testes nor funnels were actually identified. The seminal vesicles are four pairs, but they are not always symmetrical in each segment; thus in ix there was a large one on the right, a small one on the left, while in x the condition was the opposite; in xi there was a separate round lobe on the left side in addition to the normal vesicle. The vesicles are usually deeply lobed. There were no prostates. The ovaries have the usual situation. I can confirm the presence of ovisacs in xiv; there appears to be a pair of exactly similar structures in xv. The spermathecae, which were not present in Rosa’s specimen, are in four series on each side, each series consisting of a transverse row of five, opening in furrows 13/14-16/17. In addition there was a single one on the right side opening in 12/13. Each spermatheca is a small ovoid or irregularly elongated saccule, its blind end direct- ed backwards, and the whole adherent to the body-wall. : The position of the five organs on each side is thus :—one in each of the lines a, b, c, and d, and one between b and ce. Fam. LUMBRICIDAE. Genus Helodrilus. Helodrilus caliginosus (Sav.) var. trapezoides (Ant. Dug.). Mount Abu, S. Rajputana. Col. J. Manners-Smith. March 1918. Very numerous specimens. Nasratabad, Seistan, E Persia, from a garden. 25-xi-1918. N. Annandale and 8. W. Kemp A number of specimens. Helodrilus parvus (Eisen). Partabgarh, S. Rajputana. Feb. 1918. Col. J. Manners-Smith. A single specimen. REFERENCES TO LITERATURE. 1. Beddard, F.E. .. A Monograph of the Order Oligochaeta. Oxford, 1895. Michaelsen, W. .. Neue Oligochäten und neue Fundorte altbekannter. Mt. Mus. Hamburg, vol. XIX, 1902. 3. 5 .. The Oligochaeta of India, Nepal, Ceylon, Burma and the Andaman Islands. Mem. Ind. Mus., vol. I, 1909. 4. > .. Die Oligochätenfauna der vorderindischceylonischen Re- gion. Abh. aus dem Geb. der Nam Hamburg, vol. XIX, 1910. 5. Stephenson, J. .. The Anatomy of some aquatic Oligochaeta from the Punjab. Mem. Ind. Mus., vol. I, 1909. 6. > .. On some aquatic Oligochaete worms commensal in Soon gilla carteri. Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. V, 1910. 7. >) -. On some aquatic Oligochaeta in the collection of the Indian Museum. Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. VI, 1911. ~ 1920. | J. STEPHENSON : Oligochaeta from India and E. Persia. 261 8. Stephenson, J. 2 10. 5 ET: À 12. 99 18. ; 14. + 15. Walton, L. B. Oligochaeta, in: Zoological Results of the Abor Expedi- tion. Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. VITI, 1914. On a collection of Oligochaeta, mainly from Northern India. Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. X, 1914. On a Rule of Proportion observed in the Setae of certain Naididae. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., vol. L, 1915. On some Indian Oligochaeta, mainly from Southern India and Ceylon. Mem. Ind. Mus., vol. VI, 1915. On a collection of Oligochaeta belonging to the Indian Museum. Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. XII, 1916. On a collection of Oligochaeta from various parts of India and Further India. Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. XTII, 1917. Aquatic Oligochaeta of the Inlé Lake. Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. XIV, 1918. Naididae of Cedar Point, Ohio. Amer. Naturalist, vol. XL, 1906. EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX. 1.—Nais paraguayensis; needles of the dorsal bundles; a, with bifid outer prong; b, with bent inner prong. 2.—Nais paraguayensis var. aequalis; dorsal needle, x ca. 1200. 3.—Nais gwaliorensis; dorsal needle, x ca. 1100. 4.—The same; ventral setae; a, of segments behind v; b, of segments ii-v; X ca. 1100. 5.—Megascolides prashadi ; male genital field. 6.—The same; spermatheca. 7.—Perionyx sansibaricus; region of male apertures. 8.-—Perionyx millardı ; spermathecae showing different characters of diverti- cula; a, specimen from Virar; 6, from Talegaon; c, from Kalyan. 9.—Perionyx rimatus ; spermatheca. 10.—Perionyx pokhrianus ; male genital field. 11.—The same; spermatheca. 12.— Perionyx pokhrianus var. affinis; male genital field. 13.—The same; spermatheca. 14.—Perionyx alatus; male genital field. 15.—The same; spermatheca. 16.—The same; tip of penial seta, x ca. 250. 17.—Perionyx shillongensis ; spermatheca. 18.—Perionyx fossus ; spermatheca. 19.—The same; tip of penial seta, x ca. 400. Mem. Ind. Mus., Vol VI,1920. Dane ID. xvill Fig.15. 9.16. Fig.17. Fig. 18. Fig 19. J.Stephenson del. A.Chowdhary lith. INDIAN & PERSIAN OLIGOCHAETA. EXPLANATION. OF PLATE X. Fic. 20.—Perionyx turaensis ; spermatheca, x 40. „ 21. The same; tip of penial seta, x 700. ,» 22.—Perionyx pullus ; spermatheca. ,, 23.---Perionyx minimus; spermatheca as seen under the microscope. „ 24.—-Perionyx igatpuriensis ; spermatheca. 25.—Hoplochaetella anomala; male genital area. ,, 26.—The same; diagram showing relations of prostatic ducts and vasa deferen- tia. Gl., prostatic gland (the coils. are not intended to be shown with exactitude); p.d., prostatic duct; v.d., the two vasa deferentia. ,» 27.—The same; spermatheca. » 28.—The same; sketch showing relations of accessory gland in neighbourhood of spermatheca and copulatory seta, extracted together and seen under microscope. ,, 29.—The same; tip of copulatory seta. » 30.—Octochaetus paliensis ; spermatheca. » 3l.—The same; penial setae, both from the same specimen as the above; x ca. 340. » 32.—The same; copulatory seta, from same specimen as the above; x ca. 230. » o3.—The same; spermatheca of specimen from Poona. » 34.—Octochaetus paliensis var. riparius ; male genital region. » 30.—The same; copulatory seta, x ca. 350. ,, 36.—Octochaetus prashadi; spermatheca. » 372.--The same; tip of penial seta, x ca. 175. » 88.— Ihe same; tip of copulatory seta, x 375. » 39.—Octochaetus montanus; spermatheca. » 40.-—The same; penial seta, x 40. Mem. Ind. Mus.,‚Vol.V11,1920. Blade: %.. Fig. 38 . Fig. 36. SICH ondul lith. J. Stephenson del. INDIAN& PERSIAN SINE OLSEN EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI. . 41.—Octochaetus pallidus ; spermatheca. 42.—The same; tip of penial seta, x 600. 43.—Octochaetus ganeshae ; spermatheca. 44.—The same; tip of penial seta, x 600. 45.—The same; tip of copulatory seta, x 500. 46.—Octochaetus pachpaharensis; spermatheca; div., diverticulum (?). 47.—The same; tip of penial seta, x ca. 300. 48.—Hutyphoeus turaensis ; spermatheca seen from above, as in dissection ; the sac is attached to the body-wall by the middle of its under surface. 49.—The same; penial seta; a, seen as a whole, x ca. 55; b, tip more highly magnified, x ca. 180. | 50.—Eudichogaster ashworthi (co-type); copulatory seta from spermathecal region. 51.—The same; copulatory setae of neighbourhood of prostatic apertures (not however from segments xvii or xix); a, from Wahi near Mahableshwar ; b, from Poona; c, from Saugor; d, from Jubbulpore. 52.—Hudichogaster trichochaetus; penial setae; a, as a whole, x 37; b, the tip, more highly magnified, x 550. 53.—The same; end of copulatory seta; x ca. 400. 54.—Hudichogaster prashadi ; a, region of male genital apertures ; b, end of copu- latory seta, x 500. : 55.—Hudichogaster falcifer ; distal end of penial seta, x ca. 700. 56.—Eudichogaster pusillus ; spermatheca. 57.—The same; tip of penial seta. 58.— Eudichogaster kinneari ; clitellum and male genital area (the seminal grooves are not seen; the grooves shown are irregular fissures in the floor of the H-shaped depression). 59.—The same; spermatheca. Mem. Ind. Mus., Vol. VII, 1920. Plate XI. Fig. 46. Fig. 45. a Fig. 59. A .Chowdhary lith. INDIAN & PERSIAN OLIGOCHAET A. À R Fig. 58. JE Stephenson del. 4 - + aes moi 4 5 À ; we 4 5 ' Ca 13 3 ‘ Ai RR Vol. VII, No. 4. _ REPORT ON THE PARASITIC NEMATODES IN THE _ COLLECTION OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SURVEY OF INDIA. Fun at EX H. A. Bayuıs, M.A., D.Sc., British Museum (Natural History) ER : AND PU Sa N à R. DAUBNEY, M.Sc., M.R.C.V.S., Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries. ty i \ Ÿ e x ip nf ts - iy L F 15 iN 4 yy 1924 IX X ai BR 8 NZ $ à if LA if > *, fir a ad N? 7 Hi q an Li? - SON) USE D. ER ant nas ee Be Calcutta : PUBLISHED BY THE DIRECTOR, ZOOLOGICAL SURVEY OF INDIA. _ PRINTED a THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS. : x DECEMBER, 1922. | Price Eight Rupees. * az rs — 2 LÉ hs PRIT LEA . 143 wa is ER TE eM ee Se nate ES AT